IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) O ■V^^ 1.0 I.I 1^ |2B |2.5 ■50 ■^" Mr u Wi — 2.0 22 l& i.d 1.25 ||U ,.6 .4 6" ► *w « Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14560 (7)o) 872-4503 CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical IVIicroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes tachniques at bibliographiquas Th« tot Tha Inatituta haa attamptad to obtain tha Laat original copy availabia for filming. Faaturaa of thia copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua, which may altar any of tha imagaa in tha raproduction, or which may aignificantly changa tha uaual mathod of filming, ara chackad baiow. D Colourad covara/ Couvartura da coulaur I I Covara damagad/ Couvartura endommagia □ Covara raatorad and/or laminatad/ Couvartura raataur^a at/ou palliculte □ Covar titia miaaing/ La titra da couvartura manqua I I Coloured maps/ n D D D D Cartea giographiquas en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encra da couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Ralii avec d'autras documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re Mure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion la long de la marge int6rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certainaa pagea blanchaa ajoutdas iors d'une restauration apparaissent dana la texte. mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pagea n'ont pas 6t6 film6as. Additional commanta:/ Commantairea suppl^mantairas: L'Institut a microf ilmA la mailleur exemplaira qu'il lui a 6t6 poasibia da se procurer. Lea details de cet exemplaira qui sont paut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographiqua. qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithoda normala de fllmaga aont indiquAs ci-dessous. □ Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur □ Pages damaged/ Pages endomma('6es I — I Pages restored and/or laminated/ D Pages restaur^es et/ou pellicul6es Pages discoloured, stained or foxet Pages d^color^es, tachet6es ou piqudes Pages detached/ Pages ddtachdes Showthroughy Transparence Quality of priri Quality in^gale de I'impression Includes supplementary materit Comprend du materiel supplAmentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible I — I Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ r^ Pages detached/ r^ Showthrough/ rr^ Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ I — I Only edition available/ Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Lea pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont M film6es A nouveau de fapon d obtenir la mailleure image possible. Th< poi oft filn Ori be{ the sioi oth firs sioi ori The sha TIN whi Mai diff enti bed righ reqi me This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document eat filmA au taux de rMuction Indiqut ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 30X y 12X 16X aox 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed here hes been reproduced thenks to the generosity of: L'exemplsire film* f ut reproduit grice A la gAnAroeitA de: Victoria University Library Toronto Victoria Univartity Library Toronto The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Las images suivantes ont AtA reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at de la nettetA de i'exemplaire filmA, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol -^> (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. IVIaps. plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimAe sont film6s en commen9ant par le premier plat et en terminant solt par la derniAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, solt par le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont fiimAs en commen^ant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernlAre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparattra sur la dernlAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols — ► signifie "A SUIVRE ", le symbols V signifie "FIN ". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent Atre filmAs A des taux de reduction diff Arents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul ciichA, il est filmA A partir de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mAthode. 1 2 3 32X 1 2 3 4 ' S^ "'" ..„^.*..: •^Sfm^'mmtmmmmm' f: THE « BRITISH AMERICAN NAVIGATOR. SAILING DIRECTORY FOR THE ISlAMD AMD BANKS OF ,]S[EWFOUNDLAND/ THE GULF AIS^D RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE, BBETON ISLAND, NOVA SCOTIA, A ^^ JiSJt THE COASTS THENCE TO' BOSTON, ETC. ORIGINALLY COMPOSED BY JOHN PUBDY. THIRD EDITION. # BT ALEXANDER 0. FINDLAY, 1^ Feflow of th« Mo^ 0«ogr(gfMeal Society. LONDON: r' PUBLISHED FOB RICHARD HOLMES LAUBIE, JH.-- fiS, FLEET, dTREtrr, E.C. 1862. .^.jiJ^^ilSilA ^/ V K 1^ ^mi UrU" -#: -* m^: m:im\ i/..kakhc %»:• *^-j i^ 'i:m-'4 ifc. * laMfflWA.^ m Wfiw^m uM .ltl0§ » •*. ' '. " *; f»* Jot •* ■ ^;' ■% ■* if #■ '"'"''^■^^.i/. V?i PftlNTEU JX)K aiCHAJU. UO>.lt>a ..." ri««t STKMT, *.o ,« >^ V 'iixO'tJ aa y. X.0 vitm AT. .Amid ; f?* *si*j|1r l^ ,it'.i:t>J fn-Jfr.B^l 9lli.-rr.! / 7^ :«£ ..fifWlU!?! >! i ofl PA08 OENERAli TABLE of the Positions, 6r of LATrnn9%s Una Ldkmtvr&w of Flacks described, with the pagds in which l^ir rea^etiiive Uceirfptions May he found xi NOllBd refcnred to in the Preckdimo Tasle, ihowing tiio Aauthoritiai 8ie. ... xxi i^^ 'I .u^A luy *• m WteWFbtNDLAND, &c. anaiion of the Compass, 1861 .....;....«.. Jl.. *...... 1 I. — Of the Winds, Currents, Ices, and Passages to ICewfofindhlnd, Nova Siotii; il New iBrunswick, &c. 1 Winds, li.Fh^nom^na westward of NewfouudlAhd, 2 ; Cnrrents, &c«,4; ,, Wrecks, in St. Shot's Bay, CcMnu« a.nd,JIarpooner,6', H.M.8. iVaAw, ships Spenee, and Marshal Macdonald, 6; Icebergi and leii, 7; Passt^^ from England in the Spring, 8 ; in the FaH, 8, 9 ; General . , Diteotions fbr the Gulf, lO ; Steanuhip Routeilr, 11. ' It.— Hie Island and fiimks oiflffewfoundland t .<..., 12 r iieral Biemarks, and Description of NeWfoundlandi 12 ; The City of St. John, 13; Condeption Bay, 13; The Banks of Newfoundland, 13) Virgin Bocks, 16 ; Shoal near the Virgin Books, 15. r EASTERN AND NORTHERN CaASTS OP NEW^OUiSfDtAM), I.— Cape Spear and St. John's Harbour to Cape St. Francis.... ...;...w..'/:.J.^^] 16 Cape Spear and Li^thou99ii 16 } Harbour of St. Jdbnt and Direetions, 16} i' Sf. Johii to Conception Bay, 17. IL—Conception Bay, between Ca^ St. Franeis and Baealieu IsliEuid .:!LUi... 18 CoAce]ption Bay, 18 ; Bai Vl^e, 18 ; Cttrbdniore, Id ; IQarbour drace^ 19 { Bay Bobert, 20 ; Brigos, Oollfer Bay, aiid Haftraiir Mefih, 21. III.— Trinity Bayi etc., between iSaealieu and Cape Bpildvistk.......;;^.\"^.r.??«',v. iif Trinity Bay, 21 } Old alid New PerB«iao, 21 j "Hokie ^^io^i(j/l,tuil'8 Arm, and Atlantic Teiegraph, 23; Po^ Bdhav^^ti^'lBi T|pu^ Harbour, 24 ; Catalina Harbour, 24 ; GreeA Ishmd, 29 ; Bttd Idluidi, 26. IV.— Bonavista Bayt l)etween Cape Bonaristtt and Ciq^ TFieeU ;..;.;i.V 26 Cam Bonavista and Lighthouse, 26 ; Bonavista Harbour226j Bwvri^ .- Bay, 27; Blackhead Bay, 27 r Great Chance Harbdur, 27 ; BiWW Ctftai and Barrow Harbour, 28; Damnable Harbour, 29; Mdrris Gove, 28; dooseberry Isles, &c., 30 { N<»w Harbourr 30} Nertb-iMst Arin, 30 ; Oreenspond, 31. X I '^^^' f ft 0OKTEMT8. PAGE v.— The N.E. Goart fWnn Cape Freela to CSape St John, indiiding thn Bay of Notre Dame and Anshipelago of Exploits 91 Cape Fteelfl; 31 { Funk Island, 31 ; Brenton Book, 31 ; Wadham Iilandi, 32 1 Fogo Island, 33 1 Bay of Notre Dame, 33 { Tovlinffoet or Twillin- gate, si I Morton's and Tritop Uarboqr* 34 } Nipper's Harbour, 34. ■' f and Belle Harbour, 56 ; Bande de I'Arier Bay, 57 ; Harbour Briton, 57 ; Comuugre Bay, 58; Hermitage Bay, 58; Bay of Despair, 58; Cape la Hnne, 59 ; Kamea, 60 ; Wlute Bear Bay, 61. VI.— The South Coast from the Burgeo Islands to Cape Ray. .....*....... .81 The Burgeo Isles, 61; Connoire Bay, 62; La Poile Bay, 62; l?(Hrt aux Basqn^ 63 ; Cape Ray, Description and Appearance of, 64 ; Electric ^^.Tel«5gi^,65;1SiM,ft5. THE WESTEI»f COAST OF NEWFOUNDL^AND. From Cape Ray to Cape Norman.. *,...,......... 66 St George's Bay, 66 ; Port au Pm^;, 67 ; Bay of Islands, 68 ; Bonne Bay, 69 } Gow Haadt 69; Ingoroachoix Bay, 70,' Hawkes Harbour, 70 ; point w CONTBMTilk tU PAOB Rich, 70 ; Bay of 8t. John, 71 ; Now Forolle, 71 1 Old Feralle, 71 ) Bay of St. Oenoviere, 71 ; Bay of St. Barbe, 73. The Stiait of Belle Isle atad the Coast of Labrador, between Gape St. Lewis and Forteav Point ...i... 79 General Bemarks on the Strait, 73 ; Belle Isle 74 ; St. Lewis Sound, 74 1 tt I <.)^. Niger Sonnd, 70.{ Chateau Baw 76 1 York Votat, 76 } Red Bay, 76 ( ■ Black Bay, 77 1 Forteau Bay, 77 1 Point Amour Light, 77. till ,ff .'i-jitl.' ^'i ■I'i^J'''--''^ ^■''*>^ *•■'' ,■• tt'<^^n x^i^^^^ ■■ ■ . ■■ ■ ■ ' ' T THE GULF AND KIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE. I. — General Phenomena— Winds, Weather, Currents, Iocs, &c 76 Winds, 78 ; Fogs, 78 1 Currents, 79; Ices, 60. IL— The Island of St Panl, Magdalen Isles, and Antioosti 81 St. Paul, 81 } Magdalen Islands, 81 ; Amherst Island Island, 61 \ Bird Islets, 84 ; The bland of Anticosti, 84 {East Cape, 65 ; West Cape and Ellis Bay, 85. III.— The Northern Shore of the Gulf, from Forteau Point to Cape Whittle...*.. -67 General Remarks, 87 ; Point Amour Light, 87 ; Greenly Island, 87 ; Bra- dore Harbour, 88; Bradore Bay, 86) Bonne Eroeranoe Habour, 69; Esquimaux Bay, River, and Islands, 90; Cumberland Harbour, 91 1 >> i .. . Grost Meoattina Island, and Mecattina Harbour, 92; Hare Harbour, ^ 93 ; Watagheistio Island, 94 ; Wapitagun Harbour, 94 ; Cftpe Whittle, 05. IV.— :The Northern Shore of the Gulf, between Cape Whittle and Cape de Monts, inclodlBg the Mingan Islands 95 General Remarks,' 96 ; Coaooacho Binr and the Grange ROck, 96 ; Mus- quarro River, H. B. Co.'s Post, 97 ; Kegashka Bay, 97 ; Natashquaa Point and River, 98 ; The Mingan Islands — General Remarks, 99 ; SC GenWieve Island and Harbour, 99; Betchewun Harbour, 100; Clear- water Point, 101 ; Esquimaux Island and Harbour, 101 ; Mingan Is- land, 102 ; Min^ Harbour, 102 ; River St. John, 108 ; Manitou River, 104 ; River Moisic, 106 ; Seven Islands Bay, 106 ; Cawee Islands, 106 ; Trinity Bay, 107 ; Point de Monts Lighthouse, 107. v.— The South Shore of the Entrance to the River, from Cape Rosier to Cape Chatto 108 Cape Rosier, 108 ; Magdalen River and St Anne, 108 ; Cape Chatte, 108. VI.— General Description of the River 109 The North Shore, tcoxn Cape de Monts to the Saguenay River 109 St Nicholas Harbour, 109 ; Manicougan Bay and Shoals, 109 ; Bay of Outarde, 110; Jeremie, 110; The Saguenay River, 111; Prince Shoal, 111. The South Shore, between Cape Chatte and Green Island 113 Matane River, 112; Grand Metis, 113; Bamaby Island, 113; Isle Bio, 114; Bicquette and Lighthouse, 114; Green island and Lighthou^, 115 ; Red Island and Reef, 115 ; Murray Bay, 116 ; White Island, 117 ; -3**** •m-i^ J COl^TBittB. PAGE f; Hare Maiid and B«iiks, lirt Bwfbkt Lodgos, Itf i Tho fUgrimi, 1 18 1 Kamonniflca, 118 1 bk mx Ooudras IN; The South Tlravenw, 119; The PUluv, 120; Goow Idand, 120; The Bayfield laloa^ 121 1 Th« Middle Channel and North Channel. 122 ) St. Paul's Bay, 122 1 Burnt Cbpe Ledge, &&, 123 } The Uand of OrleanB, 124 1 Quelwc, 126. ^ ,«....<...v.^4..j...v...^« i25 to 127 Tidea in the Bivar of St. LawKBOoe .......^.^ •«.. Direction* fbr ifeiUiig np the Biver, limn Anticoati to Quebec 127 Bemarks on the Currenti, Winds, &o., 127 1 General Coursea, &o., between Cape Chatte ud lab BItt, 1^ \ Iile Bic to tlreien Island, 130 ; Green Island to the Brandy Pots to the South Traverse and Goose Island, 132 1 The South TVaverse, 1S3| The Piliers or Pillars to Crane Island, 134 \ Crane Island to Point St Vdliet) 134t St. Vallier to Quebec, 13d. PABir In. '^^'i ; WESTERN COASTS OF THE OULF OF ST. LAWRENCE, BRETON ,i; • j^ISLANDk &c^ I. — ^The Eastern Coast of New Brunswick, &c 137, Capes Rosier and Gasng and Gasng Btiy, 137 ; Mai Bay, 139 ; Cdpe De- qwir, 140} Chalenr Bay, 141 ; Ristigouche, l4l ; Mrraimichi JJay^ S:b., 142 ; Riehibncto, 143 ; Cape Tomentine, 144. TheNorfliem Ooastsof Nova Scotia, &c. ....4.v.«»kv...« .ik.......v....ti 144 ,.Bay Verte, 144 f Wallace Harbour and Tatmagonche, 145 { CirfW, i46 ; Pictou, 146 ; Merigomish, 148 ; George Bay and Antigonish, 149 ; The Gut of Canso to Habitants Bay, 150 1 Habitants Bay, 152 ; Tides, 163. n.— Prince Edward Island;....... I,.,.......,... 163 General Descriptbta, 163 ; Norlii Point, 163 ; Bedeque, 164 ; Hillsborough i| Bay, 166; (Aarlottctown, 156 j Georgetown, 168 1 Cudigan Bay, i58} North Coast, 169 ; Casoumpeque, Richmond, &6., 160. III. — Cipe Breton Island < .>*.. i.....».........;.«;^,....;...».;. General Bescnption, 161; Fort Hood, 162; St. Anne's Harbour, 163; Great Bras dX)r, 164 ; Sydney Harbour, 166 : Morienor Cow Bay, 166 ; Mint Bay, 166 ; Cape Breton, 167 ; Scatan Island, 161 ; Louisbourg, ,^,1^ i Miohaux Pointy 168 ; Lennox Passage^ 169^ 161 PABT IV. T^E SOUrHERN COAST OP NOVA SCOTIA» THE BAY OP ''*"'" '^'- - : FUNDV, &c. 1.7-Chedabucto Bay to Hf^lilax Harbour .*««.*><' v.. »o'....n. . ^......«..yv<. #«<«>.«'.. ..';v Chedabucto Bo^ and Madame Island, 170 ; Arichat Harbour, 170 ; Cape Canso, and Cranberry' Island Lighthouse, 171 ; Canso HarHoui^, 172 ; Gaysborouffh, 178 ; Port Howe or Raspbei^ Harbour, 173 j White Head and Li^t, 173; Torbay add Country H^bottt, 174; St. Mary's 170 ■■■?■#!.. jnfK ri,i,i ^^ i> . l» f . .v i nl || JH CONTENTS. PAOB . River, 176 1 Liscomb Harbour, 175 ; Day of Islands, 176 ; Beovor and Sheet Farbours, 170; Spry cr Taylor's Harbour, 177; Pope Harbour 177 ; Tangier, and Ship Ifarbours, 178 ; Jedore Harbour, 178. II.— Sable Island, and Banks of Nova Scotia 170 Sable Island, Description and Notices, 170—181 ; Thu Nova Scotia Banks, 181. III. — Halifax Harbour, and the Coast thence westward, to Cape Sable 182 General Description, 182; Halifax Harbour and Halifax, 182; Lights, 182 ; Sherbi'ooke Tower and Devil Island Light, 183 ; Eastern Passage and Islets, 183 ; Buoys and Shoals, 184 ; Tides, 184 ; Directions for the Harbour, 184 ; From the Westward at night, 185 ; By day, 185 ; From the Eastward by night, 185 ; Between the Rock Head and Thrum Cap, 180 ; Remarks oy Capt. Dunstervillo, 186 ; General Remarks on the Coast westward, 175 ; Sambro' Harbour, &c., 187; Pennant Harbour ond Tenant Bay, 187 ; Prospect Harbour, Dover Port, 187 j Margaret's Bay, 187 ; Mahone Bay, 188 ; Molaguash or Lunenburg Harbour, 180 j Capo le Have, 100; Port Medway, 100; Liverpool Bay, 100; Port Mouton, 101 ; Shelbumo Harbour, 101 ; Negro Harbour, 103 ; Barring- ton Bay, 103 ; Cape Sable, 103 ; Brasil Book, 104. IV. — ^The Bay of Fundy, and the Coasts between Cape Sable and Passamaquoddy Bay 104 General Cautions, 104 ; Tides, &c., 105 ; Seal Island and Li{^thou8o, 105 ; Mud Isles, and Tusket Isles, 106; Pubnico, 106; Cope Fourchu, 107; Bryer's Island, 107 ; Long Island, 107 ; Bov of St. Maiy, 108 ; Bay of Fundy, continued, 108 ; Annapolis, 108 ; Basin of Mines, 100 ; Chig- necto Bay, 200 ; North Coast of the Bay of Fundy, 200 ; Ouoko Ledge and Lighthouse, 200 ; St. John's, New Brunswick, 200 ; Directions, 201 ; Former directions, by Mr. Backhouse, 202 ; Point Lepreau, 203 ; Grand V Manan, &c., 203 ; Oonnet Bock and Light, 204 ; Machios Seal Isles, 204 ; Passamaquoddy Bay, 205 ; Quoddy Head, 206 ; St. Andrew's and Etang Harbour, 206; Beaver Harbour, 206; Tides, 207; General Be- marks and Directions for the Bay of Fundy, 207. V.~Tho Coasts of the United States, from Passamaquoddy to Boston „ 208 Mount Desert Bock, 208 ; Maehias Bay, 208 ; Machias to Gouldsboro', 200 ; Moospeak Head Light, 200 ; Dyer's Bay, 200 ; Pleasant Bay, 210; Penobscot Bay i\nd River, 210; Mount Desert Bock and Light, 210; Martinicus Bock Lights, 211; Costine, &c., 211; Fox Islands, 212; Saddleback Ledge, 213 ; Manheigin and Penmaquid Lights, 213 ; Ken- nebeck Biver, &c., 213 ; Townsend Harbour, 214 ; Cape Elizabeth Lights, 214; New Meadows Biver, 214; Harpswell Sound, 215; Port- land, 215 ; Wood Island Light, 216 ; Kennebunk, 216 ; The White Hills and Boon Island Light, 216. iii["iiiil|-iih»ii mmlimim tt^tittt _^^jj^^i00/lit/ttif TUeti v in.--Ciipe Q M. GENERAL TABLE OF THE POSITIONS, OK OF TIIK LATITUDES and LONGITUDES, of the PRINaPAL POINTS and PLACES DESCltlBED HEREAFTER. (A copious Index, arranged alphabcticoUy, will be found at the end of the volume.) .• The Longitudes ore from the meridian of Greenwich. The Figures in Brockets, , thus, [4], refer to the Notes subjoined to the Table. NEWFOUNDLAND, E. Coast. St. JOHN'S, Fort Towns- end [1] Cape St. Francis Harbour Grace; Light on Outer Island Bocalieu Island ; Light on North point Bonaventure Head Entrance of Trinity Har- bour Horse Chops South Head, Catalina Catalina Harbour; Green Island Light North Head Catalina .... Bonavista Gull Island .... Cape Bonavista ; Light- house [2] Young Harry Reef Southern Head Western Head Little J)enier Island .... Great Black Island; cen- tre of MaFone's Rock Offer Gooseberry Island . . Shoe Cove Point Fool'n Island, off the N.W. Arm Stinking Islands Charge Rocks (6 feet) .... Freels' Gull Island.... [3] Outer Cat Island Deadman's Point Ragged Point Green Island, in Rocky Bay Funk Island ; Escape or Eofit point LAT. N. LOX. W. 47 33 67 52 42 21 47 48 4 52 47 29 47 42 40 53 9 20 48 9 1 52 48 44 48 16 30 53 23 5 48 21 30 53 20 25 48 21 30 53 14 18 48 27 38 53 6 40 48 30 45 63 6 18 48 32 28 63 1 54 48 42 40 53 8 48 42 53 8 48 48 5 53 7 15 48 37 15 53 21 48 48 37 15 53 27 48 48 40 50 63 36 38 48 50 8 53 38 3 48 53 30 53 27 40 48 68 20 53 30 49 4 40 63 57 30 49 9 15 63 36 30 49 13 40 63 22 20 49 18 53 32 8 49 19 6 53 26 68 49 63 55 53 36 20 49 22 18 53 43 30 49 30 54 49 29 54 14 49 44 42 53 13 20 c AVTIIOUITIES. The Admiralty Surveyors, Messrs. George Holbrook and William Bullock, 1819 to 1826, adjusted by the Observations of Mr. J. Jones, 1828, Admiral Bayfield, 1859, &c. Remarks. In former oditions the longi- tudes of the S.E. and South coasts were deduced from the observations and Surveys of Captain James Cook, Lieutenant M. Lane, Messrs. Cassini, Verdun, Borda Pingre, and Owen; and these were, gen- erally, from 10 to 15 minutes emU ward of those now given in the Table : but the longitude of the Burgeo Isles [Eclipse J.] remavu as given by Captain Cook; and that of St. Pierre may, also, be consid- ered as the same. !*!!• rvr--nKtTxmvmnrvm' '.WSWIW^''*-" xii POSITIONS OF PLACES. Snap Rock, of 10 feet .... Inspector Rock (sometimes breaks) .'. . . Ireland Rk. (always breaks) Offer Wadham Island ; Lighthouse Cape Fogo ; S.E. extremity Fogo Harbour j Eastern Entrance Change Isles; N.E. Islet Toulinguct Harbour j N. Entrance Fortune Harbour ; N.W. point Tnton Harbour ; Entrance Cutwell Harbour j E. point Nippers' Isles; S.E. point Bishop's Rock « St. John's Gull Isle * Promontory of St. John : North BUI Middle Cape South Bill... LaScie Harbom*; Entrance Paquet Harbour; Entrance St. Baube, or Horse Isles ; South-east point Fleur de Lys Harbour ; East Point Partridge Point Coney Arm Head Cat Head ; Extremity Little Harbour-deep Head Orange Bay ; Entrance . . Fom'chet Harbour ; Ent. Hooping Harbour; Entr. Canada Bay ; Entrance . . Rouge Isle ; North point . . Southern Belle-Isle; N.E. Point Oroais Isle ; N.E. point . . Croque Harbour; Entrance Fishot Isles ; Northern Isle How Harbour ; Entrance, West point Goose Cape ; S.E. point . . Cremailliere Cove ; En- trance, Ea.st point Cape St. Anthony Brehator BrahaShoal (Gft.) Needles Rocks, near Braha "White Cape, near St. Lu- naire Bay Griguet Bay ; East point . . Cape Bauld Cape Norman • • • [4] Greenly Island LAT. V. tON. W. 49 54 49 47 49 51 45 49 36 49 39 30 49 44 20 49 41 35 49 36 49 32 49 33 49 37 49 47 49 55 30 49 69 30 49 59 30 49 57 30 49 56 5 45 58 49 68 30 50 11 60 6 40 50 9 20 49 57 30 50 7 50 14 50 22 50 31 50 36 50 42 30 50 54 50 48 50 68 30 51 2 30 51 12 30 5J 20 51 17 20 51 18 30 51 21 51 26 40 61 26 5 51 30 25 51 32 30 51 38 10 51 38 5 51 23 11 53 43 43 54 6 40 54 4 53 46 54 1 54 17 36 54 24 54 7 30 55 17 55 37 5o 40 55 52 55 27 30 55 22 55 31 20 55 29 20 55 Ji9 50 54 36 50 55 51 38 55 43 56 8 30 56 9 50 26 46 30 55 40 50 50 33 30 56 27 30 17 14 30 56 56 56 8 30 55 48 30 56 29 65 33 30 55 47 52 55 40 60 55 57 30 55 37 40 65 6 60 56 31 35 55 26 20 66 29 6 55 27 63 55 27 50 56 26 63 65 53 28 67 10 43 AUTUOIIITIEB. The Admiralty Surveys, by Lieutenant (since Captain^ Fi-ea. Bullock, R.N., and his assistants, Messrs. T. Smith, &c., 1H23, 1824, 1825, and 1826. The lon- gitudes adjusted by the Obser- vations of Captain 11. W. Bay- field, &c. .' 1 -•Ism'', ;'.,f^J( Remarks. By these excellent Surveys, a very important desideratum has been obttiined ; for before they were executed, the coasts whida they display were comparatively unexplored, although frequented more or leas by the fishers. — £ri- tish American Navigator. \ /. rOSITIONS OF PLACES. xiu South Coasts of New- foundland. St. John's ; Light on Fort Amherst, S. entrance . . Cape Spear ; Lighthouse Bull Head Cape Broyle, N. point of. . Cape Ballard Cape Race ; Lighthouse "Virgin Rocks, on the Great Bank of Newfoundland Trepassey Harhoxxr ; Shin- gle Neck Cape Pine ; Lighthouse . . St. Mary's Cape ; Light- house Flacentia Harbour Little Southern Harbour Extremity of Flacentia Bay Bordeaux Harbour Great Buiin Island ; Light on Dodding Head Cape Chapeaukouge . . St. FlERRE ; Lighthouse on Galantiy Head Cape Miquelon Connaigre Shoal Fass Island Cape La Hune Outer Fenguin Island .... Burgeo Islands ; Eclipse Island Cape Ray; S. extreme [5] West Coasts of New- foundland. Cod Roy Isle ; S. side Cape St. George Red Isle ; S.E. point South Head of the Bay of Islands Cow Head Port Saunders ; Entrance N.E. point Point Rich; "West extremity Fomt FeroUe ; Cove Point, N.E, extremity Anchor Point Green Islet ; N.E. Extrem- • ity Cape Norman LAT. N. LON. W 47 33 50 47 30 53 1 52 47 18 47 3 46 46 46 46 39 12 46 26 30 46 43 32 46 37 4 46 49 25 47 15 11 47 43 32 47 49 46 47 45 28 47 1 30 46 54 19 46 45 30 47 8 11 47 23 67 47 29 2 47 31 55 47 22 9 47 36 47 37 47 52 38 48 28 54 48 33 60 49 6 12 49 55 12 50 38 36 50 41 39 51 2 14 51 14 30 51 24 18 51 38 5 52 39 65 62 36 40 62 44 33 52 50 40 52 56 57 53 2 43 50 55 20 53 22 3 53 31 48 54 9 33 53 50 3 53 49 38 53 52 14 52 53 30 55 6 14 65 19 20 66 56 55 67 50 11 56 50 23 56 58 7 6 54 17 30 19 13 AUTIIUUITIE8. 67 36 15 59 18 8 59 23 35 59 11 44 62 13 26 The Admiralty Surveyors, c» before. A Survey of Port St. Pierre, by Lieuteuant Du Petit Thouars, gives the Government House, N.L. of the town, in 46" 46' 30" N., and 56' 9' 45" "W. The French astro- nomers, Messrs. "Verdun, Borda, and Pmgre, in the voyage of la Flore, 1771, gave the town of St. Pierre m 46° 46' 30" N., and 66° 10' W., and thus confirmed the pre- vious determination of the Burgeo Islands, by Captain Cook, from a solar eclipse, in August, 1766. — Phil. Trans., 1767. Captain (now Rear-Admiral) H.W. Bayfield, 1827 to 1860. and Captain James Cook. 58 20 50 57 48 25 57 18 53 57 24 23 56 2 48 57 42 40 56 33 53 55 53 28 u^ ..-<»=;t*i*i*- XIV THE GULF. Island of St. Paul. Northern Extr. Lightho. Eastern side of Neck Magdalen Islands. Entry Isle; N.W. point . . Dcadman Islet; W. point Amherst Harboui*; Entr. Cofiin's Island ; N.E. point Northern Bii-d Islet Bryon or Ci-oss Isle 5 E. pt. ANTICOSTI. East point ; Extreme South point Heath point ; Lighthouse S.W. point ; Lighthouse . . Cape Henry ; S.E. Extr. . . West point ; Extremity . . North point; Extremity. . Observation Cape ; W. side Bear Bay ; Enti'onec of the Biver LABRADOR, &c. Cape St. Michael Cape'St. Francis Pomt Spear Belle-Isle ; N.E. point. . . . Lighthouse on S. pt. Cape St. Lewis; Small pen- insula on S.E. point . . Battle Islands ; N.E. ex- treme of S.E. Island . . Henley Island; middle of North side York Point ; East extreme Red Bay ; Harbom' Island, S.E. point Loup Bay; Flagstaff at head ot Bay Bradore Harbour ; Flag- staff on Jones House . . Belles Amours point. ; S.E. Extreme Foi-teau Bay; S.W. extreme point . . *. Amour Point; Lighthouse Bradore Hills ; N.W. hill, 1,264 ft.,the Notre Dame of Cook and Lane .... POSITIONS OF PLACES LiVT. N. 47 13 50 47 13 9 47 17 47 16 47 15 28 47 17 47 51 30 2 47 47 53 49 8 17 49 3 35 49 5 20 49 23 45 49 47 42 49 52 49 57 12 32 49 38 51 49 30 22 52 47 52 37 52 32 52 1 8 51 53 52 21 16 52 15 36 LOX. W. 60 60 8 20 8 30 61 43 2 62 12 28 61 42 29 23 61 61 61 9 18 23 40 61 .35 3 61 40 62 15 33 61 31 51 63 35 49 64 23 44 64 33 8 63 9 62 41 27 62 24 32 53 27 55 31 55 28 55 13 55 22 55 38 55 32 18 18 30 18 28 23 52 51 57 53 55 30 23 33 32 33 51 43 47 56 25 53 51 31 27 56 48 58 51 27 30 57 14 15 51 26 34 57 25 53 51 23 29 51 27 35 56 56 33 56 50 56 57 11 58 .VITHOUITIEH. The Obsen'ations of Captain (since Rcar-Admiral) IL^nrv Wolsey Bayfield, F.lt.A.S., of II.M. surveying a'csscI, Gul- nare, 1827 to 1834. The Survey by Cai)taia Frcdk Bullock, R.N. » Lion l| Mistai Cov< Mecati poini OiandJ AntrolT of II Hare Wapiti poi Cape Exti Coacoq of Kegas end Natas of 1 Little pt.] Nabes Ent Appct Betcb poii Clean Mings Mingt St. Jo Enl Manil St.Cl Moisi of] Carol Sevei He St.^ Caw< of Captain (now Rear-Admiral) H. W. Bayfield. Trin Poir Riv Goc St. Ma Bei ] Bci r^f^^rr ^'Ji^ »»H-^ POSITIONS OF PLACES. XV : )f Captain ) Heni-v lt.A.S., of 'sol, Gul. Frcdk. ttl) II. L.VT. N. Lion Island ; Isthmus Mistanoque I. ; E. point of Cove in N. side Island. . Mecattina Harbour ; S. point of Dead Cove Giand Mecattina pt. Ex. Antrobus Point ; North pt. of Island Hare Harbour; East side Wapitagun Harbour ; East point of Islet Cape Whittle; South-west Exti'eme of Lake Coacoacho Bay; S. point of Outer Islet Kegashka Bay ; Islet at S. end of Beach Natashquan River; S. point of Entrance Little Natashquan Har. ; N. pt. Islet at head of Bay Nabesippi River; S.E. of Entrance Appetetat B^ ; E, point. . Betcheween Harbour ; S.E. point of Low Isle Clearwater Point ; S. Ex. Mingan Harbr. ; Sandy pt. Mingan Island; Summit.. St. John River ; E. point of Entrance ^ Manitou Point; Extreme St. Charles Pt. ; S. Extreme Moisie River ; S.W. point of Entrance Carousel Island; S. Extreme Seven Islands Bay ; Store House, East side St. Margaret's Bay ; Exty. Cawee Islands ; W. point of Little Island Egg Islands ; West pt. of North Island Trinity Bay ; S.W. point Point de Monts ; Lightho. ■ ' South extreme . . RiVEB St. Lawrence ; N. Shore. GoodboutR; Trading post St. Nicolas Pt. S. Extreme ManicouagonPt. ; S.E. Ex. Bersimis River; 6. point of Entrance Bersimis Point; S. extreme 51 24 1 51 15 43 50 46 44 50 44 2 50 33 12 50 36 24 60 11 40 50 10 36 50 4 50 11 19 50 6 57 50 11 41 50 13 52 50 16 35 LOX. W. 50 13 50 2 25 49 29 21 49 38 13 49 23 39 49 19 35 49 18 41 49 18 25 49 15 47 49 6 5 48 65 23 48 53 67 AUTHOUrriES. 50 14 13 50 12 27 60 17 24 50 12 48 50 17 3 50 17 34 50 15 17 50 li 16 60 5 21 67 38 33 58 12 8 58 59 23 59 5 13 69 16 48 59 17 23 60 1 23 GO 7 60 18 13 61 15 38 61 47 58 61 50 33 62 13 62 58 13 63 10 32 63 27 6 64 1 66 64 7 31 64 23 16 65 14 8 66 48 48 66 4 38 66 23 33 66 24 4 66 44 43 67 1 53 67 10 6 67 18 8 67 21 58 67 23 18 67 36 4 67 50 4 68 11 56 68 36 54 08 38 29 The Surveys by Admiral H.W. Bayfield, 1827-1860. XTI POSITIONS OF PLACES. LAT. N. I Jcremie } Trading Post . . Port Neuf ; Church Tadoiuoc (SoguenayRivcr); Store on Beach Chicoutimi (Saguenay Ri- ver ; Trading Post Isle aux Coudres ; West point of Laprairic Bay QUEBEC; N. Bastion [6] 5 Wolf Monument -; Flagstaff, King's Bastion, Citadel RiVEE St. Lawrence; ABPVE Quebec. St. Jean des Chaillons ; R. C. Steeple Cap Madeline; R.C. steeple Three Rivers; E. steeple Point du LaeR. C. Steeple Sorel ; Episcopal Church Repentigny; R.C. steeple Montreal; Gate Island N. end Lighthouse ; R. C. Cathedral[7] River St. Lawrence S. Shore. Dauphin River ; Orleans Isle, S.W. pt. of entrance Stone Pillar I. Lighthouse Kamouraska ; N.E. pt. of Crow Island • BrandyPots ; S. pt. of S.Rk. Loup River; N. pt. of Ent. Red Island ; Lighthouse . . Green Island ; Lightiiouse Razade Rocks ; N. E* one Bicquette Island ; Lightho. BicI.;N.E.Ex.ofs!E.Rf. Barnaby I., North-east pt. Camille Mt. ; sumt. 2,036ft. Metis; Reef off Little Metis Matan R.; S.W. point, of Entrance Cape Chatte ; Extreme . . Mt. Lewis R. ; E. pt of Ent. Great Fox Bay ; Centre of Cape Rozier ; Lighthouse Cape Gaspg ; Flower-pt. rk. NEW BRUNSWICK, &c. Cape Despair ; Extreme . . 48 52 45 48 37 17 48 8 32 48 26 5 47 24 40 40 49 46 48 38 46 48 32 46 68 4 47 12 25 47 35 9 47 52 28 47 60 57 48 48 20 17 4 3 48 12 27 48 25 18 48 25 9 38 29 35 48 28 36 48 41 10 48 51 35 49 5 52 49 14 29 48 59 57 48 51 37 48 45 2 48 25 22 LON. W. 68 46 46 69 5 53 69 42 52 71 4 51 70 24 52 71 12 49 71 12 31 71 12 33 AUTHORITIES. 46 33 23 46 22 6 46 20 43 46 17 21 46 2 42 45 44 28 45 30 22 45 30 24 '. ' ) f 72 7 72 30 72 32 72 41 73 6 50 73 26 49 6 3 10 20 73 33 5 73 33 18 70 50 44 70 21 39 69 62 39 69 40 39 69 33 41 69 32 59 69 25 6 69 8 3 68 63 3 68 58 23 68 31 56 68 12 50 68 1 34 67 31 24 66 45 16 65 43 34 64 22 55 64 12 3 64 9 26 64 8 32 The Surveys by Admiral H. W. Bayfield, 1827-60. .;»;■!- A«^ . i.,,- .,:■ jf.i r-f'ri > . • -' ' ■'••>•».- '-■ ■''Af^l , , l;,.Lf ^. '.:■''*: ''5 ^A '' .• r ,rA •^fvm ■-■"■- "'nil- -■-■■- POSITIONS OF PLACES. xvii LAT. N. Macquercau Pt ; N.E. Ex. Portbanicl ; N. .side W. pt. Paspebiac ; EpiHcopal Ch. Bonaventui'e Pt. ; S. Extr. Carlton, or Tracadigash Point I N.W. Extreme . . Dalhousic Island ; E. point Black Kock ; Station on . . Bathurst Har. ; Carrou Pt. Mizzenette Point ; Station Caraquctte Island ; S.E. ex- treme of Sandy Spit . . Sluppigan Harbour; Fall's marf Miscou Island ; Lighthouse ■ Shippi^n Gully j N. Ent. Miramichi ; Bai du Yin Is- land, N.E. Extreme Escuminac Pt. ; Lighthouse Richibucto River ; N. bea- con at Entrance Buctouche Iliv. ; Sta. at En . Cocaine Head ; Ex.of Clifl' Shediac 5 Episcopal Church Cape Toimentine ; N.AV. extreme of Joureman Is. Tignish Head, Bay Verte ; Station Pugw'ash ; Episcopal Ch. Amet Island; Last Extreme Pictou Harbour; Lightho. Pictou Is. ; Lightho. E. end Cape George; Station in Ballantiuc Cove AntigonishHar. ;N. beacon Pomquet Island ; S.E. Ex. GutofCanso; Light N.Ent. PRINCE EDWARD IS- LAND. North Point Extreme ofCliff W. Pt. ; High Water Extr. Cape Egmont Stn. on Extr. Bedeque Harbour 5 Green's Whaif CapeTraverse ; Ex. of CliflP St. Peter's Is.; Station S.W. Extreme Charlottetovm ; Flagstaff on Fort [8] Prim Point Lighthouse . . Panmure Island ; Lightho. E. Pt. ; Stn. on ex. of cliff' St. Peter's Harbour ; Sand Hill, E. side of entrance 48 12 18 48 9 10 48 1 47 48 17 48 48 5 9 4 10 47 51 54 47 39 19 47 50 2 47 49 19 47 44 52 48 1 47 43 24 ton. yr. 47 47 6 19 4 32 46 43 4 46 26 do 46 21 31 46 14 15 46 10 6 46 28 45 61 14 45 60 15 45 41 25 45 49 50 45 61 49 45 41 49 45 39 17 45 41 42 47 3 41 46 37 14 46 24 11 46 23 32 46 13 17 46 6 59 46 13 55 46 3 10 46 8 47 46 27 16 46 26 44 (54 40 14 64 56 55 65 15 6 65 26 26 66 7 10 66 21 26 65 45 30 65 36 59 64 r)S r? 64 61 45 64 42 12 64 29 28 64 39 36 65 4 21 64 47 17 64 47 32 64 37 45 64 31 41 64 33 32 m 63 42 7 64 1 63 30 18 63 9 40 62 39 10 62 29 54 61 64 32 61 52 56 61 44 5 61 28 42 AtTHOlUTlES. 63 59 64 23 64 7 3 39 llic Surveys by Admiral II.W. Baylicld, 1827-1860. 63 47 10 63 38 51 63 11 29 63 7 7 63 1 50 62 27 24 61 57 42 62 43 56 ^i XVIU POSITIONS OF PLACES. . ! Tracadie Harbour; Ea»tern point of Entrance Orenville Harbour; High Sand Hill near Entrance Richmond Bay: Station on Royalty iraint Cascnmpeque Har. ; Light. Capo Kildare ; Extreme . . CAPE BRETONISLAND Bear Head ; Extreme Plaster Cove; N. end of Bridge M' Keen Point ; Extreme Port Hood ; Harbour Lt.at South Entrance Sea Wolf Island ; Lightho. on summit Chetican Point ; S. extreme Cape St. Lawrence ; N. ex. Cape North ; N. extreme . . CapeEgmont; E. extreme Inganiui ; Archibald point St. Anne Harboiir ; Beach Point Carey Point ; W. side of entrance of Ot. Bras d'or Cunet Point ; Extreme . . Sydney Harbour; Light- house on Flat Point Table Head ; Extreme . . Flint Island; Lighthouse on North-east end Scatari Island; Lighthouse Mcnadou Harbour Cape Breton ; Extreme . . Gaoarus Bay j Church on Cape . . Louisburg ; Lighthouse . . Michaux Point ; Station on Extreme L'Ardoise; R. C. Church Steeple St. Peter Island ; S.W. Ex. St. Peter Bay ; Old Fort on West side of Haulover . . MADAME ISLAND. Grande-digue Lennox Pas- sage ; Station Arichat Harboiir ; Jersey- man island, N. extreme ; Lightho. Marache Point l\T. N. 46 24 51 46 30 50 46 33 55 46 48 22 46 52 57 45 33 5 45 38 56 45 38 51 46 46 21 30 46 36 22 47 2 54 47 2 35 46 51 1 46 41 31 46 17 41 46 11 41 46 20 32 46 16 12 46 13 14 46 11 5 46 2 13 46 29 45 57 14 LON W. 63 1 44 63 27 29 63 1 50 64 2 63 57 44 61 17 5 61 23 36 61 23 54 61 31 40 61 15 33 61 2 58 60 35 36 60 24 56 60 18 3 60 21 18 60 32 25 60 24 50 60 17 16 60 7 22 59 57 4 59 45 50 59 40 18 59 49 58 59 47 3 45 42 45 54 7 34 45 34 11 45 36 45 45 35 54 45 39 21 45 35 49 45 30 25 45 29 • 2 AUrHOllITIEH. ITic Survtysby Admiral H.W. Bayfield, ami Commander Orlc- bar, R.N. 1827-60. 59 57 15 60 41 60 45 59 60 48 39 60 52 4 61 1 11 61 3 7 61 1 52 POSITIONS OF PLACES. XIX LAT. N. LOJf. W. NOVA SCOTIA, Ac- Southern Coasts. SABLE ISLAND: West Flagstaff West extreme of Grassy Sand Hills East Extreme The MAINLAND : [9] Cranberry Is. ; Lishtho. Canso Harbour ; Cutler Is- land, S.E. Extreme ; Steeple of Church White Head Island ; Light. White Haven ; Observation station in Marshall Cove Bcn-y Head ; Extreme . . Mew Harbour Head ; Nob Harbom- Island ; N.E. Pt. Isaae Harbour ; Red Head, summit Country Harbour ; Station opposite Window Point Hollins Head ; summit . . Wedee Island ; Beacon . . St. Mary River; above Episcopal Church Liscomb Harboui-; Spanish ship Point Mary Joseph Harbour ; Lobster Point extreme . . Beaver Island ; Lighthouse Salmon Riv. ; W. of wharf Sheet Harbour ; \ mile N.W.fromWateringfCove Taylor Head : summit. . . . Pope Harbour ; Harbour Island, N.E. Extreme . . Slup Harbour ; Islet near Salmon Point Egg Island ; Centre Jedore Harbour; Marsh Pt. Jedore Rock ; Centre Jedore Head ; Point .... Graham Head ; summit . . Devil Island; Lighthouse Halifax Harbour; Light- house, Maugher Beach. . Grahams Head ; summit . . LaurencetonHead; summit HALIFAX ; Dockyard Ob- servatory [10] Holdemess Island, on the S.W. side of Margaret's Bay Green Island ; off Mahone Bay 45 6 12 AUXnOHITIKS. 43 26 24 60 3 15 43 56 44 43 58 57 60 8 36 59 45 58 45 19 45 60 55 54 45 20 42 45 20 10 45 11 58 60 59 27 61 59 25 61 8 27 45 14 37 45 11 37 45 9 7 45 8 25 61 11 43 61 18 58 61 28 21 61 36 43 45 9 39 61 38 52 45 14 41 45 4 19 45 36 61 47 6 61 44 57 61 22 47 61 58 7 45 28 62 1 8 44 57 52 44 49 33 44 54 32 62 4 57 62 20 38 62 23 33 44 54 11 44 47 24 62 30 37 62 33 8 44 47 50 62 39 10 44 46 59 44 39 55 44 43 19 44 39 49 44 40 22 44 37 44 44 34 48 62 49 13 62 52 9 63 39 63 57 63 3 14 63 17 23 63 27 61 44 36 6 44 37 44 44 38 34 63 32 18 63 17 23 63 21 35 44 39 38 63 35 35 44 34 20 63 58 48 44 27 64 18 d ITie Surveys by Admiral H.W. Bavfield, andCommanders Short- land and Orlebar, R.N., 1827 60. ' 1 The surveys by Admiral Bay- field 1853. - -lii The survey made byMr. Joseph F. W. Des Barres, 1776, with subsequent emendations. ^■^L '.^1 zx POSITIONS OF PLACES. h \ Cronlsland; offLuncnbui^ Harbour; Lighthouse.. Capo Le Have j Ironbound Island ; Lighthouse Medway Head ; Admiralty Head, Lighthouse Coffin's Island Lighthouse, near Liverpool Harbour Mouton or Matoon Island ShelbumeorCape Roseway Lighthouse on Macnutt Island ^ fiaccaro Point; Li^t on East side of PortLatour Brasil Rock Seal Island ; Lighthouse ; half mile from S. point Cape Fourchu, near Yar- mouth ; Lighthouse Bryer's Island; Lighthouse PomtPrim; lightho. (£n- tranceofw^nnapolis Basin) BlackBock Point ; Lightho. Horton Bluff; Lighthouse Partridge Island Light, in the Mines Chumel Cape Chignecto NEW BRUNSWICK. Cape Enragg; Lighthouse Quako Head; Lighthouse Partridffe Island ; Lightho. City of St. John Point Lepreau; lighthouse THE UNITED STATES. LAT. N. Maine. Passamaquoddy Bay; Light on Quoddy Head. Little River ; Light at ent. Machias Seal Islands ; Lightho. on E.one(Brit.) Machias Bay; Light on Libby Island Moose a-bec or Moose peak; Mistake Island Lignt . . Petit Manan; Lighthouse on S. end MountDesertRock; Light. Isle au Haut ; Light on Sad- dle Back Islet Matinicus Rock ; Lightho. Penobscot Bat; Ragged Mountain on W. Bi£ .. 44 20 44 15 40 44 6 44 3 43 57 43 37 31 43 26 54 43 24 15 43 23 34 43 47 30 44 14 57 44 40 50 45 10 48 45 6 15 43 23 45 22 45 36 45 19 36 45 14 2 45 15 30 45 3 50 LON. W. 44 49 44 39 22 44 30 44 30 4 44 28 52 44 22 43 59 30 41 1 47 43 51 15 44 12 44 64 7 64 17 2 64 34 32 64 36 32 64 43 32 65 17 2 65 29 11 65 23 48 66 1 50 66 10 18 66 23 2 65 37 49 64 48 30 64 2 30 64 8 30 64 51 18 64 47 10 65 22 34 66 4 66 4 18 66 27 33 AUTHOBiniS. The surveys by Commander Shortland, R.N., Admiral Bay- 66 57 67 10 35 67 6 30 67 21 12 67 31 43 67 52 68 4 41 68 3 49 68 47 58 69 9 12 ,.U Lieuts. Harding and Kort- wright, R.N. Hie surveys by S. Holland, Esq., with subsequent correc- tioiu. W5# rHOBinu. JH by Commander «N., Admiral Bay- ing and Kort- y a. Holland, jquent correc- POSITIONS OF PLACES. xxi NOTES TO THE PRECEDING TABLE. 1. St. John's — ^The longitudes of all the places on the eastern coast of Newfound- land are given westward of those assigned in the early cations of this work. The longitude of St. John's, as deduced from the observations of Captain James Cook, Lieutenant Michael Lane, Messrs. Cossini, Verdun, Borda, Pingr6, and Owen, woidd be generally from fifteen to ten minutes eastward of the longitude in the Table j Fort Amherst, at the ehtrance of the harbour, having been given in 62° 29' W., or 13' 45' eastward of the later observations. In the years 1828, 1829, and 1830, the officers of H.M.S. Htu$ar, under the orders of Hear-Admiral Sir Charles Ogle, made many observations in this part of the world ; and the result given by Mr. John Jones, for the longitude of Fort Towns- end, is 54° 45' 22 ' W., and latitude 47° 33' 42', and which position was recorded in the fort itself. The last determination by Admiral Bayfield as given in the table, removes this longitude 3' 8" to the eastward. The coasts to the northward appear to have been been given much more to the westward. It is necessary to notice these discrepances here, although the amoimts of difiierences as now settled, are not important to the general navigator. 2. Capb Bonayista. — The assigned positions of this cape, is an evidence of the uncertainty which exists in the longitudes of this survey. The first sheet of the survey by Messrs. Holbrook and Bullock, made the longitude 62° 69' 16" In the re- issue, shortly afterwards, of the same sheet, it was shifted to longitude 63° 8' 20', or 8' 35" farther west, nearly as it now stands. 3. Cape Freels. — ^In the valuable survey northward of Cape Freels, by Lieut. Frederick Bullock, 1823-24, thb cape is placed 5' 10" South of the same, as given in the survey southward, by Messrs. Holbrook and William Bidlock, in 1817 : to connect this with the southern parts, we have given the latter authority. 4. Cape Nobman.— -Hiis cape is placed by Rear-Admiral Bayfield in 61° 37' 67' North, and 25° 53' 28", or 6' 20" to the West of the former surveys; and the longi- tudes of the whole of the N.E. coast, as far as Cape Freels, have Men made in accor- dance with this. — See Note 8. 6. Cape Ray, &c. — ^The South and West coasts of Newfoundland are still repre- sented according to the surveys of the circumnavigator, Captain James Cook and Michael Lane, at the latter part of the last century. The original charts, published by Mr. Laurie's predecessors, are still in request, and it will be seen, upon comparison, that the positions given in Cook's first work are still found to be near the trutn. 6. — QUEBEC. — In the early editions of this work, the longitude of Quebec was stated to be 71° 10', " according to the observations of M. le Marquis de Lotbinidre, M. Bedard, Director of the Seminaiy of St. Louis, and Captain Holland. M. Mechain computed the longitude to be 71° 10', by several eclipses of Jupiter's 'first satellite, observed by Messrs. Lotbinidre and Holland; and the passage of Venus that Captain Holland observed in 1769. All the observations, made at different times, have given very coherent results."-^Vide American Trans., vol. i., &c. The above passage, from " Analysis of a General Chart," &c., Paris, 1786, shviws the position in which Quebec was laid down in the Charts ; and it agreed with inat given in the " Connaissance des Tems." But Quebec was aJPterwards exhibited con- siderably more to the eastward. Mr. Wright, in his chart of 1807, made it 70° 27'. The Requisite Tables, of 1802, gave latitude 46° 48' 38", longitude 71° 6' 22". Colonel Bouchette, in his work on Canada, 1815, gives 46° 48' 49 N., and 71° 11' W. In the years 1819, 1820, and 1821, the officers of H.M.S. Newcastle, provided with four chronometers, made many observations in the river ; and these observations may be judged of .by the longitude they placed Quebec in for three successive years, assuming H^ax as m 63° 33' 40" j July 16th, 1819, 71° 12' 48" ; June 19th, 1820, 71° 13' 14" ; July 6th, 1821, 71° 12' 25". The greatest £fferenoe is 49", mi fhe mean of the whole farliier West than longitude given in 1819. isf 1 I ; ! f POSITIONS OF PLACES. From these and other obHorvationH combined, the lato Mr. Pmdy placed Quebec in longitude 71° 13', in the chai-ta, &c., which he constructed, as they still remain. When the charts of Captain H.W. Bayfield wore published in 1837, they were based upon a longitude of 71° 16' W. for Quebec. This has been shown to bo m error nearly 3i mmutes of arc, by electric telegraphic signab transmitted between Quebec and Cambridge Observatory, in Massachusetts, by Lieut. E. D. Ashe, 11.N., in September and October 1867. ^ The position of Cambridge, as will be seen in the Note on that longitude on a subsequent page, is definitely settled as 71° 7' 68-35, and the mean difference between that observator\' and the Observatory in Mann's Bastion m the Citadel of Quebec, as determined by Lieutenant Ashe, is 0" 4' 34-17, which places Quebec in 71° 12' 32-72. 7. Montreal.— The longitude of Gate Island, opposite the Cathcdi-al, and the Hotel Dieu, is given by Captain Bayfield in 73° 34' 38 (erroneously on Admiralty Charts, as 68° 64' 38). Lieutenant Ashe, R.N., as stated above, in continuation of his work on electric time-signals, obtained the difference of longitude bctAveen Quebec and Vigor Square, 630 feet west of Gate Island, on March 12th, 1857, aa 2° 20' 45"-o, which makes it in longitude 73° 33' 18"-12, as shewn in the Table. 8. Charlottetown and Prince Edward's Island.— The position of the flag- staff in the Fort of Charlottetown, has recently been given by Rear-Admiral Bayfield as 46° 13' 66', Ion. 63° 7' 23' W. It had been oefore placed 3' more to the West, but the exact difference of longitude between this point and Quebec, has lately been de- termined by the electric telegraph, as 8° 6' 26 " 9. NOVA SCOTIA. — The coasts of Nova Scotia have been heretofore laid down horn the surveys of Mr. Des Barres, with emendations by Mr. A. Lockwood, R.N., and various corrections in position by Admiral Owen and others. Since the comple- tion of the survey of the Canadian coasts, our Admiralty Surveyors, Admirals Bayfield and F. W. Owen, with Captains Shortland- and Orlebar, have been proceeding with the re-examination of the S.E. shores of Nova Scotia, and those of part of the Bay of Fundy, the results of which, as far West as Halifax, as shewn in the table. 10. Halifax. — ^In foimer editions of this work the following appears : — " The latitude of the Naval Yard of Halifax, from observations very carefully made by the ofiicers of H.M.S. Niemen, in 1822, was 44° 39' 37 '. This was grained by eleven meridian altitudes with the artificial horizon, and several obser^'ations made on each side of noon at small intervals ; the mean true altitudes being computed from the hour angles. The longitude, 63° 33' 43", was obtained as (he mean result of more than 30 sets of lunar distances. We formerly gave the longfitudc of M. Des Barres, &c., aa 63° 32' 40', and therefore presume that a statement of 63° 37' 48', which has lately appeared, is 4' too far West." Captain Bayfield, as above stated, assumed the longitude of the Dockyard, in his survey to be p3° 37' 48 '. The late Admiral W. F. Owen, in H.M.S. shijj " Columbia," in 1844, made it 63° 35' 28" W. The late respected Lieut. Raper, takes it as a second- ary meridian as 63° 37' 26", or, as Captain Bayfield. * Recent observations shew that M. Des Barres' longitude is as near the truth, acci- dentally perhaps, as that resulting from the refined operations of Admiral Bayfield, a mean between the two positions being that which must now be adopted. In the determination of this, and of other longitudes, the Electric Telegraph has decided the question beyond controversy. The difference of longitude between Cambridge Observatory, Massachusetts, and that of Halifax Dockyard, has been determined, electrically, by Professor Bond, and Captam Shortland, R.N., to be O^ SO" 9» m time, or 7° 32' 23"-45 in arc. This merid- ional difference applied to the determined longitude of Cambridge, as shewn in the note, or 71° 7' bWbSl^t makes Halifut Dockyani Observatory to be in 63° 35' 36"' W. of Greenwich. .cA'..'ii ;ri!f(f 'ivf '.?;i/i,',^i>i ,itM-t/.:ii^ ■KH)^ 'nc? ,f!«>n!t'i' NEWFOUNDLAND, ETC. lectric Telegraph has Throughout thiH "Work, the given Longitude is the Longitude fi-om Obeen- wiCH. The Bearings and, Course? are those by Compass, unlcM where othenn-ise expressed: but those given thus [E.N.E.] signify the true j and the given direction of Wind, Tide, and Current, is to be considered as the trae. The given Depths are those ot Low Water, Spiing Tide. .f into the atmosphere, and cannot be looked over from any part of the rigging of a ship. They however are not so thick as those w|poh occur in calms after a strong wind, and which are frequently fM) dense as to conceal a vessel within hail; whilst tiie former often, but not always, GENERAL REMARKS AND DIRECTIONS. :J Bank, or ita danger, paM te, mmetunefl lorablc hurri- of Wale* on ravelled from ere devostatsd Hh, travelling the Caribbee 1, 1830, at tho he memorable th to the 14th, m an hour. s, and several on or near the or six) { they suddenly to square coune, I le direction of subject here; i what may be i in expediting n verge of the Captain Maury p what wind or Rear Admiral ;. LaMrrence are : are frequently ing unfitted for inally lost ; but valence of fogs, a, but are motit iig continuance, of any strength ding tolocauty Y dear weather eastern parts of ompanied with le mouth of the irection by the ame foggy cha- uid which may inds may occur ' the navigable ler, N.E. winds in every part of either running >ut the constant atmosphere, and iioweverare not 1 are frequently mt not always, i I admit tho land or other objcoti to be distinguished at the distance of half » mile, or more, in the day-time. n« detut/ltgt which occur in calms, and even in very light winds, often extend only to small elevations above tho sea; ho that it sometimes happens, when olijects are hidden at the distance of HO yards from the deck, they can bo plainly seen by a person fiO or 60 feet up the rigging. In the months of October and JVovember the (bgs and rain, that accompany easterly gales, are replaced by thick snow, which causes equal embarrassment to tho navigator. Daring the navigable season, the prevailing winds are either directly up or directly down the estuary of St Lawrence, following the course of the chains oi high lands on cither side of the great valley of the river. Thus a S.E. wind in the Oulf becomes E.S.E. between Anticosti and tne south coast, E.N.E. above Point de Monts, and N.E. above Orcen Itiland. The westerly winds do not appear to be so much guided in direction by the high lands, excepting along the south coast, where a W.S.W. wind at tho Isle Ok has been seen to become West, W.N.W. and N.AV. on running down along the high aud curved south coast, until it became a N.N.W. wind at Cape Qasp^. These winds frequently blow strong for three or four days in succession; the westerly winds being almost always accompanied with fine dry, clear, and sunny weather; the easterly winds as frequently with the contrary, cold, wet, and foggy. In the spring the easterly winds prevail most; frequently blowing for several weeks in succession. As the summer advances tho westerly winds become more frequent, and the S.W. wind may be said to be tho prevailing wind in summer in all parts of the river and gulf. Light south winds take place occasionally; but north winds are not common in summer, although they sometimes occur. Steady north windjs do not blow frequently before September, excepting for a few hours at a time, when they generally succeed easterly winds which have died away to a calm, forming the commencement of strong winds, and usually veering to the S.W. The N.W. wind is dry, with bright cleor sky, flying clouds, and showers. After the autumnal eqainox, winds to the north- ward of west become more common, and are then often strong steady winds of con- siderable duration. In the months of October and November the N.W. wind frequently blows with great >'iolcnce, in heavy squalls, with passing showers of hail ana snow, and attended with sharp frost. Thunder storms are not uncommon in July and Au^t; they seldom last above an hour or two ; but the wind preceding from them u, m genei'al, violent and sudden, particularly when near the mountainous part of the coast; sail should, therefore, be liilly and quickly reduced on theii' approach. Strong winds seldom veer from one quarter of the compass to another directly, or nearly contrary : in general they die away by degrees to a calm, and are succeedc'd by a wind in the opposite direction. It is liot nere meant that they may not veer to the amount of several points. N.W. winds seldom or never veer round by north and N.E. to east and S.E. ; but they do frequently, by degrees, to the S.W., after becoming moderate. S.W. winds seldom veer by the N.W. and north to the eastward, but sometimes by the south to S.E. and east. Easterly winds generally decrease to a calm, and are succeeded by a wind from the opposite direction. In the fine-weather westerly winds of summer, a fr«sh topgallant breeze will often decrease to a light breflfe or calm at night, and spring up agam from the same quarter on the following morning; under these circumstances only may a land breeze off the north coast be looked for. The same has been observed off tne south coast also, but not so decidedly, nor extending so fitr off shore. Captain Bayfield adds, " I have occasionally carried the north mnd-wind nearly over to the south coast just before day-light, out have never observed the south land-wind extend more than five or ax miles oft', and that very rarely. Under the some circumstances, that is, with a fine weather westerly wina going down with the sun, a S.W. land-breese will frequently be found blowing off the north coast of Anticosti at night, and during the early port of the morning. If, however, the weather be not settled fiiir, and the wind does not full with the sun, it will usually prove worse than useless to run a vessel close in shore at night, in the hope of a breeze off the land. Such is the usu^ course of the winds in common seasons, in which a very heavy gale of wind will probably not be ex- GENEIIAL REMAKKS AND DIRECTIONS. pcrienccd firom Moy to October, although doso-rcefed towtail breezes are usually- common enough. Occasionally, however, there are yoajB the character of which ih decidedly stormy. Gales of wind, of conHiderablc strcnjjth, then follow each other in quick succession, and fi-oni opposite quai-ters. The marine barometer, which is at all times of great use to the navigator, becomes particularly so in such seasons." ^^ 2. CUSSENTS. — The Atlantic Ocean between Europe and the North American ports has been more frequently ti-avcrsed than any other ^wrtion of the globe, yet the recorded obsenations upon the cuiTcnts which have been encountered in these passages have not been either sufficiently accurate nor abundant to afford an exact notion of the movements which are undoubtedly constant, and attended with great climatorial results. ITie seaman has only to attend to the one element of the sm*facc drift as affecting his course, and therefore it will not be necessary here to allude to any other featnrcs of the ocean cuirents. , ; „ ;,, The generally accepted view of the currents in this pai-t of the ocean is : — that the Gulf Stream, which passes northwaid along the coast of the United States, having been deflected eastward on reaching lat. 35' to 4(f , passes to the E.N.E., south of the Grand Bank, and finally reaches the shores of Northern Europe. Besides this wai-m water current, the Arctic or Labrador current passes south* wards down the Labrador coast, encountering the Gulf Stream on the Grand Bank, passing underneath it, and also diiftiug as a cold water stream inside the Gulf Stream OS fai' southwards as Florida. Upon a careful discussion of all obtainable observations, it nmy bo deduced that this general new requires some modification, and that the Gulf Stream does not reach the European shores as an independent current, but it must also be repeated that we are not yet in a position to exactly define its progress. Gulf Stream. — The mean annual velocity, which will be the best guide for the maiiner, of the Gulf Stream in the offing of New York is about 45 miles in the 24 hours; south of Nova Scotia, in lat. 40% it is 3(i miles per day; south of Newfound- land it is not more than 28 miles per day ; and having reached the meridian of 40" "NV. it does nqt exceed 16J miles per day. Its independent velocity thus appears to be nearly lost, either from the neutralizing effects of the Arctic current or from its force being expended. This latter view is home out by the fact that the still further western drift does not varj' from that of the waters either to the north or south of what must be the central line of the Gulf Stream waters, lliis rate and velocity seems to be nearly equal over the whole of the eastern half of the ocean, namely, to E. by N. at 9 to 12 miles per day. It is this extensive drift, doubtless impelled by the prevalent W. and S.W. wuids which bring the warmer waters of the tropical regions to North- western Em-ope, and cause that amenity of climate in such marked contrast to that of the opposite coasts of America. Kespecting the northcm limits of the Gulf Stream at the south limit of the Gi-eat Banks and Newfoundland, no exact line can be drawn, as this margin is a constant straggle between the Polar and Troi)ical waters, which arc mixed and varied in a very extraordinary manner. As a general guide, however, the strong easterly current of the Gulf Stream will be found at some distance south of the tail of the Groat Bank during the winter months, and during the smmner season thilpnorthern edge extends up to and over the south end of the Bank. Fi-om a number of bottle experiments which have been collected and recorded in the Atlantic Memoir, and by Captain A. B. Becher, K.N., it is found that these floating messcngci-s travel from the meridian of Newfoundland to the British Isles and the French coast at the mean rate of 8J to 12i miles per day between latitudes 45 and 50 N., and about 5i miles per day between latitudes 50" and 65' N . a rate which 18 tolerably uniform. . » *uic There is only one other point which need be noticed here relative to the Gulf btream, which is that between the meridians of 48' and 50' West loniritudc. The Labrador current is so powerful that it rans much further southward into the general eastern cmrcnt, and has been found to be remarkably permanent, so thftt u ship sailing GENERAL REMARKS AND DIRECnONS. icfl are usually tcr of which u w each other in which iu at all wons." forth American B globe, yet the itered in these afford an exact idcd with gi*eat of the sm'facc :rc to allude to in is : — ^that the States, ha^•ing E., south of the it passes south- lie Grand Bank, he Gulf Stream )0 deduced that u does not roach epeated that wo t guide for the 45 miles in the til of Ncwfomid- ridianof40'AV. us appears to be or from its force . further western ith of what must 3ity seems to be y, to E. by N. at by the prevalent •cgions to North- contrast to that mit of the Great gin is a constant 1 and varied in a • easterly current f the Great Bank ern edge extends 1 and recorded in found that these the British Isles K.'tween latitudes ind 65' N., a rate tive to the Gulf longitude. The 1 into the general tlu^t u ship sailing on the parallels 4r to 43"* might be misled by the great decrease In the temperature if the latitude were not accurately known. The Labrador Current.— This cold ice bearing current, which apparently is the great outlet for the Arctic watei"s, passes down the coast of Labrador at from 12 to 24 and 36 miles per day, and with the wind, at even greater velocity. It does not ai)pear to extend to tne westward of the meridian of 40' W., and, as has* been above stated, it meets the northern edge of the Gulf Stream, probably passing under it and mingling its watei-s in an intricate manner with the wai-m tropical waters brought by that mighty cuiTcnt. A branch of it enters the Gulf of St. Lawi*ence through the Strait of Belle-Isle, and it turns to the westward around Cape Race, and skii-ts the whole of the American coast nearly to Florida ; a cold stream inside the wanii Gulf Stream, the two being separated in some parts by a nearly perpendicular line. In om* Atlantic Memoir many details and arguments are given upon this singular phenomena, now well kuo>vn, which cannot be repeated here. It is pi-obably to these two cuiTcnts meeting, and to some extent neutraliiiing each other, that the formation of the extensive banks of Ne>>'foundland and Nova Scotia is owing. From the warmer waters coming over the Grand Banks and the cold air passing over their sm-face arises those fogs which are so exceedingly common, and so embar- rassing to the naxigator. The necessity for observation is also much enhanced by the devious and uncertain cui-rents, which it is manifest, from what has been said above, will be encountered. It is to this cause that the S.E. coast of Newfoundland, especially the little bay of St. Shot's, between CaiKj Frcels and St. Mary's Bay, obtained such a notoriety some few yeai-s ago, prior to the establisluncnt of the lighthouses which now mark the prominent points, wliicli, with the caution induced by these disastei's, have almost removed this som'ce of danger. \... .. ■:.•!; I , •.;';! iijtl The following are a few of the particulars of some of those wrecks, more largely entered into in fonner editions: — The Briti* h frigate, Ttceed, on her passage to St. John's Newfoundland, struck upon the coast, near Cape Spear, and was wrecked in the night of the 6th of November, 1813. This event, most probably, was the effect of an unknown current setting south-westward, toward Cape Race. Besides tliis may be enumerated the loss of the sloop Comus, the transport JZarpooner, H.M. snip I>rake, the brig Sjjcnce, and the Marshal Macdonald, all of which were lost, at different times, upon vne npot ; the little bay, called St. Shot's Bay, on the south coast of Newfoundland, and lying between Cape Freel's and St. Mary's Bay. The particulars of all these mclanclioly events are detailed in the following paragraph s. The Comus was lost in the ni^ht of the 24th of October, lftl6, at the entrance of St. Shot's Bay. At ten o'clock, it was supposed " they were on the inner edge of the Green Bank; sounded, and found that they were in 25 fathoms of water, the exact depth on that bank as laid do\vii in the Admiralty charts. At forty-five minutes past eleven, struck on a reef of rocks, extending from the eastern headof St. Shot's Bayj into the sea, owing to the anmzing indraiif/ht into the different hays, and which thi-ew the ship out of her reckoning. Every exertion was used to save the ship, but in vain. At the same time, the weather was so foggy that little more than half the ship's length could be seen." The Harpoon EU, lost at St. Shot's Bav. — The Ilarpooner, which was lost on the 10th of November, 1810. On the 26th o*f October, detachments of the 4th Royal Veteran Battalion, with a few belonging to other corps in Canada, in all 380, em- barked on board this ship, and sailed from Quebec for London, on the 27th. On the passage to the GiUf of St. Lawronce, moderate weather and favourable winds pre- vailed ; but, on aiTiving in the g^lf, the weather proved boisterous, and the wind contrary. Not a sight of land, nor an observation of the sun, could be depended on for HCTcral days. On Suuday evening, November 10, at a few minutes after 9 o'clocki 6 GENERAL KEMAHKS AND DIBECTIONS. the awwnd mate, on watch, cried out, " ne ,hip',affroundrat which time Bhe lightly HtroSTon tho outemoHt rock of St. Shot'* She soon feU orer on her beam-end8, 2ld Sie dreidftil consequence may be readily imagined. We cannot attempt to describe it. , . , . . It is worthy of particular notice, that the two wrecks occmred within three weeks of each other, and it is an extraordinary coincidence that they should happen upon Se^espot Caa we doubt that they were produced by sinular causes? After the publication of these lamentable particulars, it was hardly to be expected that similar events were again to occur on this fatal spot; but the melancholy Foss of his Miyesty's ship Drakt will long be remembered. H.M.S. Drake, lost at St Shot'8.-The Z)r«*« sailed from Halifax on Thursday mominir, the 20th of June, 1822, for St. John's, Newfoundland. The weather being uncommonly fine, and the wind favourable, she continued 1o steer a direct course tor Cape Race: on Sunday morning it came on extremely thick, with a fresh breeze from W.^.W. : at noon it cleared up for about a quarter of on hour, just gi^Tng tune to get a jrood observation of the latitude, which agreed very weU with the latitude by acTOUTJt. At the time Ave supposed ourselves, by our reckoning, to be 90 miles from Cape Race. At six in the evening, having lun about sixty miles since noon, and findhig the fog still continued, we hauled out four points, intending to have steered SE. during the night; about half-past seven o'clock, all hands being on deck, breakers were reported to be a-head ; the ship was instantly hauled to the wind; but, not being able to clear the danger on that tack, we endeavoured to stay the vessel ; but, from the heavy sea, and whilst in stay, her stern took the breakers, aad she immediately fell, broadside on, the sea beating completely over her; the masts wore immediately cut awav, with the view of lightening the vessel, as well as affording a bridge to save the crew, but without success in either point; for in a few moments, she bilged, at which time there did not appear the slightest hope of saving a man. But forty-four out of fifty of the crew landed on the rock, succeed in gaining the main ; which they afterwards discovei-ed was the eastern head of St. Shot s. The Spbxce, lost at St. Shot's.— The brig SjKnce, of Sunderland, 303 tons, M. Wileon, master, from Richibucto, bound to Liverpool, with lumber, was totally lost near St. Shot's, on the 16th of July, 1822, at tour in the evening: but the crew were saved, and orrived at St. John's. The Marshal Macdonald, lost at St. Sliot's.— The Marshal Macdotmld, a vessel with fifteen hands and a passenger, sailed from Quebec on the 8th of November, 1835. In the night of December 2, oft" the island of St. Paul, she shipped a sea which cai-ried twelve persons overboard, of whom thi-ee perished, and all were nearly suftbcatod by the sea passing over them. Next morning the mate, carpenter, and cook, were seen on deck, fivzen to death. The vessel was now totally water-logged, and entirely at the merey of the sea. On the night of the 7th of December, the vessel was driven upon* the fatal rocks of St. Shot's Paint, and in this struggle for life three others perished. The five vesssls, it may be seen, were all from the westward, and all, it may be pre- sumed, were set to the northward, as well as to the westward, of the situations wliieh they were supposed to occupied, and the route which each intended to pursue. They can be accounted for only by the supposition of the currents winding round the coast, opposing each other, ana operating as above explained. Current from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. — It has been already shown that the waters of the St. LawnxMice run off pai'tly to the S.W. from Breton Island; so that here, likewise, allowance for a westerly set is to be made : for, as Mr. Darby, the superintendent of the island, has said,*" On the South side of Sable Island, the Current, in shoal water, with prevailing South and S.^^^ winds, sets rapidly eastward, xmtil it reaches the end of the N.E. bar. It then unites and blcnas with the St. lAwrence Stream, which passes the Bar in a S.S.W. direction, and runs strongest in Adril, May, and June. I have suificient reason for believing that the Gulf Stream, on the ^rallel of 42* 30', running E.N.E., occasions the St. Lawrence Stream, then ronmng S.S.AV., to glide to westward. The strength of this stream has never been ICESi— ICE-BERGS AND ICES, r no Bhe lightly ler beam-ends, ot attempt to in three weeks 1 happen upon les? jo be expected incholy loss of K on Thursday weather being i-ect course for sh breeze from ing time to get lie latitude by 90 miles from iincc noon, and to have steered being on deck, the wind; but, itay the vessel ; makers, aad she the masts were as affording a !i few moments, : saving a man. in gaining the Shots. [and, 305 tons, »er, was totally : but the crew idonald, a vessel "lovember, 1835. ;a which cai'ricd ■ly suffocated by cook, were seen )d, and entii-ely tiie vessel was fie for life three 1, it may be prc- situations which pursue. They round the coast. f shown that the I Island; so that Mr. Darby, the BLE Island, the rapidly cjvstward, nas with the St. runs strongest in • Gulf Stream, on nee Stream, then 1 has never been noticed, and three-fourths of the vessels lost on Sable Island have been supposed to have been to the eastward of the island, when, in fact, they were in the longitude of it." The effects of currants off the South and S.W. coasts of Newfoundland, may still, it appears, without great precaution, prove fatal to many vessels. "It seems," says Mr. Jeffery, " to bo impossible to make a sure allowance for them ; for while allowing for them in one direction they may be setting on the opposite one. The lead appears to be the only thing of any advantage. During three weeks, while we were on this coast, we hud the wind n-om all points, and all brought thick hacy weather and rain." ICE. — One of the great dangers to which a ship, and especially a steam-ship, is liable in her passage across the northern part of tlie Atlantic, is the ice which is drifted down from the Arctic regions hy the Labrador and Greenland Currents into the northern edge of tlie Gulf Stream, at times as low as to latitude 39°, especially dming the mouths of April, May, and June, • These masses of ice, in the fonn of immense bergs, sometimes several hundred feet high and of vast extent ; at others, of immense fields of closely compacted pack ice, come from the Arctic regions, and are set adrift at the breaking-up of the winter. The bergs come from the northern parts of West Greenland, and uie drift or pack ice from all parts of the Aretic regions and Spitzbergen. * Many examples are cited in other works of the appearance and accidents caused by ice. In the spring of 1859 they were pecidiarly abundant, and one of the Cunota line, the Canada, struck one, but from tiie fact of her having a bowsprit which broke the shock, she escaped uninjured. One of the most remarkable facts in respect of these diifting masses, is that of the two dc^ ited ships which were seen high and diy on a floating mass on April 23rd, 1851, by the Renovation, in about lat. 47° N., long. 60° W. The description of these two vessels' applied in all particulars with that of the lost ships, the Erebus and Terror, of Sir John Franklin's expedition. There can be no doubt about the truth of the statement, and the whole subject is one great mystery, notwithstanding the efforts which have been made to apparently settle this question. In our Atlantic Memoir will be found many details of these ices, and the circum- stances under which ships have been lost, damaged, and endangered by them, and we particularly recommend to notice the important remarks of Lieut. Evans, R.N., given in that work. The following rcmai-ks are the condensation of what has been written on this subject . — "ICE-BERGS and Ices. — In the season between March and July, those vast masses of ice and tremendous ice-bergs, which descend with the current from the north- western regions, ai'c found upon and to the eastward of the Newfoundland Bank, sometimes even to the parallel of 40" North. " The indications of an ice.berg are. — 1. A natural effulgence, which frequently renders them visible, at some distance, even in the darkest night. At a short mstanee this effulgence may appear like a white cloud, extending over, or nearly over, the vessel's masts. ,:_ ^ .. , r rl ,¥-■• + " 2. A considerable decrease in the temperature of the water, as shown by the thermometer, in compai'ison with the heat of the a^acent sea and with the air above. -','''^"" . •■'"■'*•'"• ■ ■"_^\." 7- - " The i-oaring of the sea at the base of a berg, which, excepting in a steamer, with its paddles in action, may be heard, by an attentive listener, when afar off. " To fest sailing vessels and steamers in perticular, these monitions may be useful. Such will, therefore, in the season, avoid the higher parallels of latitude, as piudenee may dictate." A lengthened coiu'se, on a southerly parallel, between the meridians 6f 42° and 56° may insme safety. The Ice-iUnk, or effulgence of light emanating from, and seen over, congregated 8 PASSAGES OVER THE ATLANTIC. (4 ^0 ices, — ^tho formation of ioc-bcrgs, — and the gcnci-al phcnonujim of the Noi-thcm Ocean, — are copiously deticnbed in our " Memoir" and nuutical Instructions for that Ocean, pages 43 to 61. PASSAGES FROM ExoLAXD, &'c. — On refen-ing to our Chart of the Atlantic Ocean, it may readily be found that, from the Land's End of England to St. John's, Newfoundland, the ti-ue bearing is W. 4" S. ; and from the same point to Cape Sable, or the S.W. end of Nova Scotia, it is about \V. 9" S., by Mercator's sailing. But the circumstances of Navigation, in general, i*cndcr a direct course more tedious and difficult than a circuitous route ; and the best passages have been made by pursuing a high northerly coui-sc. The great circle or shortest route also favoui-s this lu-ineiple, for the shortest distance between the Land's End and St. John's Newfomidland, about 1828 miles, passes thi-ough latitude 51° 30', and longitude 23" 44' W., or 125 miles further north than the apparently direct distance by the chart, so that if a vessel were to reach latitude 63" 40' on this meridian, she would not have to travel over more distance than if she sailed on a rhumb course. Besides this it seems probable, from all that we have said on the Winds and Currents, that, on prosecuting a north-westerly coui-se, which approximates to the great cu'cle course, fi'om the Bank of Channel Soundings, the wmds and cuiTeuts, respectively, niay counteract and balance each other ; that, on a farther prosecution of the some course, the winds Avill be found less westerly, and therefore more favourable, than in the more southerly parallels : and that,-in advancing toward the mouth of l)a>'is's Strait, the advantages both of wiiid and cm-rent may be combined. Caution must be taken not to advance too near the Eastern coast of Newfoundland, if bound to New Bininswick or the Southem ports ; nor to the Eastern coast of Breton Island, as here the vessel may be swept round by the strong westerly cun*ents, ■which have been desci-ibed, and which, when understood, instead of produciijg mischief, may prove highly advantageous in facilitating the ship's com-se. The jiropriety of these arguments has been confinned by experience, in one hundred and four passages made to and frem New Brunswick, See, by Lieutenant Chas. Hare, of the Royal Navy, of which the last was in the year 184^. Annexed is a copy of that gentleman's communication. > "' :•■• • '■'",' - • - ^- . ■"' ; . .". .. y^-., ,..^ ^ '•• Ships from Scotland, in the spring of the year, and bound to New Brunswick, have always arrived sooner than tliose from the* English Channel, which is attributed to their being more to the northward on leaving the land. " Ships from Liverjrool generally arrive before those wliich' sail from the English Channel, the cause being the same. " In the Spring of the year, I would never go to the southward of latitude 40° or 47° until I reached longitude 37° or thereabout ; then edge to the southward as far as latitude 43° in order to avoid the ice-bergs, keeping a veiy strict look out; this parallel (43°) I should endeavour to preserve, or neany so, but nothing to the south- wai*d, until up to Cape Sable, Nova Scotia; for it carries you to a safe and proper distance from Sable Island, a place that cannot be too much di'cuded. In this track you wU be without the northern ed^e of the Gulf Stream, and assisted by a south- westerly eun*cnt from the banks until past that island. ». " In the Fall of the year, my track is far more to the northward than the spring. Oii leaving the land as late a.s the middle of October, or thereabout, I generally steer to the north-westward until I get as far north as 55°, and until I enter the lon^ tudo 30°, then edge to the southward, to enter the Banks in latitude 46°, shaping again a coui-se to pass about sixty miles to the southwai-d of Sable Island, as above. If bound to Halifax, and very sure of my latitude, I might be tempted to pa.s8 to the uorthw:ard of Sable Island ; but, at all events, it would be at a great risk ; and I should not, under any circumstances, recommend a stranger to attempt it; as the weather is mostly foggy, and the set of the cuiTcnts unaccountable. The soundings on Banquereau are incoiTcctlv laid down in every chart that I have yet seen ; being, in fact, irithin one hour's sail of the N.E. Baf of Sable Island; tram which cause I ; -ff. "' 10 NORTH AMERICA. V \ 9 im of the Northem Instructions for that mrt of the Atlantic n^'lnnd to St. John's, point to Cape Sable, ars sailing. But the se more tedious and made by purauiiig a the shortest distance 1828 miles, passes nirther north than ere to reach latitude distance than if she on the Winds and ippi-oximates to the winds and cunents, I farther prosecution md therefore more vancing toAvard the may be combined. it of Newfoundland, e Eastern coast of gAvesterly cmi-ents, produciijg mischief, Bnce,inonehimdi'ed [tenant Chas. Hai-e, inexed is a copy of •■"■—* -"-"J iix > New Brunswickj kvhich is attributed 1 fi-om the English I of latitude 40° or puthward as far as ict look out; this liiug to the Kouth- a safe and proijcr ?d. In this track isted by a south- thaii the spiing. I generally steer ^'r the loii'<.''tudo , shaping again a id, as above. If d to pass to the icat risk ; and I tempt it; as tho Tlie soundings yet seen; being, n which cause I once veiy narrowly escaped shipwreck. Numerous gannets arc always hovering about this- island, and are very excellent indication of your near approach to i^ particularly on the South side. "By crossing the Banks thus far North, you will find the advantage as you approach the longitudes of Newfoundland and Nova-Scotia : the strong N.W. and North gales having then commenced, you will frequently be compelled to lie-to for two or three days : and should then insure sufficient dritt, before you are blown into the strong influence of the Gulf Stream ; which would be the case at a few degrees to the southward, and inevitably in a S.S.E. direction, at an inconceivable rate. Last November (1824) tho case occurred : the vessel being hove-to, under main topsail an4 stoiin trysail, to the westward of the Banks, in latitude 45°, and was, in four day^ swept into latitude 39i°, consequently into the Gulf Stream ; when the longitude became also considerably affected, and 1 took the first opportunity of making a N.N.W. course, to get out of it as soon as possible. " To prove the udcantage of a northurn track, late in the fall pf the year, I may .ee that I have, in one or two instances, read, in the American newspapers, the accounts of very long passages experienced by ships which met hea^-y gales in the latitudes of 35° and 38°, when scveml vessels were disabled, and others suffered loss of sails ; yet, on the same day, in latitude 54°, 1 had moderate weather from the N.N.E. with top-gallant studding sails set ; which strongly encom-ages me to belieA*© that the blowing weather, incident to approaching winter, commences southerly, and inclines northerly as the season advances, and not the reverse ; an hypothesis generally formed by English ship-masters, but in my opinion, certainly erroneous. " I am farther of opinion that the influence of the Gulf Stream, in the parallelci from latitude 35° to 42°, whether from the warmness of the water or other natural causeSj has a strong tendency to attract the wind from a western direction j as I have invariably found the wind more alterative in the northern latitudes before-mentioned than the southera ones ; and it imquestionably must be allowed, by all mariners of any observation, that gales experienced in the Gulf Stream, or its vicinity, blow with much greater violence than tney do in that part of the northern Atlantic not under it« influence : besides, the squalls from the southward or S.W. are much more sudden and heavy, and near the Banks they are attended with dangerous lightning. The thermometer (an instrument easily understood) is of the greatest importance for ascertaining your approach to it ; and, if bound to the West, I would, for my own Sart, endeavour to avoid its effects as cautiously as I would a lee-shore : for it may be epended on, that no ship, however well she may sail, will effect wfesting in the Gulf Stream with a wind from that quarter ; and it is to be remembered that its velocity is accelerated according to the strength of those winds;- and its extent in breadth, at a few degrees to the westward of the Azores, is many more degrees than is commonly supposed. "These observations, I hope, may be useful to my brother mariners engaged in these voyages ; and permit me to say, that they are grounded on the experience of at least one hundred times crossing the Atlantic, in his Majesty's and the merchant service, and in the command of vessels in both ; at one time, in one of nearly four hundred tons burthen, the Waterloo, owned in St. John's, New Brunswick ; and, as the Custem Books at Liverpool can testify, landed foUr full cargoes in thirteen following months ; which, including the time requii-ed to discharge the same, then loaded outward te St. John's, there discharge and load home again, leaves but very little time for the ship to cross the Atlantic eight times in fourteen months, which, in fact, was done. " Still further, in corroboration of my approved northern track, allow me to observe that, in the fall of 1823, by keeping in a high latitude, the brig Ward, myself master, also owned in New Brunswick, performed a voyage out and home in seventy-two days. The same vessel likewise, oh the 3rd of October, 1824, left the English Cu.«unel, and arrived again in the Downs on the 3rd of January following. "I must add, that a strong well-found and well-manned vessel alone can per- form these voyages ; for they must be maintained with unremitting attention and perseverance. Nd. ■ -■' ■ - ::■• C hi :|iS' PASSAGES FROM ENGLAND, ETC. " ITic neccBHity and propriety of the above remarks was particularly exemplified by the Ward, which, on her paHHing through the Downs, in 1824, left ships there which were bound to the westward, weather-bound, and found them thei-e on her return, having been driven back by adverse winds ; while she, getting out of the Channel, pcrfoi-mcd with ease a prosperous voyage to St. John's, New Brunswick, and hacki exactly in three months, assisted by chi-onomcter, thermometer, &c. " In the month of June and beginning of July, and sometimes later, the ices from the Arctic Seas are frequently coming down from the northward in dangerous masses. In the same season the fishing vessels are very numerous upon the Bank, jon and about the parallel of 45° N. ; consequently, vessels bound to the eastward, from Nova Scotia, &c., will avoid both, and most safely cross the Grand Bank at this time of the year, by keeping in, or not proceeding to the northward of, latitude 44°." ' ; ' ' i ' ■' •; The preceding remark, by Captain Hare, has been enforced by the pen of an intelligent writer, " Atlanticii," who has said, *' Although the voyage to and from North America, between the parallels of 60° and 40". has always been ottended with a degree of peril, from masses ice which drift to the southwai'd, during the summer months from the polar regions, yet many an imwaiT mariner makes his run across the Atlantic without any appi-ehension of meeting these floating danglers, or without sufficiently exercising a proper discretion and vigilance to guard ajjainst coming in collision with them. This is not mere con- jecture, but the infoiTOation of persons who annually perform the voyage, beside the result of my own observation, in accidents which have repeatedly occurred to vessels between Newfoundland and England, and in the number of missing ships on this route. Commanders of ships should therefore bear in mind the imperative neceelliity there is for using their utmost vigilance and attention when crossing the above-named parallels, especially between the meridians of 30° and 60° "West, to guard agtiinst coming in contact with these formidable dangers of the ocean. > inn > -i tu ^r/ " The A'ew York Packet ships, well supplied with every essential equipment, and elegantly fitted for the accommodation of passengers, when making their winter voyage from Liverpool, keep in high latitudes until nearing Newfoundland. This they do for the two-fold object of avoiding the tempestuous weather so generally experienced to the southward, and of obtaining fairer winds : and thus, by slipping within the mighty stream from the Florida Channel, they evade its retarding influence. The voyage by this route is shoi-tened ; and, although bad weather must be expected, a is not so violent as farther souih ; besides which, the eastern current is avoided. I believe it is an unusual thing to meet with ice in this part of the Atlantic in the winter ; but we have instances to the contrary, so that a look-out should be kept in that season, as well as in the summer, by vessels making the voyage. j. j^'^irr .";, " From all accounts it seems that the greatest danger is to be apprehended in the vicinity of the Banks of Newfoundland ; and this, as every navigator knows, is increased by a dense fog which generally pervades the atmosphere in that quarter, and, of com'se, shortens the distance of vision to a very circumscribed limit." GULF OF St. LAWRENCE, &c.— Those bound to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, after, passing to the southward of the Virgin Rocks, on the Grand Bank and the Island of St. Pien'?, should keep a middle course between Newfoundland and Breton Island; ndt forgetting what has been heretofore said on the Winds and Cui'rents j recollecting, also, that the harbours on the coast, westward of Foriune Bay, arc impeded with dangers ; there are many rocks about the entrances, and most of the harboui's are imperfectly known. The rocks are not to be seen in thick weather, and fogs very much prevail on the coast. Commandera bound to the Gul/Mnll do well to observe that, off the South Coast of Newfoundland, between the meridians of 55° and 65° 35', and the parallels of 45° 10' and 46° 15', is a deep gully in the sea, extending in a N.N.E. and S.S.W. direction, uad separating the Bank of St, Piene fiom the Green Bank. The method adopted 6y the Drench vessels bound to St. Pierre, for making that island, is as follows : — m^ GULF OF ST. LAWttEXCK— STEAMSHIP ROUTES. 11 ally exemplified left Hhips there in thei*e on her ting out of the lirunswiek, and ;er, the ices from mgerous masses, uk, jon and about •om Nova Scotia, ime of the year, J the pen of an parallels of 60» nasses ice which cgions, yet many appi-ehension of proper discretion i is not mere con- )yage, beside the ccurred to vessels ig ships on this )erative necertsity the above-named guard against 1 equipment, and ing their -winter foundland. This ther so generally thus, bjr slipping tarding influence, lust be expected, mt is ovoided. I Atlantic in the should be kept in ji-ehended in the igator knows, is m that quarter, d limit." , Lawrence, after, and the Island of 1 Breton Island; nts \ recollecting, re impeded with the harboui's are er, and fogs very lO South Coast of arallels of 46" 10' 3.S.W. direction, wthod adopted by ollows : — From the longitude of 52° W., in latitude 45°, they steer N.W. course (by compasii) which carries them across the Orccn Bank, in about 43 and 44 fathoms of water; and when on the meridian of 55° 15', in about 45' 47' N. they suddenly deepen their water from 40 to 80 fathoms. A farther run on the same course, of about ten miles, carries them across this gully, when thev shualen their water again to 35 and 30 fathoms; and, after a fai thev run of 23 miles, they steer about N.N.E. directly for the island, and seldom or never miss it. ('See Mtf CArtrA) i:. '':; -i- :;.,■. '^,'* Those who have lost their reckonings, on finding this gully, which may be known by the water shoaling on the cost and west sides of it, an experiment that is fre- quently made for ascertaining whether they are actually in it or not, may safely take it as afresh departure. Commanders, not being aware of it, when they have found their water deepen from the Green Bank to the westward, have imagined themselves entering the Gulf of St. La^n•encc; and, by steering a course too far to the north' ward, have been lost to the eastward of Cape Hay, on the rocks of Newfoundland. The length of the gully is about sixty miles, in a N.N.E. and S.S.W. direction (by comi)aMs|, and the middle of it is in latitude 45° 35', and longitude 55° 20'. — Com' municatton of the French Commandant to Captain Sir Richard Grant, S..N., 1833. The little island of St. Paul, which lies to the dorth-eostward of Cape North, now distinguished by its lighthouses, is bold-to, steep, and high ; and, witn a good look- out in the day-time, cannot be considered as dangerous even thick weather. The land of Breton Island is very high, and though fogs are about it frequently, it is seldom so much obscured as not to be seen in time. On entering the Gulf, the Magdalen and Bird Islands will be seen, as they lie in the dii-ect course from Cape North to the River St. Lawrence. There is, in clear weather, a safe passage between the Bird Islands and the Mag- dalens; but, in thick weather, it is advisable to keep either to the southward or north- ward of both, OS the wind may permit. In Pleasant Bay, on the S.E. side of the Magdalen Islands, there is a clear and good anchorage, very near the shore ; and it is a very safe place for vessels to ride in, with a westeny wind, and infinitely preferable to beating about in the Gulf with a foul wind. There is a safe passage into it between Amhei-st Island ar 1 Entry Island, as fully explained hereafter. As the weather to the southward of these islands, between them and Prince Edward Island, is generally much clearer than on the North, the passage that way is pre- ferable, particularly after the early part of the year, when S.W. winds mostly prevail. Steamship Routes. — Specific tracks for steam vessels between the British Isles and the northern ports of America have been calculated and recommended by Captain Maury in 1855, at the suggestion of R. B. Forbes, Esq., of Boston, U.' S. This suggestion arose from the great increase of the steam traffic between the two con- ta\( ts, and from several dreadful collisions having occurred, especially that of the U. S. Mail Steamer Arctic, in October, 1854. The proposition, as is now well known, is, that ships going westward should use one track as near as possible ; and those going eastward, another lying to the southward of the former. ' - ^ ' \ The name steam lanes has been proi)08ed for them, a tenn which, denoting an an enclosed "road or path. Is not strictly applicable. They are intended, as said above, to avert the chances of collision between steam vessels passing in opposite directions, and to secure a line aUmg which steam vessels alone are to pass. The adoption of these lanes will simply lessen the liabilities, by diminishing the chances of collision (in fogs, or at night), and to that extent make the na>'igation of the Atlantic less dangerous. The direction of the proposed track from Europe to all the northern ports of America, about the great circle track to the middle of the Grand Bank, or to the intersection of latitude 44°, with longitude 55° W., and then diverging toward the destined ports. Thus avoiding the effects of the Gulf Stream. The track from America to Europe lies to the south of this, or nearly the great A 12 ISLAND AND BANKS OF NEWFOUNDLAND. circle track from C. Cleat to latitude 42*", longitude 62", keeping much to the south- ward of the westward route. These tracks are distinctly marked and graduated on our new chart of the North Atlantic, and need not be more particularly described here. — -^ Upon this subject Admiral FitzRoy writes : — "Another question appears to require notice in these pages, because it is still a •moot point' with many persons interested in navigating the Northern Atlantic. In a weU-known publication Maury particularly recommended • Lanes for steamers. « If steamers could always steer direct courses, being full-powered, and not liable to headed off in occasional heavy seas, such a arrangement might be advwitageous; but as it is otherwise, and as screw (auxiliary or mixed) ships ships sail while steam- ipg, they cannot conveniently keep to prescribed • lanes, however desirable it might otherwise seem. " However, as the traffic increases between Europe and America, some special arrangement mey be required, even more urgently than now ; in which ease it might perlwps be found practicable to consider an imaginary line, from latitude 60° and toneitude 20' to the crossing of 40° N. and 65 " W., the ' line of separation,' northward of which should go all vessels bound to the westward, and south of it all those heading to the eastward. "A great safeguard would be legislative enactment against high speed during fog, heavy rain, or snow : — authorising a »no/orie advantageous; sail while steam- Lesirable it might ica, some special tich case it might latitude 60° and atton,' northward all those heading gh speed during make objection { I quorum, to give DLAND. L variegated and |rs entering from genemlly rugged ' low hills. The d breaking up of uiing the months ird. The heat in the banks of the m be a secondary pursuit than the 8. At times the le the Aurora by to proceed, not to the surface of still waters with iitly enveloped in The summers ihes; the summer Ist, in winter, fog snd of November i, and its severity becomes less and ti importation. In be settled at all ; Eison, and leave it during the winter. The settlements are all upon the coast, the grand occupation of the population being exclusively in the fisheries, and in those branches of industry connected therewith. Hie peninsula of Avalon, on the S.E., which is united to the main body of the island by a low isthmus little more than three miles wide, is the chief scat of the population, the settlements on the other coasts being few and far between, and of little individual importance. In these latter settlements, firom their little intercourse with each other, the character of each is singularly diversified, pre- serving traits of their origin as distinct as if they had been formed yesterday. The original settlers were either from Jersey, England, Scotland, Ireland, or France, and their habits vary accordingly. At the close of the war in 1814, the prosperitv of the British Bank fishery was unprecedented. The exports in that year bemg £2,831,538. After this the Govern- ment conceded to France her extensive rights of fishing, and in 1847 the British exports of fish and oil had sunk to £550,269, which amuunt was still decreasing. In 1855 it was less than £400,000. The seal fishery commenced in 1793, it begins from the 1st to the 10th of March ; and in 1847 employed 340 vessels, and 10,805 men, who caught 455,180 seals, value £214,175, in six weeks. The City op St. John is the principal settlement, and the only considerable town in the island: it is the seat of government, and the bishopric, and chief harbour for the British vessels. Explicit directions for entering are given hereafter. The disastrous year of 1816 was the most eventful period of the history of this city. On the morning of the 9th of June a fire broke out wnich destroyed nearly the whole of the houses, except a portion of the suburbs, 2000 houses were destroyed, and 12,000 persons made houseless. On the 19th of September following another fearful calamity occurred ; a furious hurricane swept over the whole country, devastating both sea and land. Much distress necessarily followed, which was relieved by the mother country, as well as by individual sympathy. The city consists of long, irregular, and in some places very naiTow, streets, the principal one being called Water-street, which has been much improved nnce its re- erection. Duckworth-street is the next great parallel to Water-street. ; and there are several lateral streets. It stretches for about two miles along the harbour, and the ground rising about 120 feet from the sea, causes many of the side streets to be inconveniently steep. The principal peculiarity of the city is its multitude of whar& aud fishing stages which line the shore. The city contains 15,000 inhabitants. Conception Bay, to the north-westward of St. John's, is the richc'jt and most populous country district in the island, containing, altogether, about 30,000 inha- oitants, who are distributed in a number of villages or fishing and agricultural hamlets. Upon the small island, named JBell Isle, in this bay, wheat flourishes and ripens well ; as do potatoes, oats, hay, and vegetables. This spot is, therefore, con- sidered as a nursery garden for the neighbourhood. Toulinguet or Ttoillinffate, in the Archipelago of Exploits, is the most northerly British settlement in the Island. The NEWFOTJNDLAlif D BANKS, which have been, in their fisheries, the source of all the opulence in the island, are vast submarine elevations, of various depths and very unequal figures, as shown by the Chaii;. The depths on the Great Bank vary from 15 to 80 fathoms. The quality of the bottom varies considerably, but it gene-' rally consists of sand, or sand mixed with shells and gravel, rarely with stones. The eastern face of the Bank is a clear sand, white or whitish, and often sparkling. In the gullies and deeps which separate the banks, and more particularly in the Whale Deep or Trou de la Baleine, the bottom is found to consist of mud or oaze with a fetid smeU, and abounds with different sorts of fish ; but more particularly with cod, which, is inconceivably numerous ; for, although from 200 to 400 vessels have been annually freighted with this article of commerce for nearly two centuries, there appears to be no sensible decrease of the former plenty. A great swell and thick fog usually indicate the place of the bank. The cod arc usually most abundant where the bottom is sandy ; and the Least so M U ISLAND AND BANKS OF NEWFOUNDLAND. where it In muddv. The best depth for them Is between 30 and 40 fothonw, or lew water. In the months of February and April, the fish, which m the winter retire to the deepest water, come on the banks, and fatten quickly. ,. ; . , \ ' .. The irrcat fishery irenerally commences on the banks about the 10th of May, and continues until the end of September. Towards the middle or end of May the flnit Hhoal of herrings, called by the natives, spring-hernngs, appear on the coasts. Iheae ate caught in nets and used as baits. In the middle of June, the capelin, a delicate species of salmon, come in, and last till the middle of July, and with them commenoea the height of the fishery. Towards the end of July and beginning of August the capelin leave the shores, and the young squid^j or cuttle-fish succeed them in myriads, and supply their place ; and when these are over, they aie succeeded by the fall- herrings, or the autumnal herring shoals. This is in September, and u the close of the fishery. Note.—" In Mr. M'Gregor's work, entitled « British America,' 2 vol. 1832, is given a copious description of the mode of fishing on the Banks, the method of curing, &c., as shown also, in the 'Nautical Mogazine,' Juna, 1832, page 190.— See also Juke's ' Excursions in Newfoundland,' 1842j vol. i., page 228, and Bonnycastle's « Nevvfoiwd- hindin 1842,' vol. ii., page 160. " i . ' ' ■' '^V ..- • -^ . i .- nx "By the Treaty of Utrecht, 1713, the French retained the libei-ty of fishing off the coasts, and of drying their nets on she shores of Newfoundland, within certain limits; and, by the treaty of 1763, they may also fish in the Gulf of St. Lavtrence, but not within the distance of three leagues from any of the coasts belonging to Great Britain. " By the treaty of 1783, it was defined that, the subjects of Franco were to enjoy, under the restrictions of the previous treaties, the fisheries on the eastern, northern, and western, coasts of Newfoundland, from Cape St. John to Cape Ray ; and this cimcession was confirmed by the treaty of 1814. This last concession was the subject of much attention in Newfoundland in 1839. The French authorities having asserted that their rights were exclusive, and the French admiral watned the inhabitants of St. George's Bay, on the West coast, to leave it before the next fishing season. This was resisted, and a joint commission was appointed by the two governments to investigate and settle the question. " By convention with the United States, of the 20th of October, 1818, the people of the said States, renouncing previous claims, have, for ever, in common with British subjects, the liberty of taking Jish on the southern coast, between Cape Ray and the Ramea Isles, and on the western and northern coasts, from Cape Ray to the Quirpon Isles ; also on the shores of the Magdalen Islands, and on the coasts, bays, harbours, and creeks, of Labrador, from Mount Joli through the Strait of Belle-Isle, and thence northward, indefinitely, along the coast, but without prejudice to the exclusive rights of the Hudson's Bay Company ; and the fishermen of the United States have libcx-ty, for ever, to dry and cure fish in any of the unsettled bays, harbours, or creeks, of the southern parts of Newfoundland, above described, and of the coast cf Labi*ador, but so long as unsettled only, without previous agreement with the inhabitants, &c." There are, generally, in the ipring, within 125 or 130 leagues of the land, and between the Outer and Grand Banks, numerous ice-bergs, or ice-islands, that float down with the current from the north-westward, and which, during the foggy weather, are very dangerous: even in the months of June, July, and August, there are frequently a number of them : some of which may be seen aground, in 40 or 50 fathoms of water. In thic> weather, the place of these may commonly be distinguished by the tee-blink, a bright dess of the sky above them ; or by the breaking of the sea against them, which may also be heard at a considerable distance j or by the decrease of the temperature of the water, as shown on page 7. On approaching the banks, there will generally be found a number of sea-fowls, aa tnalitnauks, roaches, and divers. The last-mentioned are seldom found at more than 30 leagues from the banks j but maliroauks, and several other kinds, are frequently K futhoms, or lesfl winter retire to )th of May, and >f May the first D coasts. Theae pelin, a delicate iiem commences : of August the liem in myriads, led by the fall- i is the close of 1. 1832, is given of curing, &c., -See also Juke's le's * Newfound- 7 of fishing off [, within certain f St. Lawrence, its belonging to were to enjoy, stei-n, northern, Ray; and this was the subject having asserted inhabitants of g season. This l^ovcmments to 818, the people an with British te Hay and the o the Quirpon bays, harbours, sle, and thence xclusive rights s have liberty, creeks, of the Labi-ador, but ants, &c." the land, and mds, that float ng the foggy Au^st, there id, in 40 or 50 distinguished ng of the sea Y the decrease ' sea-fowls, as at more than re frequently VIRGIN HOCKS. 1.1 seen duiing the whole paNsago ; although not so numerously elsewhere as in the vicinity of the banks. yiBOIK ROCKS —In npproachiniQf toward CajMs Race (the S.E. point of New- foundland), be careful to avoid the Vmjin Rocks, u dungerous reef, lying 29 leagues S.E. f E. [J?, hy SJ] from that cape. In gales of wind a heavy sea breaks over them ; and a strong current, which sets about them, often increases the danger. The existence of the Virgin Hocks having been questioned, it is proper to commu- nicate the following extract of a letter, addressed by Arthur Kemp, master of the brig Indiana, of Dai-tmouth, to the publisher of the Newfoundland Gazette : — " On the 23rd of October, 1823, at noon, I left Cape Broyle, after a strong gale from S.E., with the wind at W.N.W. steering S.E. by S. The following morning, at 8 a.m., liaviig run 84 miles, I was alarmed with the cry of ' breakers a-head,' ond almost imineoiately saw them to such an alarming extent, as obliged me to alter the coui-se from S.E. by S. to E. by N., it not being possible to clear them on the other tack. After giving the breakers a good berth, and leaving them to the southward, distant four miles, I hove the main top-sail to the mast, and lay by from 10 o'clock till noon, and observed in in latitude 46^ 35', longitude 50" 61'; the extent of breakers appeared to be about two miles, and were more tremendously arlarming than I have ever experienced, during twenty-three years that I have (chiefly in this trade) commanded a vessel." The reef hos since been surveyed by Mr. Rose, master of H.M.S. Tyne, who with Captain Bishop, of H.M. brig Manly, has ascertained its situation. The following are the particulars. The bank in which the shoal is situated, extends E. by N. and W. by S. 4 j miles } its broadest part is about 2'| miles. The soundings are regular from 28 to 30 fathoms, until they deepen suddenly on the outer edge to 39 and 43. .<-. , The rocks themselves are in 46° 26' 30' N., and 50° 51' 30' W. They extend in an irregular chain, S.W. by W. and N.E. by E. 800 yards, varying fi-om 200 to 300 yards in breadth. The least depth of water is on a white rock, in 4^ fathoms, with 5 to 6J fathoms all round it ; the bottom distinctly visible. Toward the extremities of the shoal are several detached rocks of from 7 to 9 fathoms, with deep water between, and with a current setting over them W.S.W. one mile an hour; and wit}^, also a very confused heavy swell. The vessels were anchored upon the rocks for the space of two days, during which the weather was extremely pleasant, and every way favourable for taking the most accurate observations. Variation 26° 30' W. Shoal near the Virgin Hocks. — In the " Nautical Magazine" for May, 1845, page 267, the following notice appeared. — " A shoal with only 21 feet water upon it, was discovered by Jesse Ryder, master of the fishing schooner Bethel (belongfing to Province Town, Massachusets), on the Grand Bank of Newfoundland, in lat 46° 30', having observed on the shoal, and saw distinctly, it being a rock of about 100 or 200 feet surface ; supposes it to be about 50 miles East of the Virgin Hocks. Shoal bears from the Nine Fathom Bank S. by W. by compass about 1^ mile : discovered it acci- dentally while searching for the Nine Fathom I3ank, to fish on. Am certain it was not any part of the Virgins ; for I afterwards saw them, and from my experience of tile ^merent fishing grounds, know this shoal to exist. Ships bound to St. John's are, therefore, recommended to keep on the parallel of 46", or a degree and a half to the southward of the parallel of that port, and until they approach the outer edge of the Great Bank ; and, when they obtain soundings, to steer directly to the north-westward for Cape Spear, the position of which is given as 47° 31' N. and 52° 36i' W. - •. ^ . : . i ; / i . x , i 31' N. and 52° 36^' W. ... r.'>:'"-^- i-,' ■ %«4^i-*j(rt..A<.— Upon Fort AmherM, on the South head at the entrance to St. John's Harbour," there is shown a hnlliant ftxed lipht at 110 feet, which may also bo *vmtm at a considerable distance. It was established and supported by voluntary '■nbscription in 1813. In 1860 a new lantern and leiw apparatus (4th order) were substituted. " THE HASBOUB OF ST. JOHH, which is the principal harl)our of Newfound- land, is an excellent one. The entrance is through the " Narrows," a strait running in a N.W. by W. direction about half a mile long, and 220 yards across in the narrowest part, with rocky precipitous heights of 500 feet on each side. There are from 9 to 12 fathoms of water in the middle of the channel, with tolerably good anchorage ground. The harbour then opens by a turn at right angles, and runs in a S.W. direction for a mile and a quarter, and in front the City of St. John appears climbing up a hill, from Fort William to Fort Townsend. The ridge of hills on the S.E. side of the harbour is 750 feet high, and on the opposite side of the Narrows is a continuation of the same ridge, called Signal Hill, 510 feet high, on which is the citadel, to which place pU vessels are telegraphed from Cape Spear on their first appearance off that place. On Fort Amherst on the South Head, at the entrance of the Narrows, is a brilliant fixed light. At two-thirds the distance from the entrance to the harbour itself, is a rock, on the north side, called the Chain Rock, which with Pancake Island on the opposite shore, contract the entrance at this part ; and'bctween them a chain can be stretched when required, to prevent the entrance of any hostile fleet. In addition to this, the fortifications before mentioned, other batteries which command thfe entrance, and the Crow's Nest, a small battery perched on the top of a pyramidal mount on the N. of the entrance of the harbour, render the place perfectly secure against any sudden attack. The entrance, as above stated, lies N.W. by W., and within will be found to narrow; as, in the inner part, there is a rock on each side, but above water. Here the breadth of the channel is only 95 fathoms, and the depth 9. When past these rocks you may run on boldly, witnout any fear of danger, only avoiding a rock on the south side, called Prosser'a Sock, on which there are only 9 feet of water- About 20 fathoms to the southward of the Chain Sock, which is always above water, is the Sobt/ or SalUhury Sock, on which the U.S. steam frigate Nittgara struck after landing the electric cable in Trinity Bay. It is about to be or is deepened. The same with the Merlin Sock inoide the entrance, which has been blasted to 27 feet least water. Within the harbour you may anchor in any depth from 4 to 10 fathoms, land-locked from all winds, as the harbour within the Narrows lies W.S.W. It is, however, to be noticed, that there is no possibility of sailing in, unless with the wind from S W bv S. to East. The wind from S.W. to N.E. by N., blows out of the Narrows. Hero ships must then anchor, and warp in, for which purpose there are rings in the rocks on Doth sides. ^ The following Directions for St. John's have been given by Mr. Owen. «' The entrance of St. John's Harbour, is readily known by the block-house on Signal-hill on the North Head, and Amherst Fort on the South Head. There is a sunken rock, called the Vestal, 60 fathoms without South Head, with only 25 feet of ST. JOHN'S n.vjinouu. 17 rrOUNBLAND. A.PE ST. FllANCIS. bor, 1830, a liffhthouHo t at 275 feet ai)()vc the r nine, and in ordinary ish at regular intcnals ed every hoiir during at the entrance to St. et, which may also ho pported by voluntaiy ratus (4th order) wore harbour of Newfound- •0W8," a strait running ) yards across in the each side. There are 1, with tolerably good it angles, and runs in y of St. John appears le ridge of hills on the de of the Narrows is a high, on which is the 5 Spear on their first ;ad, at the entrance of mce from the entrance ain Rock, which with his part ; and between itrance of any hostile other batteries which ^rched on the top of a ]er the place perfectly will be found to above water. Here |9. When past these avoiding a rock on [feet of water- |ioh is always above igate Niagara struck be or is deepened. ixx blasted to 27 feet |fathoms, land-locked It is, however, to be wind from S.W. by le Narrows. Here te rings in the rocks In by Mr. Owb». I the block-house on Head. There is a rith only 25 feet of water on it. This rook is n^mut 10 fathoms long and 7 broad j the nwirki* for it arc, Fort William (whicli stands within the hnvlmur on the north side) open of South Head, bearing N. WW W. j and the outer fVaxfi-bnH Jiitr/c open with Cuckold's Hcud, bearing N. 47' K. The Wash-ball Hocks join the North Head; they arc nil nbgvv water and stcep-to, therefore not dangerous. The coui-se in the Narrows is N.W. by distance .')7() fathonis, to Chm'n Rork on the North, and the PaHrHko on the Soutii, side. Hoth these rocks are above water, and stcep-to. Sixty-ttve fathoms within the Pancake Kock, on tlie South shore, lies the Little lUincakc, a rocky shoal, dry at low water ; and 80 futlionis within the latter lies a sunken rock, called l^rosser's Hock, i-unning off .'JO fathoms fathoms from a rock above water, in form of a saddle, with 18 feet of water in the hollow, and only 5 foot on the outside. It is stcei)-to, with 5 fathoms close to it. After you have passed Prosscr's Hock, you may staiut to cither shore, as they are clear and' steep-to. You may anchor in what water you please, from 8 to 4 fathoujs, muddy bottom. ■" "The tide of St. John's scnnetimes rises 7 or 8 feet} it is not rcgulai, but greatly influenced by the wind." Note.—" At half a mile S.V). \ S. from Fort Amherst is the centre of a narrow bank, having 14 fathoms over it, and which breaks in rough weather. It extends nearly a quarter of a mile N.K. and S.W., and has on it, near each end, a depth of 20 fathoms. " It is high water in the harbour, on the full aud change, at 7'' 30"'. Spring tide-* rise 5, neaps 3 J feet." Be veiy cautious, if unacquainted with the coast, that you mistake not the ])lacc called Quidi ViiU, or Kitty Vitt;/, a mile to the northward, for the harbour of St. John's, as it shows an opening like a good harboui-, but is fit only for boats, and not safe even for these at low water. Fort Amherst, which stands on the South head of St. John's, appears white, and the flagstaft's on the hill, over the North head, will point to the harbour of St. John's : besides these, the course from Ctqje Spear is N.N.W., and the distance about 4 miles. The position of Fort Amherst is latitude 47" 33i', longitude 52' 40'. Between the harbour of St. John and Cape Spear are three buys ; the first is from St. John's to Low Point, and is called Fresliwater jiay ; the second, from Low Point •to Black Head, is called Deadman's Bay, the third is from Black Head to Cuik> Spear, and is called Capo Bay. ST. JOHN'S HAllBOUll TO CONCEPTION BAY.— FuoM Sr. John's to ToiinAY the course is between N.E. by N. (bein g at a little distance without the harbour) and N.N.E. distance 1\ miles. * Between St. John's and Toibav are several points, first (UtclioUrs Head, on the south side of the Gut of QuiiH Vidi, Tlie fifth point is the South point of Torhai/, which lies a mile and a half N. J 1*1. from Iled- Head. This point of Torbay is the lowest of these points. From the South point of Torbay to the anchoring-placc, where ships usually ride, the course is N.W. by W. Here you may anchor in 14 fathoms, against Green Core. Should you be open of the Bay,*the cour.se in is West ; for the bay is two miles in extent between the South and the North points. The latter is a low black point, with a flat rock off it, over wliich the sea breaks : in jjassing this, from the north- ward, the course into Torbay is W.S.W. Torbay is a bad place for ships to ride in with the wind from 'seaward; for, being open to the ocean, a groat sea falls into it. From Flat Rod; Point, or the North point of Torbay, the cour.so and distance to Black Head, are N. \ 13. .'{•;! miles. Flat llock Point is a long, smooth, sloping pavc^ mcnt of red sandstone ; hence it' name. From Black-Hcad to Cape St. Francis, the bearing and distance are N. by W. \ W. 3 miles. Cftpe St. Francis is a whitish point, and low in comparison with the other land ; but, from sea, the hi^h land over it marks a cove, called Shoe Coce, where boats used to comea tilting (usmg the fisheimcn's expression), that is, to split and salt the fish they 6atch during bad weather. Xd. n 19' 1-i 18 4i CONCEPTION BAY. From Capo St. Francis to the distance of a mile off, triangular-wise, lie sunken rocks, called the Brandys ; the outci-moHt, cast from the cape, about a mile and three- quarters. There are also islets, or great rocks above water, the outermost of which Ties about three-quarters of a mile E.S.E. from the cajjc ; and the innci-most not half a mile off shore ; between these islets and the sunken rocks, you may go with boats, and find fresh water ; but men are generally unwilling to venture. Shoe Cove is protected by the rocks. There is another cove, to the northward of the point of the cape, for boats, when the wind is offthe shore; but, if otherAvise, it is not safe. : ,!! H :< (L r.i-;^ Ht, II.— CONCEPTION BAY, BETWEEN CAPE ST. FRANCIS AND BACALIEU, OR BACALAO ISLE. ..,....,, CONCEPTION' BAY. — From Cape St. Francis to Bell Isle the coui-se is "W.S.W., and S.W. by W. 4 leagues. This island, already mentioned, in page 15, is two miles from the shore, against the cove called PoHugal Cove. Bell Island is bounded by cliffs, at one point nearly 200 feet high ; about 5 miles long and 3 broad. Near the S.E. end is Lance Cove, a small indentation of the cliff, which, with a beach, are the only landing-places. It is very fertile, thus differing from the surrounding land. On the S.W. side is the Bell, a perpendicular rock 100 feet high, divided from the island by a passage of 20 yards, passable for boats in calm weather. The vessels that fish there lie in the little cove on the south side of the island, which will contain five or six ships, according to the rate. From Cape St. Francis to the Island Bacalieu, or Bacalao, the bearing and distance are N.N.E. about 6 leagues. Bacalieu is an island 3 miles long, from north to south, and one mile and a half broad, and is almost inaccessible. Here boats were used to Ubh: abundance of sea-birds, of several sorts, breed here in the summer. Between this island and the main is a channel about 2 miles broad, having a sufficient depth for ships. The Bay Verde and the S.W. end of Bacalieu lie E. by N. and W. by S. from each other about a league and a half. LIOHTHOTTSE on Baccalieu Island.— The tower is of brick, the keeper's dwelling a square building detached from the tower, painted white, with the roof red. The light apparatus is a lens of the 1st order (holophotal). ; ^ The light is a revolving white light, showing a flash every twenty seconds. It is elevated 380 feet above high water, and will be seen in clear weather forty nautical miles, and a lesser distance according to the state of the atmosphere. tVhen the Southern end of the island bears S.S.W., the light will not be visible when nearer the island than eight miles. First shewn December 20th, 1858. Bay Verde. — From Cape St. Francis to the Bay Verde Head is N. by E. about 6^ leagues ; and, from the head to the bay, or cove, where ships ride, to the westward of the head, is about three-quarters of a mile. The roadstead is not above a cable's length in extent between the points, which lie N.N.E. and S.S.W. from each other ; you lay your anchors in 10 fathoms, and your ship will lie in 5, with a cable out; the stern will then be not above half a cable's length from the stages. It is a bad and hazardous place for ships, except in the simimer tmie. Bay Vei-de, or Bay of Herbs, as it is here called, may be readily known by the Island Bacalieu, and also by another head within Bacalieu, called Split Point ; as well as by Bav Verde Head itself, which is the westernmost ; these three heads show very bluff, and very like each other, on coming from the southward : there is no danger in going into Bay Verde but what may be seen. From Bay Verde Head to Flamborough Head the bearing and distance are W.S.W. J W. four miles. Flamborough Head is a black steep point; neither is there any safety between Bay Verde and Carboniere (7 leagues S.W. by W.), excepting two places for boats, the one in the S.W. cove of the Green Bay, which is but an indifferent place, a,nd lies S.W. by W, about 4 leagues from Bay aaaBKsmimmmKmmmm CONCEPTION BAY. Iff sc, lie sunken ile and three- ost of which Host not half with boats, Shoe Cove is V boats, when BACALIEU, . s. :■:■ •> t:t."*Ji se is W.S.W., , is two miles bounded by id. Near the )each, are the ing land. On ojn the island isels that fish ontain five or ■ and distance orth to south, 1 were used to er. Between ifficient depth and W. by S. the keejjer's . the roof red. iconds. It is forty nautical . IVhcn the when nearer . by E. about the westward bove a cable's n each other ; L a cable out ; t is a bad and oown by the *oint 5 as well ids show very no danger in distance are it; neither is •W. by W.), Green Bay, lies from Bay Verde, and the other in Salmon Cove, which is about a league and a half northward of Carboniere. From the South point of Green Bay to Black Head is S.W. A W. a league ; and from Black Head to Salmon Cove, "W.S.W. 4 miles. The latter is a place of shelter for boats, an island Ijing in the middle ; a river runs up from the cove, which abounds with salmon. Carboniere- — From Salmon Cove to Carboniere, the course is W.S.W. about 4 miles. The Island of Carboniere is at about a mile from the shore. Its south side is low. The harbour is very bold on both sides ; so is the island, between which and the main are rocks, just under water. This is a good place for ships to ride in, and for catching and curmg of fish. There is very good anchorage, in clear ground, fair turning in or out, being more than half a mile broad, and 3 miles long ; the depth 5 to 8 fathoms, and deeper water. To the northward of the point of Carboniere are two coves. Clown Cove, fit for boats only, and Croher's Cove, close to the entrance of Carboniere Bay. The jfroper channel into Carboniere is on the North side of the island, which lies off its southern point ; the entrance here being more than a mile wide. Ships may, however, pass on the S.W. side of the isle; but they must keep in mid- channel, because the ground is foul and shoal on each side, so as to form a narrow passage only. . > ■ v ;. To the W.S.W. of Carboniere Island is a small cove, called MosQUlTO CoVE : in this cove ships may ride, but it is seldom used, as it is not convenient for fishing ships, although the ground is clean, audit has sufficient depth of water. Harbour Grace. — The entrance of Harbour Grace is a league to the southward of Carboniere Island. A rock, called the Salvage, stands nearly in the middle of the channel ; and there is another, called the Long Harry, near the North shore, having only a boat-passage between it and the main. Both are of great height above the water. Harbour Grace is a pretty-looking little town, consisting of one long, straggling street, along the north side of the harbour; the houses being mostly painted white, and standing on a naiTow flat, with a rocky ridge behind them. Note. — " In the month of December, 1820, H.M. sloop Favorite, Captain H. Robin- son, visited Harbour Grace, when Lieut. R. Pearce, of that vessel, made an accurate survey of the port. The town was then considerable, and of respectable appearance. Captain R. describes the harbom' as good ; for, ' though the space between the end of the bar and the north shore is rather narrow, a large ship, well handled, may 1 1 beat through, or back and fill, in and out, with the tide.' " Port Grace is a remarkable basin, hollowed out in the cliffs by the action of frost, or the more certain operation of time, in destroying the slate-clay of which the rocks are composed. First an arch is entered, 20 feet wide by 20 high ; and beyond is the basin itself, which is about 300 feet in circumference, and suiTouuded by perpendicular rocks, 120 feet in height, with a border of dwarf spruce at top. At one corner a little apeitm-e, among broken masses of rock, carries off the superfluous water ; the depth near the centre of the cavity is about 14 feet. " On the 18th of August, 1832, an awful and destructive fire broke out and destroyed 100 dwelling houses at this place, with the chui-ch, &c., when 600 persons, who in the morning were in comfort and opulence, were before night without shelter and food. For the particulars, see ' Nautical Magazine, December, 1832, pp. 605-d." Within the bay, ar bar or ledge extends from the South side, more than half-way over, as shown in the particular plan of the Harbour. You may turn into Harbour Grace, all the bay over, from side to side. The Salvage may be passed on either side, as most convenient : and, having passed within this rock, you may turn from side to side, by the load, till you di-aw toward the edge of the bank, then proceed by the North shore. You may know when you are near the bar, or ledge, by two white rocks on tho ■: .0:- ■» 20 IIAHBOUK GKACE ISI.AXDS. ^1: land, by the water side, in a bank on the North side, which Hhow whiter than any other purt : these arc about a mile below, or to the eastward of the beach, which i8 projK'r to be known : by keeping near the North shore, you will find .'J fathoms and a half on the bar, and presently after 4, 5, (>, and 7 fathoms ; but if you stand over to the southward, till you have advanced within the bar, or ledge, you shall not have above 7, 8, or 9 feet of water ; this sand trends S.E. from athwart the two white rocks al)ove mentioned, and extends close up to the South shore. Having passed its outer extremity, you may turn from side to side till within the beach, on the North side, and lide lan'd-lockei in 4, 5, or 6 fathoms, or higher up in 7, 8, 9, or 10 fathoms, as you jjlcase. HARBOUR GRACE ISLAND LIGHTHOXTSE— Three islets, called Haruoub Grace Islands, lie off the South jwint of tha entrance of Harbour Grace, in an East and West direction. On one of these is a lighthouse, perched on the brink of a pre- cipice, consisting of a square wooden house. It shews a blight fixed light from 1 '> lamps and reflectors, from N. to S.W. by W. seaward, on the land side between these bearings the light is more feeble. Elevated 151 feet; shewn first November 21th, 1837. The island, a block of slate, is only accessible by ladders, and in smooth weather. No vessel should attempt a passage between them and the main, as the ground is foul and shoal, and there are rocks about the islets. „ "■'' Harbour Grace Beach Beacon and Lif//it.— First exhibited 11th September, 1854; stands on the Point of Beach, at the entrance of Harbom* Grace. It is a double light, as a distinction from Ilarbom- Grace Island I-ight, one being placed above the other, preserving that appearance for six miles ; exceeding this distance up to ten miles, the two Lights appear blended into one. In sailing into Harbom* Grace with a fail- or lending Avind, bring the Bench Beacon to bear W. or W. by S,, and by keeping the Light or building a littl.» on the starboard bow, it will carry you clear of the Bar, on which at low water there is not more than 8 feet of water. From Harbour Grace to Cape St. Francis, the bearuig and distance are E. by S. leagues, Bryant Cove, to the southward of Harbour Grace, is not a place for ships ; it is, however, a good place for fish. In the middle of the entrance is a rock above water. You may pass it on either side, and have 4 or 5 fathoms, and then anchor within it in clean gi-ound, Spaniard Bay. — From Harbour Grace to Spaniard Bay, the distance is about two leagues. Tliis bay is deej) and large, and there is goodanchoiing all over it. It is divided from Bay llobert by a small neck of land only. Bay Robert is about half a league broad. There is very good turning into it, and no danger but what may be seen. You may borrow on either side, and go close to the island which lies on the starboard side of the entrance. The bay is, at least, threo miles long. Being past the island, or to the westward of it, which is bold-to, you may run up about a mile, and lie land-locked in 9 or 10 fathoms within the island. From the point of Bay llobert to Port Grace, the distance is 3 miles. Port Grave is extensive, deep, and very bold, as the other bays are : there is a cove on the star- board side of the entrance, called Sheep Cove, where ycm may moor by head and stern, and ride in 4| and 5 fathoms ; but youi- anchor to tie W.S,'^\', will Ti)e in 22 fathoms, at about a cable and a quarter's length from the ship. Note.—" It is a fact worthy of notice, that the whole of the land in and about the neighbourhood of Coonception Bay, vei-y probably the whole Island, is rising out of the ocean at a rate which promises, at no very distant day, materially to affect, if not to render useless, many of the best harbours "we have now on the coast. At Port do Grave, a series of observations have been made, which luideniably prove the rapid displacement of the sea-level in that vicinity. Several large flat 'rocks, over which schooners might pass some thirty or forty years ago, with the greatest facility, are now approaching the surface, the Avater being scarcely navigable for a skiff. * At a place called Cosh, at the head of Bay Roberts, upwartfs of a mile from the sea shore. .jm T than any :h, which is tathoms and band over to ill not have ( two white ig pasHcd its II the North 10 fathoms, d Harmouii S in an East nk of a prc- . light from lide between *t November d in smooth main, as the imber, 1854 ; . iouble lisfht, ve the other, en miles, the rith. a fair or keeping the ' the Bar, on are E. by S. iiihips; it is, ibove water. within it in about two er it. It is into it, and go close to is, at least, I is bold-to, within the Port Grave on the stur- d and stern, 22 fathoms, ul about the ng out of affect, if not At Port de the rapid over which facility, are skitf. * At a ic sea shore, '■m:--''' ♦ TniXItY BAY. 21 and at several feet above its level, covered with five or six feet of vegetable mould, there is a perfect beach, the stones being rounded, of a moderate size, and in all respects similar to those now found in the adjacent landwashes." — Newfoundland Times, 1847. From Sheep Cove to Port Grave, the distance is a mile, or rather more ; but shijis do not ride within the small islands wliich are by Port Grave, the water within them being shoal ; but they ride oflF without them. From Sheep Cove to Ciipid Coce, on the South coast of Port Grave, the course is S.AV. about a league. This is a good place for a sliip or two to ride in, m 4, 5, or (> fathoms, and not above a point open. The cove lies in a W.S.W. direction, and the South side of the bay to Burnt Head trends E. by N. about two miles. BrigUS Bay. — From Burnt Head to Brigus is S.S.W. two miles. The South point of Brigus is a high rugged point : the bay of Brigus is not above half the breadth of Port Grave Bay ; you nui up W. by S. and West, about half a league, and anchor on the North side. Small vessels only use this place, it being so far up the Bay of Conception. It is a wild, rocky, little place, and a rather considerable settlement. Collier Bay. — From Brigus to Collier Bay is S.S.W. two and a half or three miles. And from Collier Bay to Salmon Cove or Pool, the distance is nearly two miles and a half. Harbour Main. — This is a good place for fishing, but ships seldom go up so high in the bay. From Burnt Head, of Port Grave, or Harbour Main, the course and distance arc S. by AV. about three leagues ; and from Harbour Main to Holvrood S. by E. about two miles ; then the land trends about to eastward toward Bell Isle. Holy rood Harbour has 10 fathoms of water, and good ground. III. -TRINITY BAV, ETC., BETWEEN BACALIEU AND BONAVISTA. CAPE TRINITY BAY.— This extensive Bay, between Bacalieu Island on the S.E. and Trinity Habour on the N. W., is 7 leagues in breadth, and its depth, from the entrance, is 20 leagues. The south point of the entrance, westward of Bacalieu Island, is called the BiiKAK-iiEART PoiXT. The next point to the eastward is the Point of Grates. Between these points is a small' bay, in which boats may lie with a wind from the land of Break-heart Point : there is a ledge of rocks, but they are above water. Pi'om Break-heart Point to Sherwick Point, going into Old Perlican, the course is S.W. by W. 6i or 6 miles. To the southward of Break-heart Point is an islet called Scurvy Island ; the coast here falls in a pretty deep bay. Old Perlican. — Sherwick Point, the north point, is bold ; there is a rock off" it, above water : this point is the north point of Old Perlican. They who are bound to Old Perlican, cannot go in with a ship between the island and Sherwick Point ; there- fore, whoever intends for Old Perlican with a ship, must pass to the south of the i.;lund, between it and the main. Within it is an anchorage, in 4 or ii fathoms. It is, ho s -eve.', to be observed, that there is a rock just even with the water, and some uiilor water, about the middle of the bay, within the island, or rather nearest tc» the main. Old Perlican has but an indiflereiit road. Sille C'«rt'.- From Old Perlican to Sille Cove, the coast rounds to the Westward, S.W., and S.S.W., about six leagues. Sille Cove is but an indifferent place for ships, such as Bay Verde, already described. New Perlican. — From Sille Cove to New Perlican, the distance is a league. This is a very good harbour, where you may lie land-locked in 5, (J, 7, 8, 9, or 10 fathoms. It is very bold and large going in, so that, if you can see the point before night, you may safely run in, there being nothing to hui't j'ou but the shore itself. The eastern- most point of the entrance, is called Smutty-nose Point, and the westernmost Gorlob Point ; the entrance between is more than'a mile broad, and has about 20 fathoms of 22 TRINITY BAY. i ■ ■ 1 ti water. On sailine in, it will be found narrower and shallower, lying in first west, and terminating in a bight, where you may lie landlocked, in a berth half a mile broad } so that you may turn in or out, and anchor in what depth you please, from 12, 10, 8, 6, 6, or 4, fathoms, very good ground. S.W. by W. from New Perlican, distant 2| miles, is Heart's Content, a fine spacious harbour, nearly circular, and excellently sheltered from all winds ; it is a thriving {)lace. The coast bears generally S, by E. from Heart's Content, and consists of a ow shore of bright red and grey slate. Twenty miles distant from Heart's Content is New Harbour, a shoal place, and difficult of entrance. Almost all this eastern side of Trini^ Bay is inhabited. At the head of the bay is Dildo Harbour, and 5 miles to the W. of this is Chappie Arm, a small settlement. Nine miles N. by E. by E. is Tickle Harbour Point. Tickle Harbour Point is a narrow promontory extending 5 miles in a north- easterly direction from the head of Trinity Bay, and dividing it into two nearly equal parts. The land near the extremity of the point rises 432 feet above the sea, and continues with some undulations about the same height. •. - ■■,• Note. — " The description of the head of Trinity Bay is derived the remarks of Cajrtain Otter, R.N., in H.M.S. Porcupine, when that vessel assisted in laying down the Atlantic Telegraph Cable in August, 1858. Botcers Ledge, a rocky patch, with 8^ fathoms least water on it, lies N.N.W. 2 miles from Tickle Harbour Point, and when on it Hopeall Head shows open of Tickle Harbour Point, and Western Head, beaiing W. by N. f N., is in line with the south part of Flat Hill. Uneven ground extends half a mile to the north-eastward of the ledge. ':'' '., Tickle Bay, situated to the westward of Tickle Harbour Point, is an excellent place for fish ; but though the water is shallow, and the bottom good near the head of the bay, it is not a safe anchorage, as a swell nearly always sets in, and with east or north- east gales is very dangerous. Hudson^s Beef, at ttoee-quarters of a mile from the south shore of Tickle Bay, is a reef running parallel with the land for a mile. The outer or north-cast end has only 15 feet water on it, and bears West 2 miles from the outer part of Tickle Harbour Point. TICKLE HABBOTTR is formed in the south comer of Tickle Bay, at the entrance of a salt water lake, and is protected by a small island and a reef of rocks. The entrance is only a cable wide with 4 feet in it at low water. The ebb stream sets out very strong, and over a sandy spit, so that none but those locally acquainted should attempt it. Six families aj-e at present residing here, in ill constructed wooden houses, and their attention is altogether directed to fishing. . .^ ( , t;;; ?; Big and Little Chance Coves. — These two small bays, lying 4 miles to the north- ward of Tickle Harbour, and W. by N. I N. 4^ miles from Tickle Harbour Point, are only fit for small vessels during tne summer months. About a dozen families reside on the shores of these coves, amongst which the name of Smith is very prominent. Neither school, church, or medical man are in the place, and but few of the children can read Bantem Cove is 2 miles to the northward of the Chance Coves. The water in it is very deep, but anchorage and good shelter may be obtained by standing well up into its north or north-west arms. BULL ISLAND, 1^ miles long and partially clothed with wood, lies E. by N. I N. 3 miles from Masters Head, and North 5 miles from Tickle Harbour Point. Its centre is elevated 281 feet above the sea, and is in latitude 47" 46' 29" N.. loniritude 53" 49' 41" W. ** On the northern side of this island, near the east end, is an excellent little harbour for fishing craft, quite land-locked, with a sufficient supply of fresh water, and in stormv weather 50 to 60 small schooners and boats may be seen taking shelter in it. A rock, awash at low water, lies near the western side of its entrance, but this danger maybe easily avoided by keeping the gravelly point on the opposite shore close i f TRINITY BAY. 28 first west, lalf a mile ;, from 12, le spacious I thriving nsista of a i's Content istcm side nd 5 miles 5. by E. is I a north- larly equal s sea, and remarks of ying down s N.N.W. 's open of e with the ostward of llent place ead of the t or north- from the (lile. The from the entrance cks. The m sets out ted should and their the north- Point, are lies reside ■rominent. children rhe water ding well E. by N. oint. Its longitude e harbour r, and in Iter in it. .is danger ire close aboard. It is high water, full and change, at Bidl Island, at 7'' 22™ ; springs rise from 3 to 4 feet, ncai)8 1 to 2 feet. Bull Inhnd Tickle is a Sound half a mile wide, formed between Bull Island and the main. Near the centre of this Soimd, rather towards the eastern entrance, is a ledge, G feet above water, called the Flat Rocks, half a cable's Icntgth, and S. by W. tne same distance from the south end of the ledge are 2 simken rocks with only 2 feet water on them ; the north end of the ledge is steep-to. On the north side of the above Sound, and bearing North from the west end of Bull Island, is Riy Harbour, cnn-ving a depth of 7 or 8 fathoms, and, and affording good anchorage for moderate sized vessels. BULL'S AB.M. — The entrance to this inlet or Ann is between Bull Island and Masters Head ; from thence it takes a northerly direction for 7 miles, and then trends to the N.W. for 2 miles to its head. There are no dangers at a moderate distance from either shore, and no good anchorage excei)t at the head of the Arm. Porcupine Beef is a rocky patch with 9 to 14 fathoms water on it, lying 2\ miles from Bull Island, nearly in mid-channel within the entrance of Bulls Arm. The Atlantic Telegraph Cable, which was laid down between Valcntia, Ireland, and Newfoundland, in August, 1858, was landed in Bulls Aim. This important undertaking, the result of vast outlay, and if successful destined to have been of the utmost service to the world, unfortimately became unserviceable from some unknown cause a very short tune after it was submerged. It was laid down in a green, stinking, slimy mud, with small stones and broken shells. It passed 1 1-1 0th miles to the southward of Bull Island j and when Hopeall Head was shut in with Tickle Harbour Point, the direction was gradually changed to N.W., so as to avoid some rocky gi'ound, with 35 fathoms water on it, lying W. by S. one mile from the west end of Bull Island, and on which ice-bergs have been seen to ground. The western shore of Bulls Ann was then kept aboard, and the cable landed to the westward of the jetty. A telegraph line communicated with St. John's, a distance of 80 miles, and the posts are erected by the side of an indifferent bridle path, which the company were required to make. A line also communicates with New York by Cape Breton from St. John's, a distance of 1,160 miles. This line is carried round the head of the inlets . on the south coast of Newfoundland,- and passes from Cape Ray to Cape North of Cape Breton Island. 'ITie head of Bulls Arm approaches Come by Chance Inlet, at the head of Placentia Bay. The isthmus formed by these two anns connects the peninsula of Avalon with, the' main 'part of the island. It is about 3 miles board, and 150 or 200 feet high, slopingrtoward Trinity Bay, To the east of the isthmus is Centre Hill, about 1000 or 2000 feet high. Random Western Head lies 6^ leagues N.E.j E. from the entrance of the Bay of Bulls. It fonns the eastern entrance to the South West Arm, an inlet nmning parallel with Random Sound, 4 leagues in length. In Random Sound are several arms and harboiu's. Random and Smith Sound uniting form Random Island, the channel being in the whole 13 leagues in length. At the Conjunction of the two sounds is a bar, nearly dry at low water. Here it is not a nule broad. Port Bonaventure. — iFrom Bonaventure Head to Bonaventure Harbour, the course is N.W. by N* a mile and a half; but, having advanced a mile from the head, then the harbour lies N. by W. to the Admii'al's Stage. Port Bonaventure lies within two small islands, between which is the proper channel, but you may go on either side, if you have a leading wind, there being no danger, and 4 or 5 fathoms «f water, at least. Within the islands, you may anchor in that depth, in good ground. There is a very secure place for boats in bad weather, ninning in within a point, behind, or to the northward of, the Admu'al's Stage, Uke a gi'eat pond. This place will contain above 100 boats in security. There ai-e several islands without, off Bonaventure ; the middle one, called Green Island, is nearly S.6.W. from the port, distant five miles. It is so high as to be seen, in fair weather, as soon as you come out of Trinity Harbour. a 24 TRINITY HARBOUR. !■•:,•! From Bonaventuro Head to the point called the Horecchops, the bearing and distance are EaHt, eight milcH. From Bonaventure Head to Tiinity Harbour, is N.E. | E. 4i miles ; between are some bays, but not for ships to ride in, unless with the wind off the shore. ' ; ' ;■-' The Horsechops and Shei-wick Point (being the East i)oint of Trinity Harbour) lie N.W. by W. \ W. and I^.E. by E. \ E. from each other, distant 4\ miles. Between the Hoi-sechops and Trinity Harbour is English Harbour, at the distance of 3 miles from the Horsechops. Within the outer point this harbour trends eastward; it is a clean bay, and you ride in 4 or 5 fatJioms of water. "Without Salmon Cove, a mile north of Englis'h Harbour, is a headland, called Fox's Island, connected to the main by a neck of beach. To the northward of the headland, between it and Sherwick Point, is a bay, called Robin Hood's ; and in this bay, behind a point, small ships ride and fish. TBINITT HARBOUR. — From the Horsechops to Trinity Harbour, the coui-sc and distance arc N.W. by W. 5 miles. Trinity Harbour is the best and largest harbour in all the land, having several arms and coves, wherein several hundred shijjs may ride land-locked. A lofty rocky promontory lies in the centre of the harbom*, on the lower part of which, the houses composing the town are irrcgularlv scattered. It is a place which you may turn ir or out of, being bold-to on each sine, and having no danger but what may' be seen ; excepting that, at the entrance of the S.AV. aim. tnere is a shoal, called the Mussel Bank, wliich shoots off fi-om a point within the islet on the port side going in, and extends N.N.W. about a thii'd of the breadth over that arm. Being witliin this banlc, wliich will discover itself by the colour of the water, you may edge over close to the south shore, if you please, or keep voui* lead to avoid the Muhsel Bank, giving it a little distance. You may anchor in 14, 12, or 10 fathoms, and approach so near to the stage on shore, as to make a stage with toj)- masts to youi' stage on shore, to lade or unlade your ship. This is a most excellent harbour, for after you are in the S.W. anij, you find another running up to the N.W. which is continued by another extending ^.W., but there is a bar, or ledge, at the entrance of the latter. The N.W. ann is a large harboui', having good anchorage for 500 sail of ships. Besides the fore-mentioned amis, the main habour turns up to the north. Ships, being within the harbour's mouth, may ride in a cove, large and good, on the starboard or east side, and land-locked in good ground off the town. Over against that cove, on the port or west side, are two other coves; the southernmost of them is called the Vice Admirai s Cove, convenient for curing fish ; and above, or to the northwai-d of that, is a large cove, or arm, called Got Cove, where there is room enough for 300 or 400 sail of ships to ride, all in clear ground, protected from winds, sea, and tide. In this ])lace ships lie unseen until it appeal's open. Your may turn in or out, as ah'cady noticed, obserring your tide, which rises about 4 feet, and some- times more. From the Horecchops to the South Head of Catalina Bay, a distance of 9 miles, the coast rounds to the N.E. About two miles to the northward of the Horsechops is an indent, named Green Bay, but it is no place for ships to ride or fish in. Being past Green Bay, there is no place or cove for boats till you come to Rugged Harbour or to Catalina. From the South Head of Catalina Bay to the North Head is 6\ miles ; between the two heads is Rugged Harbour and Catalina Harbour. The South Head is in latitude 41' 27' 38". _ Rugged Har1)0Ur is so called from the numerous rugged and crnggy rocks which lie before and within it, above and under water. They who proceed for tliis harbour Arith a ship must pass to the northward of all the rocks or islets, and run to the north- ward till they bring the harbour open ; then sail in between a round island wliich lies close to the main, and a great black rock, which lies off the north end of all the islets. There is a river of fresh water at the head of the harbour. CATALINA HARB0I7R.— One mile and a half to the northwai-d of Rugged *>,. ^^''Ktei^—i ;" BONAVISTA BAY. 2S iiid dutanoo )etweeni are ovc, a mile Harbour is the Harbour of Catalina, which is very Hafe, -with good ground, in from 3 to 8 fathoniH. '* Green Island Lighthouse. — Off the south point of the harbour is Green Ihlancl, on which a lighthouse was erected in 1857. It consists of the keeper's dwellin,^ through which rises a stone tower, exhibiting a bright tixed light, at 92 feet above high water, visible fi'om E.N.E. round southerly to S.W. for a distance of 12 miles. Vessels bound northward by keeping this light open ^Wth the North-head of Cataliuti until Bonavista light opens" with Cape Larjan, will give the Flower Rocks, presently alluded to, an ample bei-th; or when coming from the northward, and bound for Catalina, by giving the North Head a moderate bei-th, you will clear the Brandys, by steering for Green Island Light. You may, with a leading wind, sail between Green Island, and have 4 or 5 fathoms at the least, in going through, but it is not above a cable's length broad ; or you may ^o without that island, to the eastward of it, giving Green Island a small berth, and so sail in with the middle of the habour ; for, at about half a mile distant from the south point of the harbour, to the east, is a reef, called the Brandys, upon which, if there be ever so small a sea, it breaks ; but you muv sail between the island and the reef, or you may go to the northward of it, between the reef and the north shore. A rock, having over it but 9 or 10 feet of water, lies off the north shore of Catalina Harbour, at one-thii'd of a mile within the Brandys above mentioned ; but between the two is a depth of 10 fathoms, with a continued depth of 7 fathoms more than half a mile along the south shore. "Within this, up the harboiu', you may anchor in 6 fathoms, land-locked. You may likewise anchor in 3i fathoms, to the southward of the little green island, at the entrance of Little Catalina, or the N.£. arm of the Harbour ; or you may run up toward the village or the river-head, whence fresh water nms down. A kind oC bore rises in this place veiy often, that will cause the ■water to rise three feet suddenly, and then down again ; and you may find it so two or three times in three or four hours, at certain seasons. Salmon abound at the head of the harbour. From the North-head of Catalina Bay to Flower Point, the coast, which is high cliff, trends N.E. by N. 2^^ miles. Off the point is a reef of sunken rocks, culled Flower Rocks ; over which the sea breaks during a swell, and they discover them- selves plainly. They lie about half a mile off shore, and extend a mile true East. You may go between Flower Point (which has some rocks Ijnng about it) and the sunken rocks above described. A mark to go without them is, to keep the Gull Island, off Cape Bonavista, open of all the land to the southward : this will lead clear without them to the eastward. Bird Islands. — From Flower Point to the two islets called Bird Islands, the dis- tance northward is two miles. Within the Bu-d Islands is a bay, with one aim within the south point of the land, which runs up some distance to the west, where ships may ride; another arm, also, runs up within some rocks which are above water. The bay extends to Cape Larian, half a league farther north. The extremity of Cape Larjun is but a low point, off which lies a great rock above water. From Cape Laijan to Spiller's Point is N. by E. half a league ; between this cape and Spiller's Point the land falls into a bay. Over the point between it and Ca])e Larjan, you will see the high land of Port Bona\'i8ta, from a considerable distance off at sea. Spiller's Point is moderately high, steep, and bold-to. IV.— BONAVISTA BAY BETWEEN CAPE BONAVISTA AND CAPE FREELS. From Spiller's Point to Cane Bonavista, the course is North 2| miles ; between is a bay, apparently deep, whicli persons unacquainted with would suppose to be th^ harbour of Bonavista. k^, -i i^ . f ,iv^^»,< ,-....., . f^' ' 26 BONA VISTA BAY. CikPE BON AVISTA is in latitude 48' 42' 10'. The head of it api^ors at a distance of a bky-colour. At about hcut bnlf a mile N.N.E. ficm the cope va a fcmall islet called GuLT Island, easy to be known, bcinj? niodciotely hif?h, but highest in the middle, and makes somewhat like foim of a Fkttr-ch-Ud, or a hat vith great biimsj you may sec it 4 or 5 leagues off in clear weather; near it there is from 4 to 5 fathoms cf water. To the S.S. /. about 310 yards off is a danger which docs not show. The Lighthonse on Cape Bonavista has been in operation since Septembel- tho 10th, 1843, from sunset to sunrise. This light revolrea at regulated intenals of two minutes, exhibiting alteniately a red and a tchite light, and burns at an elevation of 150 feet above the level of the sea. The light appai-atus was previously used in the celebrated Bell Kock Lighthouse, off the cast coast of Scotland. The light can be seen in clear weather 30 miles off. By keeping it open ■with Cape Larjan it will cany you clear of the Flower Hocks. At N.N.E. f E. 3i miles from Gull Island lies a rock, which bears the name of Old Harry, and has only 13 feet of water upon it. The sea breaks over this spot, unless when the water is very smooth. To the N.E. from the Old Harry, within an extent of nearly three miles, are several dangerous spots, with from 3 to 4 fathoms : the cuter or noi-ther edge of these is called Young Harry. Vessels when passing, in order to avoid these rocks, must be careful to keep Cape Bonavista open with the western- most extremity of a high range of land to the southward, named the Green or Inner Ridge, ITiese dangers, together with the long ledge called the Flower Bocks, near Flower Point, above mentioned, render it verj' imprudent to attempt making Cape Bonavista in thick or boisterous weather ; and, inaeed, at any time, BacaUeu Island, between the entrances of Conception ond Trinity Bays, is the best and safest land-fall for stranger bound to any part of Bonavista Bay, especially since it has been marked by the fine lighthouse now m sen-ice. There is a channel between Gull Island and Cape Bonavista ; it is nearly half a mile wide, with a good depth ; but it is to be obser>'ed, that, in rounding the cape, you may not stand in close, as there is a sunken rock about 300 yards S.S.W. from the Gull Island, and another, on the opposite side within the cape, upwards of 200 yards to the N.E. of the land of Green Island, which will be presently noticed. Eacn has less than 3 fathoms of water. Green Island is an isle half a mile in length, lying nearly parallel with the western side of assage to it is clear, with the exception of a rock of 18 feet, the Bacon-bone, ying a mile and a quarter south-westward from Western Head. In sailing for this place the safest way is, not to shut in Southern Head until the isle called Little Denier, bearing N. \ W., comes on with the outer Shag Island. Thus the Bacon-bone will be avoided, and you may steer for the harbour, S.W. by W. and West, without having any danger to encounter until you approach the entrance: but here, in the southern part, lies a sunken rock with only 6 feet of water. Within tliis rock, and in a line with it, are two islets, called the Mustard-bowls ; in order to avoid the rock, be careful not to shut in the western Mustard-bowl with the eastern. Wood and water may easily be procm-ed here. At two miles E. by N. from Chance Point (the outer point of Chance Harbour), is a spot of ground with 7 fathoms, over which the sea breaks in very heavy gales from seawai'd, but it is not dangerous in fine weather. To the N. by E. at one mile from Chance Point, is the rock of the same name : it is always visible, and has no other danger near it. Chance Point, as well aa Cutler's Head, b very steep. Ooose Bay. — From Connecting Point, which separates Chandler's Reach, to the W. of Great Chance Harbour into two arms, Goose Bay runs S.W. by W. to tho V f 28 BONA VISTA BAY, di.t^nco of 6 J miles; by kccpiiiK tlioso middle of tlio chunncl, all dttUffcii. will Iw avoided, OH thev lie near the Hhoro, «iid the deptlm Will bo horn 40, 40, and 30 fathoms, until to the west of Lubber's Hole, when the depth will vary from 13, 12, 10 and 8 fathoms. Clode Sound —When two miles from Connecting Point, a vessel con aluo proceed W - N to Clode Sound, where there are two good anchorages, Long Cove and Love' Cove. The entrance of the ttrst, 7$ miles from Ccmnccting Point, Is fonued by Dividing Head; the anchorage here is m 4^ to 5^ fathoms. The Mccond is 3 miles W bv S. from Dividing Head: it is not very deep, but a nule wido in the opening} the depth of water is 4Uo 10 fathoms. Clode Sound is fi-equented for the timber which is fomid at the head of it. ZoHff /i/rtw'^.— These islands are four in number: the channels between them are narrow, ond ought not to be tried without some knowledge of them. The islands have some covered rocks on the north side, but the most distant is not more than (500 yards from the land. ' Newman's Sound is an mm of the sea, 11 miles in length; Swale IsLind, which fonns the larboard entrance, is 24 miles from Cape Bona\nsttt, in W. by N. i N. [\V. by S.] direction, and 10 miles from Western Head. This island divides the entrance into two passages, one to the south called Swale Tickle, the other Newman's Sound ; the tii-st veiy difficult, and therefore ought not to be used ; the second leads to Sandy Cove, Great and Little Happy Adventure, and lastly North Broad Cove. ore of thcii' to it, aiid the anchorage is in 14 to 4J fathoms. Great and Little Happy Adventure, at a mile westward from Sandy Cove, e two snug little coves, on the same side of the bay ; but, from the narrowness then- entrances, they are adapted only for the resort of small vesseb : between these places lies a suiiken rock about 80 yards from the shore, with only 4 feet of water upon it. The passage into Great Happy Adventuie is to the N. ot Sydney Island. .... North Broad Cove. — The entrance to this cove lies to the W.N.W. one mile from Harbour ll^ad ; it is a very commodious hurbom- ; the anchorage is good, and is easily known by the du-ection which it takes to the West, and by Black l)uck Island, which is to the 'South of the port side of the entrance, at the distance of half a mile. In coining from the cast to this anchorage, after passing Harboui' Head, steer for Black Duck inland, for 1 i mile, to avoid a sunken rock at 300 yards from the shore ; then proceed N. ^ W. or else N. by W. ;; W. m order to pass to the North or South of a danger which lies ij the middle of North Broad Cove, and which docs not show. ^^^len at the end, there is anchorage in less than 22 fathoms, muddy bottom. South Broad Cove. — There is another harboui' on the south side of Newman's Sound called South Broad Cove, 3 miles distant from the North Cove, and lying S.W. by A\'. i ^V. [S.W. by S.] from Black Duck Island. There is at its entrance a sn)all iblaiid, which is clear except on the western side, where is a danger close to it. To enter it, steer so as to leave the island to the port, and when in mid-channel between it and the west side of the entrance, bear aAvay to the anchorage which is toward the end, and between 10 and 11 fathoms depth. Barrow Harbour.— The island called the Little Denier, which lies oft" the entrance of Barrow Harbour, is situate in latitude 4ftMr, and long. 53^ 37'. The hiubom-, which lies south-westward of it, is safe and convenient : the entrance is about 500 yards wide, and not very difficult of access ; the harboui- is a mile long ; the lower part is rocky, and not well sheltered ; but the upi»r part is completely land- locked, and has pod holding-ground. The comsc to this place, from Bouavista Gull Island, is N.W. by W. l W., 22 miles. Ou approadiing Little Denier, you must be careful to avoid the Otttor Hock, lying BONAVISTA BAY. 29 flfcru will Iw 40, 40, and from I'i, 12, qIho proi'ccd nf; Cuve and in fonued by ind Ih 3 milcH the opcniiiff J )!■ the timber ■ccn them aro The islandrt lot more than Swale laltind, , in W. by N. island divides kle, the other be used; the i lastly North oint of Swale 8 sandy beach, ite which leads II Sandy Cove, ;he narrowness [ssels: between th only 4 feet N. of Sydney one mile from d, and is easily Island, which ilf a mile. In tcer for Black ■le shore; then or South of tt ocH not show. ttora. le of Newman's Ind lying S.W. \trance a small tlosc to it. To innel between is toward the lies oft' the 53" 37'. The llrance is about kilo long; the tipletely laud- louavista Gull \r Hock, lying three-quarters of a mile E. J N. from that ishind. It ho* only 4 feet of water on it » but as the constuutly breaks, it is cosily guarded against Between Little Denior and llicliiiid's Islands, there is also a range of rocks, called the Brandishes, at distances from each other, and extending nearly half-way over toward Little l>cnier, with from 14 to 17 feet upon them; between are channels of 7 ond fathoms, fheso make the northern channel nrcferablc for strangers without a pilot. To run clear of the Brandishes, you must keep Wedge Point (the projection within the harbour) a little open to the southward of Smokv Uidge (a range of high land at the top of the liiirbour), until you bring Broom Head N. by K i E., on with the middle Shag Island. There is a small ftshing establishment here ; gowl water in Pudner's Cove, and abundance of Ihc-wood. The land about Barrow Harbour is higher than the neigiiboui'ing coast, and may be easily recognised by its projection. Note. — All the wood on tho coast-side is very diminutive, but it is, gencrallyi much larger inland. Damna Harbour (^'ulgo Damnable). — The little island called Ship Island, lies in titude 48° 4oV, longitude 53' 34' and at 8 " "" " " li '. [W. I N.] from Capo \ 3. six miles from Ship Island. The leagues N.W. \ W. latitude Bonavista; and Damna Harbour lies W. island may be known by a remarkable bald point like a sugar loaf." The harbour is well adapted for dmall vessels, but its very narrow entrance disqualifies it for ships of burthen. ^J Morris Cove i« a safe anchorage, situated on the North side of the island bearing that name, which lies to the northward of Damna : in sailing for it keep Siiip Island well on board ; as you will thus avoid the reef called the Sliip Hocks, whicn lies to the northward . Having got inside Ship Island, avoid shotting in Lackington llock with Varkot Island (known by its forming two remarkabio hummocks), as theve are several clustta-i of rocks between Ship and the Horseehop Islands, on the South side : steer for tho Varket until you are abreast of Lackington Rock, then keep Lackington Hock on the noithem extremity of Ship Island until the Varket bears north, to clear two sunken rocks otf the N.E. end of Morris Island : you may then sail directly for the Cove, which you can enter without fea'ing obstruction, and anchor in any part of it, in 23 to 5 fathoms, but the western side of the Cove is preferable. Wood plentiful ; water scarce in the summer season. To the N. and N.E. of Morris Island, there is a great number of islands, siuTOUi.ded by rocks; the principal of which are Willis, Cotlel,\xnA. V it- Sound /«/a«rfs, but they ofler no anchorages, except some coves which are only frequented by the boats •^hich cruise in these parts. From Ship Island, at the distance of 9 miles in the direction of E. by N. ^ N. [N.E. ^ N.] is Malone's Ledge, and from the same point, E. by N. J N. [N.E. { N.] 10 miloH- the rocks of the same name. These dangers also lie N.N.W. [N.W. by W.], 20 1.; x's from Cape Bonavista. On Malone's Ledge there is 4 fathoms water. The Soutli Brown Rocks lie N.N.E. j li. [North] 4 miles from Malone's Rock. Five miles N.N.E. \ E. [N. \ W.l from Malone's Rock, are South Brown Rocks; Middle Rock lies N.N.E. [N. % W.] 3 miies distant, and S.E. by E. \ E. [East] is a rock called Eastern Rock. These rocks arc the outermost of tnose that extend from Shii) Island to Offer or Outer Gooseberry Island. r ,. -•■ .,•!%» Note.— " Mr. Juke's, in his ' Excursions in Ncfouudland' (London, 1842), vol. ii. 1). 91, describes the singular nature of some parts of this Archipelago. 'In the passage )etween Trinity, or Lewis's Island (to the N.W. of Pit-Sound Island), and the Frying- pan, the bottom of the sea eonsistca ot huge peaks and mounds of this white granite, rising from the deep and dark hollows. The extreme clearness of the water rendered these cliffs and peaks all visible as we approached them, though none reached to withhi tliree or i< tr fathoms of the surface ; and the sensation experienced in sailing over them was most singular, and to me very uncomfortable. I could not look over the boat without extreme giddiness, as if suspended on some aerial height, loaning over a tremendous gulf. The same sensation was described to me by a gentleman I afterwards met with, an experienced hunter and sailor, as assailing him upon his once, in smooth water, taking a boat within the space of some sunken rocks off tho Wadham Islands, on which the water broke in bad weather. These rocks hC described [ ao BONAVISTA BAY, ETC. I ! as ihioc pcaku, riidng from an apparently nnfatliomablo depth ; and tho Bouwitloii, m hiH boat gently roHcond fell between them, wos so unpleosunt, ond indeed awt\il, that he gladly got awoy oh fast a» ho could.' " VASIATIOH —It may not be uiwortliy of remnik, that tho polarity of the Needle i» Hubiect to Hevoral localitieH in diflerent puitH of Bonavista Bay, bt-eoming jfraduuUy IcMt ai* you get embayed; and this- dcmngemont is Huppoacd to anae from Uio land's being impregnated with iron. * > ' OooMberrv Isles &0 —The OooHebciry Islands arc a a cluster of islets, near tho midSo of Bonamta'Bay. Tho Ofilr or Outer Goosebenv is in latitude 48^ 38 i', loniritude 53' 30'. From Capo Bonavisto, to sail cleor of the Eastern Koek, which lies at a mile ond a half to the E.8.E. of the Offer Gooseberry Island, the eoui-se is N. by \V. i W. and from thence to Copper Island (at the mouth of Orcenspond Tickle) N. 4 E. Here it is possible to obtain pilots for this and the adjacent anehor- ogcs, which are North-west Arm, New IIaruour, and Cat Cove ; there is also good ground between Greeuspond Island and the main ; but tho water is .lo deep, that a vessel is liable to drift on shore in the act of weighing, nor is there sufBcient room to veer to a lengthened cable in heavy gales from the b.W., to which quattcr it is much exposed. ,i / ,':. '. . . m / i ■ Note. " Tho course to Barrow Harbour, from the eastern Gooseberry Rock, is S.W. T W. 18 miles; steering from the latter place to Barrow Harbour you have to void Malone's Ledge, a shoal lying S. f W. one mile from the rock (above water) which bears the same name; it has never less than 4 fathoms, so that, in fine weather, no danger is to be apprehended. Ships coming in from the Eastward, to round Cape Freeh, have to avoid tho C/«iiY/c Rock, which lies S.E. % S. 2^ miles from Cape Frcels' Gull Island ; the rock has only 6 feet of water upon it, and is circumscribed bv a large spot of rough fishing- ground', having from 8 to .'JO fathoms ; from the Gull Island you may run immediately southward for the Stinking Islands, taking caro not to open Capk Freels to the eastward of the Gull ; tliis will cany you inside the danger ; keeping a good look for the Mid-rocks, which are jast above water, and lie two miles to the N.E. by E. \ E. of the Stinking Islands ; but a vessel, not bound up tho bay, is enjoined to keep well outside ; for should the weather become suddenly thick and foggy (which is not un- fi^qucnt with an easterly wind) she runs a great risk of getting bewildered among the innumerable rocks for which this poit of the coast is remarkable, and fmva. which neither chai-t nor compass can direct tne stranger. At three-quarters of a mile N. W. from this Gull Island is a rock with 3 fathoms of water upon it. In the winter months, when the north-easterly gales are very heavy and continuous, the sea breaks exceedingly high over several spots of the Stinking Banks, which lie E.N.E. 4 E. from the Stinking Islands : in two places there is as little as 7 fathoms ; in such weather, although a vessel would not strike, she would bo in very great danger of foundering in the tremendous sea which would be apt to break over her ; but m fine weather, no danger of them is to be apprehended. New Haxbqnr is two miles to the westward of Shoe Cove Point. With easterly winds it is quite inaccessible, from its narrow c. trance: in which case you must continue onward for Cat Cove, lying four miles farther up the bay on the same side. The Cove is formed by Cat Island; on sailing in, keep the island open on your staiboard bow. Ofi" the upper part of Cat Island lie two high green rocks, which you must round, tho passage formed by them being too shoal to pass between : you may then run till you get some distance inside the upper point of the island, and then anchor in from 5 to 13 fathoms, with the hawse open to N.W., the winds from that quai-ter being in general most heavy and squally. In workbig in, you may stand close to either shore, except oflf the point of tne island, as t£ere is a sunken rock within 100 yards of it, with not more than 10 feet water. HOETH-WEST ABM (lat. 49' 6' 30'} is the best anchorage near Cape Freels; but its access is not without difficulty, from the multiplicity of islands that lie in tho neighbourhood, and which arc almost undistinguishable from their great W 'i I Mill Jim CAPE FREELS TO CAPE ST. JOHN. :)1 RciiNdtion, rut d awt\il, that of the Nccdlo ng gmduullv uni thu land h ilctH, iicai* tho tudc 48" 38 1', Hock, which tho coune in P Orccnspond accnt anchor- [ there is oIho )r is .10 deep, icrc Kufflcient uch quattcr it l)crry Rock, in you have to (above water) L fine weather, re to avoid tho and ; tho rock rough fiHhing- n immediately ii'REELS to the good look for E. by E. \ E. " to keep well ,ich is not un- dercd among d from which 3 fathoms of l:e very heavy [the Stinking es there is as ^e, she would lid be apt to lidcd. rith easterly se you must le same side, pen on your L'ocks, wnich Is between : the island, ., the winds gin, you ere is a ipe Freels; [that lie in Iheir great ncmblanco of each other : tho greatest danger you have to encounter, in making thin place from the southward, is the Noi-them Rock, which lies N.E. 1^ miles from C(»pppr Island (known by its height and without wood); it has never less than 22 rcct of water upon it; so that, in fine weather, vessels which generally f loqiiont this coast, may pass over it in jwrfect sofoty ; but, in hard gales, tho sea breaks over it incredibly high : to avoid it, be corcfiil not to open Fooi/s Island, at the entrance of N.W. Arm (which is somewhat higher and more prominent than the rest, and which is covered with trees, except the crown), to the westward of tho Western Pond Rock, until you bring Butterflv Island to touch the inner point of Flower's Island, or until PuiHn and Copper Islands touch each other ; then leading tho Pond Rocks on the starboard hand, steer in for Fool's Island; which island it is advisable to keep well on board, as there is a sunken rock lying exactly in mid- channel, between it and Partridge Island Rocks, with 18 feet upon it ; to clear which, it is impossible to give a Dvacriptife Mark. The course then into tho ABM is N.W. \ W., and as soon as you get inside Odd Island, you may anchor in muddy {round with from 7 to U fathoms. Fool's Island Hill Waring S.E. to S.E. by S. Juring the dry summer months, vessels are com))ellcd to send to Loo Cove for water, noi- is wood to be procured on this part of the coast within the distance of twelve miles. Qreenspond Tickle. — This is a small harbour in latitude 49° 4' on the eastern hide of Qreenspond Island, foi-mcd by several smaller ones which lie ofiP it, and is of very little importance, not being capable of receiving vessels whose draught of water exceeds 14 feet ; it is impossible to get in with a foul wind ; or with a fair one without a ])ilot. To sail into it, you must pass to the westward of Copper Island, in doing wnich you must cautiously avoid the Midsummer Rock, which lies one mile off south- westward from that island, and has only G feet of water on it : when you shut in Silver Hair Island, with Shoe Cove Point^ you are inside the danger. Qreenspond is a straggling place, and has several good houses and a church ; but the inhabitants sometimes are in want of fresh water, being obliged to fetch it from the mamland, three miles off. Note. — " The word Tickle is a local name, in common use at Newfoundland, and signifies a passage between islands or rocks." '- . ..1 From Copper Island, in the direction of N.E. i N. [N. by E.], which is the bearing of Capo Freels, the coast is strewed >vith dangers, the outei-most of which bear about E. \ N. from Copper Island. V.—THE N.E. COAST FROM CAPE FREELS TO CAPE ST. JOHN, INCLUDING THE BAY OF NOTRE DAME AND ARCHIPELAGO OF EXPLOITS. CAFE FREELS is formed of three points. South Bill, Cape Freels or Middle Bill, and North Bill ; it is lined with very dangerous rocks and shoals, and there- fore, it is necessary to give it a wide berth. To the W. point of Cape Freels is a tolerably high hill called Cape Ridge; its position is lat. 49° 15' 30" N. Gull Island, in long. 53" '2T, lies S.E. | S. 2^ miles from Cape Freels : it is clear, although nt nearly a mile N. by AV. from its western point there is a rock called Gull Island Rock. FTJHK ISLAND lies N.E. by E. 31 miles from Cape Freels ; it is a low and sterile rock, 100 fathoms long from E. to W,. and cannot be seen more than 10 miles oS, but is easily known from the quantity of sea-birds constantly hovering over it. It is lat 49' 44' 16', and long. 63' 13' 20'. At 60 fathoms to the northward of it, is a ■nnken rock of 10 feet, on which the sea generally breaks. Brenton Book, between Funk Isle and the Wadham Isles; a dangerous i-ock, ifrw discowred on the 28th of September, 1836, during a gale and a very heavy sea, by Captain E\'an Percy, in the biig 6t. John, on the autumnal circuit^with the 32 CAPE FREELS TO CAPE ST. JOHN. W > ! I / i t Mil Hon. Judge Brenton. Heavy breakers were distinctly seen upon a rock bearing \V. :i S. a little southerly, about 7 miles from Funk Island. The position is about lat.49°41', long. 53M5. At 7 miles N. by W. \ W. [N.W. \ W.l from Funk Island, it is said that a rock exists, but it was carefully sought for by Captain F. Bullock, and was not found by him. There is a shoal, discovered in 1841, called the Cleopatra Shoal ; its position is doubtful, but it lies N.W. by W. [West] about 20 miles from Funk Island, and at Hi miles E. by S. I S. [E. by N. | N.] from Fogo Head. Snap Bock, or Durell's Ledge. — At the distance of 22| miles N.N.W. ^ W. [N.W. by W. I W.] from Funk Island is the Snap Rock. The sea continually breaks on it, at least in moderate weather, and there is but 10 feet water over it. Cat Island lies N.N.W. j W. 6 miles from Cape Freels ; it is connected with the land by a tongue of sand covered by the sea. It is an excellent place for the fishery, and in summer is crowded, though in winter nearly deserted. Before amving on the meridian of this island there mil be seen on the coast to the south, a remarkable hill, called the Windmill. In coming from Cape Freels, cai*e must be taken not to approach the coast too nearly. Deadman's or Trepasses Bay. — Deadman's Bay is foi-med on the S.E. by Cat Island, and on the N.W. by Deadman^s Point ; the soundings between them are from 6 to 10 fathoms, the greatest depth being near the point. It is partly sandy and very clean, but of little importance, as it does not offer any shelter against winds north of W.N.W. andKS.E. After passing I)eadman's Point, to N. 5 W. at the distance of 4^ miles from the point are the two Periyuin Islands. The coast on this part is low and sandy, and should not be closed without a pilot. Raf/ged Harbour is 5 miles N.W . % W^ from the larger Pei^uin Island, and is open to the N.E. without shelter. The passage to it between the Penguin Islands and the Wadham Islands abounds with rocks and shoals. WADHAM ISLANDS. — These islands are seven in number, and form several channels between them, the widest of which is about \^ mile broad. The largest of the islands is Beckford Island, which is one mile long from N. to S. ; it lies 21 miles E. by N. I N. [N.E. i N.] from Cape Freels. The easternmost, and also the most to the N., is called O^er Wadham. .*_.•.. .^ r^i-.-iii,. =..«.•, v^ti.S. W.Rock; adham, there kford Island, shoals, which traverse these this last and [uite clear all the sea-fowl, ) holes in tho ur. k called the f water ; and nd is Rocky ! entrance of , and Noggin Rocky Bay 1, unless it is I in that to the S. of Noggin Island, which is rather better than the others ; but this ought not to be used but in passing. - '^ '•' . 'vv .^^ro , . tv .,-. .h: a... FOGO ISLAND.— Cape Fogo, the wosteni extremity of the island, lies N.N.W. I \V., 9| miles from the Offer Wadham Island, of which wc have given the position. Fogo Island is 13^ miles in its gi'catest length from E. by N. to AV. by S. The northern side of the island is very bare and rocky, with lofty headlands rising per- Eendicularly from the sea. It has several harbours, which are, on the north. Shoal lay and ^ogo Harbour ; on the west, Hare Bay ; on the south. Stag Harbour, Seldom-come-by Harbour, and Little Seldom-conie-by Harbour ; and lastly, on the East, Tilton Harbour. Shoal Bay. — The largest of all these harbours is Shoal Bay. In making for this harbour, coming from the East, keep in-shorc to avoid Dean's Rock, which is under water, U mile N.W. by W. h W. from Joe Batt's Point, and N. W. a N. nearly a mile from the west point of Shoal Bay. The depth of water in this bay, at an equal distance fiom either shore, is from 10 to 14 fathoms, diminishing toward the land. It is open to N.E. winds. A vessel can anchor in it in 5 or 8 fathoms, at the end, on the starboard side in entering, leaving to the larboard, all the islets and rocks at the bottom of the bay. This anchorage is called the Watering Place. PogO Harbour is considered as a good fishing place, but its entrance is difficult and dangerous. There is a current, running to the S.R., chiefly when the winds are from the West ; this must be avoided as much as possible by keeping close in-shore on Fogo Island, until the entrance to Fogo Harbour is clearly seen ; it is narrow and shut in by several islets ; as soon as this is seen, steer du'cctly in the middle, where the depth will be 8, 5, and 4 fathoms ; this entrance is called West Tickle. When within, if it is thought proper to anchor in the Western Bay, steer S.S.E. ^ E. towards the eastern side of the harbour, until the point called Fogo Head is on with the heights in N. by W. | W., in order to avoid the reefs off this point, which extend easterly, as far as the Harbour Rock, which lies in the middle of the passage and shows but seldom, except sometimes at low water of spring tides ; after this, mu S.W. by S. and close in to the W. by S. or W. by N. to anchor in 4^ or 5^ fathoms, good holding ground and well sheltered. This harbour is very small, and it merits the attention of those who enter in here. • : i;. a To the South of Fogo Harbour, there is another, called Hare Baij, which runs to the South. The entrance by closing in with the port side is not difficult. The other harbours have such narrow entrances, and otherwise so embarrassed with dangers, that it would be imprudent to attempt them without a pilot. Shoals to the North of Fogo. — To the N.E. of Fogo, there are several reefs, the outei-most of which are as follows: to the N.E. % E. [N. by E. -^f E.] 8 miles from the extremity of Cape Fogo, is the Inspector Rock, which breaks in bad weather. From the same Point, 8^ miles N.E. by E. [North] are the Barrack Rocks, extending above a mile in a S.S.E. and N.N.W. direction. To the N.N.E. \ E. [N. I W.] at the distance of 11|^ miles, lies Ireland Rock, which sometimes breaks. This shoal is the northernmost of those that surround Fogo Island, and is situated in lat. 49" 51' 50", and long. 54" 4'. From this rock, in the du-ection W.N.W. [W. by S.] are several reefs, the chain of which, after a distance of 7 miles, runs W. by S. to within 2 miles off Fogo Head, the N.W. point of the island : it is a bold precipice, 500 feet high. =..( % ^[1? J , t) 1 f dV yttV 'ffu jfpvs^ ti,.^"ii; ■ /tj f^" BAY OF NOTBE DAME.— Here commences the large Bay of Notre Dame, which comprehends the Archipelago of Exploits, and the bays within it. It may be considered as limited on the E. by the AV. point of Fogo Island, and on the W. by Cape St. John. The outermost dangers of this bay are as follows: — To the N.W. \ N. from Fogo Head, 6^ miles distant, is the reef called Berrj/s Ground, on which the sea generally breaks, although it is covered with 40 fathoms water. Barulieu Island: the middle of this island is in lat. 49" 41' 50", and long. 54° 84' 48% and has no shelter whatever for vessels. To the N. W. | W. [ W. \ N.j 10 miles from the? N.E. point of Bftcalieu Island, is Old Harry Shoal, on which there Xd. •, F 84 HARBOUR OF TOULINGUET. 5 ^ 3 i1 :l H i i j J i A-, '• i :^;< ■ 1^ i 1 [ is but 16 feet water: this danger generally breaks, and is only 2 miles N.E.J N. from Shaff Sock, at the N.W. point of Toulinynet Island. TOUIINOUET.— The harbour of Toulinguet or Twillingate Island, is exiwsed to N. and N.E. >vind8. The sea comes in very heavily, and it is otherwise of little service. The island is the resoil of the fishers, and the most northern British settlement, except Fogo Island. It contains, with Fogo, &c., above 4000 inhabitants. To the south of Toulinguet is New World Island, which forms, with it, a channel called Main Tickle, and to the S.W. a bay named Fndays Bay ; the depth of water varies considerably, particularly in the bay. Netc World Island possesses several harbours ; the most frequented are Hen-ing Neck, Moi-ton's Harbour, and Chance Harbour ; all three will shelter vessels anchor- ing in them. In proceeding to Morton's Harbour, coming from the North, care must be taken to avoid the Old Hoger Shoal, which lies W. i N. [S.W. by W. f W.l 4 miles from the N.W. point of Toulinguet, and 3^ miles N.E. by E. [North] from Westeni Head on New World Island. Having taken this precaution, steer, according to the wind, either toward Gull Island off Western Head, or dii-cctly for the entrance of the harbour ; the coast is clear at less than half a mile. When the entrance is well made out, proceed into it, keeping at an equal distance from either side, until arrived off the heights of a small peninsula, which must be left to the port, passing it to anchor behmd it, in 10 or 11 fathoms water. Chance Harbour cannot be entered without some knowledge of it, as there are dangers in approaching it which cannot be avoided by written dii'cctions. Twelve miles and a half W. bv N. [W.S.W. i W.] from Gull Island, is entrance of the bay, at the end of which is jFortune Harbour. . The N.W. point is in lat. 49" 32', and long. 53° 16'. It is a good, but intricate harbour, the entrance being extremely narrow and dangeijus, and the winds baflie from the high lands around. It is inhabited only during the fishing season, and in summer, water is scarce. Triton Harbour lies 26^ miles W. by N. i N. [W. by S.] from Gull Island. It is en the N.E. side of Great Triton Island. Its entrance lies between the isles called Great and Little Denier : the shoals are bold, and water deep, but there are coves in which secure berths may be found. The land is covered with spruce, bii*ch, and fir, but the quantities have been much reduced by the annual cutting. Water in general is plentiM here. To the North of Triton Harboui- is Zony Island, on the N.W. side of which is Cut well Harbour; the east point of the harbour is in lat. 49° 37', long. 55° 41', and Ue ^l miles N.W. bv W. i W. [W. i N.] from Gull Island. It has so spacious an .trance, that the largest ships may beat into secui-e anchorage in from 10 to 5 fathoms, sand and mud. If a vessel is forced by stress of weather to pass between Gull Island and Western Head, the middle of the channel must be avoided, on account of a roek which lies there, and tLerefore the passage must be made on either shore. In HalTs JBap, which lies in the south-western angle of Notre Dame Bay, and the entrance of which b S.S.W. \ W., 21 miles from Cape St. John, is a salmon-fishery. Nippers Harbour, to the north-westward of the Nippei-s Isles, is a little confined harbour, yet the most secure on the shore of Cape St. John, with an excellent anchorage in 7, and in the outer part, 14 fathoms. The land around is high and barren, but well supplied with good water, and may easily be known by the isles. From Gull Island, at the west point of New Worid Island, to Cape St. John, outside the islands, there is no danger which is more than a mile frem the land : thus a vessel caA always tack within this distance, and if it is necessary to go more inwards, there are several points where there is room. BUhop'a Bocks Ue S. l W., 2\ miles, from Cape St. John. It is a reef over which thb s^a breaks m bad weather, and is about 600 yards in diameter ; there is fi-om 29 i THE EASTERN COAST. 3a N.E.i N. from , is exjiosed to nvise of little rthern British )0 inhabitants. h it, a channel epth of water are Hen-ing 'easels anchor- st be taken to niles from the tern Head on to the wind, trance of the ' is ivell made until anived passing it to as there are s entrance of 11 lat. 49^ 32', ig extremely ound. It is sland. It is ; isles called are coves in irch, and fir, ST in general of which is 55° 41, and so spacious from 10 to nd Western c which lies ay, and the •n-fishery. le confined a excellent id is high ivii by the hn, outside us a vessel ftrds, there •ver which is fr*om 29 •^ ^ to 45 fathoms around it. To the West of this, and in mid-channel beiivcen it and the coast, there is a bank, on cither side of which you can pass. [■:' f t': \i:Xif VI.— THE EASTERN COAST 4ND WHITE BAY, FROM CAPE ST. JOHN h; TO CAPE NORMAN. -. . . ^i-ru CAPE ST. JOHN is in latitude 49^ 57' 30 ' N., and longitude 35' 29' 20" W. It lies S. by E. | £. [S.E. ^ E.] 30 miles, from Toulingu«tt Island, and is high and steep. It in the southern limit of the French fishery on the eastern coast of Newfoundland. John is Guli Island, which is quite safe all coast varies between 39 and 64 mthoms ; at a At 4i miles E.N.E. from Cape St. round ; the depth between it and the mile to the east there is 82 fathoms. La Scie Harbour is the most southern poii; occupied by the French fishers. From Cape St. John, hither, bear noi-th for 2^ miles to double the point called North Bill, then N.W. by W. i W. H mUe, and then W. i S. [S.W. by W.] for 3 J miles, to clear to the northward of Point Lochcnais, which is that on the left of the entrance of the harbour. The whole of t]v( 'oast is safe, and can be, if the wind will permit, kept close the whole distance. J i r Harbour is exposed to northerly winds, which caiise a heavy sea. To the N.W. by W. \ W. of lomt Laehenais, 3i miles distant, is a shoal, l}'ing nearly half a mile* north of Cape Brent, which is very remarkable from a high moun- tain ; the sea breaks over this bank at all times, and particularly on the uncovered rock. Cape Brent fonns the entrance of Confusion Bay, in which is Harbour Round ; to make which, on leaving Cape Brent, bear S.W. | W. [S. by W. ^ W.] 3 miles. The entrance to the port is narrow, but without danger ; there is never a heavy sea, and if it is wished, you can anchor outside the port, in the first cove, in a depth of 9 or lOA fathoms, good gi'ound. At one mile N.E. j E. from Harbour Round is Brent Cove, called by the French, Petit Coup de Hache ; it is a fishing-place for boats. On leaving Harbour Round for Pacquet Harbour, do not approach the left-hand shore too nearly, as there is a rock about midway between the entrance of the harbour and the point which foi-ms the entrance of the lower part of Confusion Bay ; it is close in-shore. This last bay is not frequented, as it is open to the winds from the N.E. Pacquet Harbour. — From Harbour Round to Pacquet Harbour, fii-st steer E.N.E. for 2 miles, then N.W. by N. [N.W. by W. l W.] 3^ miles, taking care to avoid the rocks which lie three-quarters of a mile from the Gros Morne. Pacquet Harbour may be known at its entrance by the high lands which lie to the S. ; it is very safe, and can be used by all vessels. The position of the Gros Morne is in lat. 49" 58' N. and long. 55" 51' 28' W. At the starboard point, wliich is low, are three small rocks and a shoal. The depth of water in the entrance is 23, 21, and 19 fathom" ; the harbour then separates into two anns ; the one to the N.W., where the fishing establishments are, is commonly called Pacquet, and the other, to the S.W., is called by the French the Bale de Paris. In the north-western arm, and a little on the left-hand on entering, is a shoal, on which there is but little water ; it is uncovered sometimes. In the Bale de Paiis the depth is 20, 18, 13, 11, 9, and 6 fathoms, and when this last depth is attained, you ought to anchor ; it b good hold"! ing ground, and moor in the direction of the coast. The entrance -to Pacquet Harbour ought never to be attempted with a strong breeze from between the N.W. to the S. W.. as the land-squalls here are very strong and changeable, and it would be dangerous to miss stays in a place so naiTow as this ; it would be better to lie-to' outside till the wind dropped, or if bad weather should be feared, to make for Harbour Round before night. St Barbe or Horse Islands.— At 14 miles N.E. by E. \ E. IN,N,E. \ E.l from the entrance of Pacquet Harbour, is the S.E. point of Great St. Barbe Island ; the smaller island is N.^f.E. from the same, at the distance of 13 miles. Between these 36 THE EASTEKN COAST, two ialaiids is a clear and good pawiage, with a depth of 36 to 44 fathoms, with black mud. The rocks which border these islands are too near the shore for a vessel to tear them, with the exception of those which are at the eastern point of the larger island, some of which are half a mUe from it. To the N.E. of the centre of this island, at nearly 1| mile distatnt, there is also a rock, around which is from 13 to 18 fathoms. Island must not be approached too near, on account of the rocks, which extend from 300 to 400 yards from it. Minff's Bight— At 4 miles N.W. by W. of Wood Island, is the entrance of Ming's BightTor Bate des Pins, at the end of which there is an anchorage ; but, besides that, tMs bay oflfei-s few resources for the fishery ; it is inconvenient ft-om its distance from the ships, thus it is but little frequented. There is no danger, but a shoal on the left- hand shore, which extends 400 yards at the most from the shore, and which is two miles from the islet. There is abimdance of timber in this bay. Leaving the Ming's Bight, going to the westward, we come to the Mvu/a Islands, or the Isles of Pines ; these consist of two large rocks, having between them and the "W. point of the bay, a passage. To the west of these Islands is Green Bay, which is about ten miles deep, and three in its greatest with. At the entrance of this bay, in the direction of N. I W. and at a distance of 1| mile from Ming's Islands, is a low rock, called The Sisters, around which the sea almost continually breaks ; and to the N. by W. \ W. from this, at half a mile distance, is a shoal, on which there is but* three feet water. These arc dangerous shoals. From Isle of Pines to Pigeon Islands, which forms the southern entrance of Fleur d^-Lis Harbour, the route is N. 5 \V., and the distance 5% miles. On the north side of this island, but close to it, is a small rock. Flenr-de-Lis Harbour is difficult to distinguish when near the shore, although when at a sufficient distance, its position is indicated b^ a mountain over it, which has the form of the head of a fleur-de-lis, and from which it derives its name. There is no danger to bo feared in approaching the entrance ; but when in the harboiu', it will be necessary to keep close on the right-hand shore, to avoid a rock, on which there is but 5 or 6 feet water, and which lier, nearly two cables' length east of the south point of the harbom* islet. "When within lUe islet, you can anchor in 3J to 4i fathoms, sheltered from all winds. WHITE BAT. — At 2\ miles N.W. from the point which fonus the starboard entiunce of Fieur-de-Lis Harbour, is Partridye Point, situate in lat. 50° 9' 20", and long. 56' 9' uO" "W. It forms the south point of the entrance of White Bay. The western point of Little St. Barbe Island bears E.S.E. 10 miles from it. The depth of White Bay is more than 46 miles, and above 16 in breadth ; it is very safe in its whole extent. Generally, at two miles from the south shore, there is no bottom at 90 fathoms ; nor on the north shore at 70 fathoms ; and this continues proceeding into the bay until within a mile of the River Head, or nearly at the end, close to a small isle called Miller Island. The current inins out of this bay on the south side, bears S.E. £ E. to the heights of Cape Partridge, and enters the bay on the north side. Lohster Harbour lies W.S.W. i W. [S.W. | -S-.] at a distance of 12 miles from Point Partridge ; it is a small port of a circular fonn, having a very narrow entrance, and in which there is but 7 or 8 feet water, although there is found a depth of 10 J and 11 5 fathoms when inside. Vessels of a slight di-aught of water can enter at the proper stote of the tide ; but it is as well to remark that the tide rises but 4 feet at neap and 6 feet at spring tides, and which is the case in the whole of the bay. It is high water, full and change, at 6| hours. It is necessary, in entering Lobster Harbour, to keep on the port shore till to the west of the south point of the entrance, on the north of which there is a small rock near the land. At 4 miles S.W. by W. \ W. from Lobster Harbour, is the Southern Arm, the first indentation mot with in proceeding along the coast from Partridge Point ; it is a large fe;;. I FllOM CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE NOHMAX. 37 18, with black vesHel to fear larger island, his island, at 18 fathoms. arbour, form- strong winds lore of Wood extend from ice of Ming's besides that, distance from il on the left- ev'hich is two g the Ming's es of Pines; t of the bay, n miles deep, direction of k, called The hy W. i W. 'e feet water. ice of Fieur- le north side >re, although er it, which ime. when in the ivoid a rock, ' length east anchor in 3^ le starboard 1° 9' 20", and J Bay. The The depth y safe in its ) bottom at proceeding I, close to a i south side, I the north i miles fi-om w entran'te, epth of lOJ enter at the ut 4 feet at bay. It is er Harbour, nee, on the •m, the first it is a large t and safe harbour for a man-of-war; the anchorage is in 15 to 17 fathoms. When the iwrt hand point is shut in by that of the starboard, a second point will be seen in a S.E. direction, which leaves, between it and the coast, a veiy small jiassage, entirely closed by a mussel-bank,, which dries at low water. To the S.W. by W. ^ W. of the W. point of the South Arm, and H mile distant, is the Middle Ann : at the entrance is a small rocky isle, from whence runs a bank, on which there is but from 5 to 10 feci \,'ater. This port cannot be used but by very small vessels. Haulina Point bears W. J S. \8. W. ^ W.'] ^ miles from the point of the Middle Arm ; it forms the entrance of the Western Ann. This pait of the coast is not so clear as the parts just described, but by keeping at a distance of one mile, the rocks and shoals may be avoided, and of which, those farthest out are near the Pigeon Islands, and the two points wo have just mentioned. The Western Arm extends for 2 miles to the S.E., and vessels can enter in safety in 14 and 15 fathoms water ; at the entrance, to the N.E., is Bear Cove, where small vessels can moor, sheltered from the wind in lOJ fathoms. There is a second culled Wild Cove, exposed to winds from the N.W., and with a rocky bottom. This part of White Bay is much narrower, it not being more than 6^ miles. The N. point of Sop Island bears W.N.W. i W. [ W.S. W. i WJ] from Hauling Point, 8 miles distant ; and that of Cony Arm Head, N. I W. iN. W. by N. a JV.] at a distance of 9 miles. Proceeding to the S.W., towards the bottom of the bay, at 3 miles from Hauling Point, there is a small inlet called Purbeck Cove, where vessels can safely anchor in 10 and 11 fathoms. This is the last anchorage on the S.E. side of White Bay, and its approach is without danger. Sop Island, bears W, ^ S. [6'. W. a W.'] 53 miles from Partridge Point ; near its South side is a small island called Goats Island ; they form together, a long passage called Sop's Ann ; a vessel can anchor just within the northern extremity of Sop Island, where from 20 to 28 fathoms water will be found. At the distance of 3i miles N.E. \_N. by E."] from the North point of Sop's Island, is the entrance of Jackson Arm, in which there is a depth of 23 to 25 fathoms, except in a small bay called Godfather Cove, lying on the right-hand in entering, and m which a vessel can moor fore and aft. This port produces the best timber of all those in White Bay. Frenchman's Cove is 2^ miles N.E. by E. * E. \_N.N.E. I ^.] fi'om the entrance of Jackson Arm, after doubling a low point which advances a little to the S. by E. ; it offers a good and safe anchorage in 9 or 11 fathoms. Proceeding from the entrance of Frenchman's Cove N.E. ^ N. [iV. by E."] 4 miles, we come to Cony Arm Head, which is the most remarkable land on the western side of White Bay ; it lies W. \ N. [S. W. by W. i Jr.] 25i miles from Partridge Point, and advances, nearly in a straight line, in the form of a peninsula, leaving between it and the continent. Great Cony Arm, which affords no shelter to the fishing vessels. Three and a half miles north of Little Cony Arm, is DeviVs Cove, which is very narrow, and open to winds from the S.E. ; its depth is about 4^ fathoms. To the N.W. hy W. i W. [ JT. i S.] 18i miles from Partridge Point, and also N.E. by E. [N.N.E. \ EJ] lOi miles from Cony Arm Head, is Great Cat Arm, and 2^ miles farther in the same direction. Little Cat Arm. At the end of the arm it is quite safe and sheltered by the land. At the end of the north point lie some rocks, which are above water ; to avoid them, keep quite close to the south shore ; but in going into Little Cat Arm, it is better to keep on the north side, as there is a rock near the land on the opposite side. To the N.AV. % N. [ W. by N. % N.'] 15 miles from Partridge Point, and N.E. by PL j E. 6 miles from Little Cat Arm, is Little Harbour Deep, much exposed to winds from the eastern quai-ter, and by no means good as a harbour ; the height of the land frequently causes sudden and strong gusts of wind, when it blows from between the S.AV. and N.W. The north point of Little Harbour Deep, is that of the peninsula which separates it from Union or Grandes Vaches Cove. This harbour has no more shelter than the former, and is but little, if at all ircquentcd. •> '^ ; ;hj .^.ij ris'-u ui- .st,„;,r. .: ^ 38 THE EASTERN COAST, t I I w© the From the north point of Grandes Vaches, running t miles N.E. by E. j E., meet with Oranae Boy or Great Harbour Deep, which is easily recognised by low lands at its entrance, which are less elevated than any of the coasts north of White Bay ; it is distant 16 miles N. i W. [X IV. \ N.^ from Partridge Pomt ; this bay is spacious, and has on the north side of the entrance a small cove, that is frc- quentedTby the fislfing vesbtls. Fonrche Harbour. — In proceeding along the coast to the north-east, the next is Fourch6 Harbour, at a distance of 10^ miles from the entrance of Orange Bay. This harbour runs to the west for 2 miles from its south point, then to the north, forming a small bay, and then continues to the west. It is in this northern bay, which is very narrow, short, and surrounded by very high land, that vessels anchor in 16 fiEithoms water, mooring fore and aftj but it can only receive small vessels; if ships are neces- sitated to enter Fourche, they are obliged to proceed to the end, nearly 3^ miles, to anchor in 18 fathoms. Hooping or Saiu>Fond Harbour, lies N.E. i E., 5 miles bom the north entrance of Fourehe Harbour ; it separates into two bays, one to the north, the other to the west. You can anchor in the northern bay in 6 fathoms ; it is in reality enmsed to winds from the south, but there is no danger, if the vessel is properly moored; in the western bay it is more sheltered, but the depth there is not less than 20 or 16 fathoms. The anchorage in the north bav, is that also recommended by Captain Bullock, having been occupied by his ship, while sm-veying this coast. Canada or Canary Bay. — Canada Head, on the south side of the entrance of the bay of the same name, is very high land, and may be distinguished at a great distance, in coming fi"om the north or fit)m the south, but fit)m the high lands of the interior at its back, is difficult to be reco;;-nL:xd in coining directly from the east. It is situated 5 miles N.E. by E. f E. \_N.X.E. f U.} fi-om Hooping Harbour. The entrance of Canada Bay is nearly 2 miles broad ; formed, on the south by Canada Head, and on the nortli by Point Aiguillettes : the bay is upwai-ds of 12 miles long ; is divided into several arms, which are very safe, and consequently can give shelter to vessels that are obliged to make for them, from strong Avinds at sea. Among these anchorages are Biche'a Arm and the Gouffre. U a vessel is obliged to seek shelter in Canada Bay on account of bad weather, with the wind between south and east, it can anchor in Biche's Arm, on the north-east of Englee Island, between it and the coast eastward of it, or at the end of Biche's Arm. To make for the first of these anchorages, on entering Canada Bay, a berth must be given to Point Aiguillettes, so as to pass it at 5 cables lengths, pi-oceeding till the most westerh" part of the cape is to the north ; then steer along Englee Island, which is only divided fr'om the continent by a few islets, keeping close, so as to anchor on its north-east side, between it and the land ; the depth is great, but the holding ground is good, and there never is a heavy sea. In this passage, there is no other danger but the rock which lies off Point Aiguillettes, about 700 or 800 yards distant. To proceed into Biche's Arm, bear to the north, after passing Englee Island, taking care to keep nearer to the eastern shore than to the western, and anchor when 18, 16, or 14 fathoms are attained. There is no danger in this aim, after having avoided those of Point Blanche, which lies to the N.N.E. of Englee Island, and which is bordered with dangers, particulatly on its west and north sides. The rock which is ferthest off from it, is W. by S. i S. [& W. \ &] nearly one mile distant, and N. by W. I W., one mile from the south point of Englee Island- This rock is never un- covered. Within the southern extremity of Englee Island there is an anchorage for small vessels ; and boats can, at haf-tide, pass between the island and the continent, from this to the anchorage on the north-east side before mentioned. TJe best anchorage in Canada Bay is, without doubt, that of the Gouffre, which is to the west 3 J miles from the north point of the bay. To make for this harbour, after leaving the north point of the bay, steer towards it, until a white point which trends a little to the north is seen ahead, and which must be passed at a little distance ; as soon as this u doubled, bear towards a small rocky islets, which often appears part of the laud, and when this is i-ecognised, stand to port and enter the harbour, dioj^ing ( FROM CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE NORMAN. 39 !. by E. \ E., we ^cognised by the coasts north of idge Point; this !ove, that is frc- ■east, the next is inge Bay. This e north, forming y, which is veiy )r in 16 fathoms ships are neces- ftrly 3i miles, to ; north entrance he other to the ility exposed to moored; in the D or 16 fathoms, fiullock, harinip ... .:nri '^ entrance of the I great distance, 1 of the interior it. It is situated > the south by irdsof 12miles ently can give at sea. Among to seek shelter and east, it can t and the coast !se anchorages, 80 as to pass it 3 to the north ; nent by a few and the land; heavy sea. In t Aiguillettes, [sland, taking ' when 18, 16, fiving avoided md which is "ock which is at, and N. by c is never un- nchoro^ for he continent, fre, which is larbour, after nrhich trends distance; as learspartof ur, dropping the first anchor a little within the islet, and mooring N.W. and S.E. The depth in this anchorage is from 14 to Id fathoms, good holding ground, and sheltered from the wind and sea. By attending to the lead a small vessel can tack into ttuH small harbour, there being a great depth of water close to the shore. Coming from the South, the direction of the White point of the entrance of the Oouffre des Canaries is N. W., and the distance to run 1^ mile. Canada Harbour, which is the fii-st on the port ^" i 'tering the bay from which it derives its name, is exposed to winds fron; . N.r e anchoi-age is very bad, and the bottom i*ocky; it would be imprudent to ancnor here, as a vessel would be exposed to great damage if tlie wind should blow strongly from betn-een noilh and east ; it is not frequented except by the iishing-boats, the ships belonging to the fishery- anchoring in the Goufire. The fishing establishments of Canada Bay are in Canada Harboui*. There ai-e other anchorages in the North or Chimney Ann, such as Bearer Cove, but they are too distant, unless a vessel finds itself obliged to put into them. Hillier's or Boutitou Harbour. — Proceeding from Canada Bajr to the E. by N. for 4i miles ft-om Point Aiguillottes, we arrive at Hillier's or Boutitou Harbour, which is a good fishing-place, but too small for more than thi-ee vessels to lie in safety: it is separated into two small bays by a high point ; it is in the first of these bays to the starboard in entering, that the anchorage is ; the depth at the entrance is from 16 to 18 fathoms, and vessels moor fore and aft, hauling as much as possible into the bay. Half-way between Point Aiguillettes and the north point of Hillier's Harbour, is a reef running about 000 yards from the shore ; all the rest of the coast is without danger. At the distance or 6| miles E. by N. \^N.£. \ E.'] from Hillier's Harbour, lies Fox Cape, the south point of a peninsma of a peninsula, forming, with the coast, the entrance of Conche Harbour ; at the foot of Fox Cape, which is high and per- pendicular, is a shoal, which extends nearly 600 yards in a southerly direction. Conche Harbour is open to winds from the S.S.W. and S.E., which send a very heavy sea into it, notwithstanding which, vessels anchor before the fishing establish- ments, mooring fore and aft. lucre is also anchorage at the end of the harbour, near the isthmus of Cape Rouge Harbom*, in b fathoms. There is no danger in the harbour. Cape Boil^e. — Cape Rouge Harbour is one of the largest on the coast of New- foundland ; its entrance is two-thirds of a mile broad, and a vessel can easily beat into it ; wood and water are also obtained here. From Fox Cape, the distance hither is itither more than three miles to the S. point of the entrance, which is called Point Frauderease, in lat. uO° 54' 30' N. and long. 55° 51' 52' W. The Fraudereaae is a shoal, near the point, which projects nearly 400 yards to the N.E. From this shoal to the S.W. end of the harbour, the coast is lined with flat rocks, which render it necessary not to approach too near : the Champ-Paga is a rocky bank, of which the S.W. extremity Ues exactly W., true, of the Frauderesse, and the N.E. part W.N.W. of the cape forming the northern side of the harbour ; its centre, on which there is but 6 or 7 feet of water, is in the direction of the Frauderesse, on with the most southern point of Groais or Groix Isle ; it lies at an equal distance tmw. each side of the S.W. part of the harbour, so that it may be avoided by keeping two-thirds of the breadth of the channel from either coast, after passing Point Frauderesse. Many vessels anchor here, as the fishing estabUshments are to the S.W., but the bottom is not very good nolding ground. It is better to anchor in the northern Arm, and all large ships or men-of-war ought to anchor here ; the entrance is easy, and there is nouung to fear at a cable's length from the shore. To the S.E. of Point Fraudei-esse, at ihe distance of 2^ miles, is a small islet called Rouge Island, which is quite safe all around ; the soundmgs between it and Cape Rouge Harbour are 18, 32, 31, and 14 fathoms. On leaving Cape Rouge Harbour the land runs to the N.E. to the Gonde Moumtain, wluch is peiuied and joined to the land by a low isthmus, and appears as if s^arated from it. BELLE ISLE SOUTH.— The N.E. point of this island is in lat. 50° 48', and long. 55' 20' ; it is 9 miles long from N.E. to S.W., and 6 broad from N.W. to S.E. It is safe all MTonnd exc^t on the sonth, where tiiere are several rocks, both above and 40 THE EASTERN COA«T, 'aan'tr i 1 beneath the water, some of which are more than two miles from the land. The mo8t distant is nearly half a mile to the W. of a rocky islet lying S. of the Belle Ih)o, named South Iloek: it is S.E. 4 E. rB. 6y 5,].at a distance of 19 miles from Point Aijmillettes. The harbour of Belle Isle is on its S.W. side ; it is very incommodiouji, and can receive but one or two vessels at most. Between the reefs on the S.W. side of the island and the South Rock, the passage is more than a mile broad ; the depth of water varies from 7, 12, 17, to 24 fathoms, the depth increasing nearer the Rock, and diminishing toward the reefs. On the south part of the west side of Belle Isle is Green Island, which is small and about a third of a mile from the shore j about 600 yard. of the Belle 1h)o, miles ft-om Point very incomraodioiw, fs on the S.W. side le broad ; the depth ? nearer the Kock, Hide of Belle Isle in a the shore; about 5 1 miles broad, and ihells. There is no its surface is even ; 7 miles long from 1 its E., S., and W. eath water, which f the island always called the Sisters, coast runs to the ■ N. for 6 miles, as 3 coast should be pe Rouge may be 5 sought. S. by Cape Vent, fronts Point. At ; between them a if St. Anthony at is very safe, Is mav anchor > in Margaret French Point, broad, and is ehat. To the ihat Shoal, on e sea, in bad on the coast. FROM CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE NORMAN. 4» I Between it and Brehat Bav there is a very good pasmge. There are fishing establish* ments, both in Great and Little Brehat, but ships anchor in Great Brfibat ; the entrance of it is naiTow and difficult, and with strong winds at see, the sea breaks in such a way that it is difficult to find out the harbour. St. Lnnaive Bay. — From the Ep^cs dc Brehat to St. Lnnoire Bay, the coast runs to the N.N.E. I E. ; at the south part of the entrance of the bay there arc two islands, called Oranchain Inlands, the passage for ships and other vcsscIh is to the north of these islands, and is about one-thii-d of a mile broad. When between the two points of the entrance, there will be seen ahead Haut-et-Plate Island, Salut Island, and the Plate Islands, connected by a chain of rocks ; on account of tMs, it is necessary to keep to the north of them all. On the north side of the bay is Amelia Harbour, in which, within Uouge Island, there is an anchorage. It a safe and commodious road- stead, and wood and water can be obtained. Between Hautc-Terre Island and the two islands at the entrance of St. Lunaire there is a lar^ space, in which is found 14, 18, or 20 fathoms, and vessels are here secure from winds that come from between the south and east. In going into this, there is a rock which must be avoided, and over which there is but 10 feet water; it is to the W.N.W. of the low point of Haute-et-Platc Island, at 500 yards distance, and 550 yards from the cast point o! Haute-Tcrrc Island, which forms the southern limit of the entrance to the N. W. bay. St. Lunaire Bay offei's very good anchorage to men-of-war. "St. Lunaire Bav is an excellent harbour, and will contain 100 vessels in perfect safety; it is remarkably easy of access, and mav alwavs be recognised by White Cape. The best and most convenient anchorage is found, at Amelia Cove, on the N. side, in from 5 to 7 fathoms. In entering, give the points of the southern islands a good berth." — LiEUT. Bullock. White Cape and Grig^et Harbours. — From St. Lunaire Bay the coast runs N.E._ 4 N. rather more than a mile, to White Cape ; it is high, and has a remarkable whitish appearance, and, with the most southern of the Griguet Islands, forms the entrance of White Cape Harbour. The entrance is narrow, and to enter the anchorage keep close to the Cape, and then shut it in with the south point of the island I the depth is 3| t6 4.^ fathoms. The Griguet Islands are four in number, including Camel Island, forming between tUem several channels and smell harbours, where f^hing vessels can lie in security. The North Bay is insecure in spring and fail, being exposed to southerly gales ; the S.W. bay is therefore recommended. Storm Cape,^ which is to the north of the North Ba^ of the Griguets, lies N.N.E. and S.S.W. with Cajpe Partridge, at the entrance of K.irpon, or Quu-pon, distant two miles. A little to the south of Storm Cape there is an islet, near to Cape Partridge, also to the south of it, there is a second, larger than the former, but equally clear. Between these two islets the coast forms several small coves ; there is also, near the land, and nearer Cape Partridge than Storm Cape, a shoal called the Madeleine, on which the sea breaks in bad weather. The White Islands, to the E. | N. of Storm Cape, are clear : the outer island has some rocks on the S. and S.E., but they are close to it. To the W. by S. of the largest, half a mile off, there are several rocks on a shelf which breaks and extends a mile from N.W. to S.E. There is a passage between this reef and the AVhite Islands, but it ought not to be tried, except under necessity. To the west of the breakers the passage is above a mile in width, and the depth is 40 fathoms. The White Islands are small and low, in lat. 51° 35' N. and long. 65" 15' 28' W. QVIBPOH ISLAHD, off the N.E. point of Newfoundland, forms the S.E. point of entrance to the Strait of Belle Isle. It is high and barren. Little Quibpon, in the southern channel is, thus called, because it is only sepa* rated from Great Quirpon Harbour by a very naiTow channel, in the middle of which there is a rock ; the tide runs sometimes very strong in this channeL To entor it* keep the middle of the channel, to keep clear of the Whale shoal on the right hand, on which there is but little water, as soon as this is passed, keep on the starboard side. Degrat, or Jtow-Oalletf Head, is the easternmost hill on Quirpon Island ; its extremity forms tiie entrance of Degrat Harbour, before which are some isleta and rocks, which shelter the vessels anchoring here. It is only proper for small vessels. luui^ THB EASTKItN COAST. ■»■/■ irf 44 Pij/eoH Cor« u rather more to tlw north than Dcgrot Harbour, but it u unfit fo# the aiiohurnge of vchmcIh. Cape Banld. which i» th© nortli extremity of Quirpon Wand, Ih in latitude fir :W 15 , and longitude fifi" 26' M' W.j it is ntcep and roeky, and may bo approached with Bofctv. After passing the Cnpe, a point will be seen in the W.S.W. KhowinK Quiriwn Ilurlwur : along all the coast, and cIobo to it, the depth in not leas than la fathoms. Quirpon Harbotir.— The entrance of this horbour is formed bv Quirpon Island and Jarquia dirtier Inland ; it in the most northern harbour of Newfoundland: to nrrivo at this harbour, keep the Black Head of Quirpon Island clear of all the land tmtil Point Raven is hidden by Point Noddy j the proceed towards the entrance of the harbour in the dircctiim of the isletM, taking care to keep at least half a cable's len>;th from Jacques Cnrtier Point ; as soon as this is passed, proceed to the anchorage Iw'i ween this island and Green Iwlnnd ; this is Jacques Cortier Road, and has good liolding ground, with a depth of 7 fathoms. The passage within either side of Green Idlond in good for smnll vessels ; the dopth is thive fathoms, but beyond the island it is jjerfectlv sccui-e in fntlioms. Wood is scaitc in Quiii)on, but can be readily piwured ill ilii-Ha or Pistolet Buys. Koddy Harbour is situated a little to the west of thot of Quiqion, and between Point Noddy niid Cui)c Knven : there is no danger in entering ; and a vessel ought to keep to the iiort of the island, which is nondv a mile beyond f ■ it hi 4 i fathoms. The Onll Hock lies W. by N. tlic entrance, and anchor behind N. from Capo Bnuld, and N. by K. rather more than 2 miles from Cnpe Raven : this rock is always uncovered. IVIa'ria Ledge is N.K. by N. \K. \ If'.] five-sixths of n mile from CaiMJ lluven, and K. by N. \ N. {N.E. 'h E.\ two-thirds of n mile from the starboard iwiiit of Maria Bay. It is nearly H ""^e N.K. [X by E. ^ i'.] fi-om the Gull Rock. Tliis reef extends 1200 vards nearly from R. to W., and (JOG yords ftom N. to S. ; between it and Gull Itock there is from 21 to 27 fathoms, 'in coming from the north, whether from Quiipon or Noddy Ilarlwur, these two dangers need not be feai'cd, as thcv are always visible; the passage between them is half a league bi-oad; althougli saie, it is neVertliclcss, prudent to pass* near the Gull Rock on account of the North- Wed Ledye, wliich docs not show but in bad weother ; it ia situated West [S.W. h}f W. }*B'.] 1^ mile from Gull Rock, and is about GOO vards long and 400 bi-oad. A ship is outside its eastern extremity when the North points of the two Saci-cd Islands arc in one. But all dangers will be avoided by keeping the South point of the large, in one with the North point of the smaller island. Between Gull island and the North-West licdgc there is 14 and 18 fathoms. The passage between the continent and the North-Wcst Ledge, ought not to bo tried when it can Iw avoided. Saored Islands. — Farther to the West are the Sacred Islands : th? North point of the largest lies N.W. } W. \_West'] 5 miles from Cape Bauld, and S.E. by E. E. \ iV.] 12 miles from Cape Norman. Little Suered Island is nearly one mile ].E. by S. \E. by S. \ S,'] from Great Sacred Island : the passage lietween them is vciy good, and has a depth of 15 to 19 fathoms. These islands arc clear, high, and steep. Within them to the S.W. by W. is Sacred Bay, tolerably large, and containing a large number of islets and rocks. The coasts are covered with wood, and it is frequented by the fishers. Cape Onion forms, the north point of Sacred Bay, and is high and steep ; near it is a remarkable rock, the Metcatone, called so froiii its resemblance to that rock at the entrance of Plymouth. To the south of the Mewstone is a small cove where a vessel can, on occasion, find refuge. From Cape Onion to Bmiit Cajw, the direction is W. by S. i S. [ ll'.S. W] rather above 4^ miles ; Burnt Cape appears of a whitish colour. *0n the eastern side of the cape is Ila-IIa Bay, wliich extends 2 miles toward the South ; it is exposed to northerly winds, and caii be anchored in when within the cape in 5 or 6 fathoms. This bay, like Sacred Bay, is furnished with wood. Bay of Pistolet is situated between Burnt Cape and the reefs of Cape Norman; it is 1 miles deep by as much in breadth. The depth is generally from 4^ to a fatfioms in the part south of a line W.S.W. and E.jS.£. of tl^, Wood Islands^ k ■■i|j,,^'awiteiste«s'-' )ut it w unflt fo# id, is in latitude ky, and may bo ?n in the W.S.W. ) depth ifl not less y Quirpon Island ewftmndland: to ir of all the land * the entrance of 8t holf a cable's to the anchorage id, and has good icr side of Green •yond the inland t can be readily ion, ond between d a vcHscl ought entrance, and J N. from Capo 18 rock i8 olwuys mile from Coj)o in the starboard 1 from the Gull (iOO yords ft-om nas. In coming dangers need is half a league \ Gull Kock on weather; it ig is aliout GOO hen the North be avoided by of the smaller md IH fathoms. ight not to bo North point of lid S.E. by E. loarly one mile between them Jrc clear, high, ibly large, and ed with wood, oint of Sacred ttone, called so le south of the From Cape bove 4| miles ; ■ape is Ha-Ha rly winds, and ly, like Sacred ape Norman; R- from 4| to 'ood Islands, ST. JOHN'S HAUBOUn TO CAl'K KACE. «» and from 13 to 8 at its entrance. Tho lK>«t anohomj^c is at tho wc«tcm part, a little within tho islands, in 4| fathoms. North-west winds beat full into it. Cane Norman and Burnt Cape bear fh)m each othor S.E. by S. and N.W. by N. [5.J5. by E. i E. [and {X. W. by W. 4 IV.] 4 miles apart. At the entrance of tno bay, to tho E.N.E. from a jioint called North Point, there is a reef which is not more than a mile from it ; it lies also to the North of Goeletto ur Schooner Island, forming tho western side of the entrance. To avoid this danger, keep Cape Norman to the south of W.N.W. till the eastern extremity of Goeletto Island bears a little to theS.W. byS. CAFE NORM AIT. — This capo is, next to Quirpon Island, the most northern part of Newfoundland ; it is level land, moderately high, and of a barren appearance. ltd lat. is 5V .38' 5', long. 55^ 53' 28 . The coast of Newfoundland from this cape trendu to the West [S. W. by W. a W.\ BELLE ISLE LIOHTHOTJSE, on the S.W. point of the island, showing a fixed li^ht of the first class, at an elevation of 470 feet, is described heraafter. It is tho key to the eastern entrance to the Strait of Belle Isle, the course through being about due West by compass. The Lighthouse is N.E. ^ N. 14 miles fr'om Capo Bauid. JtT. i\ THE SOUTHERN COASTS OF NEWFOUNDLAND. Kit I.— THE S.E. COAST FllOM ST. JOHN'S HARBOUR TO CAPE RACE. IIavinc; already described, on pases IG and 17, the environs of St. John's Harbour, we now resume the coast to the southward, commencing with Cape Spear. Cape Spear Lighti before alluded to, revolves at an elevation of 27u feet, showing a bright flush eveiy minute. .-'ift,. •If if ii (■■I y-t'tr* From Cape Spear to to the north of Petty JIarhottr Bay, the course and distance arc S.W. 2 J miles; and thence to the south point, S.W. by S. 2| miles. From "rv- South point of Petty Harboui* Bay to the Bay oj' Bulls, the course is S.W., and i'..ii distance eight miles. About midway between, is Shoal Bay, the coasts here being composed of lofty precipices of hard red sandstone. In this bay is r, place called the Spout, which is verj' remarkable in rough weather ; it is a cavern into which the sea runs ; and, having a vent on the top of the land, it spouts up the water to a great height, so that it may be seen a gi'cat way off. Bay of Bulls. — Between the heads the bay runs in N.W. by W. for two miles, and tncn N.W. by N. to the river-heads. In this bay is good riding, in from 20 fathoms, at the firat entrance between the heads, to 18, 16, &c., after you are within Bread and Cheese Point, which is about half-way up the bay, on the North side, where there is a cove. Off this point, nearly half a cable's length, lies a sunken, rock, which must be avoided; every other part of the bay is bold-to and free from danger. Being past the point, run up and anchor (or turn up) against John Clay's Jlill, bringing it to bear N.E. by N., and anchor in 1 2 or 14 fathoms of water ; merchantmen run farther in, and anchor in from 10 to 7 fathoms, and lie not above a point open. Whittle Bay lies about 1^ mile to the southward of the Bay of Bulls ; it is in some degree sheltered by Green Island and Gull Island, which lie before it, but is not safe for ships. CAFE BBOYLE. — From the Bay of Bulls to Cape Broyle is about 14 miles. Cape Broyle Harbour lies in about N.W. oy W. ^ W. about two miles ; but it is exposed to tne sea. winds. Cape Broyle is the most remarkable land on all the South coast of Newfoundland ; it is a fine bold headland, 400 or 500 feet high ; coming either froni iliO southward or northward, it appears like a saddle. The coast to the south- ward gradually diminishes in height, from Cape Broyle to Cape Ballai-d. S.E. by E. from the northern point of Cape Broyle, about half or thrce>quarters of a mile, H kii, IS i ■! I Is i 48 , CAPB RACE TO PLACENTIA BAY. lies a sunken rock, caUed Old Harry, on which is but 18 feet of water: the sea breaks upon it in bad weather; but, between it and the shore, there is 12 or 13 &th(nns of water. In very bad weather, the sea breaks home almost to the shore from Old Harry, by reason of the current, which generally sets strong to the aoutiiward. From Cape Broyle Head to Ferryland Point, the bearing and distance are S.S.W. about 2i nules; between are three islands, which lie before CapeUn Bay, and ships may sail between them to that place. Capelin Bay is large and good, and runs in a considerable way within the islands above mentioned, where a number of ships may ride in good ground, in from 10 to 20 &1homs of water. From the north part of Ferryland Head to Ferryland, the bearing and distance are ■\V.N.W. more than a mile. It is a picturesque and pleasant place, and has several large and good houses. To go into Ferryland Harbour, you must sail between the north part of Ferryland Head and Jsk au Boia ; it is not wide, but there is water enough, and clean ground : when within the Isle au Bois, you may run in and anchor where you please, it being of a good breadth. Spring-tides rise from 3 to 4 feet. Aqnafort — ^From the south point of Ferryland Head to Aquafort, the course and distance are W. by N., about 3 miles. Crow Island lies about a mile E. by N. from the mouth of Aquafort ; and from the S.E. end of Crow Island lies a shoal, about a cable's length. Aquafort Harbour lies in W.N.W. It is a long inlet, the cliffs rising to a height of 200 feet. On the north side there is a cascade over the cliffs, which gives the name to this place. There is a great rock above water on the south side of the entrance, which is hold-to ; you run up about 2 miles within the harbour's mouth, and anchor on the north side, quite land-locked. Fermowes is a very good harbour, and bold going in ; no danger but the shore itself; it liies in N.W. "by N. and N.W. Being past the entrance, there are several coves on each side, in the harbour, where ships may ride. There are 20 fathoms of water in the entnmee of the habour, and within from 14 to 4 fathoms. From Fermowes to Renowes, the bearing and distance are S.W. by S., about 1| lea^e. Off the south point of Renowes Harbour, at a small distance from the shore, is an island ; and, S.T. from the same point, about half a league, high above water is Benowes Bock, which may be seen 3 leagues off. Renowes is but a bad harbour, being full of rocks, with shallow water. From Renowes to Cape Ballard, the course and distance are S.S.W. | W. 2| leagues. From Cape Ballard to Cape Bace, the bearing and distance are S.W. by W. 2J leagues ; between which, and near Cape Ballard, is Chain Cove, with several rocks lying before it, but no harbour, and about half-way is Clam Cove, which b fit for boats only. CAPE RACE UGHTHOTTSE is 40 feet high, and is striped red and white ver- tically. The light is a brilliant fixed light at 180 feet, visible 17 miles off. It is visible to seaward from N.E. by E. round southward to west. It stands close to the site of the old beacon, which has been cut down. ' \. . The land about Cape Race is comparatively low, and bare of wood, with a steen cliff of about 50 feet in height ^ II— THE COAST OF AVALON, FROM CAPE RACE TO PLACENTiA BAY, INCLUDING TREPASSEY, ST. MAJIY'S BAY, AND PLACENTIA HARBOUR. (■»»%. » From Cape Ra^the land trends away to the westward, and W. by S. one mile and a hatf : tiien W. 4 N. one league, to Mktaken Point ; and ttom Mistaken Point P *T*J^^*^l'**'i* '^"' ^'^- ^ W- 2 ""!«». From French Mistaken Point to the Pmolen, tiie E. pmnt of Trepassey, it is N.W. 8 milea. From Mistaken tumi to Cape Ptne, the course and distance are W.N.W. 4| leagues. 1 CAPE RACE TO PLACENTIA BAY. «T water: the sea )re is 12 or 13 it to tho shore strong to the nice are S.S.W. Bay, and ships thin the islands n from 10 to 20 nd distance are md has several lil between the there is water ly run in and I rise from 3 to the course and E. by N. from . shoal, about a the cliffs rising le cliffs, which the south side the harbour's but the shore te are several 20 fathoms of by S., aWt ince from the e,high above is but a bad Cape Ballard, illard to Cape lich, and near harbour, and nd white ver< lies off. It ig 8 close to the , with a steep '■ i ^' •LACENTU 'LACENTIA 3. one mile staken Point ch Mistaken am Mistaken Trepasser Harbour. — ^The entrance to Trepassey Harbour lies nearly 5 miles N.E. from Cape Pine ; it is about three-quarters of a mile wide, and runs nearly of the same breadth for 2^ miles, where it narrows to one-quarter of a mile, but aaain increases to three-quarters of a mile, where the ships nde. T^e dangers of sauing into this harbotur are, a small rock on the east shore, about a mile wiuiin the Powle Head, and about one-third of a cable's length from the shore ; and, on the west shore in the harbour, off a stony beach, a ahoal, which runs along shore up the harbour to a low green point. Ba^r'a Point on with a low rocky pomt on the entrance of the hai-bour, will carry you clear of this shoal. When you are nearly up with the low green point, you may steer more to the westward, and anchor either in the N.W. or N.E. arm, in 5 or 6 mthoms. CAPE FIHE LIOHTHOUSR— This is an iron circular tower 50 feet hi^, painted in red and white bands, showing a revolving light every half minute. 'Hie light is shown from 12 lamps and reflectors of peculiar form, the design of Mr. Alex. Gordon. It is elevated 314 feet, visible in favourable weather 30 miles off. First shown Janiuiry 1st, 1851. It is a very important station, and with the light on Cape Race must have averted many wrecks. From Cape Pine to Cape Freeh, the course and distance are west 1| mile. The land about Cape Pine is moderately high, and barren. From Cape Freels the land trends about W.N.W. one mile, to blackhead, then N. W. ^ W. one mile, to the eastern reef and head of St. Shofa Bay. ^ ,^ A rock has been reported to exist at 2 miles off the eastern head of St. Shot's. From the eastern head of St. Shot's to the western head, the bearine is N. by W. f W., distance 2 miles : St. Shot's Bay \& about a mile deep, and entirely open to the sea. iif- Note. — " On the rocks extending from the eastern side of the bay, the ComiM, Harpooner, and other vessels were wrecked, as already shown on pages 5 and 6." ST. MABY'S BAY.— From the eastern head of St. Shot's to Point Lance, tho bearing and distance are N.W. \ N. 20 miles. These points form the entrance of St. Mary's Bay, which runs up 9 leagues to the E.N.E. with several good harbours in it, the land on each side bemg moderately high. The current fre- quently sets with great force on the eastern shore of the bay, which is the cause of many accidents here. "The land from Point Lance lies E. by N. 2| leagues to a high bluff cape, from which the land along the west side of the bay trends E.N.E. 7 leagues, up to the head of the bay. From the afore-mentioned bluff cape to Cape EngUeh on the east shore, the bearing and distance are S.E. f S. 10 miles. Cape English is high table land, terminating in a low rocky point, forming a bay about a mile deep, to the southward of it{ at the bottom of which is a low stony beach, within which is Holyrood Pond, extending to the E.N.E. about 8 leagues : being situated within the cape, it makes Cape English appear like an island. From Ce^ English to Point la Haye, the bearing and distance are N.E. by E. 2| leagues. This is a low point, from which a ledge of rocks extends a quarter of a mile into the sea, and above a mile along the shore, on which the sea breaks in bad weather. It is the only danger in all St. Mary's Bay that will take a ship up. St. Mary's Harbour. — The entrance of this harbour is above a mile wide, and bears frt>m Point Lance £. \ S. 20 miles. Within the points th|it form the entrance, it divides into two branches, one to the S.E., the other to the E.N.E. When you are within Ellis Point, haul in to the southward, and anchor abreast of the houses and stages, upon a flat« in 4 or 5 fathoms, where you will lie land-locked. This flat runs off about half a mile fr>om the above; and without it is ftam 15 to 40 fi&thoms of water over to the other 'side ; but the best anchorage is about two miles above the town, where it is above half a mile wide, opposite Brown's Pond, which may be seen over the low beach on the starboard side ; here you will lie land-locked in 12 fiithoms 4B PLACENTIA BAY- KX. 'Carated from it hy 1 ; but during the )mj)letely close up y w thus keijt in ary's Harbour: it ood anehorage, a 3 froili the iiorth 1 5 to 12 fathoms the bearing and y>e, and the land nearly of equal autiful revolving Itemately. TTie called the holo- seen at 25 miles s ; they are two them, all above They bear S.E. art of the main is a small rock, i W. from the B are two i-ocks an them. There ■ to the S.S.E., . ' / ■ 71 f r> ., .^ tge, the bearing be entrance of rkable land on 1 hat, and may i E., distance miles. These T^m Rocks, is tia Koad and iu. rench capital, was fonnerlv uthward, ani the Gibraltar Hill open to the i-oad on [»Ie far out at ing tides, and h the Point, fhe mark on, id ginng the tw, you may I'lACKNTIA HAY AND ITS MAllBOUKS. 49 proceed to the anclioragc under the Custlo Hill, at thrce-quailors of the distance over fi-om that side, where you lie in 6 or 7 fathoms of water, good groxmd. At the bottom of the road is a long beach, which teiminates to the north in a point, on which stand the houses and a tort ; between which and the Castle Hill is the eiitronce into Placentia Harbour ; this entrance is very narrow, with 3| fathoms of water ; but within the narrows it widens to one-third of a mile, with 6 or 7 fathoms of water, where ships may lie in pert'ect seciuity. In going in, keep nearest to the starboard side. The inner hai-bour divides into two arms; one called the North-East Aim, about 9 miles long, and nearly straight, with bold clift's and hills risuig to the lieight of 400 or 500 feet ; and the other the South-East Ann, with a very winding course of about 5 miles. The South-East Arm nearly surrounds a steep rocky piece of groujid which was once an island, but is now connected by a long pebble beach, with the main land on the south side of the harboui', blocking up what many years ago was the entrance of tlie South-East Arm. III.— THE NORTHERN PORTION OF THE BAY OF PLACENTIA, AND COAST THEXCE TO CAPE CHAPEAU ROUGE. Point Latina lies about 5 miles to the northward oi Placentia Road ; between which are several sunken rocks lying along the shore, about half a mile off. A large mile to the eastward of Point Latina lies Point Roche, oS which a shoal stretches nearly one-third of a mile. From Point Roche 1\ mile S. by E. ^ E., is the entrance of Little Placentia Harbour, which extends W. by S. above 1^ mile, and is near half a mile broad. Zittle Placentia, as well as Great Placentia, stands on what was once an island, being connected to the main by a beach of large pebbles. It is a straggling place, on the low side of an inlet, witn bold rocky hills on the opposite side. Here is good anchorage in a cove on the north shore, which may be known by the west point being woody : off the east point of the cove lies a shoal neai-ly one-third of the distance across ; in the cove are 7 or 8 fathoms of water. From Point Latina to Ship Harbour the course is E. 5| miles : this harbour extends N.N.E. 2j miles, and is a quai-ter of a mile wide. The anchorage is in a cove on the west side, in 10 fathoms, about a mile from the entrance. V N.N.E. 5 miles north from Point Latina is a steep rock above water, called Fishing jRock ; and N.N.E. 1^ mile from Fishing Rock lies a sunken rock, which almost always breaks. RED ISLAND is high ban'en land, about 4 miles long, and 2^ miles bread, composed of red granite. The S.E. point bears N.N.W. 11 miles from Placentia Road; and nearly east 12 leagues from Mortier Head, which is on the west side of the bay. The RAM ISLANDS are a cluster of high islands lying N.E. \ E. of Fox Island about 2i miles. East 3 miles from the soum point of Ram Islands is the entrance into Long Harbour ; there is no danger in going in ; the best anchorage is on the north side, to the eastward of Harbour Island, between it and the main, where you will you will lie secm-e from all winds, in 7 or 8 fathoms of water. LONG ISLAND. — From Point Latina to the south ^oint of Long Island, the coui'se is N. f E. 4 leagues ; this island is 8 miles long, high land, the south point being remarkably steep rocks. On the east side of it, about a league from the south Eoint, lies Harbour Buffet, which is tolerably good ; the entrance to it is nan'ow, but as 13 fathoms of water in it. To sail into it you must pass to the northward of all the islands. About 4 miles from the south point of Long Island, on the west side, lies Mussel Harbour, the entrance to which is between Long Island and Barren Island, and opposide the noith end of the latter ; the depth is from 10 to 22 fathoms, rocky bottom. South Harbours. — Little South Harbour lies one mile to the westward of Little Nd. H \\ 80 PLACENTIA BAY AND ITS HARBOURS. Harbour; and it has several rocky islands before its mouth, which, in going in, must be left on your starboard side, excepting one, on either side of which is a safe passage of 13 fathoms of water. On the cast shore, within the islands, is a sunken rock, about a cable's length fi-om the shore, which generally breaks. Nearly opposite on the west shore, are some rocks, about half a coble's length from the shore, that show at one-third ebb. This harbour is abovt 1| mile long, near half a mile wide, with 7 fathoms, good bottom. Great South Harbour is about a mile to the northward of Little South Harbour : there if no danger in sailing into it, and near the head is very good anchorage in 6 or 7 fathoms of water. Come-by-Chance- — The entrance into Come-by-Chance Harbour lies N.N.E. 4 miles from the Isle au Bordeaux ; it extends N.E. by E. 3 miles, and has from 20 to 3 fathoms of water, sandy bottom, but is quite exposed. The head of the harbour is about 3 miles from the Bay of Bulls in Trinity Bay, the isthmus here connecting the peninsula of Avalon to the main portion of Newfoundland, and was crossed by the Atlantic Telegraph -wire. North Harbour is N.N.W. 2 miles from Come-by-Chance, and S.E. by S. 2J miles fi-om Piper's Hole ; about two miles from the entrance is good anchorage in 7 fathoms of water, and no danger in sailing in. Sandy Harbours. — ^Nearly 4 miles W. | S. fi'om the south end of Barren Island is Great Sandy Harbour, the entrance to which is narrow, but within there ai'e 6 or 7 fathoms of water. Little Sandy Harbour lies a quarter of a mile to the southward of Great Sandy Harbour, and is tolerably good, having 6 or 7 fathoms of water, good bottom. In going in, yon pass to the northward of a low rock above water, which lies in the mouth of it. This harbour mav be known by Bell Isle, which lies S.E. :i E. H mile from the mouth of it; and N'.E. | N. 13 miles from the west point of Morasheen Island : off the south point of the island, is a remarkable rock, resembling a bell with the bottom upwai-d. ■" '? » - ■ -r. , . , ., Nearly 3 leagues S.W. froin Bell Isle, is the north end of Great Valcn Island, which is about 2 miles in length. ^ On the main, to the westward of it, is Clatise Harbour, the entrance into which is half a mile wide ; in it are 40 or 50 fathoms of water. The best anchorage is in the west cove, which is one mile long, but not a quarter of a mile wide, in from 17 to 20 fathoms of water, good bottom. Grandmdre's Rocks are just above water, and IJ mile north-eastwai'd' fi-om the north end of Great Valen Island. Merasheen Island. — E.S.E. 4 miles from Presque, lies the west point of Mera- SHEEN Island ; this island is high, and trends to the N.E. by E. more than 6 leases; it is very narrow, the broadest part not being more than two miles. At the south pait of this island, near to its west end, is a very good harbour, but small, with from 6 to 10 fathoms water. To go into it, keep the starboard shore on board, in order to avoid a sunken rock, that lies a cable's length off a rugged rocky point on the port side when going in. Indian Harbour lies on the east side of Merasheen Island, at about 3 leagues from the south point. S.W. I "W. two miles from Presque is a sunken rock : a quarter of a mile without this rock is a rock above water, called the Black Rock, which lies East two miles frota. Maricot Island. The harbour of Little Paradise lies one mile to the northward of the east point of Maricot Island ; the only safe anchorage is in a cove, at the head, on the port side. The harbour of Great Paradise lies to the westward of Little Paradi*se, and is fit for boats only. From Maricot Island to Corbin Head, the course is W.S.W. J W. ll-J leagues : this course will lead just with without the rock called the Saddle Back, which is 9| miles from Maricot Island. Between Maricot and the main is an islet called Fox Island: between these islands is a safe passage, with not less than 9 fathoms of water: but none betweeii Fox Island and the main. ■' — '•-■ ->>.-» .■■-:;'.<■ ^^'itfsM. ;!.!,ffrf IS. h, in going in, must leh IS a safe passage , IS a sunken rock, JNeorly opposite on he shore, that show a mile wide, with ' South Harbour : jood anchorage in •bour lies N.N.E. and has from 20 'ad of the harbour IS here connecting was crossed by the nd S.E. by S. 2J ood anchorage in of Barren Island lin there are 6 or of Great Sandy rood bottom. In 'hich lies in the 5E. 4E. Umile nt of Merasheen ^sembling a bell It Valcn Island, of it, is aatise ar 50 fathoms of long, but not a n. wai-d'from the oint of M ERA- than 6 leagues; At the south 'ut small, with e on board, in rocky point on of Merasheen mile without ist two miles the east point » on the port Paradi'se, and leagues : this 'h is 9^ miles Fox Island: f water J but PLAOENTIA BAY AND ITS HAKBGUllS. 5t . Paradise Sound. — To the westward of Fox Island is the eutruucc of Paradise Sound, which extends N.E. by E. 4t leagues, and is about a mile bi'oad, with very deep water, and no safe anchorage till you get near the head of it. .j^_ ^_[^^ jj,. One mile to the westward of Paradise Sound lies Fetit Fort Harbour : a, very good harbour, having in it from 14 to 7 fathoms of water, good bottom. There is no danger in going in ; and the best anchorage is on the starboard or eastern side. S.E. winds heave in a great swell on the western shore when it blows hard. Cafe Roger Harbour lies close to the westward of Cape Roger, which is a high round barren head, lying N. '| E. 3| miles from the south point of Long Island. There are several low rocks and islands Ij'ing off the eastern point of the entrance. In the harbour, at a quarter of a mile within, on the western side, lies a small island ; to the northward of which, between it and the main, is xeiy good anchorage in 7 or 8 fathoms of water, or farther up in 6 or 7 fathoms. N.N.W. 2 miles from the south point of Long Island, lies a small Green Island, which has a shoal all round to nearly a cable's length. From Green Island N.N.W. 2 1 miles, lies Great Gallows Harbour Island, which is a high land. Vessels may pass on either side of this island into Great Gallows Harbour, which lies one mile to the E.N.E. of the island. In this harbour is exceedingly good anchorage, in 7 fathoms of water, on the starboard side, just ■within a low stony point, taking care to give the point a small berth, in order to avoid a I'ock which is alternately covered ana uncovered with the tide. AuDiERNE Island lies half a mile to the northward of Cape Judaa or Middle Island, on the west side of which there is a tolerably good harbour. At about a cable's length from Audierne Island, to the southward of the harbour, is a sunken rock; the mark for avoiding which, in coming in from the southward, is not to haul in for the harboui- till you open a remarkable green point on the southern side of the harbour. The best anchorage is on the north shore, just within a small island. A spit of rocks stretches just off the Green Point on the south shore, which are covered at high water. Vessels bound for Audierne Harbour may pass between Cape Judas or Middle Island and Audierne Island ; and between Crow and Patrick's Island, which are two small islands lyang off the S.W. point of Audierne Island. Off the N.E. point of Audierne is Ford's Inland, on the west of which is a simken rock, about a cable's length from the island, and another on the eastern side, which almost always breaks. The Saddle Back is an islet lying E.N.E. | E. 8 leagues from Corbin Head; E. by N. from Mortier West Point, and E.S.E. f E. 3 leagues from John-the-Bay Paint. Between it and the main are a great number of rocks and islets, which render this part of the coast very dangerous^ A chain of rocks extend N.E. by E. one mile and a half from the Saddle Back. .t ■ ::.t i.^ // ' Cape Judas or Middle Island is about 2^ miles in length, and 2 in breadth, and lies 1| mile north of the Saddle Back; on the south end of it is a round hill, which is called the Cape. Between this island and the main are a cluster of islands and low i-ocks, with a great number of sunken rocks about them, called the Flat Islands, the innermost of which lies about one mile from the main. *• Two miles to the N.N.W. of John-the-Bay Point lies John-the-Bay, in which there is tolerably good anchorage, with about 8 fathoms of water, sandy bottom. g ^, .^,.j, Mortier Bay. — Four miles W.S.W. from Rock Harbour is the entrance into Mortier Bay : at the entrance of which, on the west side, is a small Harbour, called Beattbois, of only 9 feet of water. On the eastern side, at about three miles from the entrance, is an exceedingly good harbom*, called Spanish Boom, in which vessels may anchor in from 4 to fathoms of water, good ground, and secure in all winds. There is not the least danger in going into this harbour, gfiving the low ro^ks aljQve, Mrjit^ri at the enjt^-ance, on th^, port hand, ^ berth of one cable's length, ,,f^ f,-:irA f.^^.f ,-,, ., «;.. ''■ ^.{"k f,= i.. . ■< ^ .^.I-,,. .-.( ' ■: ''r.!t'> ■■*»•. About a mile westward of Mortier East Head is LiTTiE Mortier Bat, at the entrance of which is a round island, called Mortier Island, lying one-third of the 4 na PLACENTIA BAY AND ITS HARBOURS. . fUotance from the west side ; it is bold-to all round, and may be passed on either side. Close to the first point beyond the island, on the port side, going in, is another little island, close under the land ; and two cables' length from it, in a direct line toward the outer island, is a sunken rock, on which the sea breaks in bad weather, which is the only danger in the bay. BURIN ISLAND LIOHTHOXTSE stands on Dodding Head, and shows a bright revolving light every 20 seconds, at an elevation of 410 feet above the sea, and may consequently, under very favourable circumstances, be seen at 30 miles off, but its great ^evation is against depending on this. The appearance of this light is not very dissimilar to that on Cape Fme. On the main, within the islands, lie the harbours of Great and Little Burin. Vessels bound for Burin may pass on either side of Iron Island ; the only danger in passing to the northward is the ledge called the Brandya, which almost always break ; they lie near a quarter of a mile to the southward or a low rock, above water, close under the land of Moi-tier West Head. By keeping Mortier West Head open to the westward of Iron Island, you will avoid Gregory^ Rock, on which is only 2 fathoms of water, and which almost always breaks. Vessels may pass with safety between this rock and Iron Island, by giving the latter a berth of above a cable s lengfth. On the main, within Pardy's Island, are two remarkabe white marks in the rocks } the northei-nmost of these tirought on with the north part of Pardy's Island and Iron Island N.E. | N. will lead on the Galloping Andrews, a shoal with 5 fathoms of water on it. The White Horse is a shoal with 8 fathoms of water on it, which bears S.S.E. one mile from Iron'Island. The Dodding Bock lies about a quarter of a mile from the easternmost part of Great Burin Island. ShalUnoay Island lies N.N.W. | W. one mile from Cat Island, and N.E. by E. a ruarter of a mile fr-oni Little Burin Island ; the passage into BuRiN Harbours, from itie southwai-d, b to the westward of Shalloway Island. In sailing in, take to giA'e I'oor Island a berth on your port hand ; and, when within Shalloway Island, you may anchor in safety between it and Great Burin Island, in from 12 to 18 fathoms. Ihe best anchorage in Great Burin Harbour is in Ship Cove. The coui-se up to it, after you are within Neck Point, which is to the westward of the Shalloway Island, is N.N.E. about 1^ mile. It is aboat a quarter of a mile wide : in sailing up, keep the west shore on board, in order to avoid a sunken rock on the east shore, at about half-way up, and about a cable's length from the shore. Another rock, with 2| fathoms on it, lies above a cable's length to the S.W. of Harbour Point, which is round and green, and of moderate height, joined to Great Burin Island by a low, naiTow, sandy neck. Burin Bay is about one mile N.N.E. of Little Buiin Island : it is clear, and about a mile wide every way : here ships may occasionally anchor, and lie almost land- locked. Burin Inlet may bp entered on either side of the island ; it extends up 5 miles : a little within the entrance on the east side, half a cable's length from the shore, is a rock covered at thi-eC-quorters flood ; and If mile ft-om the entrance, near the middle, is another rock, to the westward of which is good room, and good anchorage, m ft^m 7 to 12 fathoms. The east passage in is between Pardy's Island and Iron Island : but is not safe without a commanding gale, and that between the N.N.E and S.E. CoRBiN Harbour is about a mile to the northward of Corbin Head, and is a good harbour for small vessels. A quarter of a mile eastward from this harbour, and 2 cables' length from the shore, is a sunken rock, of 5 or 6 feet of water, on which the sea breaks in bad weather. St Lawrence.— The harbom- of Little St. Lawrence is the fii-st to the west- wartl of Corbin Harbour. To saU in, you must keep the west shore on board, to THE COAST WESTWARD OK CAPE CHAPEAU ROUGE. 53 med on either side, n, is another little lirect lino towanl weather, which is Qd shows a bright the sea, and may miles off, but its i light is not very nd Ztttle Burin. i only danger in h almost always Jck, above water, West Head open n which is only pass with safety f above a cable's ;'ks in the rocks ; dy's Island and ith 5 fathoms of •ears S.S.E. ono «t part of Great d N.E. by E. a [arbours, from d, when within lurin Island, in 1 in Ship Cove. le westward of >f a mile wide : sn rock on the lore. Another larbour Point, rin Island by :ar, and about almost land- s up 5 miles ; the shore, is ice, near the )d anchorage, udand Iron n the N.N.E. ind is a good and 2 cables' le sea breaks :o the west* on board, to avoid a sunken rock, which lies a little without the point of the peninsula, which stretches off from the cast side of the harbour. The anchorage is above the penin- sula (which shelters it from the sea- winds), in 3 or 4 fathoms of water, a fine sandy bottom. Ships may anchor without the peninsula in 12 fathoms, good ground, but this place is open to S.S.E. winds. The harbour of Great St. Lawrence, which is the westernmost, is close to the eastward of Cape Chapcau Rouge. To sail in, you should be careful westerly, particulai-ly with S.W. winds, not to appi'oach too near the Chapeau Rouge, or Red-Hat Moun- tain, in order to aviod the flaws and eddy winds under the high land. There is no danger but what is very near the shore. ,: IV.— THE COAST WESTWARD OF CAPE CHA- PEAU ROUGE, WITH THE ISLANDS OF ST. PIERRE AND MIQUELON. Ferryland Head lies W.S.W. one mile from Cape Chapeau Rouge ; it is a high rocky island, just separated from the main. W.N.W. 5 miles fi-om Fenyland Head, lies the Bay of Zaun, in the bottom of which are two small inlets, called Great and Little Laun. Little Laun, the easternmost, is no place to anchor in. Great Laun lies in about N.E. by N. 2 miles; is near half a mile wide, and has from 14 to 3 fathoms or water. In sailing in, be careful to avoid a simken rock, which lies about a quaiter of a mile off thu east point. Laun Islands lie off the west point of Laun Bay, not ftr from the shore ; the westernmost and outeraiost of which lie W.N.W. westerly 10 miles from Fenyland Head. Nearly a quarter of a mile to the southward of this island is a rock, whereon the sea breaks in very bad weather ; there are other sunken rocks about these islands, but not dangerous, being very near the shore. Point Attx Gaul is a low point of land: a rock lies off it above water, half a mile from the shore, called Gaul Shag Rock, which bears from Fenyland- Head W.N.W. i W. 5 leagues : there are 14 fathonis close to the off-side of it. From Point Aux Gaul Shag Rock to the Lamelin Islands, the bearing and distance are N.W. by W. one league ; between is the Bay of Lamelin, which lies behmd two islets, with a flat marshy shore on the other side ; it is used by the fishing-boats. Near the south point of the westernmost Lamelin Island is a rock pretty high above water, called Lamelin Shag Rock. From Lamelin Shag Rock to Point May, the distance is 8 miles ; between lie the Lamelin Ledges, which are very dangerous, some of them being 3 miles from the land. To avoid them in the day-tune, you should not bring the Lamelin Islands to the southward of E.S.E. until Point May bears N.E. by N. from you : you may then steer northward between Point May and Green Island -Nvith safety. By night;, approach no nearer than ia 30 fathoms of watcx> a 6 i t5 I ft; I g I ■^ r^i 64 ST. PIERRE AND MIUUELON. \ 1 -The island of St. PiuiTu lies 11 ST. FIEBBE. or ST. PETEES ISLAND.- . , , , ... leainies W. by N. from Capo Cliapeau Rouge ; it is about 4 leagues in circuit, and is barren in the extreme; it is a mass of rocky hummocks nsingto a height of 400 or AGO feet directly from the water, and destitute of any trees. On coinm^f from the westward, Galantry Head, which is the S.E. point of the whmd, makes in a round hummock, like a small isknd, separated from St. Pierre, Mid on it is a fixed light, visible 15 miles off. The port is on the castom side of the island, at only a nule to the north-westward of Point Ci-onier, the easternmost point ; and it is bounded on the easily Chien, or Dog Island, eastward of which are sevei-al islets and rocks. The passage in, between Chien Island and St. Pierre, is veiy narrow, and bordered with i-ocks, but in mid-channel are 6, 4, 3J, 5, and G fathoms. L10iBTS.—Oalkintnj Head light, just mentioned, is in latitude 46' 46' i", lonntude 66" 9' 7', shown from a tower 36 feet high, at an elevation of 210 feet above H.W. ; to be seen 18 miles off. Upon Canon Point, on the north sids of the entrance to the inner harbour, in lat. 46° 46' 62", long. 66° 9' 38', is a lighthouse, \dth fixed harbour-light, about a quarter of a mile eastward of the town, which is kept up from the Ist of May to the 16th of December. With this lighthouse bearing W. by N. or W. } N. about 2 cables' length, there is anchorage in 6| and 6 fathoms of water. This light is only shown in tiie passage. The Harbour of St. Pierre is small, and well sheltered from all winds. It has three entrances, all of which can be taken with a little attention. It has from 20 to 1 2 feet of water. The only danger that cannot be seen is a small rock (I'Enfant Perdu), lying about one mile cast, time, from the Isle aux Bours, the Vainqucur of the late cnarts. The road lies on the N.W. side of Chien or Dog Island, and will admit ships of any burthen in 8, 10, or 12 fathoms of water. The anchorage is on the north side; but in general it is rocky, and exposed to the N.E. winds. The Colondner, so called fi-om its similarity to a dove-cote, from the gi'eat flocks of puffins which breed here, and are always flying about it in great flocks, lies very near to the N.E. point of St. Pierre, and is pretty high ; between is a passage of one- third of a mile wide, with 12 fathoms of water, but tnere is a reef on the south side. On the north side of the island is a rock called Little Colombier, and ahot^t one- quarter of a mile E.N.E. from it is a sunken rock, with 2 fathoms on it. ''^.. \\ • Y," >^. Green Island is about three-quai'ters of a mile in circuit, and low ; it lies E.N.E. about 6 miles fh>m St. Pierre, and nearly in the middle of the channel between it and Newfoundland ; on its south side are several rocks above and under water, extending li mile to the "W.S.W. LANGLEY, or LITTLE MiaUELON.— This island lies to the N.W. of ierre, with a passage of about 2^ miles wide between, free from danger. It is ab St. Pierre, with a passage of about 2^ miles wide between, free from danger. It is abcat 8 leagues in circuit, of a moderate and pretty equal height, excepting the noi'th end, which is low, and sand-hills ; off wliich, on both sides, it is flat a little way ; but every other part of the island is bold-to. It is a much more pleasant place than St. Pierre, and has a settlement in the N.E. bay. There is anchorage on the N.E. side of the island in 6 or 6 fathoms, a little to the southward of the Sand-hills, on a fine sandy bottom. . , V MI^TTELON was formerly distinct from L&hgley, aiidoh all old charts a channel of 2 fathoms is marked as running between them. This, however, is now entirely filled up, and a long, narrow line of sand-hills, with a beach on each side, occupies its place. Instances have been known, even of late years, of vessels in stress of weather making for this channel, and bein^ wrecked on the sands. Miquelon is 4 leagues in length from north to south, and is about 5 miles in breadth at the widest part : the middle of the island is high land, called the High Lands of Dunn ; but down by the shore it is low, excepting Cape Miquelon, which is a lofty piomontory at the northern extremity of the island. Miqueion Road, which is large and spacbus, lies at the noi-th end, and on the east side of the island, between Cape Miquelon and Chaiieau ; the latter is a very remark- able round mountain near the shore, off which are some simken rooks, at the distance 'ioiTo lies 11 n circuit, and height of 400 dn^ from the 08 in a round i fixed light, nly a mile to I Hounded on id rocks. The ordered mth ' S ", lonntude above H.W. j rbour, in lat. out a quarter r to the 1 5th }ut 2 cables' I only shown It has throe 20 to 12 feet fant Perdu), r of the late 1 admit ships e north sidej great flocks :ks, lies very Hsage of one- e south side. about one- ; lies E.N.E. bween it and r, extending ^.W. of St. It is abcat e north end, le way 5 but ace than St. N.E. sideof a fine sandy ts c channel low entirely de, occupies n stress of ^iquelon is t the widest 1 5 but down itory at the 1 on the east sry remark* 'he distance FORTUNE BAY AND ITS HAJIBOURS. 65 ' of about a quarter of a mile j but everywhere else it is clear of danger. The best auchoraso is in 6 or 7 fathoinfi, near the bottom of the road, on fine sandy bottoms but you lie exposed to easterly winds. Miquelon Socks stretch off from the eastern point of the island, under the high land, 1^ mile to the eastward : some are above, ana some under water ; the outermost are above water, and there are 12 fathoms of water close to thera, and IH or 20 a mile off. N.E. by E. * E. about 4 miles from these rocks lies Miquelon Bank, on which are 6 fathoms of water. , - ■■' ■ m^ The Seal Hocks, two in number, are above water, and lie about 6 miles off from the middle of the west side of Miquelon ; the passage between them and the island is very safe ; and there are 14 or 15 fathoms of water within a cable's length, all around them. »^ Note.—" The Islands of St. PiciTe, Langley, and Miquelon, were ceded to France by England, on condition that no forts should be built on either ; that no more than fifty men of regular troops should be kept there, and that they should have no mili- tary stores, or cannon, capable of making a defence. During the late hostilities, these isles were annexed to the Government ot Newfoundland, having been taken possession of by the British forces, 14th May, 1793; but they were ultimately restored to France, on the original conditions, by the treaty of 1814." TO THE BERGEO ill' i';t v.— FORTUNE BAY AND THE COAST WESTWARD ISLES. FORTUNE BAT, &C. — From Point May, on the south, to Pass Island, on the north, the bearing and distance are N. by E. 12 leagues: between is the entrance to Fortune Bat, which is about 22 or 23 leagues deep : and in which are sevei-al bays, harbours, and islands. The Island Brunei lies pretty nearly in the middle of the entrance into Fortune Bay; it is about 6 miles in length: on its N.E. side is a bay, wherein there is tolerably good anchorage for ships, in 14 or 16 fathoms of water, sheltered from southerly and westerly winds. In the bottom of the bay, at about a quarter of a mile ft'om the shore, are some rocks, which must be avoided. The islands lying off the west end of Brunet, to the southward, are called the Little Brunets, which, with Brunet, may be approached within a quai-ter of a mile all rowid. The Plate Islands are three rocky islets, of a moderate height, the nearest of which lies W.S.W. one league from the end of Great Brunet. The southcramost is about 2 miles farther off, and bears from Cape Miquelon E. | S. 11 miles; and, in a direct line between Point May and Pass Island, 17 miles from former, and 19 miles from the latter, E.S.E. a quarter of a mile from the Great Plate (which is the northcrmost) is a sunken rock, whereon the sea breaks, which is the only danger about them. There are several strong and irregular settings of the tides or currents about the Plate and Brunet Islands, which seem to have no dependency on the moon and the course of the tides on the coast. ,. - , . - Point May is the southern extremity of Fortune Bay, and the S.W. extremity of this part of Newfoundland ; it may be known by a great black rock, nearly joining to the pitch of the point, and something higher l^an the land, which makes it look like a black hummock on the point. At about a quarter of a mile du'ectly off from this black rock are three sunken rocks, on which the sea always breaks. N. by E. If mile from Point May, is LUtle Dantzick Cove ; and 2 miles farther is Great Dantzick Cove. From Dantzick Point (which is the north point of 4he coves) to Fortune Head, the bearing and distance are 2\ leagues E.N.E. ; and thence to Fortune, 1| mile S.E. by E. This is a fishing village, and the road where the M FOllTUXK HAY AND ITS IIAUBOrilS. ■hips He has 6 to 10 fathomH of water, quite expoHcd to nearly half the eompoaM. It lies S.S.W. from the east end of Biunet. ITie Cape of fiK.vxDliA.VK isprottvhigh, and lies one league E.N.E. from Fortune. To the eastward of this on]»e is Ship C'oce, where there is good anchorage for shipjiing in 8 or 10 fathoms of water, sheltered from southerly, westerly, and N.W. winds. Grand Bank lies S.E. half a league li-om the cape : this is a fishing village, and here is no secuiity for shipping. Front the Cape of the Grand Bank to the Point Enragee, the course is E.N.E. } E. distance 8 leagues : the const between forms a bay, in which the shore is low, with several sandy beaches, behind which are bar-harboure, fit only for boats. The shore is bold all the way from Point May to Cape of Grand Bank. ■, , ^^ Harbour Mill6. — The entrance of Harbour Mille lies to the eastward of the east point of VArtfent, which is 20 miles eastward of Point Enragee. Before this harbour, and the Bay* L' Argent, is a remarkable rock, which, at a distance, appears like a shallop under sail. Harbour Mille branches into two aims, one lying to N.E., the r-ther to the cast ; at the upper part of both is good anchorage. Between this harbour and Point Enragee arc several bar-harbours, in small bays, wherein are sandy beaches: but the water all along the coast is very deep. Cape Mille lies N.E. 5 E. one league from the Shallop Rock above mentioned, and nearly 3 leagues from the head of Fortune Bay : it is a high reddish ban-en rock. "Die width of Fortune Bav at Cape Mille does not exceed half a league ; but, imme- diately below it, it is twice as wide, by which the cape may readily known ; above this cape the land on both sides is high, with steep craggy clifi's. Grand Pierre is a good hn ' ^'oui-, situated on the north side of the bay, half a league from the head. The entrance cannot be seen until you arc abreast o^ it; there is no demger in ^oing in, and you may anchor in any depth from 8 to 4 fathoms, sheltered >fivm all winds. i* English Hnrhour lies a little to the westward of Grand Pierre ; and to the west- ward of English Harbour is the Little Bay de I'Eau, both of which are small. New Harbour is situated opposite to Cape Mule, to the westward of the Bay de TEau : it is a small inlet, and has good anchorage on the west side, in from 8 to 5 fathoms, sheltered from S.W. A\inds. The Harbour Femtne lies half a league to the westward of New Harbour ; and one league to the westward of Harboiu- Femiue, is Brewer's Hole, fit only fo<. boats. Harbour la Conte is situated one mile to the westward of Brewer's Hole, before 'which there are two islands, one without the other. The best passage in is oa the west side of the outer island, and between the two ; so soon as you begin to open the harbour, keep the inner island close on board, to avoid some sunken rocks that lie near a small island, which you will discover between the N.E. point of the outer island, and the opposite point on the main : also another rock wmch appears at low water, and lies higher up on the side of the main. So soon as you observe these dangers, you may keep in the middle of the channel, and will open a fine spacious harbour, wherein you may anchor 'n anv depth, from 6 to 15 fathoms of water, on a bottom of sand and mud, shut in 1 . om all winds. o. laOng Harbour lies 4 miles to the westwai-d of Harbour la Conte, and N.E. by E. ij leagues from Point Enragee. It may be known by Gull Island, which lies at its mouth, and a small rock, which lies half a mile without the island, and has the appearance of a small boat : this harbour nina 5 leagues into the country, but the only anchoring is in Mbrffan's Cove, on the N.W. side of the Harbour, about 2 miles within Gull Island, in 15 fathoms of water, unless you run above the Narrows. A Kttle to the westward of Long Harbour is Bellk Bay, which extends about three leagues each way, and contains several bays and harbours. On the east point of this bay is Hare Harbour, fit for small vessels only. Two miles to the noi-thwai*d of Hare Harboui- is Mai Bay. Belle Harbour lies 4 miles N.W. by N. from the westernmost Recontre Islandi M- ;n, la HAKBouu imiTON. ktc. .^7 coniptiiis. It 'rom Fortune. for shipjiing N.W. Minds. age, and here i E.N.E. :} E. } is low, with I. The shore rd of the cast this liarbour, ppears like a r to N.E., the this harbour indy beaches: entioned, and ban'en rock. u ; but, imme- nown ; above half a league t; there is no >ms, sheltered d to the west- I small. New Jay de I'Eau : jo 5 fathoms, the westward e, is Brewer's I Hole, before 3 in is on the in to open the ocks that lie of the outer ppears at low observe these fine spacious f water, on a id N.E. by E. 1, which lies i island, and the country, ;he Harbour, an above the 'xtends about the east point be northwai-d iontre Island} it w but an indifferent harbour. About IJ mile westward of Belle Harbour is Lallif Cove, fit for small vessels only. Two miles to the northward of Lally Cove Head is the Bay of the £ast and the Bay of the North ; in both of these there is deep water, aud no anchorage near the shore. The bay of Cinq Isles lies to the southward of North Bay, aud opposite to Lally Cove Head ; there is tolerably good anchorage for large ships on the S.W. side of the islands, in the bottom of the bay. A Uttle to the southward of the bay of Cinq Isles is Corben Bay, where there is good anchorage for any ships in 22 or 24 fathoms of water. Between Dog Island and Lord and Lady Island, which lies off the south point of Corben Bay, something nearer to the latter is a sunken rock, with deep water all round it ; and, about a quai-ter of a mile to the northward of Lord and Lady Island, is a rock, which appears at low water. Bande de l'Aeier Bay lies on the west point of Belle Bay, and N. ^ W. 3 leagues from Point Enragec ; it may be known by a very high mountain over the bay, which rises almost perpendicular from the sea, called Iron Head. Chapel Island, which forms the east side oi the bay, is high land also ; the harbour lies on the west side of the bay, just within the point foiincd by a naiTow low beach, and is a snug place : between the harbour and Iron Head there is tolerably good anchorage in 18 or 20 fathoms. Bande de TArier Bank has 7 fathoms of water on it, and lies with the beach of Bande de I'Arier Harbour just open of the west point of the bay, aud Boxy Point on •with the end of St. Jacques Island. Two miles to the westward of Bande do I'Aiier is the harbour of St, Jacques, which may be readily known by the island before it being high at each end, and low in the middle. The passage into the harbour is on tne west side of the island, free from danger, as is the harbour, where you may anchor in from 17 to 4 fathoms. " Boxy Point lies W. | S. 8 miles from St. Jacques Island, and E.N.E. ^ E. 12|- miles from the east end of Brunet Island ; it is of a moderate height, and the most advanced to the southward of any land on the coast. Boxy Harbour lies N.E. 3 miles from Boxy Point, in which there is anchorage in 4 or 5 mthoms of water, fine saudy ground. W.N.W. one mile from Boxy Point is the Island of St. John, and N.N.W. half & league from St. John's Island is St. John's Head, high, steep, and craggy. Ji The Great Bat ue l'Eau is about 1| league to the northward of St. John's Head. In this bay there is good anchorage in various depths, sheltered from all winds. The passage in is on the east side of the island, which lies in its entrance. To the westwai*d of Bay de l'Eau, about 3 miles north from St. John's Head, is Little BaiTysway or Barachois, on the west side of which there is good anchorage for large ships in 7, 8, or 10 fathoms. Harbour Briton lies to the westward of Little Barrysway, N.N.E. 1| league from the Island of Sagona, and N.E. by N. from the east end of Brunet. The heads which form title entrance are pretty high, and lie from each other S.E. and N.W., distant about 2 miles. Near tne east head is a rock above water. The only danger in going in is a ledge of rocks, which stretch 2 cables' length from the south point of the o.W; arm, which is more than a mile within the west head. The only place for large ships to anchor in is above this ledge, before the entrance of the S.W. arm, in 16 or 18 fathoms, mooring nearly east ond west ; the bottom is very good, and plenty of W09d and water is to be obtained here. ..m rf*t^i ffa^-i'. r? j 'trid Opposite to the S.W. arm is the N.E. arm, or Jerseyman's Harbour, which is capable of holding a great number of ships, secure from all winds, in 6, 7, and 8 fathoms of water : it has a bar at the entrance, on which there are 3 fathoms. From the West End of Harbour Briton to Connaigre Head, the bearing and distance aze W. i N. 6h mil^i between are OuU Island and Deadman's Bayi. on which there 2W. I M HFJIMITAOE BAY TO BAY OF DESPAIR. »■■ I ii A bank stretching from the aborc between 2 and 3 miles, whereon the depths vary from 34 to 4 ftithoms. ConiUUgre Bay.— From Cooiuugre Head, which is high ai^lcraj^gy, to Sasuterre Point, theliearing and distance are N.W. | W, 7 miles ; between is Connaigre Bay, which extends abont 4 leagues inland. In the mouth of the bar lie the Connaigro Rocks, above water, which may be approached very near, there being no danger but what shows itself: the channel between them and Connaigre Head is the safcHt, as a ledge of rocks extends a mile from the north shore, wliich renders the othetr chaiiiiel ra^er dangerous. jiii'j/ u Connatgre Harbour is near 5 miles above the head, T^-ithin a point on the south aide of the bay \ it is very small, and the depth of w^ater is 7 filth is on the S.E. side of the isUind, which lies before it. - • ^"^ '<^^ on IS I th«^p«Mig*iii r;ll'J. '■''■• -^ ■ (i ?' ■ 'i>i From Basseterre Point, which is clear of wood, to Past JttlautJ, the Wring and distance are N.W. by N. one league. This island forms the N.W. extremity of For- tune Bay ; it lies very near the shore, and is above a mile long. On its B.W. side are several rocks above water, which extend a mile off; and on the N.W. side is a sunken rock, at a quaiter of a mile from the island. In the night-time, or in foggy weather, too great dependence should not be placed on the soundings iii Fortune Bay ; for there is more water in many parts near tho shore, and in Be\'eral of itn contained bays and harbours, than in the miadle of the bay itself. HERMITAOE BAY. — From Pass Island to the west end of Long Island, tibie bearing and distance arc, N.E. eight miles : between is the entrance of Hermitage Bay, which exends 7| leagues eaet from Pass Island, with very deep water in most parts of it. Hermitage Cove is on the south side of the bay, about ^} leagues above Pass Island, opposite which, and nearly in the middle of the bay, lie the two Fox Islands : to go into the cove, keep between the islands and the south shore, where there is not the least danger. In the cove there is good anchorage in 8 or 10 fathoms. Long Island, which separates the Pay of I)e8pair from Hermitage Bay, U .pf^ a triangular form, about 8 leagues in circuit. The west entrance into the Bay of BesiNur from Hermitage Bay is by the west end of Long Island. About half a mile from its S.W. p<»nt are two rocks above water, -witli deep water all round them. The east passage is also very good, and is between the east end of Long Island add the moin^ called the Fsasage of Long Island. ^'' There are four harbotlrs on the sootb' side of Long Island, the e&ster&diost df vfidch iaeaHei Gaitaua : the latter is but small, and lies near the cast point 6f the island : the b^ channel into the harbour is on the west side of several t6cky islands, which lie all theentnmcet wbevein are four fEtihoms, but in the harbour are from 15 toi24 fiithfoms. iTh» itext ii Piearre, which lites N, by £. half a league from the easternmost Fox Island ; in going in here, keep near the west point, ia order to avoid sunken rocks off the other: the anchorage is in the first coVe on the east edde, in 9> or 10 fythoHiB, sheltered from all winds. !(,r,Tbenextharbour, called Round Harbour, is fit only foK small vessels. ,- V, >uu r Zona Itland Harbour is the fourth, atid it lies about 2| miles from the Vrt?fit; et(d of Long Island, llus harbour has two arms, one lying in td the north* the othei' eaist- 5rard : they are botl> very narrow, and have firom 40 to 7 fathoms of tmter; the eastern |irm Is the deepest, and affords the best anchorage. The passage in is on either side of ah istend irhich lies off the entrance, ahd has several rodbiabovci ^ate*^ abbttt it, but they are both Harrow. .rio: ^T Of DESlPjinL— Theep^ceof the Bay of Despair lies between the wc^^ end of Long Island and Great Jerris Island (which lies in the mouth of the liorbour . CAPE AND BAY OF LA HUNB. » depths vaiy BfUMterrt maigrc Bay, i Connaiffre > danger rat B aafrat, an a het chaimel n the south i«vpMMtg«in • » i>i bearing and inity of For- ts S.W. side VI . aide is a tot be placed irts near the le of the bay Island, the f Hermitage tter in most Pass Islaha, lands : to go e is not me Bay, 19, 9^ a \y of DesiMur aile from its 1. The east dd the main^ lost ;^u.j.'f vreei end of e other ea6t- l the eastern a either sjde bet abdiif it, een th|e wc/ii the harbour iy nobotior , •th-castvard. the other northward : in the north arm thetv Is very deep water, and no anchorage excepting in the Hmall bays and coves which lie on each side of it. In the N.E. arm arc sereral arins and islands, and tolerably good anchorage in several placet. Gbeat Jervis Harbour ia situnted at the west entrance into the Bay of Despair t it is a safe harbour, with sood anchorage on every part of it, in, from 16 to 20 &tBoms, secure from all winds, ana plenty of wood and water. Tha passage in is on either side of Great Jervis Island; but the southernmost shannel is the safest, there being no dauger in it but the shore itscld In the northern channel are several sunken rocks. Bonne Bay lies about a league to the westward of Great Jervis Head, and N.N.E. 7 miles from Pass Island; it has several islands in its mouth, the westernmost of which is the largest and highest. The best passage in is to the eastward of the largest island, between it and the two easternmost islands. The bay lies in north 4 miles, and there is no danger but what shows itself; you may go on either side of Drake Island, which is small, and nearly in the middle of the bay ; between which, and two small islands on the west side of the bay, within Great Island, there is anchorage in 20 or 30 fathoms ; but the best place for larg^ ships is near the head of the bav, in 12 or 14 fathom's, clear ground, and convenient for wood and water. On the N.W. side of Great Island, within the two small islands, is very good anchorage in from 10 to 24 fathoms, secure from all winds ; the entrance to tins from the bay is to the northward of the two small islands. In sailing in or out of the bay, approach not too near the south point of Great Island, as there are some sunken rocks lying at one-quartor of a mile from shore. W.N.W. 4 miles from Bonne Bay, is the entrance to the Bays of Facheux and Dragon : this entrance being very conspicuous at sea, the coast may here be i:eadily known. Fooheux, which is the easternmost branch, lies in N.N.E. 2 leagues, and is one* third of a mile wide at the entrance, with deep water in most parts of it. On the west side of the bay arc three coves, Avhere ships may anchor in from 10 to 20 Jhthoms. Dragon Bay lies in N.W. one league, and is near half a mile wide, with 60 or 70 fathoms of water, and no anchorage excepting near the head. One league to the westward of Facheux is Richard's Harbour, a- place fit only for small vessels. N.W. by W. one league fi'om Richard's Harbour is Mare Baff, which runs in N.N.E. about 5 miles, and is about one-thii-d of a mile wide, witii deep water close home to both shores on all parts of it, except about one league up on the west side, where there is good anchorage, in from 8 to Id fathoms, with ploniv of wood and water ; and a small cove about one mile up,on tbiCl eoat side^ wli^ri;) tj&ere are ^0 fathoms, with gradual soundings to the ^hpre. , ^ .? ' !,,(.',,i (- , ' , The Bay of Bencontre lies to the northward of Hare's Ears- Point, and tuns in N.W. by W. 2 leagues ; it bos deep water in most parts of it, and is near half a mile wide at the narrowest part.. The anchorage is in 30 fiithoma, above a low woody point on the south shore, quite land-looked. • -^ -»,;\>)M ' .M THE RAMEA ISLES. ]£kgM to the westward of it, appears pretty flat at the top, and may be seen from a distance of 16 leagues. The Penguin Islands lie 8.W. by W. JW. 11 miles from Cape La Hune, and N.W. J N. 10 leagues from Cape Miquclon; they are an assemblage of barren rocks lying near to each other, and altogether about two leagues in circuit} and maybe approached in the day-time to the ^stance of half a league all round. ;,\j;.;. :f^;^^;^ E.S.E. i E. 7 miles from the Penguin Islands, and S. bv W. 3 Icagnes from Cape La Hune, lies the WTtale Sock, on which the sea generallv breaks ; it is about 100 fathoms in circuit, with 10, 12, and 14 fathoms of water close-to all round. From this rock a narrow iNink extends, one league to the westward, and half a league to the eastward, with from 24 to 58 fathoms of water on it, rocky and gravelly bottom. In the channel between the shore and this rock, and ako between the shore and the Penguin Islands, are 120 and 130 fathoms of water, muddy bottom, and there are the same bottom and depth of water at one league without them. La Hune Bat lies dose to the westward of Cape La Hune : it is about 2 leagues deep, and one-third of a mile wide, with deep water in most parts of it ; but there is a sunken rock which lies off the west point of the entrance, nearly one-third of the channel over. Za Jfune Harbour lies half a league to the westward of Cape La Hune ; it is flt for small vessels only. Four leagues N.W. f W. fi-om Cape La Hune, is the 'entrance of Ztttle River, a little way up there is anchorage in 10, 8, and 7 fathoms of water, good ground. Between Cape La Hwie and Little River, the land is tolerably high, and foims a bay, where there are several small islands and rocks above water, the outermost of which lie N.N.E. I E. 3 leagues from the Penguin Islands, and ai-o called the Maffttetic Mocks. S. by W. J W. 7 miles from the entrance of Little River, and N. by W. i W. from the Penguin Islands, lie the Little Ricer Rocks, which are just above water, with verj' deep water all i-ound them. The Bamea Isles, which arc of various extent, both in height and circuit, lie N.W. I N. 5 J leagues from the Penguin Islands, and one league from the main : they cxtcn'! east and we&t o miles, and north and south 2 miles, and have several rocks and breakcra about them ; but more on the south side than on the north. The eastern- most island is the largest, and is very high and hilly : the westernmost, called Columbe, is a remarkably high round island, of small cu'cuit, with some rocky islands and smiken rocks near it. There is a harbour for small vessels, formed by the islands which lie near Great Ramea and the Colimibe, called Ramea Harbour, where they may lie sheltered fivm all winds. * The Ramea Rocks are two in number, close to each other ; they lie about south 4 miles from the east end of Great Ramea ; W.S.W. one league from these rocks is a small bank with only 6 fathoms of water on it ; and, nearly in the middle, between Ramea and tlis Penguin Islands, b a bank with from 14 to 50 fathoms of water. Four miles to the westward of Little River is Old Mali's Bay, which lies in N.N.E. about 7 miles, and is about a mile wide ; the water throughout the bay is very deep ; vhe best anchorage is at the head, in 14 or 16 fathoms. Mosquito Harbour lies about half a league to the westward of Old Man's Bay ; it is a snug and safe harbour, but the entrance is so narrow, being only 48 £athonu in breadth, uat it is difficult to get in or out. ; ' r ,. Ihx Island Harbour is formed by an Island of the same name ; it lies about half a league to the westward of Mosquito Harbom* ; between arc several rocky islands and siuikcn rocks. This is a commodious harbom- for small vessels, which may anchor in 8. 9, and 10 &thoms of water. You may go in on cither side of the island, and there is no danger but what shows iisclf. i White Bear Bay lies about two miles to the westward of Fox Island Harbour, pnd N.N.E. one league from Great Ramea Island ; it lias several islands in its mouth. It 4ea in N.E. | N. about 4 leagues, is near half a mile wd»in the narrowest part. ^ J )o seen from a La Hnne, and F barren rocks ; and may bo es from Cape b ia about 100 round. From ilf a league to ivcUy bottom, shore and the I there are the bout 2 leagues ; but there is e-third of the ape La Hune ; r Little Siver, good ground, i forms a bay, most of which the Mtiffttetic W. A W. from iter, with verj' ind circuit, lie le main : they i scTcral rocks . ITie eastern- died Columbe, y islands and >y the islands •, where they about south lese rocks is a ddle, between of water. rhich lies in le bay is very 1 Man's Bay ; 18 fathoms in about half a y islands and my anchor in ad,, and there nd Harbour, in its mouth, -rowest party 4: f THE BURGEO ISLES, ETC. •i and has deep water cluso to both shores in most parts, to the ditttancc of 8 miles up ; then the ground rises at once to 9 fathoms, wliencc it shoalcnH gradually to the hc«d with good anchorage. The best passage into the bay u to the eastward of all tho island. On the S.W. side of Bear Island, which is the easternmost and largest in tho mouth of the bay, is a small harbour, lying in east half a mile, with from 10 to 22 {inthoms of water ; but there arc several sunken rocks before its mouth, which render it difficult of access. Six miles to tho westward of White Bear Bay, and N. \ E. from Ramea Columbe, are two small harbours, called Red Island Harbours, formed by lied Inland, which lies close under the land. The westernmost is the largest and best, and has from 6 to 8 fathoms of water, good anchorage. In goini^ in, keep the island close on board, the outer part of which is composed of steep red cliffs. ,. . , ., >, ., ,., ^, ..j, ..^ . VI— THE SOUTH COAST FROM THE BURGEO ISLANDS TO '.'... ;. CAPE RAY. . . . , .■f It THE BTTBGEO ISLES arc a cluster of islands extending about 5 miles along shore, and forming several snug and commodious harbours. They lie about 3 leagues N.W. by N. from Ramea Columbe. To sail into Burgco from the eastward, the oest passage is on the N.E. side of Soar Island, which is the northernmost, and lies N.N.W. from Ramea Columbe. S.E. by S. from this island half a league, is a rock uncovered at low water, on which the sea generally breaks ; you may go on any side of this rook, the water being deep all round it : so soon as you are to the N.W. of it, keep the north side of Boar Island on board, and W. a n. for Grandi/'s Cove, the north point of which is the first low point on your starboard bow ; haul round that point, and anchor in the cove in 14 fathoms, and moor with a fast on shore. The best place for large ships to anchor in is, betwixt Grandv's Cove and a small island, lying near the west point of Boar Island, in 20 to 24 fatnoms, good ground, and sheltered from all winds. To sail into Grandy's Cove from the westward is dangerous, unless well acquaiated : there are several safe passages in from the southward and eastward, between the islands, and good anchorage ; and in bad weather all the sunken rocks discover themselves, and you may nin in without any fear. , , _ ^^ ._ ^ . . , ,.._ Note. — "The position of the Burgeo. Isles was given by Captain Cook, from a solar eclipse, in August, 1766, as 47" 36' 20' N. and 57° 36' 30' W., as shown in the Philosophical Transactions of 1767. The same spot, EcUpae Island, as communicated by the late surveyors, is latitude 47' 36' 6' N. and longitude 57° 36' 15' W." : ;^ Wolf Bay extends inward N.E. by E. one league ; the entrance is E.N.E. 2 miles from Boar Island, and two miles to the westward of Red Island Harbour; the east point of the entrance is composed of low rugg^ rocks, off which is a sunken rock, at the distance of a quarter of a mile. Near the head of the bay is tolerably good anchorage, and plenty of wood and water. Kinrfi Harbour lies round the west point of Wolf Bay, and lies in N.E. by E. three-quarters of a mile ; before its mouth is a cluster of little islands. To sail in, keep the east point of the islands on board, and steer N. by W. and north from the entrance of the harbour, and and anchor under the east shore in 9 fathoms. Ha-Ha. — On the south side of tho islands before King's Harbour, and north one mile from Boar Island, is the entrance into the Ha-Ha, which lies in W.N.W. one mile, and is about a quarter of a mile broad, with from 20 to 10 fathoms of water, and good ground all over. Over the south point of the entrance into this harbour is a high green hill ; and a cable's length and a half from the point is a sunken rock that always shows itself. Over the head of the Ha-Ha, is Richard's Head, mentioned as a mark for I'unning upon Ramea Shoal. About 4 miles to the westward of the Burgeo Isles, is the Great Babbtswat Point, which is low, white, and rocky; and N.E. by E. half a league from this point is the wc^^t entrance into the Great Barrysway, wherein arc room and depth of I 63 lA POILE BAY. «'/, ■11 water for small vcBseta. Between the Bm-geo Mee atid the Great Baitysway Point, are several strnken rocks, some of which are half a Wague from the shore. ConnoiFe Bay.— N.W. IN. 4 leagues from the i^urgeo Isles, m the east point of the Bay of Connoiee: this point w so farremarkable that it rises with an easy «cent to a moderate height, and much liigher. than the land within it: the west pomt of the bay is low and flat, and to the Westward of this are several small island*. TTbie bay lies in N.E. by N. about a league from the east point to the middle head, which Ues between the two arms, and is half a league wide, with 14, 12, 10, and 8 fathoms, close to both shores, good anchorage, and clear ground, but open to S."W. winds. The N.E. arm aflbrds shelter for small vessels from all winds. To sail in, keep nearest the starboard shore, and anchor before a small cove on that side, near the head of the arm, in 3J fathoms. ( :- -J. au{»i'siJ^tis!0iuO:.ui\o:. j.uh .ai-r .- ..^» .. The Bat of Cutteau lies about two leagues to the Westward of Coiinoire: its depth will admit small vessels only. Round the west point of Cutteau is Citiq Serf, wherein are a number of islands, which foiin several small snug harbours. Ilight off Cinq Serf, about half a league from the shore, is a low rocky island, westward of which is the safest passage into the largest harbour. Four miles to the westward of the rocky island of Cinq Serf, is the harboiir of Grand Bruit, which is small and commodious ; and may be known by a very high remarkable mountain over it, half a leagfue inland, which is the highest land on all the cosist : down this mountain mns a considerable brook, which empties itself in a cascade into the harbour. Before the mouth of the harbour are several little islands, the largest of which is of middling height, with three green hillocks on it. A little without this island is a round rock, pretty high above water, called the Columbe of Great Bruit i and a quarter of a mile to the southward of this rock, is a low rock : in the direct line between the low rock and the rocky isles of Cinq Serf, half a league from the fonner, is a sunken rock, whereon the sea does not break in line weather. The safest passage into Grand Bruit is to the N.E. of this rock, and of the islands lying before the harbour, between them and the three islands (which are low, and lie under the shore) : and after you are to the northward of the sunken rock above mentioned, there is no danger but what shows itself. The harbour extends N.N.E. half a mile, and is but a quarter of a mile wide in the broadest part j but it is bold-to on both sides, and has a depth of from 4 to 7 fathoms. To the westward of Grand Bruit, between it and La Poile Bay, lies the Bay of Botte, wherein arc a great many islands and suliken rocks. The southernmost is a remarkable high ro'ind rock, called the Columbe of Botte, which lies N.W. by W. 8f leagues from the southernmost of the Burgees. Between this island and Grand Bruit IS a reef of rocks, some above, and some under water, but they do not lie to the southward of the direct liue between the islands. Within the islands of Botte there is shelter for shipping. LA F0ILE BAY is large and spacious, and has several commodious harbours. It may be known by the high land of Grand Bruit, which is only five miles to the eastward of it ; ana likewise by the land on the east side of the bay, which rises in remarkably high craggy hills, rising from a table land of 200 or 300 feet high. About li mile S.W. from the east point lies Little Ireland, a small low island, environed with sunken rocks, some of which are one-third of a mile off: no)-th, about half a mile Little Ireland, is a sunken rock that shows itself at low water, which is the only ^^m^er In going into the bay, excepting such as lie very near the shore. Two mUes within, the west point of the bay, and N. I W. 2 miles from Little Ireland, is Tweed or Great Harbour ; its soutn point is low, end it extends inward W.N. W. one mile: it is about If cable's length wide in the nanowcst part: and the anchorage is near the head of the harbour, in 18 or 20 fathoms, clear ground, and sheltered from all winds. Half a mile to the northward of Great Harbour, is Little Harbour, the north point of which, called Tooth Head, is the first high bluff head en the west side of the bay : the harbom- extends inward W.N.W. about a mile. In sailing in, give the south point a small berth. You may anchor about half-way up the harbour, in 10 fathoms of water. PORT AUX BASQUE. 63 Gally Boy Harbour lies on tho east side of the bay, opposite Tooth Head 5 it 18^ small, snug, and convenient for ships bound to the weBtwartL Tho north point is high and steep, mth a white spot in the cliff. To sail in or out, keep the north side on board. You must anchoi* sb'soon as you ai-e within the inner soutn point, in 9 or 1ft fathoms, good ground, and sheltered 'from all winds. One mile to the northward of Gally Boy Harbour, between two sandy coves on the east side of the bay, and nearly two cables' length from the shore, is a sunken rock, that just uncovers at low water. Broad Cove is ^bout two miles to the northward of Tooth Head, on the same side of the bay. In this there is good anchorage in 12 or 14 fathoms. Aboilt two leagues up the bay, on the eastern side, is the N.E. Arm, which is a spacious, safe, and commodious harbour. In sailing in, give the low sandy point on the S.E. side a small berth, and anchor above it where convenient, in 10 fathoms of water, good holding ground, sheltered from all winds, and very convenient for wood and water. , , ..^^ •,:.„.,•.'-„ ;.,:.,> a-jx:[/r ^bi<,\k>A lo •,:'..o.tir,r;-. .;. ■ •..; Indian Harbour and De Plate lie just within the outer west point of La Poile Bay; but they are not fit for shipping. Little Ireland bears from the southernmost of the Burgeos N.W. by W. | W. 9| leagues; and lies nearly 12 leagues to the eastward of Cape Ray. . - ... From Little Ireland to Harbour la Coue and La Maine Bay^ the course is W.N.W. J W. 11 miles ; between lies the Bay of Garia, and several small coves, fit only for seineral small vessels ; before these there are several small islands, and sunken rocks lying along the shore, but none of them lie without the above course. In bad weather, all the sunken rocks discover themselves. A ridge here runs into the country with three high blufifs on it, the high range of Cape Ray being visible over the intermediate cottntiy. 5,,'^hp S.^r jwiot of the entrance. into Harbour la Coue, called Rose Blanche Point, (near .t0. which are rocks above water), is tolerably high, and the land near the shore over Hapbour la Coue and La Moinc Bay is much higher than any other land ia the.vieipity : by this thoy may be known. La Moine Bay extends ^.E. f E. about 4 miles, aim is, one^quarter of a mile broad in the narrowest part. Off the east pchit are some small islands and rocks above water. In bailing in, keep the west on board, imtil you have entered the bay ; then edge over to the east shore, and run up to tl'.o head of the bay, where you may anchor m 10 or 11 ^thoms, good ground : hem ia plenty of wood and water. To sail into Harbour la Coue, which Ues at th^ •", est entrance into La Moine Bay, steer in N.N.W. between, d rock iabove water, m the ni^tith of the harboui-, and the west shore ; so soon as you are within the rock, haul to the westward into the harbour, and anchor in 6 or 8 fathoms of water, and moor with a haWiser on shore ; or you may steer into the arm, which li^s J^'.E. by E. from the harbour, and anchor in 20 fathoms, sheltered from all winds. To the wef»*^ward of-:Bose Blancfao Point, ia the harbour ot the same na:me ; it is small and snug, and ih& anchorage is in 9 fathoms of water. "SeVcn miles to the westward of Rose Blanche Point are the Burnt Islands, which lie close under the shore, and are not to distinguished from it; behind these is shelter fo^ small vessels. On these islands ore sunken rocks, some of which are half a mile fiti"itt Shorfe, ^y'.N.W.^ W. 4 leagues from Rose Blanche Point, are the 7s/ea auxMorte, or Dead^Iilands, which lie close under the shore ; in the passage between them and the main is good anchorage for shipping in 6 or 8 fathoms, sheltered from all winds; but it iR< veiy dbngtoous of access to strangers, as thete ate several sunken rooks ia both the east and' west entrances. ■ 'u-i-.i iii>i'« oi . uhkvuuV \wv>'.> 10 to,-^-. .u .mi;;... . Port anx Basgtie.— Prom thii Isl^s atx M^6i^ to l^ort dux' :^ds^tieV"ihe cdturse and distance are W.N.W. about 4 miles ; between lie several small islands close under the shorcj and there are sunken rocks, some of which are half a mile from the shore. Port aux Basque is a small commodious harbour, which lies about 2\ leagues to the eastward of Cape Ray. To fall in with it, bring the Sugar Loaf over Cftpe Ray to bear N.N.W. ^ W., or the West end of the Table Mountain N.N.W. Steer in for 64 CAPE RAY^ tho land with cither of those markfl, and you will foil directly in with the harhom' ;^ the S.W. point, called Point Blanche, in of a moderate height, and white ; but tho N.E. point is low and flat, and has, close to it, a blacl^ rock above water. In order tgii avoid the outer shoal, on which are three fathoms, and which lies E.S.E. threes quarters of a mile from Point Blanche, keep the said point on board, aud bring the nag-staff which is on the hill over the west side of the head of the harbour, on with' the S.W. point of Road Island ; that direction will lead you in the middle of the channel, between the east and west rocks, the former of which always show them- selves, and which you leave on your starboard hand : continue this course up to Road Island, and keep the west point on board, in oi-der to avoid the Frying-pan Hock, which stretches out from a cove on the west shore, opposite the island; and, so soon as jou are above the island, haul to the E.N.E. and anchor between it and Harbour Island, where you please, in 9 or 10 fathoms, good ground, and sheltered from "all winds : this is called the Road or Outer Harbour, and is the only anehoring-plnce for men-of-war, but small ships always lie up in the Inner Harbour. To sail into it, run in between the west shore and tne S.W. end of Harbour Island, and anchor behind the said island in 3 or 4 fathoms. In some parts of this harboui' ships can lay their broadside so near to the shore as io reach it with a plank. This place has been frequented by fishermen for many years. V?'>' 'i\w\hh\ nh iii .Of) p^r.ilf ?:i!i} ;i(t*f ifjo/j Note. — "The Lady Sherbrook, Gambles, master, sailed from Londondeny, Ireland, in June, 1831, with upwards of 300 persons on board. After passing the Banks of Newfoundland, nothing but thick fogs were met with until July 19, when they cleared off about midnight, and breakers were seen ahead. The ship was immediately hove in stays, but it was of no use; for, on wealing round, she stioick on Morte Island, near Port aux Basque." ^r .frriO-f^nfi.i-iuoit i./;win ,>f.V> ;io-,7.^..« .pef.rT ;?.".' "'^t .,..'"''' ' From Port aux Basque to Point Enragge, the bearing and distanee are W.N.W. about a league, and thence to Cajfe Ray N.N.W. nearly 1| league. Off Point Enragee, which is low, and to the eastward of it, are some sunken rocks s mile from the shoiv, on which the sea breaks. CAPE BAT is the S.W. extremity of Newfoundland, situated in lat. 47' 37, and long. 59 18' 8" : the land of the cape is very remarkable ; near the nhote it is low,' but three miles inland u a very high Table Mountain, which rises almost perpendicular from the low land, and appears to be quite flat at the top, excepting a small hillock on the S.W. point of it. This land may be seen, in clear weather, from the distance of 16 or 18 leagues. Close to the foot of the Table Mountain, between it and the pomt of the cape, is a high round hill, resembling a sugar-loaf (called the Suqar-Loaf of Cape Ray), whose summit is a little lower than the Table Mountain ; and to the noi-thward of this hill, under the Table Mountain, are two other hills, resembling sugar-loaves, which are not so high as the foi-mer ; one or other of these sugar-loaf mils 18, from all points of view, seen detached from the Table Mountain. Cape AnguilU. Cape Ray, on entering the Gulf. iTicre is a sandy bay between Cape Ray and Point Enragle, wherein ships may anchor with the winds from N.N.W. to East, but they must be cautious thot they l>e CAPK ilAY, KTC. M not surprised with the S.W. Avinds, which blow directly in, and cause a ^reat i The ground is not the best for holding, being fine sand. Toward the east side of 1 sea. ground is not the best for holding, being fine sand. Toward the east side of this bay is a small ledge of rocks, one mile from shore, on which the sea does not break in fine weather. The best place for large ships to anchor in is, to bring the point of the cape N.W., and the high white sand-hill in the bottom of the bay, N.E., in 10 fathoms of water. Small vessels may lie farther in. Be careful not tonm so far to the eastwai"d, as to bring the end of the Table Mountain on Avith the sand-hill in the bottom the bay, by which means the ledge of rocks before mentioned mil be avoided. N.W. I W., nearly one mile fi'om the point of the cape, Ls a small ledge of rocks whereon the sea always breaks ; and, one mile to the northward of the cape, close under the land, is a low rocky island ; there is a channel between the ledge and the cape, also between it and the island, with 14 or 15 fathoms of water ; but the tides, which ran here with great rapidity, render it unsafe to shipping. The soimdings under 100 fathoms do not extend above a league from the laud .to the southward and eastward of the cape, nor to the westward and northward of it, except on a bank which lies off Port aux Basque, between 2 and 3 leagues fi'om the land, whereon are from 70 to 100 fathoms, good fishing ground. S.E. S. 8 leagues from Port aux Basque, in the latitude of 47" 14', is a bank, whereon are 70 fathoms. The Electric Teleg^ph wires which are carried around the heads of the bays and inlets of the south coast of Newfoundland fi'ora St. John's, is here uanicd across the channel from Cape Kay to Cape North of Cape Breton Island. In case of anchoring near the capes, great care must be used, in keeping clear of the submarine cable, or cither loss of anchor or injuiy to the telegraph may ensue. The Tides. — Between Cape Chapeau Kouge and Cape Ray, in all the bays, &c., the tide generally flows till 9 o'clock, on full and change, and its perpendicular rise is about 7 or 8 feet on springs : but it must be obsersed, that the tides are every- where greatly influenced by the mnds and weather. On the coast, betw een Cape Chapeau Rouge and St. PieiTC, the stream sets generally to the S-W. On the south side of Fortune Bay, it sets to the eastward, and on the' north side to the westward. Between Cape La Hune and Cape Ray, the flood sets to the westward in the offing, very irregularly, but generally 2 or 3 hours nfter it i« high water by the shore. The tide or current is inconsiderable, excepting !■ jar Cape Ray, where it is strong, and at times sets quite contraiy to what might be expected from the common coul'se of the tides, and much stronger at one time than at another ; these irregularities seem to depend chiefly on the Avinds. — iSee the Remarks on Currents, Sfc, pages 4 to 7. # I''--.- .' T' a. ' ;;--,v? .1 ,' :;i.{5 r- 1 'i'- IJi , , i4%' ^ !.../• .vV.^1 , •( '. ,». «j jji'. AW. '■^1 n rm.^'ii^n'jA-mo'i l-JJ-. ■.:*«- :c>v iyyicniiu a AiVrr Lfi'igvc / soofliq smog xh ^-i ,ix/od'iflit 5ii^ ^tiirrfioi bmve. "Km iiq?, v/cii no.) -^^•yt iyyScniiu a ilhff b'si^vc > soofliq smog xh ^s .iuo&idA siV 5 ii'Vyrt 3fn.fi< ; > \:. ■> l^hiB islaiid «f eod Boy i lies' t| or 2^Tnile» io thie southward of ' Cape Antet^i close under the high land'; it is a low, flat, green island, :f ■n'^arly two mcuesi in eompasH, in the form of a horse-shoe, forming, between it ard the .xitin, a small snug bar-harbour for vessels of 10 or 12 feet draiurht ; the safebt eucranoe to it iff icf«a\ the southward. 4'"5;"'j):'^'J ,fii)Hi7/ iJo ,is\\y'\ jWAnK. LyliiiO .i/iioij i n si ,li io olbij(,.i South-eastward, from the island is Cod JZoy iZ&ai/, wlierein in very ^ood aiic!h6i'ag'e for shipping, in 8, 7, or 6 fathoms, on a clay bottom. With the ^outn point of thp island bearing about "V^ .N.AV., and the point of thelieach on the inside of the ip^and, , at the south entrance ''nto the harbour, on with a point on the maih to the totttihWafd of the island, you wiV. lie in 7 fathoms, and nearly half a mile from the shdre i one league to the southward of Cod Roy Island is a hig;h bluff point, called StOrm';^ jPbint, off which a shoal stretches full half a mile, this point covers the, road from' thp S.S.E winds, and there is good anchorage all along the shoi'e, b^^^den *it' ^nd the ^^^^^^- ■• ' 'J- '[ v''^'- S'^t' 'S'-f ST. G-EORGE'S BAY.— -f>o»n Cape Anguilh to Caps' StlGm'ite^t^e'sioxa^^ distance are N.E. i N. II league?! these two capes form theBay of St. George, which extends inward E.N.E. 18 leagues from the former, and E.S.E. 11 leagues, frcao the latter. It is a fine bay, rapidly narrowing towards the head, >vith two straight shores, each of which aflbrds good anchorage. The only harbour is just at thie h^ad, formed by the projection of a narrow spit of Sand ; and even that seems rapidlV filUii^ up with sand, as it is only near the entrance there is wafer, enough for Vessefs, i((rpi^ the rest of the basiu is nearly dry at low water, and is at ^0 place deep enpUgh fbi- ^nrthi^sbuta^ut^., 0«i'tl^^|)W.^rid|^j^ f .¥ fe^S^jt^ M #M r-f. PORT-AU-PORT BAY. m ; fnrjjK 'io iiqa y/ni ...V.-T -rft'tl- ■T(,iti5+ lii'ioii •jiii \i'J .0 \ fli 0>^L-K)lfDn.O ie*e,^ after passihg; i,in IJie country^ L th^ 6hdi-e forUHJ nottb<6Mim<66t ia sand ftCi-osB the n of the chamiel ' be ^pjprdft'ched se^tle;nent ' thefr 6wn' id- n bondition that [low the English ority, n6r iheaiis own sti'eiigth tb year, to preveilt Jt'e ire' iiohe to edtibn, isitatied d eomiiiissiod of is liK-'Ui sjjciaiv.'.^ It >;);jj;'jj i; liji-f Cape An^lle^ y two nKues in xtin, a small loe toit'ift'frQir; 'ood £(nc!h6hio^ L poinii' o£ the e of the ipfand, the hiaitihT^rd he shbre i one Stennf:'f*(^iit, road from' the -;it ind the i jioiTaii'-'^iiiI ihe.cours^Hand Qeorge^whic^ gucs fetHW the two straight (st at the head, i rapidly ^^^k Vcssefs, xV^pile ■ ' ■ -.1 ji .. W' though not great, becomes verv apparent, rising and falling frofa. 6 to 8 feet. Th« low spit of sand forming the tarbour, is in some places covered with a stunted vege-) tation of flr trees. Just at the point, however, the are cleared awa^, and there is a coUection of wooden houses 8Cfttt«M'ed ^bout« which contained a tiansitory populatioii oflKK)or6dO. -•'•'■'' '^~--''' ':.", "'^ ^■" >■'-•-'■■■'-' 'i'i--'. -^^-^IfT'^-i.iTj. On the north side of lie 'iii!j^,*'ie«roe 'ifie '^WU k Port-au-Port, is good anchorage in 7 or 8 fathoms, with northerly winds : from off this place a flshing-bank stretches two-thii-ds across the bay, with trom 9 to 19 fathoms of water on it, dark sandy bottpm. 1: CUpk St, George lies in latitude 48"^ 28' iH', long. 69" 11' 14" : it may be wadily known, not. only by its being the north point of the Bay of St. George, out alsp by tJie steep cliffs< of a light yellow limestone, on the north pait of it, which rise per- pendicularly from, the sea to a considerable }ieight, and by Hed Island, which liea a milcij to tne uo:-thward of the cape, and half a mile from tne shore : tMs island is about 1^ mile i:i length, and of a middling height: the steep cliffs around it are of a reddish oolour;: there is anchorage wth off-shqre winds under the N.E. end of the island, before a sandy oqye on the main, which lies just to the northward of the steep cliffs, in 12 or 14 fathoms.' From Red Island to Lonff Point, at the entrance into the Bay of Port-au-Port, the bearing and distance are E. ^ N. 7 leagues ; from Red Island to Ttaeed Island, in the month of the Bay of Islands, E. by N. J N. 16 leagues: from Red Island to Cape St. G^egoryi E.N.E. 20 leagues : and from Red Islatd to Point Rich, which is the ndrfh'pdintbf Ingomachoix Bay, N.E. by E. 49 leagues. ^ I'bJM-AiP'-POB.T.— -The land between Red Island and the'entrance into Por-au- Pbrt is' rather low, with sandy beaches, except one remarkable high hillock, called Round Head, close to the shore, about 3 leagues to the E.N.E. of Red Island: but, up in the country, over Port-au-Port, are high lands ; arid, if yori are 3 or 4 leagues off at sea,! you cannot disceiii the Long Point of land Mihich forms the bay, and which is covered, with wood ; this bay is capacious, being above 5 miles broad at the entrance, and 4 leagues dieqp, ]ly)ngrin to the south and. south-west, .with, good anchoitige in ■p)8^p»jrts;of.ii.^, ;;^,V' ' ^/'^■^■^, .,..'•'''.'■ "'•V.IC'..' '-:',\:- iu Lott9> Point is the west poini of the bay ; it is and rocky, and a,le4go ot, roelf^ extends from it E.N.E. nearly a mile. S^E. by E. f E. 4 miles from Long. Pointr ana half a league from the east shore, lies Fox Island, which is small, but of middling height/; {from. the north end of this a shoal stretches neatly. 2 miles to, N;.N.Em caUed Fox Tail ; andi nearly in : the middle of the bay, between Fox Island ; and the west shore, Uw^ihiK: Middle Ofotmd, on one place of which, near the S.W. end, there are not' above .3 or.i. feet of water. . From the head of the bay, pi-o)eotiug out into the middle of it, is a low point, called Middle Point, off which, extending 2 miles N.E. h^ Nf> i^ a shoal spit, part of which dries at low water : this middle point divides the bay into two paits, called East and West Bays. From the head of the' East Bay, over to ,the Bay of St, George, the distance is a large quarter of a mile: this isthmus is ve^'y low,, and, on the east side of it is a tolerably high mountain, rising directly from the isthnius, and flat at top : on the nortli side of this, and about 5 miles fr'om the ^(^hmu&i is a conspicuous valley, or hollow* hereafter to be used as a mark. N.E. by jE>.^ E. above two leagues from Lon^ Point, and haif a league from the shore, lies J^hflg,Xsland,,yf\wih appears at a distance like a high rock, and is easily to be dis- tinguished from the mam; and W.N.W. about a league from it, lies the middle of Zon^ Ledf/e, which is a narrow ledge of rocks stretching E.N.E. and W.S.W. about 4 miles; the eastern jmrt of them is above water, and the^ channel' into the bay of ^oi^^au-Poi*t, betv>een the west end of this ledge and the reef which stretches off from thfe west jjoint of' the bay, is a league vride. Long Point of tha of the mountain Fox Island, or iittle easterly ; you will then be * aywith satetyi bvi,t,.if coimng ^|t^'/e'a8;i^ar<^,of its, wW^ b'-ar e,»ir.t?.i, vi X\i om tlie N.E. without the Lojjg ,' ouwn, or lurning i from rnirig into the bay, in order to keep # BAY OF ISLANDS. '. clear of the S.W. end of Long Ledge, bring th« uthmufl, or tho foot of the mountain (which is on the rast side of the istfinus), open to the westwaixi of l-Ox iHlnnd, nearly twice the breadth of the island, and it will lead vou into tho bay clear of Long Lcd^e : and when Shag IsUind is brought on with the foot of the high land on the south side of OmI Jiu'er, bearing then E. f S. you will bo witiiin the Long Ledge } there » also a safe Sliag one mile To »ail vp into the West Bay and Head Hartmtr, Tteep the western shore on board': this shore is bold-to. In turmng between it and the Middle Ground, stand no nearer to the Middle than into 8 fathoms : but you may stand to the spit of the Middle Point into 6 or 6 fathoms. The anchorage in West Bay is in about 8 fathoms, and in Head Harbour, in about 5 fathoms. The West Road Ees before a high stone b^aoh, about 2 miles southward from Long Point, where yon may lie very secure from ,tho westerly and N.W. winds, in 10 or 12 flatlioms of wattr. The East Road lies between Fox Island and the east shore : to paiI up to it, you haul to the southward, and anchor anywhere between the island and from 18 fathoms. To sail up the East Bay, pass between the island and tho east shore, and after you are above the island, come no nearer to the main than half a mile, until you are abreast of a bluflf point above the island, called Road Point, just above which is tho best anchorage with N.E. winds, in about 12 fathoms of water; and to sail up the East Bay, between the Middle Ground and tho Fox Tail, bring the said, bluff ix>int on with the S.W., point of Fox Island ; this mai'k will lead you up in the ^ax way between the two shoals ; give the island a berth, and anchor as before, in frota 8 to 12 fathoms of water. BAY OF ISLANDS. — From the Long Point at the entrance of Port>«u-Port to the Bay of Islands, the bearing and distance are N.E. by E. 8 leapies. Be careful to avoid the Long Lodge : the land between is of considerable height, rising in craggy barren hills,^ directly from the shore. The Bay of Island may be known by the many islands in the mouth of it, particularly the three named Guernsey Island, TweoU Island, and Pearl Island, which are nearly of equal height with the land on the main. If youai-c bound for Lark or York Harbours, which lie on the S.W. side of the bay, and ore coming from the southward, mn in between Guernsey Island and the South Head, both of which are bold-to; but with southerly and S.W. winds a2)proach not too near tho South Head, lest calms and sudden gusts of winds should proceed from the high land, under which you cannot anchor with safety. There are several channels fonned by the different islands, through which you may sail in or out of the bay, there being no danger but what shows itself, expting a small ledge of rocks, which lie half a mile uoilh-eastward from the north Shag Hock, and in a line with the two Shag Ilocks in one. The safest passage into this bay from the north- ward, is between the two Shag Hocks, and then between Tweed Isljaad and Pearl Island.u.;v5 f^frf'Tjtl^i^enr^iWiiA; uiivn^n; M? rpft''vfrfTO/l H,t hw ^ffl-r-Mf 'I'f; mj .^r,.;, ;..,(• From Guernsey Island to Tortoise JBeeirf, which id the north point of York Hai-boifr, and the S.E. pomt of Lark Harbour, the course and distance are S. by W. ^ W. 5 miles •, Lark Hai-bour extends inwaed W.S.W, nearly 2 miles, and is one-third of a mile broad in the entrance, which is the naiTowest part: in sailing into it with a large ship, keep the port shore on board, and anchor with a low point on tbs starboard side, bearing W.N.W.; N.N.W., or N.N.E., and you will ride securely from all winds. Dram Tortoise Head into York Harbour, the coui'se and distance are W.S.W. nearly a league; there is good turning room between tho Head and Governor's Island, which lied before the harbom-; but you must be cautioiis to avoid a shoal which spits off from a low beach point on the west cud of Govcrnoi-'s Island, called BONNE BAY. 60 of the mountain •X iHland, nearly of Long Lcd^e : )n the south side ge i there is ahio )n either sido of ihliesW. byN. shore on board : stand no nearer ho Middle Point nis,andin Head no b^adh, about om jthe westerly rtfl up to it, you 5. of the island, ight to the cast- 8 Tail, and may id tlie;main»iu iff i.ri,ii ,7i'.'"j>i«j D, and after you (, until you are ive which is the to sail up the said blutf ix>int in the fyix. way ^,inf^i^ 8tQ *ort'eu-Port to Be careful to iing iu craggy n by the many Island, TweoU id on the main. de of the bay, and the South s approach noi 1 proceed from re are several a or out of the idge of rocks, and in a line om the north' euid and Pearl 'ork Hai'ljoifr, • by W. I W. is one-fliird into it with point on the sccm'ely from are W.S.W. d Governor's avoid a shoal sland, called Sword Point ; thoropis alio a shoal which ipits off from the next iioint of Governor's Island, which mui«t be avoided: Tortoise Head just touching Ssvord Point will lead clear of it| in Hailing in, give Sword Point a berth, poHidng which, the best aachoriug ground is in 10 fathoms, along tho saudy beach on the main, with Tortoise Head open of Sword Point : westei-ly and and S.W. winds blow hex's witk great violence. Harbour laUmd \\q% at the entranoc of Humber Sound, and S. by E. J E. 7 mileil from Guernsey Island; at its S.W. point is Wood's Harbour, which is unfit foi" shipping. Ilumbor Sound is about 17 miles long, and the shores oi'c rocky and wooded, and has some few settloi's : at tlio head of it, at the mouth of the river, is only 8 feet water, muddy bottom. The river Humber is so rapid in some places, for abo it 4 leagues up, to a lake, that it is with great difficulty that even a bout can be gottv ' up against it. The banks of this river are well clotued with timber. ,„..,; ,ftfct The North and South Arms are long itilcts, •with vciy deep water up to their heads On the east side of Eagle Island, between the north and south arms, is anchorage in 8,, 10, or 12 fathomi' of water. Under the north side of Harbom' Island, is good anchoitiKe with S.W. winds ; and opposite to the S.E. end of Harbour Island, on the south side of the bay, ia Frenchman s Cove, wherein is good anchorage in from 20 to 12 fathoms. From Guernsey Island to Bonne Bay the course is N.E. ^ E. 5 leagues to Cape St. Gregory, and thence E.N.E. J E. 5 leagues to the entrance of Bonne Bo y. ITie land near the shore from the north Shag Itock to Cape St. Gregory is low, along which lie sunken rScks, a quarter of a mile from the shore ; but a yery little way inland it rises into a mountain, teiminating at top in round hills. .j,.„f„ (,,;,,„ !» i,.r „ !.i-v,'*iii Cape St. GREOony is high ; and between it and Bonne Bay the land rises directly fhJm the sea-shore to a considerable height. BONNE BAT may be known, at the distance of 4 x)r 5 leagues, by the land about it ; all that on the S. W. side of the bay being very high and hilly, and that on the N.E. side, and thence along the sea-coast to the northward, being low and flat ; but, at about one league inland, is a range of moimtains, which run parallel with the Sea- ^oast. Over the south Hide of the bay is a very higMl mountain, terminating at top iti a remarkable round hill. This bay extends inward E.S.E. neorly 2 leagues, then branches into two arms, one of which runs into the southward, and the other to the eastward : the southern arm aftbrds the best anchorage ; small vessels must anchor just above a low woody point at the entrance into this ai-m, on the stai*boai-d side^ beibre a sandy beach, iu 8 or 10 fathoms of water, about a cable's length fi-om the shore ; there i.s no other anchorage in less than 30 or 40 fathoms, excepting at the head i of the arm, where there are from 25 to 20 fathoms of water. In sailing into the East ylrm, keep the starboard shore on board ; and, short round a point at the entrance, will bo found a small cove, Avith good anchorage in 17 or 20 fathoms, but you must moor to the shore. There is a snug cove also within the North Point, vnth anchorage in G or 7 fathoms of water. In sailing in or out of Bonne Bay, vnth. S.W. winds, come not near the weather shore, lest you should happen to be becahned, or should meet \nth. hcavj gvusta of wind, as the depth of water is too great to admit of your anchoring. Ten miles to the northward of Bonme Bay is Martin Point, pretty high and white, off' which, about three-quarters of a mile, is a 'small ledge of rocks, whereon the sea breaks. Broom Point is low amd white, and lies about a league to the north- ward of Martin Point ; about half a mile W.S.W. from it, lies a sunken rock that seldom shows itself: on the north side of Broom Point lies the Bay of St. Paul, wherein vessels may anchor witli off-shore winds, but it is quite exposed to the sea-winds. Cow Head lies about one league to the northword of the Bay of St. Paul : thift ia A promontory, which has the appearance of an island, it being joined to the main only by a very' low and narrow neck of land : about three-quarters of a mile off this head kes Steerinij Islaml, wliich is low and rocky, and is the only isiland on the coast between tlie Bay of Islands and Point Rich. It is considered as one of tho best f TO INGORNAOHOIX tUY. Btations on the coast for the fishery, and the environs are vti-y fcrtne tod pro4uctivd, Cote Cbt-e hea on the south side of Cow Head, and shins may lie there in from 7 to 10 fathoms, sheltered from northerly and coBtcrly >dmlH. Shallote Say lies on the north side side of Cow Head, and has water Mifficicnt for small vessels 5 at the N.E. side of the entrance is a cluster of rocky islands, cxttndii , E.N.E. dnd W.S.W., and at the S.W. side are two sunken rocks close to each ctlicr, which generally show, themselves; they lie a cable's length from the shore, nmi there is a channel into th^. bay on either side of them. Steering IwJand lies Jif,'lii before this bay, which you may pass on either side, but come not too uear its N.E. end, a^ thew? ar* some tnlilBlen imokfl extending from it< ., , ' tSWXSJSAOSOTX BAY.— From Cow Head to Point JUch is 17 J lett^Ties in tai E.N.E. i E. [iV.J?.] ^direction. Point Rich is the northern ^loint of the Bay of Ingomachoix. From Shallow Bay to the Hontheni point of Ingornachoix Bay the coast is nearly in a straight line, there being all the way neither creek nor cove, where a vessel can find shelter from the sea winds, although there are a few platcH where they might anchor occasionally mth land winds. About 6 leagues from Steering Island there is a hill, standing half a mile inland, which is commonly called Portland Hill, probably because it resembles Portland Bill in the i^nglish Channel, and alters not its appearance in whatever point of view it is taken. " "^'^X!' > ?"'-V'''/'' " *.'ff \,JPort Saunders and Ilawkes Harbour are situated within, and to the eastward of' Ingornachoix Bay; at the entrance lies Kcppel Island, which, at a di»ta»>ce, will uot easily be distinguished from the roaiu land 5 there is a putistige on both sides of the island. t >ii To sail into Port Saunders there is no imi)etlin!<.nt ar dagger ; you will leftVtf' Keppel Island on your starboainJ side, and when you get about half a mile ^thin the entrance, you can anchor in 12 or 14 fathoms water; but if yon are intending to run up to the nea«' '' the hai'bour, you must keep the larboard shore on bpaixl, in- order to avo' ^ ■ . ' ^ ^ fks which lies near the mid-channel ; this is considered to be the bestl' .1 *V>at are bound to the southward. Haw kes .''•". • enter this harbour, vessels commonly go to the southward oi- Keppel Isiatt- , : !<' s -v . loard ^oi-e is shoal, and has a sand-bank, which str-^tches * along the land, ana ,>ut two-thirds of the passage over, great part Ji wlueh dries at low water; jour course in will be E.S.E.) keeping nearoy to Keppeljfsfqtid than to the main, until the eastern end of the island, ysrhich is a 1( stony l>eAch,» beftrsN.E. by.N. or N.N.E.; then steer S.S.E. | E. for a small island you. will spe, situated fur, her up the harbour ; keeping the port shore well on board, run ditect ifur tMs isUnd, and when you have brougnt the point at the south entrance of the harbour to bear N.N.E. | N., and are at the S.S.E. point of a bay on the starboard side of the luirbonr, you will then be beyond the shoal ground, and may anchor in t2 fathoms water.; or else run within half a rdile of the small islaiidf^dnd andhor there, which will be more convenient fbr both wood and water. This is' the beJst harbi(ur. for ships bound to the northward. The Itind round about these harbours is gcnei*aUy Ibw, u^d covered with woods you may occasionally anchor outside, in the Bay of Inhdyt* nachoia>, according as you fei^ th6 plrevailing-^indsi'^^'^ M.*^"^ uqjIv/ , >ji!ii»jjii]c{(i jTIj' jr Point Bioll is in latitude 50' 41' 47' N., and longitude 57°, 24' 23"' w! i it is the south-western point df a peninsula, which is almost sttrrounded by ^e ^li,lM^g everywhere of moderate height, and projecting ftlrther to seawa^ th'tih: any H&i&t land on this side of Newfoundland, the coast from thence, e&>ch way, tftking an inwar^ direction. ■.■.;.,, -r :-,,•■••,.:- - .,'.- ^PORT AU CHoix.— Rpnnding l?ot«< Itich, on its northern side, * ou wijlme^t with Port au Chciix, Mnall, but vet capable' df admitting a ship of burtkcn, mobrJiig ^h^ad; and stem ; to sail in you should keep the starboard shore, pp bqard, and anctoi: 'just above a sniall island lyin^ln the middle df the harbour. /: ^^^^this plofce, OJ^d^^]^'^!^ Boat Cove, which lies a little to the north-eastward, tlbcre aire seveitii stages and places, for drying fish. i. v.K''^^>-\ ':u bu-o rjjrou o:!; .ni-p/;— ,evft/9xm'' ..tB lo ViiS • Old PoRt Atr CnoiX lies to ^he eOstWai^d 0^ Bpit* Cdvd; it W W'Ml % 'saU harbdnr, having at its ciitrante an ]s\i\i^ 6k\hAliaif'hdtif'%^k(i^M^ in IW)m 7 to lies on the at the N.B. V.S.W., and lerally show nel into the •, which you tome inMlpn ortt oJ tiu\il UttneB ikta{ the Bay of oix Bay the covo, where )lafcs whore om Steering' ed Portland 1, and alters eastward of iiitance, will >oth Hides of lu will leave e -within the [xding to run ii'd. ia- order re^itoJt^ti^ !l ■..*, e southward ich str-^tches '• rt jx wlach epjjel.jfjgftd tony Kach^ ou.will see, in dil'ect foe the harhour oard ^de of 1 2 fathoms here, which lijr, for shipb Ifer^lWlbw, 5^ of i^oH , . 'i . .^ ,■( Wliit is e 4e\i, h^ig any btheir an inward ';//itjiJ'j*. .ids 1 iflcet Vu» ioring IbiQSid. mchoi^'just stages and nil HAY OF ST. JOHN. 71 side Noine rpcks, both ahove ond underwater; t^ro ia al«o another ivland lying E,N.K. J «., distant marly a mile from Haibour Island, about which are several ropkaisomeof which (stretchout towards Harbour Island, and render the passage Vei^haj-pw between them. To soil into Old Port au Choix, on tlie western side of Ht\rooi^r IslanJ, you must keep the island close ou boiud ; but to go in on the eosti **}^*'.**^^^'' island, give the north-eastern point of tlie island a bertli, and haviuR eiijtpved, you may anchor anywhere on the port side of the harbour, only avoidi' o starboard side, for a shoal oi sand and mud runs all along it. BAY OF ST. JOHH.-<-l'hiH is an open and extensive bay, bounded by i Rich to the southward, and Point Ferolte to the northward, having several IslunaM within it» and some sunken rocks \ the largest of these islands is St. John' . about 8| miles in length, and 1| broad: this lies K.N.E. distant 8* miles from Poii. i Rich ; on it^ south-western side is a small harbour, well calculated for the cod fisheiy, but too much exposed for shipping, as south-westerly winds commonly drive in a neavy se»' On the south-eastern, or inner side of the island, and between it and One Head Island, vessels may lie much more secure, in 14 or 16 fathoms water, and sheltered from most high winds ; and this is considered to be the only safe anchorage in the whole bay. West from St. John's Island one large mile, is Flat Island, having a rock above water at its southern end ; the channel between St. John's and Flat Island- has from 13 to 25 fathoms in it, and they are both bold-to : the Twin Islands lie N.E. by N. from Flat Island, distant one league, and have no danger about them. To the westward of the Twins are several scattered rocks above water, named the Bay Islands : they have deep M'ater around them, hut no anchorage. The land at the bottom of the bay is very high, and there is the little river of Castors, the entrance to which is dangerous and shallow, therefore seldom frequented. From the northern point of this bay a rocky shoal extends all the way to Point Ferolle, stretching out 2| miles from the shore. ^■'PblNT Feuolle lies N.E. by E. from Point Rich, distant 22 miles ; it is of mode- rtife height, and joined to the main by a ntck of land, which divides the JBai/ of St. John's from New Ferolle Bay, making it appear like an island when seen from A dit^tancc ; its northern shore is bold-to, and this part of the coast will easily be known by the adjacent table land of St. John's, the west end of which mountain lies frotn the middle of Ferolle Point S. by W., and its eastern end S.E. | S. > , • :ireW Ferolle Bay ia a small cove Ijang to the eastward of the point, and is quite flat all over, there being not more than 2 and 3 fathoms at any pai-t; it is qtdte oppn to the northerly winds, has a stage on each side of it, with plenty of room fei^bthers. ^v' '^■"'"■■^"" V •■' ''■"" '"■'■' '■"^■'■V •■• ,'""'," :■-■■' -,!-'^'- 7 ■';."•■,; St^JIffi^'f/a^ets Bay \» large, anq has several islands withm it, also various inlets or coyea> affording gooa anchorage, particularly on its western side, which is the best s^t^^on for ^hips, being most elear of danger, and convenient for wooding ^nd -v^^ej'ing r on its banks aye spruce and fir trees in plenty, and many rivulets of fresh wftter, ijgy Island is to the eastward of Point Ferolle frill three miles, and only divided from the main at high water ; it is higher than any land near it, which gives it the appearance, when seen fr-omti|ie^e^twfu:d>of:aii^aaa situated at some distonce fi'om the main. , '' ,.'..,. ^ ,. w , Old Ferolle.— To the eastward o^ Dog Island about 5 miles is Ferolle Mand. Tliis i^^^n^ lies parallel to the shojre, aiid.fprms tho harbour of Old Ferolle, which is very Ko^d ftnd, safe: the best entrance to it is at the S.W. eiid, of the island, passing to Qie southward of a small island in the entrance, which is bold-to : as soon as you are Avithin it, haul up E.N.E. and anchor under the S.W. end of Ferolle Island, in 8, or 9* ftfthbins, good ground, quite land-locked. There is also good anchorage apywhere albti^ ^hfe*iiiside of the island, and ft good channel up to the N.E. end thereof. Thete fttfe isoitte littfe iislaridit lyittg at the'N.E. end of Ferolle lalttiid, i(aid di the Otttside aii sbmte'lfed^pf rotiksasniafldis^ceoff. " ■" ' /■ , V, ' . ; / iVV V Bay of St. Genevieve. — From the north end of Ferolle Islebud io St Qawviehi JHeatTtl^e pourse is E.J|f.E. 4|r nules, and. th,eacp ,to,^h« west end of, Currant Island it 18 npji^-eas^Wa^ 9^t)out three ,1^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // <" 1.0 I.I ItiKA UiS ■SO ■^™ IIHB 1.8 1-25 111.4 1.6 ■— 1!^^^ III^^B < 6" ► Hiotographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716)a72-4S03 m \ ^\^ c\ \ 4 4^ 6^ O" .^ ^^°^ % %0 6^ ii '*^ «fp^*.'^BARMK. ra i ■lie-. befohs tfcfe bay/onH* t#4 of WWch are bf any eMBiflmbfe^exfeni^^ ^^ the norUiemmost or the two, and the largest ; it is of a moderate hieig^ht,' Jshd wKdii yoilBiritd theB.MLE; of? it, 'die wefitem point ndU appefli* blvfi^ but not' iiig^i- ihd whenjon ara to the westward of it, it ap{tears flat and wMte. The otket, caUedt Qamnernf JMaAdi lies nearly aihile to the' Mnthwaird 'of ttjahd its west points beani firdAi the west pintof Coirant MondlSlS.W; j^ W. aeaUy a milet Qooseberr;^ Idand' hae a oyms on its S;W. end/^oiQ \»hioh jfioint atretehea oi^a ledge of rori^fflfl§ft^ a^jpuBayysea.tqfaU.in he)|re^whichl«nders:itunsa|ie^:i\..r>.^;M. jiro;., .^.^ [jaiU'LiiJ.'iril. ibx/m From Anchor Point to the extremity of the Seallsktnds, the course isN'fe^'JfB^ ciie league r off Andtor/^Positt a ledger iRtreteheB itself Wl by S. abawt^ one4tl^i8d:i^a iiiil«ir ^Uare ai'i';)i! olfixnl'? oJT .^iBluw i-iev Lfte dtfort ni nuj'-no vino kI •j'lif.tBovr care on their northern and western sides, because ^tfal^e&irb'siki^BiMdJti nkMt Mt^ thdtaKrJoL aoiwijcl ;,:/'iii.L /:j,iju'uii (i'iiiWiiJL'oa gyb-^aq ilaiitw ia-ivsinj yi(t "Jo s!')an'i(i A near two miles ; part of this ledge appears idt IqW water, and thete )BC^i& ^Sii^iiir ^iMi^TASEN CofyB.«->-Frointhe.n«rtb pa^of:Fl9wer anont^fnuk £. by S^, and GreitvUlo' X:with tbe.winda£lin]ulLt»eS;W;iin( 'M^h'trt?h«nffi.»t'.fit'loii tult i' (?re«ti.J«2and( Hes a1»ut tliree^foiuths of ftmilelrom the main»iB two*tbirds of a mi]s;in,leiigth, very low and narr^jiw* and agreeable in colotur to the name it bears : from the east end of a ledge of rocka extends three-fourths of a nule to the eastward^ OB wMch the sea breaks in bad weather. There ai^e 4 or 5 fathoms water in the channel between the island and the maint Tidiere ships may anchor if necessary. To ^ in from the 'westward, keep the island close on board for the deepest water, which* 18,4 fiithoms; and going in from:the eastward, keep the main on board. i\ ',)&etweenOreien Island and Ferolle, th^re are some dangerous ledges, which rendeiT) it d^sMble to avoid this side of tiie Strait of Belle Isle at night or in thick weather: t&e bpjpopite si^e is much more tee^' from danger, and has several good roadsteads. i J From Green Island to JBoat'« Medd it is E. | S. 8 leagues; between there is no e^fdter on the coast, but to tbe south-eastward of Boat^ Head is a cove, called j^po^ t^ar^aw't ivrh^rp^smtUlyesaE^aod boat^ xnajUeytSY^ secure, excpt willi N.Ei.- Prbnl OreenMand to Cape NdUMAN the direction is E. 4 S. [iV".^. bt/'E. f J5.] 28 Miles^ The coast between them is' stvaighi and low, consisting of limestone, par^^ tiallywooded with spnlce trees, ^■'■-''''■f'-* •^■- ■^.'■•/^^ '■'■'[ '"'-••;; ■y"^>''m = ' '•- ■' ' . mi I U lit s; io f; ol Hiiljijii'jnuat I^.ttTHE STRAIT OF BELLE ISLE AND THE COAST OF LABRADOR :.i V BETWEEN CAPE ST. LEWIS AND FORTEAU POINT. '■General remarks.— The strait of Belle Isle divides Newfoundland from the American continent, and is about 60 miles long. The eastern entrance, between Cape Bauld and Fork Point, is about 26 miles wide; the western, about 18 miles. The narrowest part, between Point Amour and Newfoundland, is 9| miles. The depth ie^ten» the^ Sti^ Belle Me« Iwipgjmg -ytith itthe/ nnmeroiwiw- bei^ wjith, wh|iib fll^iaisn^ a^);(pd/», jm^ wM<^ are earned iiitq the fiiilf of St.'Liawrence, somenmes'Eits far as Anticbs'ti. Th6 strength of thik current i», very much increased by a prevalence of N.E. winds, after which it sometimes runs, at a rate! of |i sidles per ^onir, thro«i^ 'thytlsilraitr and Hqtreading oitward mto thd ^Mf, gii^Qalli^ diminishes in iiibrce after JJicottrse^ of 30 or 40 miles, whfle at other timecr it is^oiawraoiiablel ' Thb prevailing^ current) oomes alon jf tlie^ Lai>rador jshor^^ bet<^n' it and Belle Isle, and is very ofb^at a freiuu§[ tem^iniiisre^ asb^fbii^^said, it ia aome^ timg8«s|»|rongj^,2 knots pe;* h^iaj-^buib^t ji^,^^^lhr myphwea^pr, a*>4 ?o?iptiin«i, fiiSk k ^^vhlen?^ 6j ^^.,jm^6a^m^ in a contrary direction, fo the N.E. This N.E. stream sets along the Newfoundhund above } ^«Dd.at 'times, JvhUe the 6uaxent^from the Atlantie is runnihg westeirly' alol!^ the north side of the strait/ ther6 ii a strbain of th^ w'armer water of ihe j^f pasting *°f,'Hf^^J?°W?^ ^*^? «^'^< MwUl \vjni) iiini .a i .W ,^)5iuteii.- |'4i(u: f-M- ij ll?t^r> unchoi? Wane of ffiAay^ oii f life ii^ttffkiHo^ tMi^ drift abdMV 1^ j***' ^ , ]^«eticable, it woul^ jbia adyis^lbte to bring^to Wltli a ^ti*^ailn, iltichib'r, k^bMiijdf a!Ijk^ oi^t^ibr icebergs, jn e9teri% the strait ^^om thie eastward, with ii hdmfmtiA\''diifL being obliged to RRek anchoraige, the first sbcuro iplace thai (iUi'bd tyut'mii6 o)i' wi north side, is Blaqk Bay. Red Bay cannot be entered with &n eofltcffy '^HS'. Btti i^ proceeding to the east) and not within the western entrance, it woulid b6 betted to s^d off and under easy toil, on the Newfounldland ihoroi tiil' morniogf Mttod&ng ■ occasionally, or else make for Forteau Bay.ul* io aim Usv) •)iit m h/ i>h,(.\'.,(A\ ?,<>\v.mV.1 PT^yfT.y! ISLSi which gives its name to the strait, hes at iho bdiiileni oHti^iic^^ ra Jbe strait^ iit lies lij miiei^N.E.i^. [JV,,! JK] frrtm Cape Bft-bia, iri^m\9fiSW0tnd, ^nd 19 miles frbm York Point, on the coast of Labrador, in a S.E. ^ 6.[E. hu IS-'^ ^j dir^tion. It U composed of a range of hills of a moderate height, and k xw^jhAiria appearance, and is much fixjqnented by American and EngliHh fli4herm&ni Itili'aibo4t 9^ miles long and 3 wide. It is steep from the water's eugo all ronnd, except on tlfee N.£. end'of it, where there is a small coy e. Block JofmCovti, between twoippinta, where very small vessels may find shelter. Lark Covo, or harbour, near th^;Y|pii,d^ urk Itloin^t bnt|i,t ^ only be iised. by filling boats. These are ^he only safe |Uiehprf$gf«i an^jtj^ l oleaarallaro'unaiit.J^.yw^ixuiij nu ^,fuo iij5iu>, ^ ^^^ ifmiT .hinmlt -uimJ;) * yd rm-nii loghtiioiue.— ok the S.W. iM)iht^'al)riektow«r 63 fekb%Ii« which' «liM^ during the season, from April 1st to December 15th, a fixed bright light at 470 feek, Viybte in clear weather 28 miles ofi*. From being so higbt it in often obiBOUrfiA by iBfldifbg,"' ■ '.^ . • : / , . , ,,^ ;,,;, ST. IiEWiS SOITNI) is above 4 miles wide at the entrance between Cape St.-Ii*Wfe tintd Ntirth JBatm ahmd i the bearing> between them ia S. W. ^ M. ,/ iCAPH. WHi hW^^ i^fnlctf i 5r'2!' ir N;y «nd: loxg. d5° 3»' 2»;' W. \ It ties N. j^ lE. abatti26 miloitf htm ^«ei TfM> fend 6f B«ll^ Me, and is iabout 600i feethigh. . To iho caatiii Ml», Lnri$ JSheh, iilOte to the sh■,■..■.,,,.,. \, ,•,.,,-„.,.. ih irv,/ nearly a mile E.N.E., and is a perfectly secure anchorage is ftoqii ^ ipfi,JQu£fi^ Its ^flat point is low, with several fishermen's houses on it, and a siimll ropk^OHe off ^t,:to1ihe north, whicb itiust be m abbiit dO lirt^omii oft th^ lil^<^h^m^Sif^ a Aojal, partly ftbov^ watfer, off thfe S.W. of the p6itlt, wWbli fbrhw ih«? rtbrth' Aik '* ^^ fntrance. Water may be prpc^e^, b# Wood & eittrei«ay «ft*ande. ' Thfe #i!i^ o^pfiUptrajiceto Z?ei^r iTar^otir las i^ i8,m\ the de^th of thfeeftttance Vfrbni'tSfte '31''fMoitt^^ flid'hilife* iirflbWWid'HV Marnmm /«fowi!?,and ispeitfeptly %d;l«ii*fed,'Aind Ifc'erbtt ^«ibtt ft^ihyyes^Wfttfft ^n or owt; the depthib it frotti 16 to 23 fatboiti^; 0pm firty isitainfldititw*' ttt'thib^#.#. 6f t^e cntrance^M Deer Horboiiriibereifi gcjoAnnOKorngf/Pcpr itii,lw>ajLbutiph«»Med t Mo dii tlj^ [y^HaiT Mi tdb6 betted to ling, Mttn^ng •■ .'A '■ ■'.:. iV^ E. by 18/% -813 m. ItiA abo4t ex»opt on tike Q tWOflM^ivtB, 3artb^:^d^ idtlfei99«4:Mi wfaiob'shbiw, ht ftt 470 feot, 1 ^ountA by mi .([(.■; ti! tiill ;apc St.' lipids 26 milefHfkiow piti ex64Mi mm " jlhstthAu^ ok ft kihire iofife^^Wfi. 2>fikoloHe off tt»t* ^^'^^.< "^Ih^r : 'talbh lleadiaji remarkable isolated niAni of basaltic coluinns.iipott sandstone, flat at top, and precipitous all round. It lies S.W. by W. ^ W. 5 miles from Camp ,I4anUJ^^ 3q,.Q u(iow.h,(r soft o'ltftii. Jill ,Uy >i»f/ t'hUurif^fitfn'l rrW[TTOf! i^l'W^l T^J St. Peter B&y ii open to the S.E., but the force of the sea is Inroken 'by the islet's 4md reefe. It lies witnin the JSt. PeUr IslandSf which are small and low,. with many tvocks above and imder water ; the easternmost of them lies S.W. by W. 6 n^s nrp^ the camp Islands. St. Peter Bay is 2 miles deep, in a N.N.W. direction, and there, is jWc};i,Q|:agf3 |;hrei^-qimrters of a mile from its head, in 13 to 20 fiithoms. The entrance ^jrareen P,9ii^t Peter and the innermost islet is three-quarters of a mile wide, and 6 '^r T^i^awoi^b deep : it has a 2-fdthom shoal in it to the west of the islet, and a re^f Jgj^l^pint ^eter, the .passage between them being about 400 i&thoms viride, and mtist Jpi approached from the south, passing to the West of aU' the St. Peter Islands, not woy between them are Sandwich Head and Cove, the latter only usefiil to boats. Off i. easjt end of Qastle Island, at the distance pf IdO fathoms, is a S-fathoms ledge. " " ^ ' rerou^, %^t^^i^ SahdMcU tleiid and iDiMle IskUid is IfUd tfat/i whieh is rocky and dangerous ■lika Worols'tio ihfelter, '-^'-'iwri'ffi f»'iic.K-"mr>li.-).i u --i bnn . M '/^ :■! ufrm /; rrrc^tj jlip^^XGAiH #1^19: easily repogmsed from theoffina, by its podtionhvith refer^m^ ■ " ■" Island, by the high land in the i-efir 'ftp th'^.rfwtxk^ble^l^^ Hefid and the St. Peter pif),^ a;p4 oy there being a straight,, unbroken coast free from islanda to the west of it; 7l4ja^ by l^j^QiWs o^ QoJftle an^ Qenlfgr Islands, whii[^ are perpendicular and |i|T^Iw4[aiW^,PP9 1^, W' ' TM»l>WiJ«w ^rftjj^ it» Wei^ley, Ante%e, and Pitt's 9ir]^nra, ;.'lv^B)^!^pM/tut)^!>f^?uto Chateau Bay is between ChapeaM and York ^^^TMtipIei'^i^ riiAi^ 4f miiea to aNi bv W. (lirQcti(m,r>ddep; water,^andtM >^^ anchorage. The mouth of the is closed oy Whalo Island^ at the head of Cholte^u^ and tiie eMtern extreme of Wbale Island, and fhe south 6Xi3eeme6t^AfMakttai^ through the narrow channel between Castle and Henley IsldfidK;%i^artttfr H. fK. ^tlah ^(M with 8 fbthoms least water, in th^ lin^, 160 fatbonii^fronl; the^ioit JBids?o£Tlat ^p^^di and thb tMrd with only d feet Wa%, bc^een tfa6«a8teniiexii«me «f Wklde 'm "^wm id Blft^k Point, thfeN.w;wjmt0fHeiJj^^^^^ -' f yi^xr Pitfs Harbour ik Bnperiw toAntelepe Bfarhftw^ 'qwrtcn of a mile wide, and ha^ia deptiiof 4 n^t^nui.clfiset^.^e shores^ -io 16 fbthoma in the Matre. Y«ama};anehori^.ai;nr,f^#a,ii% ^ .Water and wood are plentilal. To en1;cqrihefC|hiWP9W7^ftQcl^^e^ >lliulTorkPointo,hringGrenville Point on thf' wie^j^^Q%Ji,^^ Black Point, botb of steep, blaok rooki in on^,,hetuinfir N^-^^JS* | E., and/n^i ;,thU oonne, which lenTes th^ firr^ i. j— x. xi.. _*_tx x-Ti . — -_j_-_- ftta^ Inlands, leaving the secoi 9l«ar to weatward of the Sleick . . and enter Antelope Harbour. To enter Pitt^s'Hnt-bdtiri as s6on aa' tibe Blaefc ^Rdek Vav* ^Mt,, change course to N.W. by N., and run on till the east end of Whate< MiMd ind^ flw western extreme ^of Chateau Point on Castk Island are in <(Mief bea<^ S. S W. ; then proceed N. | E., and enter the harbenr, ^itiiich course wiJUclea]^^ woal water off Pitt's Point. YOBK Point is quite bold, and so is Chateau Point, to the west, but has shoal water ¥i fkthoms off it, to the S.E. It may be considered as the north point of the east entrance of the Strait of Belle Isle ; to the N.W. of it is a high ridge, called the High Beacon, 969 fDet above the sea. \>Jt coast runs westward, straight and bold to Wreck Bay, which is W. | S. 10| miles ttata. York Point. It affords no shelter. Two miles and a half S.W. of its east point is a rockv natoh, with 5 fathoms. Barge Bay is W. ^ S. 164 miles from York Point, and affords no anchorage. Greenish Bay is about 5^ nmes W by N. fixmi Barge Bar, and is open to the S.E. ; the holding-ground is not good, but it is some- times used by small vessels. Between this and BedBay io the Sunk Ledge ; the rocks are awash, bearing S.E. ^ S., half a mile firom Twin Island, close to the east point of Red Bay. with tolerable anchorage in 10 or 12 fatiioms in westerly winds. The outer harbonr of Bed Bay is between Saddle and Harbour Islands, at the entrance of the inner harbour, with a depth of 6 to 9 fathoms. Immediately to the N.E. of this is the entrance to the inner harbour : it is 100 fathoms wide, but shpal on each side, the depth in the middle being 7 fathoms ; within is a capacious basin, where any number of veaeels might safely winter. It is easily entered with a leading wind, but the entrance is too narrow for a large vessel to beat into. Carrci Cove is 34 nules W. by S. of Red bay ; it is very small, and used by a few fishing vessels. Of the eastern point of Black Bay, there are two small ishnds, a fflile apart, called the Little St. Modest Islands. They have a dangerous rock off shore, half a mile S.E. by S. from the W. extreme of the western isle ; this must be eareftuly avoided. ^. Modest Isle is on the opposite or west side of Black Bay ; it is , hare, and within it, Ashing vessels moor to the rocks on cither side. Kft'lh«^iJ^rth<«Uib i'laxiio inii ntcnl ' etween Flat and dft to ^i^st^ralrd Sie BliidE' 2lti«k ofWbatei£oal ; has shoal water nnt of the east called the High is W. I S. 10^ S.W. of its east liles from York W hy N. from , hut it is some- !^;>{;4t'if op

to^jSi;windf, whiehfend jn a heavy sweti, but therfi is tolerabis j»0fliM9»g»ua 10 fathoms off a &ie sawdy heaich, to tjie weft of the r^ at tk« heaA of the bay. Ihei^ is a rocky shoal of 3 jSaiHoois^ one inile ^•'W> of St. Modest labfnA* <^^2^^9t- M^ec^ IsUndrli n^e.^S-]3lr.;^^^ Oxj^^ P|^^^^ ^d ^J$? west olf tliu is va^. bt^ j^infr yf^}k tiieii (n the sitidoteer iimti^ l^ere ate a wAing ^^^f^.aapi^yen^.t^^ ma t^, Hie'litohJiWiBlti: irt^Ltnil^Bayis •*- ifl^/gc^^ ,$ i

d ''^W:^'o^;Jii^,^ ^^■iLi'y'J>'i '" '"' '^ ^FriMd 'Point AmoiirfabiJbss the etttrtme^TofiW Strait oiir|^e|te7t^ ii^Mkrtiiiiy of Newfimndtend, the distance is 9| miles. _/:l ^ ./^ :> ja „, <,r it /ii ; 7/ ; J§JI o/ft boUp/i .i-ghh d-g^d G-clii lo .frM odi ol ; gfal olloil lo ^iiittfe oift !}■. consijnv ' -Tie a;{| otixOs .joai O'^y ,.'.rooijo{i ^01 .af .Y/ ai doidv ,i^v>a. vVyni olblixf Lmi Irf^fB-jJa .bxev/tgo^r ;imrr Jajtsoa aifT i-aso etx lo . //.a "tbri: a bxisi noILrti .j'/;rT .-n^H'oria oa a/rtdftfl Jl .inio^ >i'ioY mo-A polira si-io/ mo-u Bolim £01 .3 | .7/ ai vnAl i^^x^M .Hxtioiftj/i i, ilJivr ,d-jiiiq -nbrn a e( }ii(ot ; .a.a' luU oJ ,a.oqo si has ,7fi>i gaTXia ' ^Jlooi oxil ■. -.^viy.vl AiOi?. 'jdt at Y/id hiK ban dift n;ri?/-J3f.l ,Bl-3i<«av fffixFa yif «j:^vf K'lXfi/t 10 ^.aioq J-8C0 oxf.* oj yRoIa /jxijbM ixxwT xno-i"i 'iiixri ;j 1:Ibx{ ,.8 f .'>l,8 gahxiaj' ,/fi'C.>j^ii {>-.o . . S '. • .-fydlnil ■lE . unol , , - ^,„ ..... ^ . ..-. -_ .iligW Jy-it 6OX Juocf« ix/fxiixixi itiJixo 0x11 ,<)Jixiivy •rI-iaJ:iO'^/- xt: extroxlixi'l L1 10 01 m o^'o-roxfoxiG olffirxoloi^ixw 81 il .bxixvr vfsro xtio-t} Botojloxla xlioshoq .-wodind 6TM ls/iiiiiB(,d ss ?! yaU. di 'tto gnxYl ,\ii\;A?I i4Mn-;?j. vff ijou 'vjdiiwix -mn tciydw ,iuijr,I lo .8 ycf .Y/" aoLlxit |8 gl atjoO ivrsvl'^y ,-h ,ijil)ii/;lr.x ILixu;'. o-wl ;viK bHO/ft ,\n^S. '^a«Ul 'to ,tiuoi{ avyi-nn '.)di K) .Jifaay;?'/ ^>iiMaa tio iToo'x ax/o'X'iajuib ij o^j?ri Y"*'*^' .fburAid h'^holA .S^ ulJiiJ oiit hdiiia .naqs :Alm itd inmu hsdi ;9l«x m^f^itw ndi % onvnir.o ,W oxlt xno'tt .8 vd .K.^, ■jUmalliid .oxoxia i'j- ^IJUO ■f,.pt '.-, :.T:oz3riiwAJ .t3 lo.^avLii a via *■)<». ^^waJ^df*^ ittaui'M . ,'t.id biKJ .ui«I yii»H, lo.iitfita aiif cii^Hui/li infioxJp THE GULF ANP mVER OF 3T.,MWPINCPS,, *„,,„;;, ..-A lA description qfthe harbours, SfC.,on the western an^ southern 'ndeso^'fKe&i^-'ji^^ 8t. liqwrence below Cape Hosier, is reserved/or the next ■P«»^-].xiV//?t**» «b«fekl arro?, ■ ' The entrance of the Oulf of St. Lawrence lies between Cape Nortti, the l|.E.'^M of Bretm Island, and Cape Kay, the S.W. point of Newfoundland. The dktanlde between these Capes^ 18| leaguM : and the bearing trt)m the former to th« lattei^ 'E.N.!E. ^ E. 'ili'.Jirr/ 'Jiir '..•■' ^i'lT'-^',!' ^moi, ■■•[ hfuivi'-, tl ^ At the distance of four leagues E.N.E!. fitMh t^peKdirth^ lioi the little iMnd'di Jk. Paul, which has a lighthouse at each end of it, and deep water all round. From Cape Kay, the bearing and distance to this island are W. | S. 40 inile8k)-j;5g;jj^^!3 COMPASS BEARINGS AND DISTANCESr ,hin,[ ult bftn 1i Cape Ray to the Bi^ Islands, N:W. f W. 26 leagues. ' ^'^ nn» >t :■ ,|l.i «J//^i<,fIto jCape Ray to tiie east point of Anticosti, N. by W. 4 W. 4^ £ea|ue8. , ,,(,[,, ,^^ " Cape Norlh to the N.E. end o^ th? Mag^alw^ ^lanila, Iff.J^iy i^.^^vWr ii? fesfiijpgiv^ Cape North to the Bird Islands, N. ^W. 18^ leagues. iff Id ftnjt'K>jo*J()j; vi^Jaw " ■■'■■!" .1^ 't'-; i)rff;[:^I .'(IJ brrr, biiJilbinrolr/rjyL no \iiSl ;;;;^'|;r-^ENERA3^;i»iaEN^Mi;j^A.--lVINDS>. W|:4yiim, QUjaRES™,>.i{iif, j/rrvf i).*;! .i.-^i ji;; ipDefKiUn|p winds, . sopie1^?B blowing for several weolcs in auccebsubk, Bitnitiiiglw^asjHeldQmL veer quiqklyrQiu]^; from one point of the oon^fassto. anotheiiidiroctl]^ edntranr;^ ui general they die,AW§y tQ ft (Sklmt a||d iare suoceedediiby aiwindjin^/the i^aaito direotion. ° .ijjoqqo ni hitm ,'no'io'jofii .fiooll 'to mji'iii^ oilT .^vhAX-vAAm^ lui iiurioi The dijeotldn df ifie wittasin tiie tfvei'fe geAAffllf di^ly tii>'k- dfe jfefedfli^,^ folbwin^ the direfetidndfthi^hi^ lands da teil^* slib^. 'TMs^d^S.E.'WiAd M4Ktf Gitlf b^mes E.S.E. between Atitidpsti-idd this S^.'^cd⁢ E'.N'.'^i ttbdf^'P^^'d^ MiHt(^randN.fei'abdte'Ot«fen^Iilftiid.'^'^'i ■'■■*l-''' '• '■' r '■■;=' ''■• nin);,., ,-,;■. jUi/,- .^ITiwEl J^/SliTl^® Prpyalen^eof fo^ ^s one^o;^;^hp^r>Wte^j^wpes,of,^l^ ^^n efe^rh qii&tbr. They softefames coAe with p^t^r^.wmi^^^ftj.^x, m^hi^ never of long continuance. Wmds between south ibid east oamt rain and foir inaimbilt wtoy^yaii^RNjBii^a;^ itt 1»fe^!ftiWif,f i*yv&' ft»tW^ Sl, wiWl h-iE^niL- ofi?.- -.rioifj •5$£?^fSife* GULF AND mVER OF ST. LAWRENCE. 79 If ./Idiiffutq OKif. iapw,!0 pr noiilw the 1(:B.'-M&f The distericJe r to th6 kttei^ little isknd df round. Fioiii (rui ;irft ban ti Ylfi;ufoalm^!{iiid ihJBnpDetajHng; nSitadsjaelaom the ojl^asiif \nVl^ 1 lit; i-.lino't '^WAd'M'lfii li.f'lltllo.Ji ;onime. BoS,^ ju onTi-yjoilJ TheM fogs are probably occasioned by the unequal temperature of the water brooghi down by the river and that of the gulf, which is colder, from the influx of the northern stream through the Strait of Belle Isle, and between these and the air. The eddy flood mixing with the waters of the River, besides occasioning the dense and low fogs, are also probably the occasion of the vhtnonfononpf MiflRc, which sometimes occurs, and which is caused by terrestrial rftfra^on flrdnr uAequM temperatures in the diflinrent strata of the air and water. Amongst dthiirii!teh!omenainet -^li iilf tSte'dlt^aii^-liivercxfi^l Lawrence, is the loeal attraction or devtation of the compass, but this has probably been over-rated : this subject is noticed in the dircNctions for sailings up the River, given hereafter. Captain ^ayfleld sayif, ". The magn,etie oxide of iron does exist abundantly, and. attracts the needle very powerfully at some points, particularly along the coast from the Bay of Seven Islands eastward. Among the Mmg^an Islands we found the variation to var^ from this cause fr^m 19° to 31° west.- .At point Neuf, and on Manicougan Point, the needle was also disturbed ; but these effects were only noticed when the instrument S^,»l^^ Qif tViQ ^re. I^ two instances pnly, when sailing within two miletf of lestwrefhave we observed any «fiect of the kind upon the compasses on board th« Qftln^r^, and then only to the am<^uut of a few degrees," / : ' v f It should be remembered that the variation differs nearly two points, or 24°betWVea: Bells Isle (39f) and Quebec (17°), (md that these variations are inoreaitnig at from fijL GTJBBEKTS.— Th'^ c^rreh^ Whfcb'^evails tltr6ii^'l!^e'BtraiV W'AeO^ m^''p$S«^ along the north shore of the eulf, at a short distance from it, leaving a space between it and the laud, in which tiie altemioiis of tide ' (n-e tolerably regular, when not otherwise affected by the winds, Pursiung;4:lus ^>W. dire^tioi^ towards Cape Whittle, and gradually losing its foi^ as 4t advancesj. it t^kes the.diiiectiongivep it by the trending of the coast a,t this part, apd meeting with the (iurrei^t wh^h po^eafrpm the we^ti^!firoih the river on the north side df Annc6sti, and \irhicfh jperiiapsis deneoted by the projection of the land at- Natashquan Point, it gradually takes a S.'P' f"/. course, across the gulf, land then- meeting with the main current of the Si.' Lawre?.. v, ^obiibg tqr,the south. of Anticosti, between it and 'the Magdalen Islands, the whole ofidie waters take a S.E. course, through the principal entrance of the gulf, between Cape Ray on Newfoundland and the Island of St. PauL These currents are naodified by various causes, and their strength and direction, are diffiofil^ io 'eatinlate, although it is of great importance thdt a proper allowaxkce cAould be made for them, as, from their soutKiern tendency, may vessels are lost, from want easternr wipos, ^^ ^_^ , „__ ,,.__, ^^„ ,,,_ -,..- ^ .. . ._, --.le." iXp^fthfiX^y, Lcu may als^ caose it tx> set to thj^/^uthwaipd, toward^ Breton Islan^^ ^hiriv/ ,W.% b (fEhe. Hood-tide enteiiiig the River Stw Lawrence, proceed upwards in the wide tuAfl^ ^epchaimeliiof the eetuary,itill it iffDltttrueted 'by the contracted breadth of the nveii Heal? BedCEslaUd, and the «udden(ihallowittg df it near this part ; fitvm 'thif oanseitis pi in its upwarai courde, and in consequieh(^' df tl^ q^lp^ of wat^ here eoUeeted not finding a sufficient eutlet, it is revefte^anA, forms an eddy-Jlood. The stream of flood, therefore, runs in opposite direotidiK^ iiti ei;^l}^r,fide qf wjljver. . "ITJwstjrpaflijepmiffg frpjn.the sa^MTW^ as it j^pprp^fhe^-^e Ucp^ieoii pairt of R^d Island mnk n^is very sti:;qogv sonustimes at arate of 4 kw^» l^i|ittg;ni%diTOfiB]utdir«)oti0u towards thpRfu^ode Islands, with a velocity of from 2 to 3 miles piier,]|]^Qurflj mmm> NCE. »hore, the line between r-.m :iivi'~..n od, exce^tmff oIom in- The point diverts the 'I .ininuA tuxinH no ^ti^e'#l6S^J^rw»i^' ^' nif^ml xn'To ,vxm^ ifc'^tf*h«^^to«'4id« ^4,P««»»g;nattfthe rul^-tU^ril .•?y/j{i isiAM) OF a-f PAUJ;. it . It— THE ISLAND OF ST. PAUL, MAGDALEN ISLES, AND"* "*^ 11 oeojo ■^iii'qtK*:"* ,uoox^ to man ANTICOSTL' '■^''' •'' **'*"^'-? f^VT/. oJ^ tiMoS JtO VBI ItLAVD OV ST. PAUL lies N. A7"E. tnie, 12^ miles from Oftpe Noith, on Breton Island. The nordiem extremity of the iaLud ie in lat 47" l* N., and Ifl^g. W 9' 17" W. It ifl nearly three miles long and one mile broad. The margin ii) rooky and preoipitons almost all round, indented by coves, in which ehlpa may obiUn shelter dnrtng the prettQenee of certtfin winds. On this island are two light- ttottii^ one near the northern, the other near the sonthem extremity} of Which one 1^ alwig^ iM ogen, unlofls to a vessel near th« central rooks. The northern light, irtBSiiii andjixed, is about 140 feet above the level of the sea } it can be stoh to the southward on an v bearing between N. by E. and &by N. (b^r compaiis^, whdn. it is <^ffC9(M^by;m eacli tower, of six leagues. ■ In Ti'iniHf Cove, at the noiih point of it, is a provision post. This cove is. a mile m>qik the 8. point on the W. side; on the opposite ude of the island is AtlatUie Gov^, and a lauding may be effected in either of these. The cove on tl^e N.W. affords a BttiajQ and bold beach, about 156 feet long, w)icre a landing may be effected, but Muerally with difficulty, by reason of ih^ continual swell of the sea. The interibr of the island rises into three mils, the highest being nearly in the centre, and tormSnfftin||| injOrsqiwe summit of about 50 feet on each side, and nearly perpendicul^, ]X^hich is <$f^mated to be oboist 500 feet above the level of, the sea. The siuface of tneisland i^rin gejif^nili ;roel^* w^!th some spots of mar^h or bog,,"jvhich probably supply the ir^ wator found issmng from the rook. Stunied fir and white birch tree^ aire! the Qnlf pirpdmqta of tlui isle,, but some drift \yood may be picked up. ■'»* -^tlj^ier^ iik'aj^i^rage all t^dnd the- ishind, and close in-shore, which dronmstaneo «tit(Ucit'v6^Is to lieifhe^ VHth uiy windsr by shifting their stations ^^ub wkd and w>^thet"r^tDi^ ^ mode mnjetised by the pri^a^t^ of' ttee Utited Stftte^ ^ durihg thi'last 1f^. ( 'Thsre^ tolendily i^^;:wa^sonRdingfBoiff thenn deepens to lOQi iauioms^ ' Thei^' u a plentifiid' fiweiry 6t c^d'o&d madkerel thl ffi^d ds?'a?Sknce oFsSls.^/n^^ . &.^» Th|is islaqid has b^n noted for the great,numbeT of wreck^ which have be^n found bit iiir ^tiiiie^', ariiiihg |rom the fr^ui)irt^i^ a^^ tempcnltiious weather, the niieertaia ^'^itd ailrt)PMture ofite coaie^ htfk&iiSL':SSkbffihed ial84& "r''-''^ ■'-'"' ^'i'- .'fi'i^n'r--'^^ .lu -..; j :.Pj ifo C'dJ "^(i (v>(y) K[.r~ :.;iu-^Mr7-jvcT-.r-QTo -.'Tf,' -nxi oti^CQ'q;o 8ao'..>« s-JM'.vrii iiTohlop, v:r''n'vn&Cl gijMUttALBt'iSLAKDSrryTN )M^ the lentvanoe of lihe Bm^i%^ Lti^lseyio^ «[« girDvq[i)iirfii})r«g^Jar(«ileis.betweQn^tfae paraUelsof 47M3' and 4^183(1 NMIihLiiiTlu^rrjani nAmed^ /iMpc^tifely JSi^ Jbkmtf, ^dmh^ftt Grrndttown lAiMkqWli^tiTQtmmt'm^ exclusive of- , j^yroa or Qrosa Islands anf^ ;diBr£lu-/i2«M(4>vhiliAnKrf».'to.'^>iMN^ so, near to tba eoast of NAliprffninillandi txA inoUidadiiiitlM' fsfmtmmniiai^(hT^'^%'hm^.9^^ the disbict and coimty of Garo6. They contain (1860) a population of 1100 souls, tfBlMV^I^r06i6h'ft!«a«^^ A ife^ EkgU^h Mkd l^iidi i^niH^ aM Mitled n^ ^tfB^fini^f f&(Skb6'iM^^M^^ ^mdui wholly ual^v^ m^ i\admlti\ V^f iJllatlih^iU^idi^M^ liCflvt^H^8!!t*^^dsi«te f.-xj5r! , . ^ MAODXIfX ISLANDS/ n Thmw it no harbour ffiir shiM, a^^ hui. %«• for niwU ym«ii», iti(m> mt'Atfim'Ik. HoDM, and Orand Entry Horooun. i ;' i ' AlllMnil'. i* tli9 JiMMt ipiktheitK and' ririhoipal iilaad^ conncoied with: i Oi^dattmit W§n^ by. iili dfteh heavy andr^tigh' enough in north-east gal^s, aiid d vehs^l khdnld b^ w^U m^6oi:ed vrith a wholie cMAlo W aaiihlMhiViandoipenliawaiitoa^aiWairdi^^ ' r rr, ^ r .' The best and most sheltered anchonwe is in 4 fathoms, with the rocky polliii of d(ti flihoBU^in onepart of tho baV. Hie bot^ Iti^y^e^hek^e ejc^eltehfi jb^h^Agi•i^d* of red sandy clay. Nevertheleaa; the aitieititlttb rider (»«iWlMati^«aM^ W«»'{w>ft,P'T*% Angus^iiji^llb© an^ 5^ef«w|^y fMVine w«atheDievfln iKiInn^, ijafnot gmetaUy of ilo»g eontinualk6e|iland»dBfit)clito^ itmAisc iascMunonly indicttted Wti h^vy.aitreU lolfiDg in fromthe mfft^nxAi'^Nfdnm ardtfMfUMitiv Btawng fixHmW^N^WiyMtiljWt ai» IM pretralcintiirinds^diudngi fliar summer months. AHA-hm*. ,«^oHhir cof J SMUduiUa*/ In shapaitiaanirr^^nkr pri8m,tanA'Abp«t. thv^oabWlefigthildngtil^ aoe:widai Wbiem seen hroadaide^itiiBafniblaitalihoily -hudxanti £an bmibl; Jatti^ ttar: niiif f aeeiiiend>09yit ilooki lika^a^iljeTaniidy^djal^iiifiSafee^^ seaii It appears to be quite inaccessible, and sharp at the top. The waves foai^iiu^phdiitaD w^.b^tuah gteenriofi]^ cwlbre,,% ,<»MTO,j»?8wg,;i^tqi frojn it, for one-third of a mile, toward Amherst Isuuid. ' im a WiMPtm^di'Chf!OBOtpy^t^:*\^^uci!gs^iaB reefion^tfa^Hrestof GtitldMonbiirdiadj/; it haa \% f^leaat water, and lies .'7 r„ by? ig. ^ Ei 6 uil^s from thefWkiite>Hah)Ba^) '■•W(jHR^aig;w? ■;^ HteMti ae mm. MAOliAtey 16Ii)V^mfif. R.1 l^.Wv f W\ fttrni n(til Oaj*. an^ 3f iiikQM tn&i CtipbU Trbu, Uw no^reit point q| Orindstone Islud* ItliiiV «« Mkita, in tflMtf #Mtli«r/Yh>Hi 8 Id^ • IM^ off m MiWn lid* 1» bold elbii9^i>. Thei^tte MUfa awA iMktfliiflbiflt eUA'orti1|p, ttoiihynr, new redMUidiifbiM, MiaiM iMtrta^ndi^exemmitJ-^lJe N.W: 1»d(tit''«^nkih W« font Muidy ipit oTft) ^tttrN.^nt il the remtiluible Tt^^k Itoek. Tli« oliffir bf Amhetit Island aitt alM red of diflerent shadea ; theie oontrtuitod with the men Matore of the hiU-sidaa, thA da»keiF'grt«n «f the apnu* trMi« and thfe bright Wlkm of thii Mnd'bara and birtlhi, pNdiioa an' cflbot extrameljr ieipoalng in a bnUiant Boaaj day, wMdi aoraetiliiM aooom Tht> Andrdmaohe'lUMte extuttd l|f oablea from the High Moek, ibA there H a:S|iiflihoHi patdh ^«f anile off the N.E. foiiit: y.Tfre ^ear/ iZe^Iiea 'E, hylA. 4^ miles fronf thf N.E. point of Entry l4fnd,AnA ^E> i 9* S^ miloa fr6m Cape Alnghl; H fa small ana oangerous, having leoi i^st wpiter. ■.' OriadltOlie Illaad, tathe north of Amherafc Idandi fa the seednd id sice of the ffroup: itis MOfbet high; and to the N»& of 4hii, iAfai|fht Iriaiid< Iti 8. point ia VAte^fMn^t, wl^c|i is r^nuu-kahle ;,thecli£b of #,gr^u|}|rwl4te. colouTis.iinth qp(»amuil HHok-redTow down, ore 400 feei high. The S> eartre^B^ n, theeaperuf W, with a small rock close off it. Alrigh$ JtMfhM £. by S. 31 niues mm Cape AJnght j there lilftfMwiltijrOTerit. ' T " < .i-JPtom Orijiditone Island, the W., ooaft fa a oontinuanoe of sand-beaches an4 sand- InlW for, 9M 19 milesi „to. Wolf« ;/4(^*M^iwhMt .fa. of low aandAt^A^ (Oiirsfv t^lKee^ «i4krtera of a.miW longii.altev whi^fthci«and^beachea veeommenee, aiid cppt^pe with ^h,MAd-l)«Q».0!pcAsion9Uy 9 oi; IQ vaji^ |ur^ei^t^th«t North Cape, oyiGriQese lalandi a precipice of considerable heighL;. 0^ tbA»afe:,Albta»^A'f^/^C^ Cathome ol^ JRff<^,l^v^/Of, w^ Mftgw^l^n* fa of low fafld,' with, aeyeral, M^nd-mllsrwhloJii e«Mt w", toitfae NiJB. i^^ . Offth^ !Bast Point fa ihe I>onff- ^t a lidge gf' sand, wifelirfNHDik^tP 9 fathoms ,9f water, leyteading ]liimJi«,]9i.E.J StProiDiliianoSiit,; and £^« lit'mik.ftirtber the depth fa frQm;4 %>6,fi|thc>n!»t; Te.cIeitfrOli ji^t.te A:9!rj| fHithoin^, l*ke fitire not to bring Old Harry Hjead to; bear to the iSwifcwpNrof ^MmI>. iH; fae»ti»n:^yAwgeroii|^..aMtWefaa,heayybreaki^ ir, aj\ v < J%|^A jeel^y H^ S.'E;:! E.'e| ihil^s "fi^jtt thd'Ea^Foittl^.''^^ aF*fe«ife^bfi ^« ^, i^ 12W13 fiitf^ air^^inhidii!^ 'It' s^idiM diowi; W^m one of the worst dangers of the Magdalens. The only mark to clear it''is'-1lm NdrUi' Cip« of the Magdalens epeii two^^hirds of its breadth to thev N.E^ of the Nbttt^EsMh Gape, Whieb ia a lelnarkable liill, 280 ftet high^ on Ea$t Idlutdi whksli^stBads zt tiid head of Grand Entry Harboibr; t^d'caa be seen over aU the sand-hills. J Ufa -^' ;SJ^^partiiand shooid n6tbe appeoiaahed at mghti ;^f %'lS. W; ehd 6f CdSn liiland fa th« entraini^^ ^m^ mtfmriou^, ^mehM^ eii^nieli'nit)^^, ati4 oi^ht not io be attempted without a pilot Thedepth in.'Qifa efiti^i^W'nbt mox^ih&ik m fie(^ 1^ water, ju^ thcr)mrbi>dr ^ta^ ^ extehaive k^ well sheltered. ^ --''■'''- ^-^f'^-''^: ^n;-'/.., ,-.^,a:. .„..,.:,.;.,.,. :..i ,.i, u^o-i^ iik I^d, fa nfiidMb^f^. \^'<^ beii^^^frdiii the £^ ,_, i^klteii, N.,by ?Vi|*E. li(y fiilfesl'*- Thy^iQ^ ifd^M^ ilfeep bfiffs*'^ of a mile to the N.£. off its east end ; another off the west end extends If nule ti^fiii^^ Wfati;idbdrr«ffiitiiev1^dy-jS^W. point); aiiihif:dt<«9BteiidRilj^ ^^ille tovtlb s«n«£0h¥HHil. Gto> tM botfOi ifdeKtheto (Is'^gbod shAliBr^fmtii hdf th-iiM^ •b V7 \ 6t I M ii^t^uM>i ov itHwmm bear&g wctt. In thte'JMd k ftistltitjg ttiid«wM,^lii«b* fliike'> « »U]^ «t her «ii«i|0M largest; from tiis east encl exXewi»i»WktlitiiMk^ 1«tte/J'%4*^MKn-^(tMiii|ttttd| iflse: n. In sallinir irom inay be gained Dy pairing Detwe _ a'^j*--' .lio eoliux CI i« Adhlr >1(»iMMdlal« 6r«t^#' aiid»e49 ar^ iM^^tkediteeKa^tiBil^'lMitaABSay^lkarlMir capable of affor^ng shelter to shipping. There is not a.spigleI:de(aidi4dcj&Bn|iw{aff of shooting bears. The only permahenf ibuial^iants fK^^Qieii itiA th«^rd>Hj^^n^o^ it Sillt B«y'%nd f^ifi^'-''''--^'^ ^ -■'■>'••'> '^'-^ ;-i>ii' ■•'■iaov.' -jfnojj ii:j{iiXi iuf im setting constantly ttom the lurer of StfXawreiice, aiia the ^ <(^^'ftiH^W'^^^, lKm\ iifiiwtiiittodibfy' bviit'theoaeoia of ,t^^^-jj~^is:.^ft.- T>^A ki^.> tdx^I^Au u-«»iir-r.L^_1i,...^ .^ 1i -_i. .1.-1.: bonring cqntment, for tl ^be' y^;ii:iJs^ii^£ik^^!l^^iii^x^':n Btit, ^'>i)i«ai^i>'to ¥elki^(tfibttoH >at'ia«y jbe^ast^ahbte !s bitt4^ «i6eii:«^gp(iiib^ -td'^sldd |ili«^ti» >i)«^ot>0tflttoBV' all tiie )j^ '#itfl%rtitiy^a#ftr'«hfetae'o^ liioseJ#h»'haw4hct^ii^, ^dfeM-lbia .. _.--. fr^diAlii'%o^r''iTlie6»'(«lMiiMMiM^t»^4^Weoiriide;^ %(iE^^9i«^^oi!Pdf >«M^^n be'iMfioti^l<'^lkiE«rev^it l« iuade)kii(mii, ^§<^<(&#^ bf ^i^t^M^ti^tt>^«hM''he)ry''hi[^«»^ifiOin«tia^ 1 olP tHei^U^e^r&i-^^ tft^i^'<iiitk ioiat '"of\he'iiM«ttid,%*^lfcdJHp!iKmteeiri^^ i^- ■y'i'jhu{r « 1 . .««.^ 1.. 1 ,. , , •l.t* "^c 'i^ .lixigl L/ui , Q2 'I'l". 'Gi- f;ji ;,r' Early^m 1820, ^ shmwreck was dis^oved to have takeii'place on the south shore of t!ircumstan««, however, afforaed «#^^rtFWf^u^ tfL. ^,.. ,..., frew and pQssenger^ of the ship Uranustu. wHich misA from "Quebec 'on tbe »e«Ntft^'^^ ailliODba- V,1if^trb4eii;|r^r^fMff4i«^#b li^sewhi^ t4«9 ^i(*e«ded][iakMwii> t]NfA W '• .": A complete list of the wrecks whioh have occurred on Anticosti would a^jn^littdtMjp thl#tl1»ft#WPf.Lfr'it;?:9 fcirrj J^.jsa asit mo-i't ; }«fra-oj{ me tower» vu v^j /irn-.)! '^f^ '^ ia«!=^.'^e raiiim'aiichi(Hnge..(i lor. «i o-mW •••^irit^qirfa ot f^ihiU %>nii)-Ku'ltc l^cv oWn'iuo bi«Pt««i Boat JS09A%o\ Qt^4»itin!%(s^ 121 miles north-westward ; the coast betwe^^.ljhsQiiis^^lSinn^ Ww^iSPS dP^, and small bay B..betweenv. ,, -, * .. . ,, 1o 'BlarenimilesrndrtbTwestwMd lfo*,|Qape,filN9rviBtioii,» #^«p^.|^?p^ tmhiehiveaselB may anchouin fia^^wefthUPi asd WBf PWW?^ WW,«W:i«^^»,;*l o;tld%»;oit West Cliff^here are lo^ cUffmi,; i^rpnjv^^g 7ift^6r4iilea; iNAweenthan the coast is low ill fro|ib,,iyitl>i|iwl^Til ^i»tt»rfflmn*ry'» j}Xh»partof the ooastoB Tei7,4«»g«»«iWr»ftMJ .)mifaaro««wa*d,^i«inenoing at We9ljCUff,!wh»rertheFai»J^ ?,t*o*bo«lil2.B#«)froin mgk Caiff,fiin^ t«nnina*ii>9 about .7 nujes; Cliff Cape is easily recognised, as it is the only cliff on the north coasjb tpiwhicli, i .sea does not come quite, up to the base. ^ ... , ., ,t, laid wit4«tttiiiny>«liffi It i» ^a^inguwhed by ft beaoon,, ,The coa«the»e ^ds round to West Point, between which are flat reefs, extending , ft «^, off; ,9h^i:e»,.i4i)ii> ., in lat. 49» 52' 20", and long. ^° 32' 8;. ^ ' ^, o\ - y r)lwri8^Mi(?df%h* at' U» fe**bs«Y(i^ liigl^!^^ ni no O'^tJoi/iP nt^. -i 1 r.^** ;.[.;.',' -a- ■; crniu e)n.. n -n, \yuft.:;i.-j y;-;-: v/ri; in* -i^(J.migBB8yl»i»'the^eiay goo4*«oh(W!ageHi»/tfit:l^liwi4 WiAnt^^flstiv. jl^ JPR? ¥W?d nbal^wariOapefHtenry «nd W »Mtle.. Qff *P^r*Wx«fflE»e^iWM, WWJ^e J^ i dMIuadnmQw^ Henr^is WJjiS^ii p^ Q»t to tfe* iftuttir,a|»d.^«^t|e|5,^i^!^ t^|j^ '.V M ISMtND m ANTICOa'CL vnov. 1 ill Hi qnartcn of • mile wnt of Ups Eagle. The entranee between them is 600 fiithoaiig wide, between the depthe of three fithome^^ n;tnTTS: "^f^t^l llTHtr^^ ' JftHT-.Ttr' ^' In ammoching the bey with weeterljr winds, ran dtfWti the reefli off Cape Henrjr in ten fkthMue, nnW the west side of the White Cliff, on the E. ride of the bay, le oik with the E. ride of the westentmoet bf two hlUs at * iHstanee^whieb lie' hiait the ■orth eoast'between the north and weat jjwints} then hai^'ap With' theee merited, which will lead mto imooth wate^ oloee uttder Oape Henrf Rttof, in '8|' ftiUuMiJi^ until Mr. Qamache'a House bears N. by £., and then bear'np for it,:aiid anehoi^ in SiktIwmMi, muddy bottopi, about l>alf a mile^liroQ, ^Jli«^*i U»>hf)9A a? Ilieibay,iind 900 mtadnui from those on either side. r./o,', hnr ■•:i-!in-4 U<'m f/iothr .n .a riiij V *v Meeaeie JBk'ttor is a fer^ stnall stream at th^ hcdi} l^f fl'siBiiiEecfyeV aflbrtting^ , , fifr boata; lUikd is 12 miles 8.E. fhnn Ellis Cove ; and 6even nHIes farther, in the same Uncdbni are St. Mtary CUff$, whieh are 21 milei^ from South- West Point j a.woddei;|L, beacon, in the form of a cross, stands on the cliffs. Observation Jtiver w 6} miles northward oftkis point, and is the lai'gest stoeam on th« island': oh tbie n'<^rth of this^ river are some eonroicuous sandy cliffs. Between South- West Point and Ellitr <^Vib there is no anohorage, and off tne shore there are reefs of flat limestone^ extending^ ftillyantile,ahdoftcn lOorilfHthdniswuterdlose'tothem; n r< J/. < Buni&rWwlt iloibi (UM jUg^tluraierrr-TJie p^oint jaalow i>royectihg.hnomidt.«i Hmeotone, having a SBialloove on its north side, which forms it into apeninitola^roil'i the western exti-emity of the point stands the lighthpuoe, a coniul tower, 'KStftet high, and fhig ]aht^ «toV^^ 100 ibl abdt^ t]ie seii. tt'ehowa a briwi Hght, ■ynisix revolves adce ill' a mihute, and iti lisihteddvery yeiar froiu the 1^ of Arniltotlke last day ia December.: To the U^ihouse^is attaehed a ii(i^^iim-M^mi&i^^-^'^~ VetT oonspiouous' landmark, l.v <::'jfiin t ai ^'/>?i ;rj;;>r.t-~ .^8, ^j^iTKi.uo byt.rui . Salt Zf^. Bfijf, has fine sandy beaches, enclosing lagqo9S» iR.to ^Jiwh.ihfi ,tid^ ^ihts. it is 11 aiiles southeastward df, the S.'Wtpoi^t, and. off it.:jn tlw «enti^ii^iW:.pajf!, ^th its N.W^ i^i b^oritfg' !N.E: i E. 1| mile dis^t, there is very mdmereni anchetage in 7 ttihoms. At 6 miles east c^ Salt Lake Bay stand »lMMiban)4lKQi a,k>i(eiiigAjte«dwith:«ro8(t beneath'* Thdrt^fiwb miles from South^West BQint ii Pa^oi^;i|UT9l^> a Wcon.with a l6isenge xmd cross above is placed hbi-e; &i . in. ths least iib> the wcatifilard' Shallop Creek lies 13 miles N.W. of the Sotttk Poit)«; ttttd th^ hottiM ^ 1^^ p#ip' SomlkF&mthi ^aliffofeaiidyclay^ about Mf«et4iigh!^^ reef'iili^ttdli'BOti^ttf if for nearly 1^ mile. Tfan tower oh lukh)IN)&ht and Csirmoin^ Si ' in , one cfears this. Jl beacon -#ittt a loj^en^e-sfaaped , header on & mo^ ^0 le^ rlj^t j> pIabiSiao)^;tlheQap^' ,, . . - Z ',;■;,,. ,'V:, • ..,, -^'r, •-:.:,"; ;,1: ■:, :,rli t.^Vn.!. The coast between South Point and S.W^ Pbiht u thuiB&^ th^ Mbttd ih blUMib^ i0i^ along.. Thapidnripal disttn&oiBfaiiig marksaffe afthdaseii ofMr. Haihiellcf ih'itA^Jijgi^' oftiie plKndflidn-port.at>ShttIlop Cveeic, and thebeoeeiMiat^FaVifibh RIvei^i'awl'IBdttW^ PoShtW/J r , .. ., . ijilV/-. frtrnt island. , ind W. b The beBfr berth Isjn lOfitthonn^ tand'ohd mad, >d^th tb^ ^htibWef Cormorant Point bears E.N.E. 16} miles from Soiutli P'oint, at Heath'Pomt; Oflfeath Poiht theh) is one of thb Btoro E. by K; und Cormorant Point nothing tp tl^e Wert of W.N.W. The vessel will th«ii ! be twe mSl^ Aff fchbife, and tjhelfered from all winds bet^WriWrNlW. tij Epbyi?}^ round by north. - 'IikI t.^iMin torter. S^ngs rwe lO, and neaps 4 reei. . ^K^evriod Jarmorfo Janrr .tit /Bp^ "ttaa^ in the bay, ip oil liid Aiithot* In fHwtlwytiBaid ?/■ ,pv jd t)ili lip bormng^sbuter )r« in the same nt; awoodeijii, r is A I miles ! nj^rth of 'duB n& Ellift 0)W d«/ extetid^i^ •ir, U'jiiTvr ,1 .v^. Ugl v^kiioiiiifAi ■•dB- pauBtiula;roii! tow^JP,, Tfl^^t rjll^u^t light, •>> mura ry indinereni Test IN>iut y kW ^ <9iiB' e ajpprbadhdd i» ifght BJWr. he wcstiwlavd Be1itii|'0f if tegE:WBi xij Ti',) yci lutUUB'rfo OlfMl m.— THE NORTHERN SHORE OF* ftfe^dBtK'teoiSi^ iPOR^A^U^^ iti vTaoH ^q;r; 'iio -loy; '>|!OIN* TO CAVRmVYT^t'E:' '^ •■^* vn;:i:i'q-r^^^ nX . .■^r^ptf^t^fii^p^lJi^ilifin^t;^^ i9^e0OfiJb«din thin Metiottr !•/ oboe^din^ {bnifeiiten, ^U9 j;ffiei)t;|iurif«y%;WM. v^ iinpeiifeotljjF.kmmiL^then^'ajre)^^ nowetcr, «&reiul iHi'Mpoq^rf^iW^^fA ^a».)>P «yM^eA :by; Iwgfa' ywMcto ^iimiJLtwhiohL itiSi uied by;tk« Ij;* $fetfcifj»q^?njt,thj^ cfl«Mi|., Mij i,!-.- ..H :.\ /,'. .n.-d^o.-w;; ^: ■■.':■■■'' r.O ■■i'^ y. IxfEhei ii^hdl* bf &« land ^->\.y;, .,.)■■: .. "/|1it^ coasts o^iJie Stin^^of iS4lli$^)['sle',^^9p,^^^^ I^oi^v^ J^oin|^ f^t jti^-?^ entruice|/ we!)r«'4e8t!ri'be46n, pag6s 78-r^7'^; t^e n^re r^sipie tl^ de6qripM<>^Pi^M^eedJing >^<^twW4^ .IPOtHlf AXC^UB IJOH^ brilliant and fixed at 15£ifeet above 'lugiiwat^rt has been described on page 82. Forteau Bay is 4 miles wide, FoxtteUaPoint ibnuing ita western point. , . . ■ ' ^ , , _ , -^ TPiito Me* W:N.W. from Fqjliku'1^^ WJClairMuv ' "iftier^ aire a, re^ wii^a W<*'^fet%fflt6M8tei4ipofnt,totK^S,W^^^^ , ' ; iiBkmo> flABjlBa)y.-*^TIhrei>nulcB,^ett from St^ Glair .l|av la Blime Soibhw 3^/i^'' i^sjespclsied to westeriy winds, but is sheltered by Wood iMa»d4atd Oreenly Island toi^e^.W. It is an'\msafb amthon^rporticularffr in the foUaf tnc^^ear^ aid during windafioojui the rnntot^\diiach send mto it' a very^heavy s^b^'^tt&wttiled^iaila IfA^ejimb ^ andona proieoting pomtJat tfaelieflldof itfae bl*^ am^e bttfidikigs of ti^/fildlingestablffihln«lltolthie:My<'.i ■: y. -;?!;•)'.:'..; ;.);:.;:.>. :L*i ;•. .';.:: ,ii- .. ;;- ^.--.ro ■; Wood I^tlniid lies off Blanc Sablon Bay; it is low and barren, and abouf If ttuQo lojjgj £^ h«p iigiiike-fi8jH^ig«f(t«ijWi§lBiwnt«':onflt8'«a8t*iite^',^ i)l em i\3M'> s^wVwtti?. ^Wettify liter HW 1 J^^ m^ ii'WoM Irt^iii yi4't)6tw^^em isit fifik^ channel; and off the south point of Greenly °Maiid',"at'tho distailce of about' 200' f%|li^mf 1 4^ a iippkf ^oaL ; oQn it^ (eastlside ' is 4 covd )Soinetiiiie8' itod by' ^6 fisheis, bi^ tilis^an^^agei as W9U as tW'u^der Wcod fo i " t'- MUvHt lOf ""bile tkil^iind aMd; hal^'west^ard'oflBiltk^ iSabUm Bo^lkiS^^fl^'I'a^ inlet of tlie main ; there are some rocks off its mouth which shelter it fit is so narrow, tka^tim»im.^9^ V,99M ^th$i^9ai&^()0hQi9|i?efoitunilaYio«!biin it; hence the vessels y^|it|riflu^ntfAt,<4f^ ;^i1^ ,Ftdi&Biahc'Slskb|onBay to Cftymi *mB^^lMt.^^* ■ :QpiP[^ji;t,ii%%d««MS@»(^.^9ef>,Qf,x9 fr^l^ietiWd bt^'vast fioci^ of Puffiiii; It^isiieaily luQf a iiule^pmth«lqknd,Tbnti^ is no diannei between. ...., : ;_. .^-..^ju-.i .;'i^'lil"^"-!'l-ii.:i,-:::^ ;■;:-'■'. '" '"'r' ig off the shore for, a quarter of, a mjle in. some j)lac yfM^'Gr(?^ft\y,l8l|n,4i? '^^ jtedg^, tie cojir^ isi^.li S.f^S.:W^,h}f -TT,} tH,^4i^^9^ tli«9 ^P^^'t 9^t|j^^ fi9lW1!S oetwecA them on this bea,iiag 4f potiafe? y M One mile and ■ho^ bj^ tbe aouth ma^f to the east, is ride of Perroquet Island. ]iiUU)OB$ KABSOTTA ia on tbiQ north-cnst ride of tedff^ triUhdV to itufijdtnw^sbtttll, betipen a eVaiii of islands off t&e Uitimii wKUAi ati „ to, foividig the Westtini'ride of the cliantiet; and tlife oboit bf thi' MiilU; is the l^fore tten^oned establi^hmenf, the eastern fOA^. Tt^ Ik -""'^ this harbour ip ijUt nortli pr west of I«edgiM..lBlan^ ai fbefraetois' rocics and djina^evs, altlioush iher^ lis a narrow aii^ Vei^ drajk', tihab vesaels cloee on ihe islui£ To enter Bradotv Harbour, ioomiiig J give Grand Point a berth of half a mile, to avoid the reeft lying off': cara that the west extieme of Perroquet Idand does not bear to we ^yrmt dtSM^t Perroqwt Iriand may be passed as near as a quarter of a miler hatinflr^peMWed tli^banl towards the entrance till the weat extwmd of GntnlyMtriandilil^lifj^ia point open of the west extreme ofi Penoouet Iriand,. or baaring Bt-liMn y^im^ will clear the OuU Hock am! Ledge, which bear S.W. by W., and ave diatant,280 and 4^ fathotiis respfe^My fiiom im^^ dh which the hQUset «iittd:i"^ tbel^just edveiisat bwnwater^alid thereforid^^^^^ a^t and VU^^kli has 2 f&thoins leaat inmi, diid thjbi^x^ is eixtremely daiigerdua. 'Oh the'-WilrifM df thii ledge, the yfes^iaSk ti Pdrf^uet and Oreenly Iriatid ^'iit bhi^i'antdf'lhef itaay therefora be atipidedfef the course above meitticmed. Prbeeod 6h"ifmir2i6^ti[^ N. f E.; tiU; JoitieB's hooseliearii KlT.N. and tlie' liorthtfi^ iriet dh'thd' ^MAmmk Uke the north extreme of Ledges Island, N.E. by N \ then steer ioi ^e^Iat^, leaving the Gull Ropk to the, east* and lo^ng out fw a fwaU |«)ol^,,lyi;w,,q^an jpland on :the Qpporite ride,4>ll)er paaring.whiehi theehaniwl la c^aavi kae^einmrw the vileta than the mainr A J^Bpofut> 790 fad^onuf^oi the bonsai,, .wu^^ yonopporite the enteaniroo|.tiieuhajrboipr»iiiv^n.}^HiU^^ ^i)^^ wwtwardt l^ween tM-islets i^ltQ ithp harbem?,; t^ eptranfio ip. 80 fiwipnu, fW a &thon)us,def^' Th^havbow ia (perfei^ laia<4°!°hfld» hu)^ i»;iU, ajDfienunpd^ ^^ a 8»aU/P»pher ofrirei^ls tfthe.depth beii^ In approaching Bradore Harbour from the west, beware of the- Mdili'/'l^tiiK K«tend tljtEae^uaajteips of amile to the aonthfFnia^p^J^^gfij^lAi^^ >ip.^ ..£ -^ vfOff I A^thWbat^Of Bradbrd BiEiy,4or 5 niilea fr^te tik« Aiffth'^tiaM >]ld dfii, iHk ISA SfrdmeHilWtiiie Ugh^landontluatkjatrt, that'toWifiiDrtl^ tiW 1^ Mbbvfei&risea: -'■ "V ;'""'' '''''"■' '~^ '■■'^■' >■'(■• •^■ftrt^'r-.r ■,.!.;. .J (,( L.r:T>0(f .' BBADOBBBAYia Sf milea jxride ^ni^i^eaoiitbaf Led^MiXaliandfto ?o)9t{ Amotfra, beaisng J^^V(^» .% M; { W«i<}. froint it. i T^i? bay: w/vfl ^>«t PR ita fwaatem, awi w % wiwli.... J^t^^i Jm^\avidAliM.4mm'»W^r^»9m'f v^ Mh}«h\A grsia^ munba^ M^%&^ w^fm perfeiMay limdJ««ked,, . Wftljer.caftilw P«»fi«we4^:o''' f-i .li 1m A'iun ■:,!•! u] ^ir. !u/l iU^U \.\iSi ,!;■') //-([I j/ot, "(f; oi* ^Beliei'^BMnE^ Sttrltb^ to this hmAmi avai >f!n^ed >lMrAi>»Me TidUtAmouir^'^tai^i^ii^W^^ hafO' gTtt»ltd,>eO>*0r JTOrfeat IB|l^ f Siitm 'Pointi tei^'anA'^^nl' beai^iit ^.N;E<' |''E;Lf li- lililat tcUAtantt^ftom i?F'ikiidoth8^JPfc« %?*«; lyk^^^ ^pmii «6ny *ohi*, Md tf^mXh mwrni^fm. ii!oA'Pim%m^»iim¥Bimeik^t(miimmtmf^ wa0itti» '""""" I r-'y.HT ^m 'otm ifi one ; PondPomt is nearly ojy the north extreme of the Flat, until ' fh« hat^tti^i c^Mfes on >iidth P^aU P(>iM, « MteaViaMa totHfyfKMll li^ 'Mttdla>%ay, lie ^^['i^^k BRAD0R9 BAY TO BONXB RSPRRANCE HARBOUR. an Bve diitant 280 and fh^^l nbhcS aBS%Iie:j li^'iaifi^t (by ^e»1 MH# ism lif^ totoK^t|i«i|S .«eWW •*»**» W-lfljiOfc 4|(1 of 60> or iTOiffBCt tcUit«a«i'flam , Md Ifomtle p«M«^il(to>li|ft l(iMttiH^:fift7, <^.^sJjhatiaQ4bl9*»I«Qgtbft0^ Uid high noHli round tft thewcipiwMrd, ^^P^-^" ^*^*^'^^^^"^*''Kt)*'^^ iA6 high noHli ahor^i ontH y^ are wcU ii^t^^ihj^Jii^djr ffi^ yr}f»n,yon,, mfiy a^j^r an^boM to the sQUthward,.!!^ ft^'5 to 7 fitutoans, tniuddy 1)otl6m. ' fi«iB Aot to ^yf%}n pfe^rQmt,,^^ Bellc8>.Aiupw?^>i Tea? Arffi4 mat ^^um Amuii^' A^i,^^ .u^taiuio of , wO &#%f iS; f«»^fttf:l>nfl S»lft■! I li 1; ii'<''/i Mu'x .i^:.L:!i • ■' n i i^Miadi& Pdiiit'VH^ \\ uiilb'W.fN.'fNm Point BcllMAmovniattd/ifittilkiB.SjEi b^>9ar i|,pi^j.to, 3^e we«^wfml,.)>uifffe ppt JQi^ 'fo. itt the^w is al^ a reeft'Pftitiyimr ese are ^fjflp^ii^uiSAn^ ioF a quai^ to thecKmth'wetdt p|,tlie pcaui. '.•••xn;^ <>v» ' ^WiJce^puig t^e,i^tt^ oxtrv'mee of Lc^ge atvl BcU^'A^g^i^^g^ouiisinbhe^ J M%l#l)i '^f3!f^d%«a»Ir M'IMthohiii to iheS.fi^i • B«fi#e6n' ihiii^' Maud titt'd £radii^^t(KttM fo thcl tfihrth (Jf Goribdu IxUind, in Whiih ie;^^ dr^at^i-^taMtf ft vessels 1 easternn^ort of the Esquimaux IsUuide. It has a roundish hill near its centre/ oh •^6h'(i « ttillf <^'«t«iitek;'bear8^ig;'m ^i^. i^W^^^ iS.^^^ mik^ «feie«^)^lhbiA^^ ilhMtt«iui& ro<^bff>iM3O.£l(tlii0m$ to the soutii-west, and 350 fkthain* to the itottth of it is QoddardRock, whiok drieAKlt .MWlw^«.0iafKttiMi;Pt4lwr<||Jd« (4((hit10h4M«jlHWP]N|liktfi,,tf|:^|)lp^3fK)^ i«»t^nmtW;thw:ih^\F)«w. »cj»,ita mdi? ^fittwni»( iBflftc^O Iflkt ,}if«i^V^A^di iiM^ OOP imie^^^iM0iaai!4.|al£tj it i(f,p;piiitioFxjmfi !|t ing E.N.E. [J?, iy a."] 900 fiithoms from Whale Island. Fish Islet lies lM^ ■7«lr0pni. ,«q^da|l(MtfhpitM|)|aiDlaildrri btm ,^mmi rimr.-^. orft 'to btu'.lA ■hU Uind'^d 'rli')6'tih In comlsf 'from thd ^est^withwlbadivg windv-kee;^' hiV^a thil^ Mm'thb'Mttth w4,,|»f,VtiTM!H,aJH^ ; '/StSQimiAiiniE* BAiS^ and RIVEB lie to the. north)efBottnaTE8piefMK«iI£Ml>oiir. Euuimaux Island lies in the middle of the bay, audlfei-nttr^tb thennlulktto Iheicaet, trnwus imKAVZ I6I>AHI)S.— These arianda comiftincfr^ddt/iGixiliAtit^^^ lor 14 milei to the 'we»t^:ard. They are gtsaa'fiJiyrMne of •jtrfiea,Juid.axe-Qf all f.ilWjTfpt-j^fUf^jfj^ j^'j'v 'ij(it rno'i't nlirn u itxs/I null) oToni lailJii'i .Vf f^ JU;>/iNivMse '^nff/ft'tt «|l«ii!let"«f tr>!biilB!itot'ih« t8atitli>-^e8fcr -r'Midtr^>aud Mermot Islet, the course ioii ItfanM^ '0UtnIbkuli!hanml':ifiltik ivevy ,hJ /!ni« i^ii;f^^4b/iUei{Ai»il»)Wi98iio|^i^be FontJioiCks ;.riik^ aM /vl(^jn«si?»ffll9iiiif d i(iim(j«lnmniiMc>f^t)ki tQPMiiuewUf^^irqfiilM .va^^; ufthft^viit^^ottghiiitheferis^fiiieb^Kage between .tWtiPOKttom i£xittt(toiftnd't|^aibf)^iWibw!bit«Mfcil^og»iTfi^i«tta]{ri vvi^ra ■rW^^Wfr U'l/ .iii I'^nio-^ x-.i Jyiiiod Jto .ijjtiif-I ^i^^i'r nroTl olrrn r'llnj' ncilJ 'rroni- .JI.Vl -^cr'iHm-tht) tHiu^3)ttf^.SMi}isi^ihv^o^gai8k , JtawAf'fieoWlN-iWu'f^i^oriiS-iriinflM.aaad lib ihrj^nartAraiof iwmlo'iff^sfaor^t theljSmeffrJbiMilKaiSf inflcnfiai)tUEariiiit>jilt(the '■"' ";>irt>alit)i«)-)«8fet jl»H«es ■amedivfiman;- "It'lii'ifinall Tbiiuuiii4btK>ked)Meti^;i'eeiv mtiflHe/^top^ awi^dbcAt)!^)-): high. Together with the opening to Lobster Bay, 1\ mile E.N.E. from it^dtllKk ) tifd'httiriixtnllb piay % JwdiNn .'dtoci ;-t 'ii')/IT ranceiilwrboar. Idftilo HheiMst, aU ■d>i)ii-wlid{e tt-dBnplopddd ■" 1 mtbra reen )ffi(i-; -J) it _io 'j-ioxii- .?r.vi frimilmfisnd Lt)m)-!faet it9P«get • 'V'TiiePehTJ^ficJiU ihe datJ^rmMtdafak^ck tUia ,pak of fliexo^. It^ U'ibiifB fhiik aS-W; ftem the Btmletra^diifcslrfhdtf tlivf^^V^^^^^ .%'f'^;'l I'«>r'^.^ .r *7T ■!'.; V.T c.; .■ji.iiLn.oc; i,ii.';i< .i,.v u •:■).■, f. ic-Ift; ,f'.j;q- ixt.'n; t'X'.ttij-w 'vni -iii 6;nmi<\'. ■■ iO^iJSHskMiJPai/ i;«iiAo( X4(>b«tc^ iHtgrH Jrii9Pe!>i«*,tjt.«mfUl ^ayeiind ftflh «taff9t.!«rMaIi wiw«}lJ»b«to«'md^[PO0 nik »p iti ,-<>ii*th» S,£.>0ido«. To tbe we»t of liObtitor^BAy w^y(uw%M«;i^ MweU aa tboM to tb* eMt^fiU* to« ifai]n>W torhMt<«iiA{(rf'i B Tnitft if't ;onf,{); np-ol-j ,'if.Y^yf- directly behind the island of the same name, and run^'MahdSmil^td tlwN.E;<'; I towards therhfdad: the dic^th de«reaA!a, so^:tobe.cQnYement for anchor^.' , .:^) Ifeis wa'idiva little to ■ th^ e^_^ betvir$;« W(^>«wi_poiht rf thejbojr^ 0nd jthe ^Siid. 'fSMtty ^ftliaife^tfth^W;iiie'wes«etti ciinnel 'fe the -hivrtkiuijwii&h fc» Wtiii^^^. There is nothing immediately outside Shecatica, Mbtiiiibdue;^ES^^',oirl>lt6rM^dii; wc«hnt^tiiiaMtanri^roatioiist«et)M neee^l^^ tfihyPedltuhfthrdhlK tUeOb^nltiilvifiaaher f'ii'i^m:^m'm'\o6)Lm^li 1H the middfe, ^ht is/^rr i^am'Sl^? .„ »'ihitii'it/^ Wttfe«'thm^4ttik^'6^tt klfe Botiih of the Shsg Rock, the $amp'iBi^¥ Shecatica will bear E.N.E. 8 miles off, and this couiise ^hlt'iidee a mil^ t6 the Mih. i«*tl»ftI%*ad»J&aW)lyiftg>aiidiiMy'botwe«ifthe^^ '' v^'jiTJi^iiS y a remaAaWe high^;;^ij^^ ^^ ^est,i^ the..n.eighboiirhood, and .resei ma. entrance of the .harbpnr i it is the highest ;ih thq. nieig ■^iJtoflcf'it &e:^».^Thfe hiirbtfai' te^ ^^iJiaitfgiA tykiy*b*d«tfgl8i* lii W. rather more than hau a mile from the west d&iiilit'idf 'ibcf d^itti^tj^l ''^ As^'i^Uk'-ia ijAvLankri^m^ainlitB frnterHpiiatoiihauL' ovev to UteVlnriMt >tide^be^ Kihy^ W^lf W. Lwoetqaiirteiis bf AjBufe$(r]^eM J!toil:^a8e4 ,>iWat8ir«aikbe j^^ oiit 4'ikL sommlf.: dense bays and inlets, the islands being vi^iy It^rj^,' o'f"%i(id( into immense bays and inlets, the islands being''^^i^%r|^,'W'%a(idid^TO^heiM{^ieihd ^>^BtioUy «ovei(eid wiO) vmmb*; -Th^^^ute* «basriir hned^ith'-itoall i«^uMtf>Mcks, »^h»^tolkndii ttid iflteimulii. n'^^-r^-uL N.E. more than lialf a mile from Egg Island, on board in £^ing in. ]yMe,A.fitnalV'iiin£(b^r0red^rot$WCo thejiorai, Iving toward the. :M{it side off tlie.,«Blmnce f.>/tolhe hairbDac^andiwl^ichalay>,be iiiasaiaota eithei: side, and then steer ^.NiEi^ ^ E. 'Ctol9nti»hoe^'biouUr to the N.IYrandAin^oi:' ittrd or '>«'( ■■.j*fltl'«|«> .rirlj, oljVf ty':*'ij.;Oi ■ tl--; tefe-.. 90 NORTHEKNi BH0HB«0F>'11I£ GULF. tiJtaHiiiuffMtine-iUintty aMall, wilih • iHurMW;anA.>iiitrioat« .fpttnnoew ji{Cherb>iftR. MA)-fliMiWMidlnu]ia«>pa8t Iwite.v ThCL«Dtnuio» to 4ii',\jimfiMim$r. CiMp;*«EiiiB of .tnttlf i8lct9,ithe outer oneH ■ilioothi riMknd rock r ib»ioA£h ^ittdnitgr' of ue chain beindng W. | 8. 7 miles from Shag Island. Jrs.iv> -iwfr JSci0h J£4$tinutrr on' lAiig Mondy is not fit fer anything' trat'iriiMMvciJMiiiifce entrances beinff namm aM Intricottt ; miAiiAipiirt>i>a>m^ iriMtf AU^, s^ciiUM fi«m Its }kSi^6ot^r^^i^miA,^Ui^Wm^^ Fi$h Harbour, N. i W. 4^ mUes from the Bottle; oh the noMfi of €Kfkt MecilftStii' lillm^. . The/ entnLnfif. ito Pish Harboiur is^ oo citheri:Nldjacio&,9Via«A»lflaR|^x^ E' >mbeing tlie bcrt^i there being & ledge to the aottthnf the ialaifcd itthiok^liHi^ t^^nd i TOeh of > j> feet on^'third of a mile 8JSf.E< |i S.iitaii ;tho/ea«t'itioint itifi land. Wood and water may be obtained, anAi^there^ia » ;irading; ^stafaushtaitoi; ' iHaSft Bay ia at the wfstorn enfd/ ctf' tiieiishuu^'^RMGkiiliide thfe/mnitilaml ftimt> h e t ifeei i it^ am Mistam^iie/ It nni8:])^E. h^iSiipmwaliitfBSSt^tx^ Midhmageifbab ii «*t xA'iho 'itmS^f^^JvimB^ CBltzn&cCfiaaimite-'^iEi afWoodilsluidii dac ?bni:i?j o/fl alii.'-'-- ,ooni»jR(b Jjj'nv. j; rao-H GBEAT MECATTIHA ISLAKD is to the south of Ha-Ha Baji'iiiiig'f'M^' SiEl from JM'PoM^ the neanst pi8 i3^ MifiilBg liiAij^iioirth (ahd soadQi»,3 miles.'Bddtif andabontfiOO feet. high. /ia the: cmtre;.' it k ffiaiutic{'anld>thtt position of the island, with relation to the high landinaideof Gape^Mteattinayjlor 5 ^)|^,Tir^.Wf,4^tingui8l^?^it;ftei9ai;iyo|^^^ .TilAB V Nearly ))»ined to is the BoHHti H^rdtihi'M^'^th A imoAkmAt close off it; to the N.W. by N., and half a mile in the same du-ection, is il-%ihigh If*®KfPffiwtiQf 11»ftj»lM4«r*Ild.b<*w imd'^>6^e^i8 a 0(nrerx>ne. niUe deep, flalled\.^Mv^a^ %} a.«lnste^iO^ HjnaaJl is)et)|!(u4j(()ql!;9,^^ 9Plsl^yl^ageJ«9eaI;,^V(> frowf ^^i2^^, a,,)^ op. ^iftpe^ ent^nuwe 18 rendwed^ di^9»Jt,t|ipw»* Jreeff of jspc^^ .^oi^mig, »^t5pa^,j^.to\t iKxrthwar4y find 1^0144 not be 4^emptc4^^.in.^^^]9rc^^ tto slighteirt pjm^ll^r wonUjIace the vessel on shore, lliewest^ entr«m(» Js inthje §rai the weft litfMecitiinaiHairbourliB i?0»^<iadk8'Nutby'>EL'jfh>m ilw: ■GfutiLipomt of GapiB iMecJEUAinai.-' It rtuis i in about il| iiiiife,tO';thej>northwak^ unA' affoitlsnBDinBjdielttrJjJiln, tfaejnottiKofjiheJiBy jjs »«n)fdl)iBlist, toirandtfthet east ridil,- which forms a small harbour, the western entrance to which is the best. ilii>th» wlV^ thi? ^rW ttew are t^TO 15,-fe^ ledge^to te ?ypidH,«m#^ , r. from the west end of BJuJtoi^ 4slajaa,.and the . pt^^ii 1^ a^m^le^N,;^. tjyiSL; from the Southern Seal Rock, which is three-quai-ters of a mile i^T-K by Ni from the sbiUJi |i»int^6f Cttbe Metatthifl. Inside the blxy.'jnMivi^ the ieiitrdu«^, Ch^t^ia^^^o A"ihiig WVO oli'thfeiea*ft;^defoV small veS^lS."' ■!'■'"< ""^ ■Jl'n'-n '^ur'tif •'>:■'? ■iU-.n-Sinnm dim .^ .Great Mecaitii^^'I^.^^ mei^ ^'&^liL'W44'*W'4)f&^'^ tongi aaia 13' west. /Tt is »i''thii'p^^i(-; E.'4)rom ilw: lliw«k ol!rQi»)tj»9 iKiiAtthm^aiv tf9m«:iaMpd#aiid rgcbii oxAending &K l^f iniUMMiflf^ia a, Jjm9^^;'z'::))^--. hrr.y-pi'i ^!>;;.;ki: i^j.-.' Little Mecattina Island is nearly divided into two parts bj the Sau de SalabsiH^f oadik ^raitamifiidet thelnac(!horn!^avtion>ib verylow; itottipBsSMof«an^^ ikomi iad) canaadted to>tiiD vaiithara^pilit bV sLvteiy: navtowiis^hnaisi > ' 'Dm *iutk>pitvt iaiffemarhiible/fatildt 1;h« h^Iraii^^cxi' of whnfa 4^806 ilrotilbcRDe tlic wa^fad-i^'ivinblar from a givat distance, while the islands and cOasi aMnuid it^ htiiiiplower^^caBnot iie lHo the N^.W^ iif theMandiis fbulsttle JOecMU^a Jlinr, which itfla^,' and falU SOffeMioverstviDite, 21 .miles above 'thq: inland! Thbro lis m channeffor veiMls bfetw^eftkthdisiraAd^d the wnnX ''•<''! ."'^ut -.i;.! vi rui:-.]--- .'■■I'l .■■ ■,;;■■;! '.,{. . .,u-..,q HABE HABB01Bfit''is'on the edsib oif tfab'Miihil, dttcl^^ rocks and' IpAff^mtii I it i» open Uh the aqiatbi, but the swell tbeten^bi not Utfgei dnongh to «flltot •^^fVWeL^i (T' M-)v;:}) ,in;.;^ mI! di -SMI!,- ,^ *lifl.< t).if'../;.; -.1 7/./ ,,{, , . ■' ■■ ••■'•V ^'I{r«!(»hi(Higi«^m'il^ (ia^ tt^ittd ffeafp* 'Metettttk* is t&fe^ lYhJfc^**; lying* "tV^.S-W. * W; It) "milea flfdm ' GijJb M^ttiMMr^'And' S. I'Kv^l'ttiilai fi*dnl' IN^iM Anii«6b\f9, th^ S:^. <»ttrbml&^()f Littlcf Mecattina Island, and befW^tf^fiieh ii^ a la^ge 'opetki'Day, eeflltfd^h^ Buikj &flbak^, Wit}i an easterly wind, these J^n .Soc^ ought to be passed at the di8tance;of half a nM|e<^ .Aft«fpTOwsia»thf(m,i3s^ will be 40^ fik^onip^ %kr^]^ aqidthe^iW/ ;^cA» %'eer(^aj^eiRs pf.,a )xulQ.d|stfwt,}(ftn^,jane„^l« .lu|th« ^^^pamB^nrsejrtw tothe right, and 'which should ndt oe approfic)ie4,neiare^.^fiaji^,a_fl^ account of three sunken ^^ks around it, ISO fathoms .distant. tvlieiLiibreast of '^lis, V^%{MVW|t|^tWitr$'W degi:6l»8,'^^h^a ^i^^ m%6\i!e vrili'be buit^^^^lear, a^a .tb the W.I5f.\V. Itni^8 between Do^y an,d Price lK|(l». ,,; ^^ ,,j .bViriBn/i^'ej^tje^^^oBivwh' at IoWnw»tev,)Ue» 'W.NiW. | W. 1^^ mile from Cape U, NORTHERN fSHOilB OV^THE GULF. M»ikia«on« llMr* jisno good iin«k«rMv> im^yinm9*fwi^vmtil hvyond Hit itotfk JthhdMr hAiaaA wiiMi wUh Moad, ^mloufM /l«r6 "^•' ■■ -"' j • tm the Mune line of bcuiug^. These udandti are smaU, with'a remarkat^. i^umqa m the largest of them. Kct^ramu River bears N. by W. if mile from the i8^n4'?''*44 may be known by the sandy beach, backed with a thick erowth of spruce frees on dther side the entrance, which in narrow and dc«p, a^d f| inild Mm wh!ehf ar6 the lulls, 00 feet hiufi. A bar of sand extends a mile fnmt the i^trance, attd iM ittgettuH^ danffeitnis to boots; it has 8 feet water over ifc ■' ''^V'}1 =''". "^- ^"^^'^ '.V'-'^i,''^',^,^ The St. Mark htaudtM/e VfM.yf. from Uapc Aircy, 10 i^ilcs diiitant^ 'the^ are of t>are steep granite, and ^^-J^i^l^W!^ '^'^ ^UflT Jii](|)^.,§ndL Boi|t,^si(^n^^ jt^jt^f west of them. .ff Wata^haiftie lalaad lies to the north of these; it is 8 miles long, and abore i^.tnile broad^ and' lies in tho mouth of a large bay, forming a largfe ponad iHthinf it, in' which/ tfam«'ai»aBveral good anchoiing plaices. llieHe cannot be a^lptdBclKd without seven, miles of dangerous na>-igation, and tkehtfoie ilumid not bDfmtfmpted iot under absolute aecetsky. To ihe.nortfei of tfhe 8t^ 'Maiiy Islnda; ant sevical idttst rocks, and leefc; Vuri Mlamdh t^akMwest^ beaiias 4 aulte K.N.Wv(fruBi the north point, and there ore thickly, acatterea roeks both above and bekiW' water, between it and the Netagamu Islands. The eastern eatmaca between Witaghwitit IslaBd and. the main, is narrew and intricate,. fanttkewsstementnnce'ifr'luQi'armila wide,; and though there are ncYeral roekt* and ledges in ity yet it emd ke SMfefyseilcd tb»u^ with proper care; biUt there is no good. anchorage. on the route to^'oeootside either entrance to Watagheistic. ■. , ; .^ /iji'a- ; i.f.njj imi. /8t^]fa]7 Jto«lk)«r9•ffe1^^«d««ltenHM lf)d««^ifi«VAiiidei(iw«feRn|]n(|^%Mfie, Nvaad^. { th* Mfmtbtmma»i hearing »»W^$»H4iit mHitn. iftm^ 4i^hi0Mmttttid the Beat l9leii4«^.W^.Mr. \ w^ mk^ pdhti tew Hbe &UW,*e«lime4f tlwiit. 11^ Islands. The Tender Rock is small and awash ; it lies N. by W. | W. a ^ukLttian the northernmost |St. Mary Reef, and, 2 miles IS. 4 \V. from the westemmo«t o£-thc midle>lands; ^ch M^i^tl^a the Between the Middle Islands and Wapitagun, the coast is broken into coves, and lined with islets and rocks iiiniu3ierable» among which nothing but a very small vessel, perfectly acquainted with the coast, could find her way. 'TboBtbHkdnuJiRioer ehieM thestok' at 4^mile4 N^S; froiblVk^itd^ liJ&rapia; imdtheirb is aitMding aid sahnott-fishing^pMtaeite mouth.' '// f r IHV/ Mistasaini Sock is a remarkable block of granite, resembling a mofho*^ 4i^ lome- tii^M called tJie Gun>j ^jfchfrSfj; Jt^is eft ex^fllleft giud^i foi^ past^ ?i| futfapce id Wapitagiin, fr^m ^vh^Ah at.is ^isMmt ^u^^eigiiujifirsvpf », m^. po iheiw^bv/ird, ''a(nithmdker$ 2ed5^ U« S. hr'Vf: 31 ihiliet^'frtnit ih^ MirtaAHnTItecki Ireplff i52?r. s^ir. f W3 ^! *na«* ft*«tt m. Mj^ ifockit; a&d ^4 Mieit 8.E'1^; fixkn aiwk WMtfile. ' TfretouTMfrottitlns'dkng^omi reef te" OiyiUV^lidiAid,«^iHe ifhi ^ [tlile. of the Strait of Belle Tsle, is E. J NT [JV::e. bv S.^ d&ttttee 1^ 'mai*. "'It-^'i'] rock, which is never' e&t&efyicotetcdm ittotferate w^dier'; the exidrt of Iflie i^ around it is 130 fothoms E. and W. and 50 fathoms N. and S., and th^ is^b^^Ai^ W«»^t^_^^»ew>«adiBg8:aieTeryin?egiiJatr»oi^ 'to b-t.^yrpoyr ydtsdT Wapitagun, which are of bare granite, arid appear ks hiA'ime^UnA,^&W^0ignn haanA to the northward of theiBy and B eoaqodefely shelteDedf the wMeri^UinAoe lo theharbonr is sharp round the wostcni cxUvmity of. fli6 ^ater Wnpilagalirlslatadi, H.ijo (icjAPR wnmjM^i^mi^/i > IbUMMMk «r«r t [■lands, and jth* ome I|;dg«i fyip|f k9%.nimiulm the ul^n^ ^44 spruce frees on n vhleh^ard the ittd iir exti^emcly ant^the^are of slwnai kc ts^it^f Idag, and abone loniid i^diinf it, -bo wif^ptbu^m± AtfaDfrtWrnpted ■da;aici seinbnl .N.WvdKiai the d helw ijiratei^ m WateKlHiiti6 8 tt/JuOfariiiila be sai&hr sailed VV.ajiutelh)in Vato^V?if«^t,. nto coves, and a very small liiiii^pid; r!~'j-}Ty/ 'ST,' 'Bira'sonie- lt^Pl^litf9pce ^)Rt>«:.Mfd.,:- lUs'iifsttian ,of 0(6 reef V,' -lib '(J'l gnfc'^fahfrtfe Islatadi, (100 fMhMM oA Thh «ntrand0 i* abovt W Aithbnks wMtf* «m1 Hi* ' harbour ^tscif Is uArtow mA immikabla fi>r IWorlOOMiM. "f ' '• ' ri.i'i " iJ CI \itj 'ciJthird of a mile ; within tHe entrance there are tKree small islets» and to Uie northward a tovc running in to the westward, rouaft a stSecp ttxyky point, whieh has a fonken rbck close off it to the 8.E. Leave all thrte ulets to the left, passing close to them, and bear Up to l3u.- westward between theth and. tlw steep rocky poinl: this la the safest passage, but a good look-oat ought « •■ it!' 1'- J'""'"* >^ii''' i'-'lfi" r»ii''f'f .?f>f-"i -i^'n :- ;■'!!-•"• V'', • ' . To enter the harbour or the wec^m entrance with a westerly wind, mn down beiwfienthp 8outhipak«ia» t«dge audjthc Ofrtimant JBoek*^ whfeh lie ^ M)^ vouth of Lake Island, bearing to the north to noKS the S.E. CqnpiQnuit Kook, f t tl^ distanca of half a mile. This rock \^ll be reaaily known from the Nest Itock, eovend fijitn birds and whitened brthemi aiid )2P fithoms to the west of it, four hundred fathonM| W'thb N.E. of the S.E. Cormorant, is a 2-fathom ledge, which must be left on the left. Then haul to westward a little, so as to leave the Slime Rock or H.'Pj. Coruvy- rnnt, not ksa than 300 fathoms onyour left, to avoid another 2«(Btb(an:ladg«»wb8anng NiE..| K.ime-iiuarter of aaule from that rock. Paiadngclase to the east of tUs* -^ — 'for the islc% in the diaiincl, whidi you will see between the wast extxemeef the^ outer Wajpitagun Islands and O^Morant Point ; but to pass to the eartward of hamg Ledgef bug midway befeWecn SXanm Reek and Gkrmonmt Point t thd. course must n6t be aboy^X.N. W^ i^ Wj* or the west «ad irfthe befUre^eatioiedi iakt, en wtth?tha hiirhvpoiatif'Wluah is tfae.eaat «ndo£iLake. iHhind^; Lyinf^ northwaid of-ihe Itlet.' WhaiimiaAi!^ cablei^j length of tlw MM, tte hiufbonr wall begin ti». open to^^ the eaebwaJtdi/ii^tt yen) must bMr up qnickfy ta it« leaving ibm islet t* the northwnnl; kaepii^ 200 iKthaons off the west point of the oater Wapitagiui%nt ^ 2dfc« iMbul#4«^ indittnMtadtfOO' #iiruW./yMl litWtUs iMliti'tb«4hMtof«f>LabMdor trends to the W^ ^iM^iiB^Wttt^l^toVb^ bid m^UHAi^lOduti ^ weed V^j^menied fivo^ tki i-r .. f ^'^t^Ja^dft'i!)^^ d>b fi^ tlK weM; osuan^Wn j^^^ Tai*ifii^'Wt^^liiiilf a inlle and bh6 iiiile, but are much injfluencedlby the win^. " './Hit ._'''■<■> I OiUi i."ji50ir. fci 1 y.i; ,;:i,;: '.i ly. 'i'S i\Ai\ti ^rf(.-rcm> ..ii'fl IK^TflB N(^1^RK iSBKHtB .X)F .THE XiUJUR BKHU'RBU CAPE WHTTLE AND CAP&. DE. MOKTS, INOLUUiNQ' TUB MiNGAN OENERAI/ R^MARt^S.'-^itnn Cifpe Wfettle to 1te#iNnnilel i^rith^thurooastr^uid at< dtetpnees ttirjm§ ftont/flbto It nriles^ tiuireare bdnlB»r:iofaaai/jgi^Tel; and broken ahdlflt^oK winch the' depth ef water is Tariooa, 91 NORTHERN SHORF' op .VHR GULP. ^ bHweeiiM and 40 flithon^. lUenf -i« BM>ra ^Wk af>hikim* of wa^rin,ii9iiw.iifii!|i% b dark > nigM,' or. thiefc ibg^yOt< with ii)he n tt i . w, t ! ijiuti ,' :>untry generally ' OAPK WHITTLE.— Fi:otoiCaJJe;Wtoe to NA^i^W Fpiiit, ftdbtaHiii kkk dWttuice a» N.W. by W. iw^t'r j -S'.T'eSmiJeii. Off the Cajii'Jttf the a'fafid'W. are aeveral small small rocks, aboir^laiad^dCT'traief/tfib' oiiteniib^o^ Jl^iUh Jfoiohi ooverad at l^Of-lido* ai-eiSif m^m diatant from it^i i u m: \A<\ ^VVvv\^ '•Wb^lUanaiHltr^ma hi^fiei* thbii'the'btit^ isliiftAiiikirtialiy Wcf, oftditrOfi ialm N.W, by W. of Cape Whittle, and between them is Wolf Bat/, which is 6 or 7 tttWfa' deep/ Between Wolf Ifliand and ledgOaf <'iMth iiklmMtoMid de^ duuuiels, icadering the ajkproach to the'bay>vei)3pd8dgeioaa {ibnrir tho>«aveiMk(daf|ger8thafedonot'8how.''i' ' '■ ' "-"r >;: i:"-"/ .n'l ,>uV,<\ w.. ,>, ''CdlioOMlkb'IfijI^, the riext to the westwir^, ift the only p^ip atfojrH^^ to large vessels upon this part of the coast. It is not at all dnncult of entrance, •HhM^tli^niiMWr Of Iswta and rookaln ev^rV dirftittOh mfak«ie^«&)atiV[riO(^8Mfre ii«a «KMlMi«lM«l)6iir c«IiM>th« AcrMlMiih itih&lf«ftd of the *hnfi atradtiOtli^ IbnhM by an' aim nmiiln|g<'iA'toth^'B:'byom tlft fiea)'forthe salikty of aa^ ve^withg^^'lHitliOl'a and cables. -^ "i'i --^ ■ '°o >!■■■'■■'.'' j''i.r «.'i The ^tiUnxiiA to the bay li formed on the east by Wolf iHUd^v^^Mii^&t, lyingone mileiS.Wi of W(^lf Islondv and on^the west byAiidttboki Isteii^. '^ ^' ^ ./f) Jf j C^p5||i W. ^rwge _wh4«> fpmmandi^g top outl|Vi4g[ shoal, whj(ch5?^i ^(emW, )f^,'wIiioh'BtrdcJc on it «t 1*30 p.nk W t^t l^ay ipa^y^^ "' Tho Admiralty ISorvey showed a 4fptli ,o^ 47 fi^t^o^is near ^^sp^fw iu e|U(|tence yraM^^^t^Y jmsuspcjeted, ;, A isubs " - — -•^-•" v 1? ' *W*9 fr^J'.hih'l jsh «o juxiiijaKf ,fcoa aril 'io '(.■''i'^'i'' '^'^^ iji'^> ,«j['jo-i oifj 5o f./noilii;! 02 lo At 2 miles W. by N. | N. from Outer Islet, and 2 miles N.W. ^ N. from- GwiSi*o> iSfom this* »nd 2| m4es we^tdf Poini Aji^ubon, is ^e A |r.Sr«i^,^wi^ pnly ftlit Plf^w >rM, ^nt^v unrosperted. ; A subwq?ejit,e;^<^jM^n Jby JP » %f\ 4»f«ctiffn, Tjie IS.^ spot l^aqnff J;«n^, 0»tte?|j(|St $*•' *T m*V* Ul'Sii^l ush no liflijitlBiff .fe^1;' rtrli "ho '/ii<(t.>. 'iJt f);tJi .pil'.n-i i/ft 'iii i/rto «*• .1J\H) tiCKOABHKA BAY-'i'ini^O'/ tH«'#««l tf(l« 6rAttdul>on Tftlets, to the port, *nd then haul to the northward t IRflfr, ■0 M t« Iflvre the J?m«ry iZMiibtf on the RtailMNird. Their outer point beftrsN.N.B; ^ E. 3 mile* from Outer iHlct, and when up to them, the baj ie open before you, MM Slmr of daagoT* "^^ ftirther in, the better the ground, ond the lewi the iiweU with l,W. winde» which arc the only windu that aend any swell into the bay. Tcrfiiirjc ^h^ 9ay i« auite clear* excepting a wnoll rock, one quarter of a mile within the cntrawce, whicn you muHt leave on the atorboard hand { within it i» perfectly landi j^^ok^ with from to U fathoniM, muddy bottom. •x'The Batuh Iving to the north of Tertiary Shell Bar, ig entered by leaving the latter to the eaitf ana continuing the courae till Mrithin half a mile of the inland, at the head of the bay< Then uteer ovor to the eaatward, towards that inland, to avoid a shool off boulder stioae% oxtendin^f 200 fathoms off the west side of the bay, leaving a deep channel between it and the uland, 100 (hthoma wide. Leave the island 40 fouiona to the eastiward, and as you pasa througJi, the water will deepen from to lOfathomH, aa aoo]ti( as \ti|it arc past the inner encTof the island, when you must haul to the Nf.W., mtiiiho tti6'Miot a sihall baV, ahehorfn^ in 8 fkthoms, om mud, and perfeqtly aheltered. On the east side of the entrance of the river, is a house occupic(Cfi)r.,ni^-*' ttadil^g a|l4 salmpn-flsj^ing. ^^ :^^:Q ,,i{fi•l'>i..^, V rrccuo^ Ofli hfrc ^yy:i'^^ivfq»A^vrr Olomanotheebo Siyer, called also by the Canadians, La Romalne, is a bbmldn^' i^ble river,, but very shoolpO^ there is a trading-post on the eaot side, but which c^not beiseii^n from the sea. It lies i leagues westward of Ooacoacho, pnd the coaait b^w^n is formed of innumerable iifiUita aiid rocks. Treble lilet and the Xoom Roeke \w to the westward, the latter alwaj^ viaible^ aQ4 3 piles from the mainlandt and are the outermost danger on this piart^^ the AiWaal^^ucoatai Bmtf'viltiTBaXat wcstof Olomanosheebo^ off itk entrance are several •mall rooky, ledges^ that make it very ditfioidt of entmnee. Thxe^ miles front, tiloud- berry Point, the western point of the bay, the bay contractlrto a very narrow^ inlet, with several rocks and islets in it] 8 miles above this is Or .tradiag-potft of the HttdsdjiB ^ay.ConipaAJf,/^ ■ ^^^,, ^. ^-^ ,^,^^^., ^^^^ ^^ -uia xicft no-i.r rJ-^^- v -^uA feet high, abo^t;:3 milea to the west of the river. j !;!(*> i;fi j .tB9BGiAiKKAiiBAk¥ Vi'A^ld'iplaee,«ale in fine weather only; the hettonl' lis sandy, bad hp}4ni^^n>niid< ' ItUes i^^^milfls weatward of MofiquatiVQrPdnt, betyteen CurUu) Point, which must npt be approached within half a r9^Bf.an^JlMuuhia Poi»t, oit^^^mri'm^&d^Crul^ ¥mt K^ld^ l>6ifttfli^&%l^^MHfiy^d tb'aWky p^hinMa, w^cli is^seiirgiil^d; froiit «U bt»^ isUiiidtt b|i t^is'feqak^'liy bifiJ^^J^f cOV^i-edyrthjjrruct' tSj^ \^ <^a&| 6f $iMU iBletb,' wide ajiart frbi] uiideir <^*hfi ^ntV in' tke' 6.W.-«nd Wtittfe^ or 20 fathoms of the rocks, and the spray of the sea, breaking on the Point, Ural wauch ' m ifts NORTHERN MIO»B OP THE GULP. I befoir» Ihftfitibned ; haul rounfl the point totheiioi'thn:of the addffot rising to about lOU feet high. It is only remarkable aii being the. wpstetn limit of tlie American fishery ; for by convention with the United States, of 20th .Ofltobei), i^;8> thp iMhal^itantf of tjie.said Sti^tes, renoiw,cin{f,,Brevw>j^^*la^s, luLvf,-/[J9(»^^Ker, in common with Briiiish subjccta, t}j,c liberty m ttikioff fish on tl^o sduthtSu cqitsfe of Jyfewfpundland, between, CM)e Ray and tne Jtomea Jslcs, and on the wos^em ' iilM^hjbrn coasts, from Cape Ray tq the Cfuirpon Isles j also on tfie shores, 6Jr thi^.Mag- d^en Islands, and on ,the coasts, bws^ harhpnrp. arid crpeks,, o^ Lajbrado^, f4-6m Mpnt ^olithfough the Strait of Belle-Isle, and thence nq^:thwft^d^ indefinitely, >16^^ coast, but without prejudice to the exclusive rights of the Hud$pii's iBay! Clqmpkaj : and, the fishprmen of the United States have libertv, for everj to di^ and' 6urei fish iti any of tiie unsettled bays, harbours, attdere^k^, of the Boutherttjpattsof NcWftnind- ^ yniim,^yfh^v^ tHow is (^ Hud%*s Ray JCompan^'s Post. , ■,i;;u„.t -..!;~rr,.it -ji.' : ;•.• .'ft" .,,"',! \, ,.(.'.",.','•''' i- '.;-■' -i^ Little Nataahquan Harbour lies 3| miles N.N.E. of the river, and i» only fit for nnallvesselsi and from its convenience and proximity to the excellent filing grqunds itisofgreatserviceto the fishing vessels. * >' The entrance to it is between some islets on the east, which lie near the moilth of tile Little Natashquan stream, the westernmost of which is much the largest, arid dn the weatem side is a rather high and rotmd-bocked islet of grey granite*. with a wooden cross bn it. Off this islet a reef extends S.W. by S. rather more tlmn half a mile. Between the two sides of the entrance, is a central reef, part of whiebolwavs shows, and which ^ bold-to, on its east and south si^es y the otlfer pides miisitVh*ye a bertAk in passing them. To ent^r the ^rbour, having arriyed in, 12 fathoms at Imlf a ^edwtantfron^ the harbour, and made out tlie idets at tUo entrance, Wwtfiflia west point of the longer island on the east side, to Ijear N.E. by N., ai& Se islet wSh tte cross on it will bear N. by E. | E. ; and then steer for the kttci^ till abreast of the outer part of the reef to the Westward, and then bear BuAiciently to the ea^ward to pass on either side of the central reef, keejmig cleat of the ihoal water on its north Wid north-east ends, and anchor in the centre of the harbonr in 4 fikthoAi»; with thi I '-T jnn • , fitlNOAN ISLANDS. '>]: f ! TrtOX m the difitanoo-of ig: irortj the eogt,' IB, tilj, ^ega?hka f thjj ^urf ,^ppn ^att4 pn a Bt^U moon, or of thp i4 grand. Thptic ;\'ery one on the ati above^tiicro pany, is 8 mfles ruiii'xlii'Xl 'id If hm Bivei't tbe %«OT.eroGiiMath elevatiiDn of: the lewosteiji limit )f20th.0titober. mtH^ coast of ie >yesteiii imcl res;6f th^.Mag- id<^, fi'om 'Xtijnt My.^lon^ tho Bay C•. Mr: ; .,; e aea dt 9 miles ircen low, sa,ndy (i^pioyf, pbih&ehi 1 1 feet, acdord- IludsoVs ilBay !. ■:.'.":';:-i 'i^'.'M 1 ibi only fit for (Mxjng gyqmids, Ml ;>.i) >fi nixiit) r theinotitK'^f argest, aiid dn rranite^ with a >re than half a whi^h^olways 8 mii^'.llj^Ye ^ ^01^ at hi^ll nop,J[)ri; U at)rea8i < y the eMtward E?r'on its north ofnAi with ihe hwk of the oentml.jnaf bearing :£iS.W. j^W^ 180 tvUnom offi and Um «n>aaJ^«W> Wa$hittwooka Baj/i* an intricate dhd dangerons jilaee^wfthshdtcr fbr ihall^aiitd boats. It is 5 miles N.'W. of Little 'Natash<^iian and 3^ miles eastward of Affttanut River, a large Htream, the approach to which is very dangerous. Five miles norlfli'- iKrestward Aom this is Nahesippi River, which is much smaller, and will only admit boats in fine weather. On the west bank, a short distance within the entrance, stands a house and store, a ti-ading post of the Hudson's Bay Company. j- - -.♦ ^ - "vlj ; To the west of this, between it and the Miugan Islands, there are several rivers ana small bays, which are so full of rocks and small islets, that no written directions _f(^|: them 'v^ould be of any avail. jf^l^if'^j^-t^ •4^* Watcheeshoo Hill is of granite and 127 feet higb, Dare of trees, 18 mites K. W . by W. of Nabcsippi, and 14 miles E.S.E. of St. Genevieve Island ; and 6 miles inland, nbHh from it, is Saddla Hill, 874 feet high ; these are remarkable, and ser^e to'pbint otit the situati&|^ ISliAirD&— These arc a chain of limestPnp islands, of moderate height, pcrhaj^s nowhere exceeding 3oO feet above the sea. They are separated into into. two divisions by Clearwater Fojlnt, the easternmost of which lu» beeii called the £squimaux Islands ; but besides that the island, proprly so called, belongs to the other or western division, there is another group beanng the isame name on the cbast t& the ^astwatd. They will tiierefore be considered as ul comprised within the title oftheMinganlslinds. '^ '■■",-■ ■'■■■•■■,--' .■''•-->.>'',t -'■'■- -^' '-'^: Their general character, in itantical lan^page. is low. They are bold ai^dire^ qvently elifiy on the north, east, and west sides, low and shelving toward the fiontifaj, in which direction the reefs and dangers e^ist. They possess very little spilr jlfij^ nevertheless afc thickly wooded with spruce, birch, and poplar, on the side toward ^fe mainland ;; thpngh toward the sea batten trttets often ekSmc. • i/p'j«''j'i'/! rn ;> 'T , Applies of wood and water can readily dbtained fron the principial^i(mj^ i bcrnes ore abundant.in their season, ,aud so w^ different l(inds of wild lowl. Quae, pcds are scarce, but there are plenty of seals on the limestone reefs, and a few cod- ^fl^'Dffthe' coast; - --r" iir- :i;:r-q 'Win., :ii>^ TT'.v^ '.;!> rro "' ":«-rriI i! n^rp;(^.f;.TnV!, .' bthe^evieoti • Ible Lotge Island is the „ ^, f r i)cej MuntfriglsMd i^'ifearlv ak large, atid Esquimaux Islattd not m'uch sfhaltier. The northci^n pbihts of these islands are nowhere more than 3| miles from the mainland ; the southern pofiit^ n^et^ more thahCf miles. •^^Th« uAainlaind W of loW grariiie hills ; St. John's Mountain is the highest part of thi^ chain in the neighbourhood, 1416 feet above the sea. Toward the extern end'of tHi ial^dn, thcinain becomes very low, the coast of,/»and.9^;(;lay> and thickly wooded, i^ejjujjs being vpryfei' t^ck in the qounti-y. , i ,, . ;:.;/ ■{ . The tides are not stsong^among the islands, perhaps never exceeding a knot, eit^ oeptittg in the very harrow channels ; it rises about feet in spring tides^.': ' ic /' Bt.''06&dtieye lAla^d is the easternmost of the grout), and i^ aboiit 5'ihiW^fii cii'dutofererice. On the mainland, 2 ihiles -N. | E- from the bluff KE. point of the imii'ii,TtRM<)mtSt.Gimvisbe,a.Xi isola^ted table tabic hill, 332 feet high, markibgj biHlQ ro^K^rhfUf an^Ue;to,:^he 8ou,th,pf..the i^lo^d, IfayiAg ^,ip^ channel «f||, fathom^ b»tAy<)^a,t)^9J^ wd UWfisViwidr ftn4fthe,2ftw»w ii«cA^, whictt Ias t\^qr^ii;4s of a lui^ m XoJiTHEllN' UiOm OV THE GULF. \i kK% mAiifbeSoath-eaaCBoufeit 32oe*, i»ith« feet'tete* iii^ter,' tVd^hftWoM)*^ * S. fcmi theN ;W. ltock/«(6d «.S.-by EJ^ E. 1^1 mife wiU be just open to the northwart tif the WeBM*B6ftittt]itk0i»lwl»of'ttiig'di^^ ..gf|);t<^Oi4d;b^UToide41^v«s^4 . ,. .,,, .,,,-■ ,-y,,; ;;, 'vy,. . iOVi'J.'fni/ ■< j ; "'81^ OMJBViEVr B ^ABBOIFE W on tl»N.W. sifte bf thte telatiidv b«t\^e» it4md arid the north pofiit d ,nrAio'ynh .If i .IT.Y. u iu Being ontsida this shoal, braig the west point^^ of 'St. Genenieve IMaiiS and An^bibr Island in one, bearing north, and run in on this leading mark, .until the north !sM«a of the two Saints come in one, bearing E.S.£.^ B.; tiberi steer upottithia ieMUii^ mark, to clear the reef extending 280 fathoms off the S.W. point qt St/:Oen^yj<»rie, until the east. side of Mount Genevieve, peennQVfr the. sandy S.E. poipt of Ani^or Island, comes in one with the N.W. point of $t. Genevieve Island, pQuing IN'.K.E;;'! E. ■Then bear to the north, wiiich will^ke tbrou§^ ilie ceiitiie of .the .c^nnel.betwcfch St'. Genevieye Island and Bating Island, and then proceed; tp^^ht^rl}^^ Anchor Island. ;rO. !■(;;(; Wood amd^rat^* p^y lie obtaMic^, wV;1)«a;nag W^ by,N/. wd anchor one-third of a mile from it. ,)*!,,;' ' h \" ' ■ ' ' . / ■ ')).■•'■ 1^, ,M ;r|| J )! lift 'i.rjj ' The Saints (%annel,be{bi« described, i» another eilitnUicevajadv^lfcnatitanotthlKn part, bear along the N.E. sidoof Hunting lislaitd,' which ia qt&teiboldiitfetead ^ipiD- oef?dmgea8t'toSt.'G«[ieyj!Av6^;' / • -^^y -- ^.-.m".' ^v,..' ,: :-. ..frr. •- j-m' -vrHii -jjnnoi On the West of ttuntirig fekftk is 'i»«^» Jj^y iit^fc^WfK^^' JW^flf,'ft^Mttg its western side, is 'Sf miles fr6m iTttiitine Island. J^is-^^ti^^lWitf' kftd If 1»«fe, and about 200 feet high. On its north dde.ia CHAMijBS H^iu»oi3i%cirAiclv^mm>w, ; but perl^ly secure, with adepth of from ita6|,&(hMiw»:>witi^mv4u i/iT ; nifiiTr uduSandAni^bdir thewHrth^sidw jijit, of AiKf^or anpel, betwech .■■ifOif-iurf islands ai^dthe e^andbeiweiein ..Qne entjr^nce inpjt^f^d.oifjBrp- ud^tQ av6id!a sn wij^iiiii me 'm ft'jfft hiTfi atit&qofthlNni tfetesd inCipiD- Po^(/,' finiiiiltfg kfid If^iv^ae, kiu^lM^diad, a dtitftawMiuof r ) . > E«mJLMAUX 14ARBOUR. lot dOQ^ttf*^ \m fatSofiraSi bearing; tp itrMward into tbe harbour. fTo enter from Trilobit* 3a^, torthe NiW^pf tho: ieJMd» and; which a^ords exceUent anchorage, dieltev^ ibDitoaU buitWJOtttht ey«;thiDN.W- point: oC tho island » berth pt from ,i(Q jl|o 140 lhtlM;^;an&btatl^<,by>&^i^ , v, i CLEARWATER I»OINT is low, but the shoal water does rtOt Extend above oiW- Iqnarter of « ndle south of it; lim SAY. extrefne;^; in hit.iHf la* 36:'^ andloog. .63?i 27' 4''vaQd with ^mm47»tte <^o^^,;2t miles to tJM east) iij^m a prdnuuitofy, dividing the Mingan range. , ;,,,,;:. r - , ,( 1 ot One mile and a half due west from Clearwater Point is a rocky S-fathpm shoal ; and there are three others with 2| fathoms,. Jying, to Hie ngrthward of the l^n^ tiind in a line from the pcdnt toiwarda Wahiis It4and:.1^e outer ari westenuniwt betn^ ralhef more than 2 milee,<&om thQ,point.- -^h^ Icodi^ mark for passing ov^\- sidb thesi AiOBAsi JSivl^ m^iiihfii^v^^^ p one,, bjeaon^g^ ^^'^WcJstiwardof this point are iVdlrits Jhldnd and Sea Coit Island, lying close together M'iatM!.E. direciioil; off the S.E; point of Sea Cow Island^ ^e reef extendi threo- i^rt^r^of ilndleto the southwf^, and t^lrVahtts Island for 200 jhthoms. •''' i i ^yx ESQUIMAUX ISLAND lies to the west of these, and is about 2i iniles long^ uicl }|^s'!i(I mam ; the deplh is from dlo 15 fathohis, sandy bottOin, anaiti9 neariy 11 mil6lojafr, in a N.W. \ W. direction, between the N.E. and N.W. points of tho isUind, whim '%ki^r it'weU, if Vessels anchof^well over toward the isUuuL The bent chann^ to it ^are'between Walrus Island KaA:€hre«n Island, which Ues mie^third of a mile E.^k^. cfroiH Sc^uimaux Island* cm the east, and.. betwdeniJ^Vij/M and Qum islands Wix<^ iNiapisca IsUind, oh ibf vftst. .- - ..-i-^.; i'-;': ■>;:';/■:?■■■.;,-■ .- ;\, -..-i ^r)j lib0 east padsage, th6 Best with ^ast^Hy ^'in^^ ;k. ^e^f^mketeta of a mile wii8ca Island and Fright Island, is preferable to that b^vi^een the latter abd Esquimaux' Island^ leading nonh-eastwardf havingno leading marlu, and ree& extending on either side, it is extremely dangerous, and should 'tfc«M*ibrenotbeatfcei^tedi vrj,;i.T'ro:;,-:.vr ■^,'; oU.-; ills Jj'.^ii}-' liiyflKKyn'-i ' '.' 1^' iioming; h^re with a ^r^if^lwind; the re^ off the sotitli and e«st of NikpiMa Islaiid'ihoist be ^Voided ; tb do thisj do not ot>ien thcr N^.W; pOfast of VNi4>i^ lifliind, if in si^f to We i^^'of Nia;|^i8ca,'wh«n yon ttay bear round kiio ' U6 (thai^^l^f biisitfn^^.N.E. | E,'ntitil Mbvfyinge Iittdtid, lying next west of Moniaic I^Md, li? oj^n^the tiprth'^int Of-'Niaj^fts^ dear of th^ reef info til^b 6«Lsi of &j; island; then Imiil^ia^^ l^ereef which projects half a^ mile .(W.I^:W:;ftjaii thte nodfe JpOint (rf'Q^ tmtil yon op«i tiieN.E. point iof ^£^[untfaux; oF'^e hoith noint of Sea Cow Island, to the northward of Quin Isloiid ; and then run in between Quin Island and Point atix Marts, towards -the north ^toint r of ^^H|tdiiuiux Ukud^und I hail round it sou|ib-«»stwturd. into the harbour. , ^e(fween FoiM anx^Mortis- eind .E^uimanx^^NMut ^erd is j^oal water, and to ti^» wttit <^ Jhe former there are some small islets, which will be cleared l^ keying the N. and liQS. .;Pfii|i^ot,E|flgd9jaiu6 Island in^cpe, bjearingS^E. ^ E.; if these ore opened, before "l^W^g'^far,eaist?i^^d;««Qlip ;,-, •irt iV/" ''"'(l^irrt^ ilf^uld i^ the neKt westward fron Niapisca,. and isi ttbcmlrllie! iraie height; #te'£videdifrom the latter :l^ ft dikniid, withannaU islet in itr but no , inC^ pMMgt for dgdi^ing. :Qff,ito#9Vth .^^^Iwgte.f^^ieaQvne re?&extenfUn|^ one-third 7 '■>.,■ !;'.:!!■(!■'!/■••!,;' -^t •: ^ .!.> !"r at .' !i .'''.>:•'>■ ■ /'•!:;::;. •; ,•,•■■ I I 102 NORTHERN SHORE OF THE GULF. On ito north side is Quarry Gwv, whiA is.a onoU land^lwd horbour, aacl «iis3r df entauace ; the west side may be kept lose in QnUmng, and.Miohor m.thiB otntm i« .9 or 10 &thomk. '" ■ "" W'ft »tt ^Hhn-yui Larffa laland is divided fi-om Quarry Island by a clear ohaniicl 4dO Mtvoaa widTttie water being shoal towards Larce Island, and thorefofo in paising thrmigh it. Quarrv Island, which is bold-to in its northern part, must ba ke^t on board* The isUuid is 4 miles long, and its highest part 200 feet above th© sea : it is thickly wooded The Biroh Islands lie 2 miles to the west of Largo Ishind. In a lino with these two islands, and Harbour Island to the northward, is the Md sfrf^ vr,-( jiinifn:]; >,fftMifv>«,^t ;,,t ;1'»a' »ii; ./rimitiW mHOAK ISIAin) is 3| mfles westward of the Inner Biroh Island } th» channel between, called Sirch Channel, is all deep water, and is the best by which to proceed to Mingan Harbour with westerly winds, .mvi-ui ;;y cuu ii;./i . n ;,iu;, -. . , i ^ The island is nearly 2 miles long, and nearly T ihiW braid. ' li fk ihoai tCld'fi^ high, and bare of tt«es. The shoid water docs not extend above 800 (bthoms off ith south point, but to the S.W. and West, the reefs, including the isUiSf i^n out neari)^ eoO&thoms. The island is bold on its north and east sides. Mingan Patch lie^ S.W. | S., 3^ miles, f^m die south point of Mingdn Island, arid with the south point of the Outer Birch Island on with the north point of Largd Idand ; it is a patch of rocky ground, with 9 fathoms least water, yot there is a Velry heavy swell on it at times. nimrmt ' Pefroqildt IslflAd^ ut is clear at the distanco of ^00 fhmmns te^e narthwsurdiU V; vug ,• biwi bdl ^alAmn Tiiti; -)irii8Kv.q i»ji nooft -'i .(■unfji/iJ nn}\ivlA nil ;:T!i6« islets io^;low'^aiia'^^^ 1.../ , MlHGAIf SABBOUB is between Harhour Islandi to the north, et the Durchi Ldands, and the main, which is low, and has a fine sandy beaclv The h^boitf ia (^bodti amile long and 210 fEithoms wide, with plenty of water for the largeat ships.. < , ,i(t I'HAKpoTm Island is two mil«s long, and its greatest breadth is not l^lf d mlile {''ifif shore is precipitous toward the karbour^abont 100 feet htght airid Hkickfy WOtkU^Ai Off the eastand wesj| ends^tt^, tj^e .islf^qd thc^'« are ,i;eMs, jeftendiug 2^0 |if|^j(fin«||k'em Northward of the cast end cf the island is the mouth of the Mingav Rkieri\alP which there is a shoal, diy iit lew water, extending 700 fathoma pcpM t«»;ci^yyf*;^f the river, which protects the harbbm' from the effects of casteH^ wuids, '; T& nre«r toniing towards the Wi^V^orms. a, peninsula, on the isthmus of (i^mck i^^. '" housts of^the T Hudson's Bay^ Company's post, which is in chargaoF *,"( boai^eon,''.or chief factor, who preserves a niict mono^)!}' of trade witli^ t^p T"' At the sahnon fisheries here the fi^ aw^ very Sfic,^ and m ah\mdanlp,ij. .„i , f,^ ^^h,, -„(, • •Ulvl ' n the cvntre ia 1 400 IkthoBtt Ming through opt on board, : It it thickly ino wiitli tKisse ^^» about a e Mmth points ^ the eastern Biroh Islands 1 it» the only ^ore of Lai«9 a mile to the trtherin, the ioe of nearly land is quite of the Inner \ the channel ch to proceed bont 100 feet kthoms off it^ inoutneafiy I loland, ariij nt of Larg^ Brcisft Voi-y i^' centre of IflNOAN nA'KB0M:''*'Vi^^^ m qua! loms to the -' ;iM I< wit •/I, . Hi , il'ino ,|t].'(l:)( the Burchj >uris«b««<( 9*- if.f l^pmaili-om ^I»d. r 1 (■*■■' ) 7i,|'i :1!b*4MelW, between them and the main, is clear and safe throjoghout ; oti'its north side is Moutange l»hmd, to the north of Quarry Island; the shoeds whioh extend between it and Monioo Island to the £., and which are nearly dry «ft tew water, form the noi■;-■!: ...1 .!.. ■ -i' Mingan, as well as Esquimaux Harbour, has tliis great advanjtagp> that vessels can diter ot ledye them with easterly or westerly winds. The following observations on this harbour are by Mr< Jefibry, M>B»N. : — i<,^Th9 eoast of Labrador, about Mingan, and eastward. to the point called Mount Jolii is low, and nothing remarkable ap))ears to point out, to any one unacquainted, the position of a ship. The small harbour of Mingan is well sheltered, with sufficient water for any vessel. Harbour Island, whieh forms the anchorage, is rather difficult to make out, h^ing Ipw^ covered with trees, and very much resembling the coast of -tiie'n^ii'." ""•" ' "' , ,■ /' Tft a !vesseLboun4 for Mingan and coming round the west end of Anticosti, I should recommend steering for Mount St. John, wliich is the highest land on thit part, and makes like a sadue. This will lend you about 12 miles to, the westw;ard p^^he liiirbQur, and well^ clear of the Perroqucts, or westernmost of the Min«in Islands. !|^en 'within a niile and a half of the coast, run along shore, by the lead, until you malfe out the harbour.' ti i ■'■,■■ ■ Mii'f On coming from the eastward, it may be advisable to run inside the islands, into the Mingan Channel, as soon as possible after making the land ; any of the channels may be taken, with a little caution, and the lead kept going. When you are through, t'Ou will see the houses of the Hudson's Bay settlement : by keeping them their own length open, you will go in clear of the reef off the east end pf Harbour. Islapd. It is necessary to be very cautious in ^proaching the banfes on the north side. The icdand is bold, and may be apnroochea within 40 or 00 fiEithoms ; but you must open the west point on thenorth snore with the north point of the island, until you are well, intp iha harbour. The anchorage is anywhere off the houses. No supplies of any kind can be obtained, except wo<>d and oad water. '■-^ l^he ^bod tide setii strongly through between the islands and aloh|^ the coast to the westward; the ebb in the contrary direction. Lat. of Harbour Island 50* IT 30", Ifing; 64^2'." BiySSB. ST. JOHH.^— Prem Lang Point, north of Mingan Island, a broad beach of 'fiiite^hd readies to the RiTER St. Jobh, the entrance to which lies nearly 6| niSevKN.W. f W. tcKoa. Perroquet Ishmds) and Mount St. John^ an isolated saadl^r backed hin, 141fr feethigh, is 11 miles N^E. | N.from thie entrance. It is freq ented a66ibliQin)Edly by flshihg schbo^rs, early in the s£aioo. At the entrance, between th« clay cUffib on tne west ahd a sandy point on the east side, the river is 130 fiftthonw m NORTHEftH gUtj/Ris: 01^ miR GULF. lidt' a niilo iiAin«dibMlV t^hinHhfVMi^^co, . . ■'' : , ;; ^1 'jili <'. . If v.l (Jr. >WiA6 1 fir itiorotMfl in Breadth to nearlv Imlt' Mid tlidi |r»daalfy contractB. The tid6 itecendi becomes too rapid to be navigated. ' There ia irood anchoraire outside the "bar, there hetotthreo&fMSaf tti^»%xft^r« of^ndleftSnthe mouth. '•• ' ' '■ """' "'*' ■'•; P , :,' ' ''V! ''""^" •'■■"■;'-;■""> ■)'ti v. It^vfdca the gove^Ime^t•«f Lo\i^k <»n4,WiiwWv .i^^^^ blnUt. «>*jr,8:;and long. 64* 23' ^^".., ,■,.;,„.,, .j. r.-.n; . // ^ .ii.^.ti ^■,\Un Y- Vnm the River of St. John to Magpie Pinnt is W.N.W.« milesi And *etw«tett tl<*W itMaapA Bay, in which there is good «ndioi*ire> in vrinds off the lattd; ThWe Juarters of a mile west of the Moffjne Eiver, which is larger and rttfldi but^'iiti^ i.hMtSrif fl rooky shoftl, a quartet of A uileviF shore,, I TjniLjiji osob ott «i oiaxiT ''*J?M;rt-ls 34 miles W.NIW. | W. ftr»nt MaWle 'P^t;- Uii' ftik i4hm^, extends a long narrow ridee of rocky ground, with frottl'4'W «"feth6ihfc Wafttfri'lbf 44, miles to Uifi, westward, across a bay, and ati;timef^re,(i^9»^:^^yy J^gf^gea 'Atu>M?/Ji^*^i» 2aniilM w^tvitii^of the RivetSt. Jb&nj^tit'tMt'V^distihgtti^ by the ofeyeliflbitattieditttely within the ehtratice, Andbr the tieciiliar hiU^ ^n either i(deofHi ItWttlAflbrd shdteriito iMbts and verysmall '6i-afft, b«t i^ eanibttW be wite^ ill very fine wetttheri'' •:. ^.Mn>..f_.. ■'• ., _vuc>.;-- , v.ii.iinyn..) 7;;:i '.'i;o-?).i'H ^A[?J iij^^^a oriT ' The coast of this part is i^npregnated with iroji; the l^ack' azide 'o#' ^tii jifr fa^ fotthd abundantly. It has^a :^ttg &iiagnetib ^ctidl^ on the eoiriMuiir oht,' shored, ci4U$- iijglt to vary from 1^ to 29 degrees west} bi^t at the distance Of tWo, or thre^ dileri, mi error doei» not exceed hatf a pbiht, iind itt'the.distftnctJ 6f ,flVe bf'siSk!' linMeis it' i^ '"^iaai^''Siyer is thenext to"the westward,' 'i^'J^^lj^s^lSL*^, W^^.jfim^ River. It is the largest on the coast, excepting the rivers St. John, and Hoisic. , jft lilky b« Wadif^ distinguished from a Vestel several leigUte iff the «i(>^, M^i'df i©. minrkdbte Jwtohes oftla^ cliff, one of wfdch is closet to* the eastWardithii ottJHeFabb^; one mile to the north-westward ft-om it. The fklls on this river, half - it^ile ftdhi iW mtotnepi ate iofithe mott(iiiagnlfieent:d»|cri^tion.>M.:^n imniensedbeetofwatei^ra^bs over a precipice of porphyry, the height of which is 113 fel^i i :> ,i {Ui{, ;.. j.Hjiii^^i vjau: There is good anehorege off thlM Hver/the emtMnee ibeorinir'NlEd |'Ei,''l|: lifle distant, in lA fa^om», ov«r mud; i^.d one niiie fcodatManitow Pi .rif to iiiio- ,ir«fkm.Rn»«* I* lOf miles W.N.W.'J'^.ft»oiltt'M4MtHii iRii^i' 1^ 'is ^iVfitftiff bMt«6i'Teiy innall craft. Cape'Gortniii'aHi )iek \\ t^ili&ifi^'6ri%^db&'SlaskotdM^ Point is fif miles W.N.W. | W. ft^m the latter, and between them are the Cormdi^Hf Iikt$tottyflui^b» Carmormt ^efi BtagH aOdiSangerousr lying 2|^ m^s.W.f^jiir. from the ConBonmt Capei. T6 Avoidiithist.vedselsjthould/WepiBointB JUaaikoi^ and St. Charley i mli m\ >-biUi{bi ':vpHAl mli !%'iu-v]-)(^ A-)un(ul< 'AhWitu -filt point of ^l6)Me Say\ PdiHt Momc at the entrtoei 61 thf MoiJmi RiV^r l^b; the ^ western, and 11 miles apart. .ly^-nub mmi ':,ni otinp a^i Tuai I apart. Off the point i/adatt^ilJi ^*/»'b^tf^W'Wld'|hi»^'J|h6)i^itfil»''W«i*afJ^ lead : MAie ,pf the wsks always shdW.'Witfthfef'dufenfadiit ^efchfe^^affriiWavs-Hiy^rta {■' these last liethree^itairttTO of i iniW offi tclthe 8;»jWi'frorfi «hi'«jd'«h'W'&A*fto tohit, and ven^U AhouTd t$ke ^ai^ not to b« bieciiUned 't^ 'b^Westwuii{#'a!i^^^" U»ft the h^tf *#!eU 'flwjltf '^i* :&^^ «i tteii«*<&^iAKwda'h*dvfe'«»to ^V3 •hi J. BBVEN. ISLANDS BAY. m ' ■ '■' ■' n -mar u. bar Jdlto ^n ^itS It, fliei-e di-esoii^ — - **"'U HI©' 'to Jni,,^ 8 iWadcffivitij., «inark i»,on,, '■' ''I' /(.: Kjjl , 2V«f<>Si>er,if>on Ui«>lipi»d of ^ebav, and ia the tcni|ui«tum of Uw jodur abi^te* from the g. iu»d^tiie^c(iiniiwn(»wnt p^it^,]bo^,8,indj be^ifO^, iWl4<* f «^pM4} Wl«» ^.W.by W-totheRiverMoiMc. ^^ ,,,, - ■ , .j,^,^i.,,« . f «»::biq>. .-ot ,.r,,oi',.f iinM) 3Xy3B KOISIO U a. laraqr riy?v tlian the $t, Jphn» but ut much obatnieted by the rand-bara, which are fornied by the gi'eat force with which the liver 4eaQ|Badif4 there ^8 usuuljy not less, thi^ 2 f^t letuit water on the bar. It im very boldl-to.oStita liddMh'; bui'fronY 'Point Mbikic, ine south point of th6 river, there £l 4 shoal'extclnda 2i miles W.S.W. ^ W. from the point, to the Motiic Roth, -whilsh^is eiecWliii^ly 494ig!eroU9> It is «Mf bold fts a wall to the S. and S^W., and can generally I^ se^nriii fin* jtfeathw; from the ohftn^e iuthfi eolouripf the? wat^r, aud ttom heavy btp^rfj tlth^Pr^h^raii^ m««bi89a 'running* jljiri?/ .v^^yL as^n»^l^^ o/It »o .1>/r« ai;«i & Ir. *t,tnijrv. There is no close leading maii^k ib'r eleaitngtht« ro«k; but a Vessel ti^ill be f| miU^ §:<»W % §4k« Q^.tjie mhoal, wh^B/thp, J«. sjfle^of,%.^i»o^ }#la^ if^,^^ v^jiJv^ %.P.W^.9.*:W<»t!?'feet above the 'sea at hii^K. vtratpr; its^ south point bears west 9f miles from Point M^oliiic. The channel betyir^^ these two islands is subject to baMing winds, and the flood tide sets strongly to ihe weqt, and the. ebb to the eajit, through it ; a circum^^tance that must be attended tp In all tMchinhelsilietweeh the islands. "'"'■'■ ' 'J' ■ -^ "^ . ■ ■ ■ ' *■ ' ' ' ' ■ , - i ' ,The i^o*^ ^cA;«, which axe low and bare of trees, lie between Little Boule and the shojiqkl to the K.^. ; they are out oi the way of vessels, which ought ;;tpi to go Jp^tb' thjb embayed rplaee. / . '* '■ The iidffe and Great :Sa«}u« J«/iqfj:j'f>'| t t'STo . ;>|AifOWi$T anid Carousel lie to< the Si W< al th4 Ba$que«» : theff^^er i^ 457 feet hiffhr the latter much tbwer^ and the toutthernmostjo^ tj|e isla^dDi itfiiSQUith e^tr!9mfl« iftjm Jat.liO'' fl' 29", long.- 66° 2a' 86"*'>/rt-ix;'t -loifoiiK -im'- al^^'JS- •i9f{i4ta ■:.'3'^)4>! oilJ>; llie West Bocht lie between M8«(o«Ji>lh'' ai^' tfie ^"pmniuU, #hieh' foi'nis t!i« wdflt' point of the Bay of the SeVen Islttiidsi TbfeJ^'ai^a tod imall fend- lo^V tb-ttpjieja^BlH i\^ aev^ti^ V^w^ but ^e p«aini;nla hfis that fippeaiTince when s^n at a di^tq^ce fr<^ sB«l^:^i^g.%h^jth^nj|n.y of the islw%.«9d,,7^ %t,«jl^«g^^the,S«»9l^^ . Therc'lre thfee:6bviou$ dmnnels into the bay, viz.,' the eastern, middiiey and westeinl. chaiinelst iShe dostdfn^ betWeen Great Basque aiid San^ Poiqt, is seldontused,! havinjf ' airoc^ inita oentr^' whk^^is covered only in hi^j tides. ^ The principal and beat[i»; the middle channel, between the Basque Islands on the E. and Carousel, Maiurwiuj,j aai^Somt^g^st^, theii!a^n;^.pfl«jat,fof,;l^e pei^jpsyi,la,^nd ^ff rwhkh a reef: ruMjinik l^di^]ps^fr/im ttoi9i»pre(j1|^ep<«ifse:Jthra»»ghitji^^ noi;11i, its Weadth'is t^^af^r and' it 18 quite free from danger. .j:^:^^;i^..j:^llUx;,,:i..L:f/ IS BTOJ5i^te,jto;fay^>ei^ng ; .it, i^ bsfevvew^,the T^^st %^^ wd; Vmt,Mm>. i sIU U- ■'/..■ 1 1 'D -•■■.•11 Mtf tUlXJl weH '#ithi Ji ihe b«y; ' iTie rtreiim of tWci in the bay and in tjw pHnc|pa|,9l«in»elf jel^9J»*i«WgWM knot : but in the narrow channels it may amount to two knot* in spring tade w, \rticn ioo4lw«te*liy Uroiigrwiheb* I It is high water on. the foU aftdv^^gfiTOK <«$ |en firnmiwip—t-rriiT: sjpnng tidfls rise 9 feet* neap^<8 feet.^i)inl/r/ y-ov h ki ii : t^^n-unhra ance than that to the eastward, and there are no detached rocks oW it/ '* ittl' Jirfl^.^!Bh»tl«#ee Ukandt.lii^ SW. by F, f W< 16 wlea £h)m at^ WRHjawt i]?p^pr;i Wy Ai!er1;wa«maU,hiUy^ietoadfl> nearly bare of tree^ Great Cawije Wap^jB the*iq?e* kA •ut«mfmii\»^ ab«at'2;£|0S*^'^i^»**^*^ ■'-'■■ 'i--''' ""' '"•'"' "'■' ■■'■"'' '^' ■"■ "'' •' '* A^?feii^^blijr flri'Hie'fiiii^ (^'lif.ir.'tfide Bf -Oi-eiit'Cal^eeriit the niotith'of 'Wto there is anchorage at a cable's length from the island. It is an intricate anddft^l^rau^ main land to the westwara opei wrirlidbetweeiitlie iwcIm Atfdo^ .whittd,,w)^pb J??»I.^ poj^^ ^Utfof) tJM mainlandf keeping it midway .betuvecjo* t^e ^orth/sidei ipf .Ike ;i«Iim4 apfl •tWae ktov^ .wMbcttageijDa^ be. oeme at fern the'We8twacd>by,HeepW in mdTebmnel.bet^wfifp LitUe Caweeandithe maiu; but it iyould.ibe better t9: passbetweeuiGiteajt^and.IiAt^ Cawee Islands, hauling close round the west point of the latter into the anchon^. The tides run through between the island and the main at a rate seldom exceeding 1| knot, and generally much less. i^ Lobfter Bttf is jitt excellent open roadsteaai^tween .Po^< S^ouh, three-quarters tothe w< but there ard of Little Cawee Islaiiil, and the Cr6oKed.Ulfm«b, three miles of J^e^bay iijh^ occupied by an extensive flat, i«S^-^ .••fHMKM*^...' PenteeoU Siver is 11 mile to tiie westward of Crodced Islaadf it would afford shelter to small vessels, out is di£Scult of entrance. English Point is 7 miles S.W. of Pentecost River, and W a phQ^e:||Jte^|li^^^^|^.^ tc| Ijbf; ^tflA*^^ of one-third of a mile. It is bold-to on the S.E.'and east.' sary ; but if it be intended to run through between iJie islahd'and i£e 'mam, stand •iaiiI^1lln9iQitfntetdt.rt6K« fm^Mh&m^iSr iMitiliEi|gU«b«B0i!rtti».i)pfe<|Lihal| wjsif^t to ,.]lMriiibgamavd of the Nintb jRocliA i: ihea ateeiMf^r, EfigUt^ KpHn«g}i{m|9 iihoKitiji^r t:i^bo^rthANi9P|hiRoeka aberth of « cikble's lengthy uptjl yoUiiUaive j^am^i /Ai&lBi: a jifUliqn^sterioflfriwlel; |f(;i)Ltn(^thett hiMil o)itit9> af«ii;g(Hng AOthiAg to .liie/iaoiith- ^wiWrtlojBSJl-^y.Bt.tteifaf^oidthd'JIiE^rifeef^.r ;,■.•, ,.;f 7.. j,K^ • '/ ,'(' M ,-l(V>'f •^-i;..ilt([;.ir '^^'tb^'tid^ tiaUMi ^m«ii'^he'i»laTt^d^y'Miri'V^i^ii^^jf ^'tgiS'^^e knot, and part of both the stream of ebb^kM'^botf'i^is^'tiii'Wi^ ^jgerons three-fathom channel between the island and the Nortti Hooks. i .ijm :'\iWim i^B.Morwft.. .friio'/ m t Cuffmti JUvtr w 21 milo» W« by S. from the 8.W. end of £ffg bland. 'Then m reefa to the 8.W. of the entrance for a mile, and cxtondinar 600 iitthoma fropi W Island, and itfords uk^lter shore.. Caribou Point in 8| miles S.W. by S. from ibr the i>tlbt-b6dtB, whiclf dftoa took ditt for TesMlk here;' . ,.■.>>., TBIKUT bat i« Ave mflea farther south-iwestwairdt and affijrAtf AxcaHent anehorage: it iu a very valuable sto^pitig^plaoe, in wettsriv winds, Ibv'vtHela'teaBd fB %,Sf„^owfewe^^nd at theiy tamps pilot? Ttlf®'^*^^ £^^X^5i*.feift* vfisw^miward; b^t UK 9w*ierty.wW, W t»Jk^,|*^%^ S^A»8Wp4 ^f'^}iilfj^ westward of the cajpe.. . , ., ^, , ),.^inma]\-<''^„v-' m „>?■■,(» i.;.'»'v,,,- .,. Qplh^NiE. ^m% ortlM! hRy.wo.tW* largp «)9)Mk^ Th» »outhej;n ,r«)dj liea naarly a quarter of a mile to the southwfud of this point. A river, ywch l^lls miiu^ wul supply firesh water. To anchor, come-to at half a mile to the eastward of the wesi tidint, on Wbich stands k cress, in from 9 to 6 ^thoma, and wflh Iha point ib&Mag WSJW.ot S.W. by W. Small vessels may anchor in S ftitiMmis,'ait low water,- jwk iH^hih the reef, the western point of the bay bearing S.W. At thfeeHtoattet* ilti3r,.nVjfffir(0 n •ffi'ij/frfodafTfi ?-r o'fJfft ^^;lV Jcoast between dope do MohtaMid tlus bay is indented witii stoalliai^ ^?^ a^jn ^he interval are three large rooks, always aboVe Winter, whi«^ ViU fe (rriaidUd by not aj^proachin^ n^rer than in 8 ftlthoqls. ;,!''>'',"''-'*''.' ^ilOrolHT BK HJOHTS, al^ LigbthOtiie.^'Fhe lighthouse on Point DBMovfls 'ii^ ^ Miles to 'Uo^n&'-wlBStward^ 'rrinity B^. It is a m^e ' and a ^narter KN.E. ^ft^om ' the cxtifemit^ int the' capo, and bcArs 6. 62^ W. from the o^teir part, of Garihoa ^F^iit, over whfehrand ^astV^ord of it, the lufht may b« seen. IMlij^ktiowet^ m of 'th^ti»ttalfdtih,n^fly wMte,and^5f6et high, dnd the lanteni>is> blevatedialialKNit iOO ieet abbve'flie level of the sen, aiid«)c^t« a bright flatedlivliti "i ' ' ' -''-U. .Vgn'tOlhilii U Ojlli •JOlT.jl ntU i*> JiU.j<{ Ja'.»// till i)U ^jillilfjjil ,puid pwie^'po near?;? ;,if4^^ ,.,..., ,., .-, house, with only 12 feet over it ; the other lies S.W. from the lIg];A|m|Ufi;;.|^ild^ from the extremity of Cape dp Monts, with ,16 feet over it. Jhrae rodss we no^ fwTrTT (;;, r,; .rjTriirii'Tio.' ': ~ :\y >'i .i~ ihj,iuniii tiii'. (.'.! li xbu'jim '^J j/ :!i i\j6 ■ ■. .x.<.. 't iH^rHett 4 ship isto the westwaid' 6f^ the Oc^idetMontB, tiw^%fat]iMUMwlQt appear (1»tme>iHl^th«!oirtenno#ti(KdkM of ihB«time^>nld liio«^iwdl]r])eiif(Aie,ilwMri^(lL%i:., J' aud'ftobti^ili Une<beaHti»veiMl»av«' in -the^best' fiir-wa^ Ihrripiw&ediAg'iibor -'doWtt^e rivgru iVoa rue^r i^ii be required/ ^aMJi^ ^[pproaoh th^aerthisliMef nptiSithe lighthouse bears £. by N.; but when it beiors-E.^ ^ Nv'it wUl be'tiiti6^>o^tad&«' iWiirn ilJfWm^a?^ H ?i^.^ f^.V^W I^J ,^9,Wgli;l^nid, |»^^^ K, WP, tP, th?,f^th- Ju¥ft#u9*iSfW,i?^(PlMy,*/ W./?>W.W^ \o .(r>o%t>. oxtj iiiod 1(, ,hfl., i,n*'..' . .i;j{»i\;i iihoi''l uii) i»ifiJ biriilf'.i -tui ao'twl-nf fofifiiulo xuo/Uflt ^^-fjU^ji^t^jjivj^jv*, I6» CAPE ROMBIl'TO CAFB'tJHiATTE. v.— THB; aOUTHi SHOWS OP i THE I BKTKANCB QDO I WHB «IVER, FROM CAPE ROSIER TO CAPE CIIATTE. Thw const is bold and high, quite dear from dangers, and affords n6 luirlioQr, or K^orocly tiAf.AdlMr1oi(MfMaM.y The iMei la dec^ itll ilodgUttd^K-ill Hdt kfvowy warning in approarhinjj the coast, by t)ie |cft^} it must therefore be guarded against during fogs, or in the ntght, more especially as the downward current of the river sets ovcrtoth«'foothudoftom.€bpeaelMopt«.t ■ Inuvt^')/.' ,r!t[n.| •^j-j.NMfo-ff.' N-xi '.,rr f,'VlicIiMid gfirtpwitoy rises frop diQ F«t«i^A sdge^into mima liifh biUAttiitbe teol^ snd the whob is covered w^'tceiBs. ji y[),ii[ j) >; .x.-mumV' .)<. "lo f)rii «]«(!■» ^-iiiju i;, '-Otpe «Wer fc.alkmt- fwdes:tq'ttin^#^;ir'^^^^^^^^ - - '* rbdty point, and .the st^ott; to Cape Oaspfi is very stc^i^ yaui hiigh ,p^^ ^ eiiffi). T« the S'.W. of Cope Rosier, about a qiinrter of n iiiilc, is a fine sandylmv^ wBtb good anchoring gratind,d^'ca8hig in d(7thiTOttitI<4'ittt'^iJ^tlR^«)iA^^ ^ hMKd^ andsheMeved from S. W. tw X.W. winds; ThcTe arc aet-^i-a) fis&injj'^t^iski^ ments-on i^ and in. the vicinity.' '"J'l -"■": .'iiJ'.''-"-^! ■■'! '■ '\' •-''J^^"'''' ^^ '•'' •'-':»' "'■ vti qiil>Tii 'iv',t;,'i ?•',' "in •vjiUi1>mr')U:> Oift mo-;'i I". )i(','!r_;i!iT-.i;, „( fhti MghUMBM on Cape Rosier is \IZ fe^ high* bnt|t of whits/stolie, and shmm a, brilliant fixed light of thte fint order ataa elevatiOB of 1>16 ieetiis>conMiqucullir visible 16 nules o£ The light is showniftam Apinl 1st to I>c«embei< Idth. ; .j;,- QmXi Cow tf Q( nule8^.K.V;i,frpw;C^;j»o« «N|trance_is blnff, and it has sevenil hososes within it. Jt wu^ aiflbrd slitter to ^^ai* vesselfi with a west wind« but it is (^len to the north. JPiye niiji/s Avrthea; ^ (^t^ Fox Hioer, off which a. vessel might anchor in fine weather :. it ma^ be luiown byitiia extent of tiie settlement on its banks, porticularlr on the southern side. A large stone phurob has been lately etvoted. At 3f nlilosN.^f.Wvaf Gireat Fox^IUtttrisWrimi^ JUef, the only danger on this coast. Itinins out ^e- mile S.K by Wiihom'Setpktii Point, its outer extreme in 3 fiithoms being I of a mile off aiK>ro.> i, ' /;,,[ B^.i» [1 jaA' the bitet,sid^,-aiid by U b^a^l^wfth' a ftW hits iikd't&b wesi^ ThmU^ iBsaesf^m flA stagey' nsnerineii^ : MagdalMi BiTer^i»« Mn8ida«Vlil ^tMMti; and in thci > 1my,'ittf ^e ti^Bi>p into the Hv^ itseUl It is 24 miles from Great Pond mdl^ wiles from 4:..v'. .hf^^X ■ The land ovei^ C" TfffKflRif O'r »r»f,,'R,, r>r ,f /; t ; ' ■<;ir' Jill, a III " .11 iVijT * a tine Handy bar. flailing' «J9t&bli8hi^ • '• /;' "jiii: i.'L ;■. »il-/ij^;iiit-,i!i .„J )r8tollc,(and'Bh(fnK nd-ia'ComieqiMnlLp. il! l6tih« )i|n) luiwi ish^tjer tjij f ^^ iidc. A laree stone xRit«piiii 16^)^1/ )r Si; from >S«r^i^ ^'df.thedanfli Jdte Month oiF it, 1 lito the riv^ itseld' r«V.whiich b a.n^fch ^ to..T«(pl6,i^wWii; [•■uia; uiiJ iijlv/ iiv/oi) h'BlrfrHK««l.vj<'^ne ^iCAti«« ^«%«4tte)iaMtt Aihfei«ai?n'"'i ('•{<'?.' 'tJr[»'k^'(iiiire''topH TO r.r.r THB SAOUENAY iuk VSiaRTIl SHOH^B FROM GAPE 1)K MONTS ki'idT.rni odi 'It^ rnvnua tiijvmv^ol) 'mH >■•-• ;'.\f c.ij.s') •vt^im .hfvui 'Mt sir -ro ,r::'4 ■unnn?) The next projecting point, westward of Otepo de Monttf, deaorlbtfd on jpa^o 107/>fa Point St Nicolaa. beanng W. by JI. 17i milcH. Three mileu N.E. by E. Sim 1^ \ihiiM^it^Hii9^ i$)b AlMAMi or St*Nicolai/ Harbour: between these places, iuid 6 J miles eastward of St. Nicolas, is a little ri\T;r, caHiefd Oot»B»KT or Qoot)Bot!i^ po^t, an^ wl^we. Ui0^ i no shelter, thwplaco. .„ , ^, ._. — ^.. „. ..„w .,...^ „., ^.^ v^», „..-,.».-, cliffs on the west. ^, ^;S]L -SJlOOLAfl*, EABfiOUBr^At the entrance of thii» harbour veMels may ooea-* sipipii^h'^^j^d: sh^Her from westetrly. wipda. The land, about it ii mountainous ; aiid» if a ship be' to the westward of tho harbour, and bearing up for, it, the wtraaoe may be distinguished from the circumstance of \\» haWng all the the land on west dry and>!barven, bhrtit li«m't)^e moiuitMns; btit,on I3te':«tt3|^d«iitiie n(mii(oini'aTe*0n)en^atidi6ovkodii)rMi ti«esi. Td eiit«i^, Mm bcOdh' hi ^ ^^#611^1^0 burnt cape^ittd'the'igTeen/oiUi, itedring Noirth, and ihih hiw ^intr which fotms tho The. eastern side .«f the which v^h^ i^.W. , T ,,- i *;r' -'^F^ ' ^^ — i --- T — - .r.-- Bide, is another J bof^ di'j^ At low watcTt out thiliHi94)IAreH9gged.veaiwl«!witl»oanya8i8^. -jkiiiysn •ma ni xnrbue iusi irwc iv Tfode^^hoi'proOMi^ to the laud faigfa^ and tmm 110 >TMANI0OUOAN BAT. 11 tlw water deep. The flood-tide leta strongly intb the bay, and the ebb Rtrangly mt. The land fbminff the wcetem potnt of the bay w maeh lower than any otberneaT it# and may be reaSly known by ite rellowiah umd and tla^oUA^witb m-aam^UMki and verj' flat for more than two miles ofll f.^],it%, >^ ,,, ^^,,,^.. ,,,j'|< The ooet end of the great ahoal of Manioougan lies Uj niile^ )jVert ffm-f^^^t. Nicolaa. Thie end U of rock* terminatimt in a epit, aM drigi at Iqw ^%, Tthf fl.W. point of the bay, called Manicougan Point, w 17J miles W. by S. ^iim^]fi^ St NiooUu. From Manicoogan Point the land thence westward trends m a corve^, 12 i^lcs, to Qutarde or Bnttatui Pomt, at the mouth of the Outarde Rhrw^ MWl^e yitoat shoal borders of the whole, to die duftance of 2} miles fhnn riNire. The tSdIe itf^Mb and ^ood sets along its edges, but is not perceptible at more than ff titt p^ii$ off shore I and on that part, off Manicougan Point, is a great ripple. Oh the ihlacing the superficial stratmti tf Ughter and fresh Sfrilt^, |k^ 1^ these earthy particles, leaves in ner wake a dark blue streak, wluch ma]^ be tihioed ai4 fiir aa the eye can reaf tab Hudato'i^ BAy Company, the houses of which may be seen very plainly from withiti the'dfistane^'df emifosT ^ . „ p^^^nr Cape Cohmbier {sir 'mOes we^^rd of ^ei^'mie, UHidVi ^^^W^Wbal, discovered ]by Captain , Bayfipld in 1839. It is a narrow ridm of gtanlte ratlL i^early 2 miles long, parallel to the shore, anA haviog. frvm % tp^ iaihoma ovjor itift )ow water. , * ■■■-■■/; ' •,■',;"•"'■ ''^ ^; .1 I . • > • .;> ;;■...- ..■/:■:■ ;f; _; ;^i *,)'(]•■•"•>■ ;r.'! i\-\; "i '■'''•yj'XU^. SmdtJAmlu 8 mUes westMwd 0f Clipf) ^i^im\nm.vrJmia t4«94'W'iakiSue moQta of the bay, and all wiiMtt it it A7 at low water, r Veaselsi^may ami««0lft this bay ta within 6 fathoms depth, bul to the eastward^ betwfeen Wi}JfDmlJS«9f and the Gulnare Shoal, the coast ought not to b^ Jk»pteloa«r than in 30:l>*hpaM.T'wi Port NeufiB another settlement of the HudiMmVBay Cbmpany;^eVh(iil^bb|M>^^'^ whidi are readily seen. It may be knowa by a rangeef fCMtimaMe eby c!i£b^ Uke chalk eliffi^ brtween it and th« Baie de Laral, the «itly landiialit^i aiveattuaoa i» tharivw, and which, therefore, is a sure mark. . . ci uno'l -Jiud .i^^^:^h yiUmmbA Point MiUe Vaches is 4 raOea S.W. fi«m Pot^ NeiMfit fe Wkna^fen^i'iaAlftfe ft?*^.?*^** nS"*^^,*'*^^*^^^*^ ^^f^^* ,rf,th(e^i^ver.irtsr4w i»;«iiABiofMWi; to 11* rnikn. Th^N.W. Jwf of Jlieqitetifeheiua fr^mtW »ointS.&3£, t Be u355»-^ TIIB SAOUBNAT RIVER. tn ^4k^^wiatiir itktM Maie tk MiUis raek»$rwiueh in filled with shoiib of'i •ndrnek^ tiio wti ' u parte of whkh ore deep and dangerona. Tht b^ axtaada !• th«iiAfMM*iji I»ki, IB mika 8.W. f W. fkomthe point. .. iirt^,nA yjjiiitit tti futit »iui The coaat west of this ia bold and free from danger, hiit liM no rfielteri ' ' ' ' -'"■■^ tAY EUHBR vntetn the Bt. Lawrcnee between Lark Point onl tho 'ouM^VftchM (MX tfie .ti*M, o&Maitc Red InUnd. 23 milefi westward of this .'ll , /» f )i (1. J I i -I . cTTi I .' ; ■. ■' ■ 1'. ,.li, „■ I, . I.; . • • , ■■, ..Hi,' . '/ ti.%»,fi4wpijfc late rorveya, feaa Wn*f^>W t^:\aejfgpi}^ yplpm^ofwatar wmpau Qansa down to the St Lawroocc, |ii)fw,(^ f^ginnoi^ depth o£ita bed, which wmliF 100 faUioriH lower thou that ^ (iM^.^t. tAwrepce., It comes from the Lake St. John, audat Chiaftuumi^sL tvadxoff jfo^i^tm B,ud8oa|8 Bav Comnanv, which ia 62 miles above its mouth, it becomes navi^ble,'and 6 miles above which, to the rapida, the tide aMcends. To Pinut Jtochts, 47 jmles from the St. Lawrence, and 8 miles below Chieoutimi, it is navigable for m^'llb'^fest shi^; sad npto.this part there is no danger in the river, the shores d6Msinmg of ^teep^ptedQicjes, sonie of ^e headlands ruing more than 1000 feet in ''L jR ;''m...'. ;;i;c-jT;7' liTuU )J: jji .-'.n.-j] i-v r ujiiLj J: ^t i vVi* ^ ">' .'' 'Hi^j'''! hhi:.-li Jii'iH The cnrrent runs down with great force, the ebb-tide varj'ing from 3 to a.knota, ^ the breadth of the river, which is fro;n two-thirdH of a mile to 2 miles, (tlh'bf ihb rlycf, jMs ebb-tidd rtms fet'thfe rftte of 7 knots over Lark Wet e fl.W. extreme of Point Vachetr.' Tadousac, which is in the entrance of the river, was formerlrj- the piincipal post pf the French, for trading with the Indians. It has declined, and now belonj^ to the iliUtebitiV BdjrCompan^. The harbour is off the settlement, a mile within Point Vaches, and is well sheltered ; litt^r'h^t^diM^r 6hotild b^ CMt elos^ in-ahore, on account of the eddies which sbkediiMMli inttf'it from the rtveh ^'i^fsinoutbi of thd river there is 13 to 20 fathoms, but immediately within, .incj*^fi^ to above l\^. T^e current setting strongly over this barj meeting gta^ppm^^l^WfOf the.St. )t^>ir|^ce, cause la-^ftklng ^ud wh^lMig eddies and uin; .«^a|hefl^'«ti^'4ni9 opp^ped to a hoiavy easterly gale, cause ah exceedingly lOro^l^d braking «ea^ in which no boat could live. On the flood «t such times, f|u ^'q^6]re '^^fhan in (ftihei. parts of the river. ii ijOiTjUiie efitmoc^oC ihe Saguenay ttre several dangerous jpateheat some *^,r which to. formed of tw«5'n . J ^..-li I .>h»\L jw^^l, . oJ Siton9m^esmmiimni>hrKaAy Pot* itnd White latel in line^#ldelK eieaM^^ L«irk R e eftlei a rf od tjij^Slioitii -^rMiay!E«to4|ioaUthgMlh«e Mept op«i ^to tbe wati^ lit THE SOUTH SHORE. ■ I ■ A M ward of, or jttrt touching White Iblet, S.S.W. i W., which will load about half a mile to the eautwu^ of the shoal. BUOYS.— The entrance of the Saguienay is buoyed as follows :- of the entrance, the white buoy on the outer or southernmost -To the westwai"d extrdme of Lark Beef is moored in 4i fathoms, with Red Island lig/ithpuse bearing E. | 8., and the diamond beacon on tne north-east of Tadousac Haibour in one witk the beacon on Lark Islet. On the easteni side of the entrance, on Vachcs patch, a black buoy lies in 2i fathoms, with the beacon on Hot Point just open to the wostward of the beacon on Rouge Point ; and Lark Point just opeh to the southward of the beacon on Lark Islet. On the Prince Shoal off the Bar Reef a chequered black and white buoy Ue^ in 3 &thom8, with the north->west Company's house at Tadoubae'jitet 6hut in b«mnd Rouge Point. , : . , ■'■-^ - '-,-' -i'-f< ^,':''^ To enter the Sagnemty, have the bM:in6ing 6f the flood,' fcAd^Ktifflblbht'dayM^t to reach Tadousac. ' Winds from the S.W. soutMward to N.E., Will toke Vpssel? iiitb th^ river with the flood, but the N.E. is most to be depended on ; but yhetlji0r j^'oa qpproacU from the S.W. or N.E., bring the westeifii ptoints of the Bt^ndV Pote fiiiiid Whilte Island in one, andopn to the Southward bf'Hai'e Island, beirihg S.S. W. | W."'fltiii upon this mark (and it will lead you well telfear of the Vaches Patch and Lark' Riffefs) until La Soule Point cornea in one with Point Ilot, bearing N.W. by W. ^ W., iiyhibh will clear the S.W. side of Point Vaches Reef; Point Ilot being the rather low N.W. point of the Harbour of Tadousac, and La Boule, a high and round-backed hill, form- uig a steep headland, 4 miles above Tadousac, and the extreme point seen on the same aide of the river. Haul in for the last-named leading mark, keeping the S.W. extreme of La Boule just open, which will clear all dangers ; and when as far in as Point Rottge, bear towarcU the trading post, into the harbour, dropping your outer anchor in 16 fathoms, and the inner one close to, or within, low water mark. • , THE SOUTH SHORE BETWEEN GAPE CHATTE AND GREEN ISLAND. ■ ':v^:S^fi|^^"-r . , ... :; --.'.i..^<^ Between Cape Chatte and Matane, in a distance of 11 leagues, the shore is aU bold and bound with rocks. In proceeding up the rivei*, after passing Cape Chatte, the first place of remark is Matane £trer, distinguished by a large square "White house, and a lo^g bam level- on the top. This place may be known fxofni within tjhe distance of 3 miles, by its houses andaoluff cliff, close to the entrauoe fuv thft -vtr^stern side. Many pilots' live hare. The River of Matane admits smaljl cra^ only> The chief settlements occupy both bulks, anc* extend about one mile from its .mouth. The two mountains, caUed the Paps of Matank, stand inland tor ilihe westward of Matane River, and form the mark for this part of the coast, although Captain Bayfield says they are difficult to iqake out. At T| leagues to the westward of Matane River, is the western point of Little Metis Bay, a soo*. surrounded by rocks, excepting the entrance, and in which small vessels may find shelter from westerly winds, in 3 fathoms at low water. The coast bova Matane to Little Metis is entirelv barren. Little Metis is situate on a Icmg, low, flat, and rockj point, with several white houacsj extei^d^ about a cable's lengm to the N.E. This is noticed as a guide to the aiichori^; a^, Grt^ Me^, which is 5 miles forthcr westward. On opening the bav (say, close in-diore}, a squara house will be first observed, near the water si^ ; a mile farther, in the S.W. comer, up the bay, in tJie same view, will be seen the upper iiart only, of a .ht>i estabUdiment of Grand Metis. ^'^ '^ 'ff.s^y tT A vessel may doae in with. Little Metis Point into6 oi 7 fathoms of water, and xvA for Grand Metis, by the lead, in from 5 to 8 f&thoms. Should t^e vessel be turainff ' up, on the north shore, or in mid-e^nnel. Mount Camille, which will be seen, shonld be brought to bear S.W. % S. j which will leiad from sea to the bay. CAPE CHAirrB TO ORE?Jf ISLAND. m i about half a milo — Tio ' fhe'^westWaiVi extreme of Lark g E. •? 8., and the vith the ' heacon on I, a bkigk buoy lies ward of the beacon lie beacon on Lark I tchite buoy lietf in tet 6httt in b«l]£nd Bdbht daylight to tke Vpsseli^ intb th^ Dthffitr jo^ JfpproAch [y Pots atijd White ?.S.\^KfW.' ftnh h and Lark' IRj^) t>y W. ^ W., ivhibh le rather low N.W. .-backed hill, form- it seen on the same treme of La Boule Point Rouge, bear chor hi 16 fathoms, It» Aummit i« 2036 feet ND GREEN U he shore is all hold ili&ce of remark is lo^g bam level' on oiles, by it« houses r pilote live here. lents occupy both mtains, caUed the rer, and form the ey are difficult to western point of entrance, and in oms at low water. tetis is situate on [ng about a cable's rtt^ Mfffia, which ■e], a aquane house W. com^. taa the itiiit^>Wl^fi'|^;the of water, and run vessel be tiuming ' ill be seen, shonld • I ^If*!!*^^, ,jC<(vw7^ . if H mi^iipUand'froni -the neaiXBt shore, above the level of the sea. , .; . , ^ Jh^ c^vi^ of Grand. M«tis i» nearly dry at Ipw water. A small vessel mfty; bring ^n heioe m^d. fathoms, ^ith the wiiid from S.W., but with a west it afibrds no sl^lij^r. 13i« ppin.tf) that fqiiQ these poyesare very low, and cannot be distingiushed I^JJPTO A'!'^^ 4**Wf9e o^ 2 Ipaj^s, , Great Metis has a large rock in the middle of tiio coyq. Lijttle']^fieti8^^^^ the latter may be known from the formier, by . pp^i^ngjUat.^^^^^^^ rock lies at its entrance, on the eastern side; not mm wmoht ,Oin the, i^a^,,^ mountain, in the form of a 7i)i"i ■'■.'>,-',' !'.!l!, •^■.^■,•^^ v.i', '■■''>■■• ■ / , ^ , ' . , ' j,H?(^1)de|iere, on.the fill! a%ddienge, flows at ten minutes past two o'clock, iftid rises finnn 12 to 14 feet. U' ./W^fifluia pCigf|^^4i^nght it/is advisable to lie in 6 fathoms at low water, with j^^^f^Xj^^ (iftat 81^ 0^ t^e JBLiyer Metis open to^p.easl waxd of the inlet in the i£e^ riymr m^ lie se^p, l>etween t£em. ; The high land, of Bie wilf then 7^»i(%t8^nr^ty. :,., .._,.v.,rlJi ... S| ■• ,^ .,..,,//;,;;.,,, ■..: i;Fifbmihence,alongi the shoref will be observed, at great distances, the small whitq h0uaea> of the inhaDitp,ntB, which, are mostly oocupiM by pilota or fishermen, who have cultivated small patches of land around them. Occasionally, when, from a wet summer, the harvest of the westward has fiEiiled, these small fanners reap a benefit by fK^'AlVeblJer'babk^i^at^ness of their Sfeasons. 'irt'j^r . >v\--'vi\ ;■,;■'■■■■. -:■ 7 ';■; -. i'^ ■.-■.■■■■ . i>iBetKrw4 E« i Jit rUt |st lighted; from yf^^^TflUi ig|UiPe<^pbiBr,e^i]nB»i'; , . .. ;; V V ii) V ^'»lHAl(Jto^ Bbttai'-i-Th*^' fe^st^rii'tai of JSHtik^ Island is STntleftf ^' by S: frpm f^^r'F6ir^;'SitidiiMi^een thigriii^tnii anehoitegeo^Itbad bfjftfmbt^ky, where vesiieli Mifmm' "" ' ' '' ''^" """ —'■'—" ■ -■ ■ - ^ ;NiB2^Iiii>'l'^t]fohi8 at Idw trat^ kp^nl r'Chterbh SiSiW. I W., iect over mnd bbttdmv ^f ahd f^thei^ PbiM j^mall y^ls'ett^ tlir diirttot';a;, leaattfrn' ttW'Sprutg^"" '■' 'v'^" 4 ' • • ,_"■ '-'■-■ ■■_ •■/■■ leb may find suiter. Between ,the'ialaj|;iq^ ^n4 |he, n^yau^ th« 114 ,;|.^i;^fj< • BIC ISLAND.: f\il'iiim' 1 1 of Old Bki which affoMs shelter to small vessels iiom westerly winds. Tw<» ^i>d islets mark the eastern side of it, and it is one mile from them to the w'cstMiji aide o^ t|iB hu^nr* The anchorage is midway between these and th©, wpst side, juv3^%)H»^f the western point bearing west. - --.n ',.1^ ,« jm,/ voi jrr Nfearly 3 miles West from Bic Harbour, and at the same difltjainse sonti* %pm ^ic Island, u Cktpe Ariffmle. From this cape a reefextends pne miW h- by ^- . '%? ,o' j The huh land of Bk lies S.W. by S., 2i miles from the N.W. extremity of tb^capoj h ia«very remturk^ble when se^n nJ).or down the mm^^ it.?9»sij(|^g^b^{i ^^SiW^ ridges.pardM vithth6 coast, the sumnut being i234;ll^t«boyetpsi^a, ^ ,, ., BIC ISLAITD is of moderate height, and covered with trees. This island is3 ttiites ih length, from tast to west^ and reefs extend from-it to the east> we^fif^i-MiJh. At three-quaiters of a mile -from the north side, i» the j islet called Biequett^, .wwph Is also woody. V Bioquette is quite bold on tli& north udai»andithere>e»e 30 fathoms at k iiiu^^t4(ho¥ frdm it ; but within the extent df k mil© and^ a quarter to thefvfest of it fe'a iStaitb 0^ reife, which ard 'dangerdiisl < BeiweiJn 3k and, Bie<|(iiette th#i1&i;ig,fi baa^ige, buaE it^js Intricate |;Aar& nl«no#d|^ ISo^iti ataditwiUllbe b^st !bnder^^t>od froitt'«be^«rt;-;' - ■;.-^ '-/ •" ["''■' ' ' ''''^' .'/'''':"■ ^' ■ '' 'V^ '/ '-■ -':'■-'■' >' ''^''^^ i^: idgkil^tvii'hm. ^P erected on thifr'>JBat;(bM of H^e i^attd o^ Bfc the level of the sea, the north-west reef bearing from it due West, 1|^ mile. This light v: ill revolve; at regulated inte^aj^ of twu r.i ■■>iy< U-yj-dl-^m >jj .kbiun?.] "AqaA jjiiJ5*Aioovp. A nine-ppunder gim Is pTaVed iifea v^ "be*li-elcl'W(feiyhdte duriJRg foggy weather and snow stornis. ,. , The S.E. Beef extends If^mile E. by S. from the S.E. point of Bic I^lftnd^', .plwuiels between the rock^ and the island should not be attempted. > (The iVr.JB.;.iRflij&,»^^pifiU patch of black rocks, lies N,W. f /W.a,bovejt,ji^ fontten, and 400 fnth(^ape , Arign()l©s^»adnot,b». shut in behind the w)3st point of ^ic.,, j,,,;,,,,,,, ^,^^ ^^j,,;, ,;; ' T1)islret)f&l clDmpbfi,ed of iwoVooks about 1| cables long^ andjwhioh/ iiutucov^Liat high water : both it and Bicquette are bold to the northwards :.7'h^u»^deepiMnitor idfaioag the line from the iji^nth ^d^, pf ^jSicquetts to this reef,, anj^ o^qjb^t^^^i^he rl»tt«.and theviwks tp the sonth-e^, oi it* pnt these are.ii^ngerpu? pt(!^ges,;;^hjicb ought net to be generally tried, tbongl). it w usefol to khp>v,p| theu* exutenoe m fiMe ofemeiigency. - ■ ^ r.^Mnr .^^^j^amju The Alcides Book, on which the ship of that name struck in the year 1760, has only 4 feet ovejr it, andl bold-to. This rock lies at a niile and three-quarters from the shore, with'thei^ctBi ebd>of tii^ Me Bi^l)eaiiiigH,EJaf ihilesi andlGli^ Orignal E. ,|; Jf . 4J pUfis. Ten fatboins of water lead to the, i>orthward of it. ■, Ra»de Idesi-At a ispeandaH^ j^pii shtnl^, ai|^ \j\ v^^iM'^M^W. i^from the west pnd pf Bip,i 4es the N,B, of, two, inlets c^ed the JUzadeb rtlj« !are two large rocks always above water. TheVliear from each other nearJj1a,W.'Bnd N.E., one miljB and a half distant. Tpn fcthonw of water lead to Ihe noft^ward iptfthem.' '■' '' ' " '■ '"■' '"" i'> •'i'<^'-»n 'M «'jiuu '.h ibmi.:u ilmifV ?iivv.. .5ii[T da. Twq^jxjfii^d ! wcHteri^ ai^e ,of i« ,« hj--.' '//ol It ^^^^!" lity of tl|» cape; island is3 tttites )e 90 f«tho^/4]t to tJle^V(*st of fit lfett0theiT8;:ls[,fl ]best iUnderuhiod ther^' for the ght fioint ■':( ■ .\i'.i\\'..\H: rei-.'ly^W^Bt thirt^esf ehd bf 'I'Eiyirtit this thiQiihi^h land ?i.> .^qi.o-. n i L'liutticov^iiat b^deepwater |if:^tb|e]tiyef;Di the )^ge8,;^|iiiph (isti^nce vn pa«e year 1760, has art«rs from the i^ Orignal E. MMw. ;he, nofthward '^/r .\w 'iilT WiJ^.W., hears'W.S.W. 5 miles from the N.E. Razade, and S.W. by W. | \V. 20 iniles ih)ih'lhb west end of Hie: it ap^Ars round } is bhiff, and covered with txees* There arelhb houses 6h it; ekteiiding to the N.W> from its west end, is a ledge of rocks, dry at low water, and steep-to. ; ; I "Apple ItleV a li&n'OW IMirren islet, with rooks, lies at 3 miles W.S.W. ^ W. fiftmi the west end of Basque, and 3^ imles from riiore. Between it and the land thiere is a passage. " OiKBStS iGKLAND.^-^This island, with the reefs that project from each end of it, is 2^ leagues in extent from N.E. by E. to S.W. by W. Two families reside '' LijK'hthOHUf.-'^Tho most remarkable object onCh'eeu Iriand is a lighthouse which tltbil£ on its northern side^ at about 14 mwe from tiie N;£. end, and which shows a . i There is fxcellent anchorage til wester^^\nh^ under ^r^hlisia^n^ Uiid'ill; & the'^birerAVte/ndei^vousrof vessels waiting for the flood, to beat throv^ between Gteen and Red islands. B at as the first of the flood comes from the > ilbrthwilurd, and sets «ni the shoals, vessels had better not anchor) with the, Ught bearing to the westward ..'af> S.W.'i^ W.« ox in lesA' then Tfathoms at; low water., , With that dpp% on tlut bearing, they will be 2^ miles from the light, one mile from the eastem;^edge of; the ^t;^ a^d the s^I^e,dii9<|^9?,fi;on^Jthe,s^p^_ water. to the,southw^d>,If tb^y wisIi.stlU J mpye, tQoiji, thfiy_ n^ay, chqbse i%]i; |)qf^ij^' m ^,,^^, or, 1 X &t1^bi!^.and w^ ||<>^^^ ^of^t^ mud m either depth. '' . \ t.-, , . , ' . ' ', '^ •'•''' ' '" ,■ III uThe-ledge of Green Islandv Basque Isbuid^iand'^hig^la^dJ^ ij^^s^^fff^i^t >C!ape':Origiml, in a line bear EsN.E. ^r'Etii itwiX i'vn oiit ■^ithhfiAnqqaW'Jli^CCiW,^ To ships, on coming up and goihgf do^i^ ilie riV<^, the Ilglrtlicra^^ a^ai^ ISce'a ship/and very conspicuous. IiV'th© uight the UgM^^nw^y WodMfUs^VyPSftP-^ distance offlveilettguea^.jjv/dt'iuir oxtt o> hloij 'j-m o^l'j.ijp^xiL.hixii ilAkxi: : tuivV jl^uf; .'Th& reef from iSie weCei^ of OMlB^^' dt!ik #the ^tKhbe of a Mo^froOt Vke feltind. The'Wditermnotet tiarf i^ dd*Siclled frij&n the bbdy of it, And the' tide 'rieia 'thfbiigh the intenitt'towfi«^CjkcbnU; ^^his port Is covered at a qiaufter flbddl' •4?i'0f J/ 1 1' ," '' .'TTI ■.i\ ■U'^lJi'^-i\:P;;rOi^(S., { unxjh'j ^MuiDESlOBlRTKaf kDE. THE BIVflR; CONTil^llBD; ,EEP ISLAND >s in ' t^la^.'^It Ji^A'a IbViflfttiMyti ol ^ ifedffl^>lour, wiihotlt trees;«nd partiAlly covered :' 'The reef, which ex^nds 2^ milesio thel'^.'E. bi'Re^ Istei, {indu tj nule wide, is Uearly dry in some ports i^t low water ; the casvem extremity of this reef bears nearly N.W. by N. from the Ughthoittii: ' Th6' depth deofbtaie^ gradually m iU eaittMa end) ilie middlp of the estuary, off the mouth of the Saguenay '•"Vf •#: W.' i W; heatly 'fi| ^les ft^ th<^^;^^^ 116 THE NORTHERN SHORE OF THE RIVER. but the islet isbold-to on the S.W. Aredbuoi/wmoortdiA its CMt and in fi| fatbom*, and a red buoy in 2\ fathoms bLm> marks its S.W. end. The eastern end of the i«ef is quite cleared by keeping tiie lighthouse and beacon on iOreen Island in one^ bearing S.S.E^ The Lighthouse stands on the S.1V. poiiit of Red tslbt, is 01 feet high, and is painted r«^. It shows dijixed red light at 75 feet, visible 1 2 miles bfl'./', . \ r\ \ \ h /\ , ; Lark Beef, on the north side of the river, lies opposite to tho western' JMlnt of Green Island, bearing N.W. 8 miles from it, contracting the haviiration of tne river to this breadth. It is at the S.E. extremity of a shoal, extending from Lark Taint and JoiVtf'^>»., ;it8 '^st >^bW,'^'(^^ (Htpe Basque is the first mountainous headland B. W . of the Sagucnay, bearing J.W. I S. 6| miles from Lark Point; and about 1^ mile northward of it is the E.N.E.iE.' • -T-J -; ;:--^ -'.,-.-., rr,., .,t,: I,.,,,;, ,.(;.; r, The river at this part, between the iSi^enAjfe' anid Cape'Eigle, is di'vl^MInttoiwo channels, by the Rea Island and bank above desbribed, and the shbaU a^d tMb^^- tending in a line along the middle of the river, at each end of Harolilattd/in M NiE. and S.W. direction. '.-; ,■■:.({ n. ,, ;,■ . ■ ,., -._.( ; •; /;..',;,.,, ,; ' THE irOBTH Gi^AMitBL, ^oiigh not that which is generally nied, is clear, deep, and broad, and nngni, be Ufted advaiitagreously under proper drennistanoes, as in the case of scopt and strting N.W. wihdM; but with easteriy winds and thiok weather, or at night, it must not be attempted, as there would be no leading marks, and the depth is too great and irregular to afford any gnidanoe, besides the want of dielter or anchorage on the north bhore. i .^ in fi| fatbom»> m end of tlM UlMid in one, vi high, and Is m :iH/vti ■ iti^'ni''^int of of the river to Mfk Point and irhich bear N. Vtterer oorera, ) point of ths be avoided, as ngthonveMtem hwardof Hare y» bo tieen, but Wdres'fffiandf, ntcly from the toguenay these an elevation of lenay, bearing 'd of it iH the :aring 4^ miles ends as far as position being it, in 10 or 11 lie, and affords Suite bold and itant from it. B J*9rt P«rdey entsare nearly Ji of the samie) a! it« most contracted part, between Hare Island Bank md.,|tnia |^j(lg^in^,i8 two ttai&t, and Its greatest dej^ths 7, 8, 10, to 13, 10, and 16 l^t]^Uis^mu4>>>^^a| i^fd gi^yel, BARRETT LEDGES.— The reef thus called is composed principally of twodcr t^c^diropj^B,^ A, fi^^ff^red, bkek, and, whitelmoyM moored in 6 fathoms on the N. )^i^ji^,^fyfJmJB!ij^^ the w^te diainond beacon on Ifore Istand in one with the '~'^''^e;;u the ddirandy pots, and the raminit of the southernmost mounts -*- hufj^ qif I^J^^unuKsa in ou^ with the south point of the Great Pilgrim The rocks of Barret Ledge boar from each other N. 63" E. and S. 6.3" W. one-quartei^ lu kamoukAsc^A. of a milo. The N.E. rock hos 10 feet over it; the S.Wi has 12. between thei<> is j^ depth:roachuig, to the Hare Island Sink. In the channel between the Middle Shoal and Brandy Pots are from 10 tb 18 fathom« of water: hut in that to the southward the general deaths are 7 and 8' to 6 and 4 fathoms. Ctcona.— On the South Shore of the River, the fitst point westward of Green Island, is the remarkaUe rockv pcminsula of Caoono, 300 or 400 fleet high, lying 8.S.W. fWwn the S.W. end of Green fsknd. At a mile and a half south-westifraTdof Caeolia, andjuMttothenorthwardof the stream of it, are the Berai^i fipf^s^rirfio f^vKiifijn, occupying the extent of a mile and a halt They lie at about om mile frqm, And parallel with, the mainland ai« nearly coveied at Aigh water,, On the south »d9 of them tlwrc ii a narrow 3i-faihom channel : the depth of 10 fathoms leads clear on.the north J ond and Gnien Island and Cacoiia iust touching, azid l^ttnng N.E.,* E/.,!. (r Without the edge of the Bmcdu Zmp b a. sand-bank, called the Pilffrifn 8kpal. Itis narrow, but 4 miles; in lengtli, and its general depths 13 and; 14 feet at low water. A hlgckb*'oy ilea on its N^W. extreme , in 4;.:fethoms. A.4ej^t)^oj[J aod SJa^^^ clean it on the north side. m?* inihVA «;:}( vrit I'siw usuo^-ftHt XAMOinUkSCA IffiUiS.-^'nus is a group of narrow islets, Iving at the distance of two leagues above the Pilgrims, on the same side of the river. The N.E. or Grande hie bears from the Pilgrims S.W. by W. The bank between \s steep-to. The island next to the Oreit Island is Burnt Island, and the third of the larger isle^ 'is Crow Itland. These isles -ai^ about three mil^ti in exieht, and one Or two firom the shore ; the bank within is dry at Iqw water. ,, Gto^d Island and' Burnt Island are very steep ,on the north side, but Croti^ Island is sunoimdedwith shoal wdtet. On th^E^ en^ of Grande Isle are the two beacons before Winded to; - 'fW';", '<:• •^' ': ^'' r, -h^'v v rj T^n The settlement of KamOCrascA is within the iiilaiidK^ iibOve de^i^Hbcdl' '^ts clrarch bearH S.E. nearly a milefi^oip Croyr Island. From the kttejrr tkt^e Di{d>k}iet^ S.W. ^ W. about three miles, btit a Idn^ t^ekten^/fr^m tne cfi{|e toward the island, the island, the easternmost part of which Ls cohered at a quarter 'flood, and is tittle more thon a milo from Crow Island. Two miles above Cape Diablc is Toint St. Denis ; and a small cove on the south of this point. ' FroihPbint Si; ©enis'to Point Quelle, the land trends irregi^'ttrly six inild« to. th^BjlTi-.' '' ' "■ •M V"- ilJjV. uVXiiJit On the extremity of a shallow bay, at eix' miles westward from St. Anne's, «f^^ the village and chureh of $t. Bpque. fhe coijntrj' between is occupied with settle- mcnt«, and an extensive mud-bank, with large sca'ttefied stones, iincoveil«d ait low wntcr, extends in front of it. This ittud-biariK is included with the greater b$iik nf »und uallod the Shoals of St. Anncmd ot SCJibqiie, citrtidin^ moi* than a thiid THE SOIJTH TRAVERSE. nil auk of 10 feet tant a mile av4- re white b«aoon 910ns Moun^in « from to 9 ins of a narrtiw tn which tli^rb ; Island BAnk. frbm 10 t6 18 are 7 and 8' to nrard of €h«en h, lying 8.S»W. ^arH of Cacolia, mile fKonif And le 80utli(»d^of id8 clear on tlie ' 1:'! mvirJ pbiey occiqw.fUf ifiancdu Ifin*p liiip, ftnd oj^'tljp nected by reefs red with trees; the npi^th side, nile^, and tl^f PilffHfn JSfipaL t at low wai^r. and ft ifr t-h o mff .ur-- • •■«r;! at the distance f.E.or Grande o. The island isles 'is Crme rom the shore ; are Very steep a the£.eqd^ 4ts cbm'ch thie islind, the is Uttle more int si. Denii ; ) Point Quelle, a -lit Annes, sf^d td with settle- oveted at low reater b$hk t)f } than a third oyer t}ie. river, frqm the southern sho|:c, and limiting the channel on the south side, The ^i'. Anne buoy \n hJaeJc, aud moored on the north-western edge of these shoals in 2| fathoms, with St. Anne Church beaiing S.E. '^ S. and Cape Diable open to the ncHiihWardof St. DeniH Point. All along the edao of the faaak^ fi»m Komonrosca i^'to^hitf buoy.tiiore vit'esatliiittAiMh^ OppoHite to>6^nfduclle,''dn tjxe'ttoi:^ sidffof thc'i^ye^^ is ij^pe atir'Oieif, OT? OttnM Cflpcy which is bold^ and rocHy, forming thp w>stem extremity of Mal Ba'': Point a»f^4V««, on they:»?ei8t of Murray Bay, 9A nulos If.E; | N. froni Goose Cape, being the ei^^m p^^tremity.,; Mal Bay is formed by a slight incurving of the coast; snoals eji^t^^ ^j4^,H¥ro^a,nule Ola shore, and there is no good anchorage in it. : ' ■j-j0ap€-Marfin ia^ three miles W^ by S^. from Cape aux;Oies; between them is good anchorage, and about midway is a large stone called the Grosse Rock. ;, y^^selaaiHshor iii 7:fatlM>niS( th^Oi^Qssd' Roek bearing N.W.^ being here ahe^^Med ftoDi- tlie.tides, whicb run -post Goo^ Cape with great. rapidity, and occasion at fifhea aj^rong rippling, \''1S5M ^IJX COtJDBES' is* opposite to Point St. R)dqne on the south shore ; and ^ af '^ifr'part the navigation of the river upV^ard becomes intricate, from the numerous "'^ htMtkivA islands which form the Travei'ses and nnmerous other channels^ '><..« :> > : The island is 6 ntiles long ajaid2| wide; its eastern end 18,2^ miles S.'VV. from Cape; Martin. The island, being cultivated, has a pleasing asp^t ; it has aa many inhabit tants afi^ it can support^ haying .^n i^ttl^d at an early period. Its south shore is liiied with rocks and shoals, extending a mile out from it. Its mx'&i ddei^ bold, and Prairie Bay affords excellent anchorage. There is a reef of rocks running off the N:W. of the island, which ore all covered at high water. ' The bearings froir' the end of the ledge are, St. Pierre Church irt St. Paul's Bay just open, beanng N. W. | N. ; Cane Corbeau, the east bluff of St. Panl's Bay, N.N.W. a W; ; the waterfell on the notth ^hore, 1^.N.E. IE.; the bluff point of the island, S.S.E.; and;'il^N.E. bluff J^t of the same, off which iaareef of rocks,E. f JT^ '• ;; ^^'J^";"^'"^ '''^^ ' '. The North Channel to Quebec is on the north ot Isle aux Coiidrcs, and runs JltAig'the high northern shore of the river; and on the south side of it is the line of hdals, Which extend from the west side of Isle aux Coudi-es to Burnt CdpO Ledge lind the Bayfield Isles. The MrpDtE Channel is to the south of the Isle aux Coudrra, tiie «ntranee being befW^W it and the Middle Orbund, whence it runs westward along the shoals between ifdMifac Seal Islands, and to the north of Goose and Canoe Islandsj into the South Traverse. . - 't ' '^ The Bot;TH TRAVEitSE, that which i» generally used b5r vassals, at pteaenti k along tiie-stnitHrside'ofthe river. -'- ■;;■ -- - • ■''/.^' ■''.'■. ■";.-^. ;',■-.■•■■.'■-'.■■■'-■■■ ■" '- '': S^SfOVT^ .TByM^iE5MB.7--tZV5e'e»W>i^^^ ofjhe^, l^uthi^M^fei-ie lies bJBtW^ri thb '^7imf^rr«, which is a quarter of at mi]^,, ,i«4?Qgth« Jit, %i.mUe»|iroiD)t)pjfm^ shore. U 'iinr ilWl vl ■>!(i[v/ r^'iifiTft r')tr.K'"r'>rll hnit wdlOOM. — A revolving litfhi is shown from the tower, 38 feet high, on South or Sibne PilUir, during the season of the navigation. IThui 'light will! revolive i^ intervals of 1| minute, at 68 feet above high water. •"'!(! '; ' i' HlTa tty. j iljulu Jetii^ About 2| miles north-westward of the Stone Pilkr Is A^jBA^pi^ «h^ii^ Channel Patch, marked by a chequered, htaek, and toAiite buoy, lyin^ in the nii4-;i$h4nnel, ^ ' and below it are several other patches, with from 2^ to 3 ibthpms. . The marks for the Channel Patch, which may be passed on either side, are th6 north sides of the Goose Island Reef and of ihe Stone Pillar in one, bearing S; W. 4 W.^ the latti^r being distant 2^ m8es; the north side of Goose Isfamd (including the islaftdk close off'{t)!flaDa the south side of the Wood Pillar in one, bearing fi^W. by: W.^lvW.ir'findiUtBtAy, St. Jean Church SiE. | S'. 2imiles. ■ '-)!;'-' ->.'^:-''' '''Oi^- /■ 'oi'i^ .yhffttf-'jltt"^ ^.uoi'.muar The Avignon or South Mock, a half-tide rock, round on tlie top, and dry at ihree- qnartera ebb, lies at the distance of two cables' length S.E. ftao. th^ lightho'iifiidittthe South Pillar, with a depth of 7 fathoms close to it. , [ , The Wood Pillar, or Pilier Bois:^, a high round rock, with trees on ^ westj^rn part of it, lies at a mile and a quarter to the west of the Stone Pillar.. At half a nule to the east of it is a rock, called the Middle Jtock, dry at half-«bb. ^ To the northward of the Piliers or Pillars are the Seal Eeejftt, composed of MM. and shingle on slate, and having an extent of nearly four« nolea N.;£. br E. and S.W. by W. To a considerable extent the rocks which fonn these ree^t^re, dry at low water. The bank on which they lie is extensive on the N.E. toWtuSl' Coiidrc Island. i ; •. ■■■?;■; - ■ ^ ,-.-.'•_.■ 1 ;-.'-. w I.. V At a mile and a quarter S.W. from the Pilier Bods^ lies the extremity of' a reef extending thence to ti'oose IblarJ ; and at a mile and a quarter S.W. | W. from the Stone Pillar is the oommencement of aledge of high rocks, caUed the Goose Island Heef, extending thence %\ miles S.W. | W. , the western part o£ whitjli: is composed of rocks always above water, and steep-'to on their south side^t ; 'ih't^. .ixrq wIj no ,£i?fOi'. 'GOOSE ISLAND.-^We have now advanced \f> Goose Js/amjf, connected) by low meadow land to Crane Island, the whole of which occupies an extent of< ten muesin a direction N.E. | E. and S.W. | W. The South Traverse continues on the, south side this of island ; but is impeded by several shoals of 12 and IS.feet wat0r,-wluch requires great precaution. ; ; (<) : ' A &mi-house may be seen on Goose Island, to theeastward of Which,' and doie^ tb low water mark, is a large rock called the Hospital Bock. Two miles t^nid ia hftlf to the westward of this rock is a long re^f, dry at ^ow water, but it is out of the 'fimMtvfty, and close aldnir the island. *^'' ■^"^'^^^ '•^''■^ J^'"*' ''' vd. .//./>. ftivirr/^JUci wodf. ?.>'[[ >ii)OT .."t dh drawing and close along the island. The north side of Crane Islana is in a good state of culiivatioh. toward it you will see a &rm»houBe (Macpherson's) on the east end. >Ta( the S-iE. al half a mile from this house, is the edge of the Beaujeu Bank, a narrow shoal which extends two miles thence to N.E. | E., and havii^, on its shoalest part,; only 12,'feet EllOW'Water. ■ '• , :•'':•,•';;; j.;// i-ri'i/i'l -TJie flr^ whaie huoy is oil the eaistern end of tiie ik ^fiitJibiW natch;' neift BAYFIELD .fiS. ^an e«8tward of the Beaujeu Bank, in 3 fathoms at low water, with the south side of Crane Island bearing S.W. by W. | W., and the beacon on the meadown of Goose Island in one with the centre of Onion Island. The second tohitt buoy ia tin tho western end of the BeaujeU Bank, in 3 fathomil, with the liffhthouAe on the Stone 'Pillar appearing open tWo or tbr^ sailti' breadth 'td the soutE'^ard of Oob^e Island Reef, ana the two white bcacouH on Crane Island in 0ti6i ■ ' ' > < These buoys are of the greatest assistance to vessels passing to the southward of the Beaujeu Bank^ whilst the channel to the northward of the bank is between them and two red buoys, which arte placed as fbllows:— The eaMterhmoHt red buoy, in 4 ftithoms water, iis moored on the edge df th^ Gbose' Island ShOal, Vith Onion Island seen over the'meadows, heaving N.W.y told the sOtith' sldei of Isltfid 8.Wv'| W." The eastern entraneti of the chaniibr to th6><^hward ofthie Beaiijea Bbnk, between this buoy and the easternmost white buoy, is half a mile wide, with 9 or 10 fathoms water in it, but the depth decreases to 4^ fathoms in tibe western entrance, which is only a,bout 2 cables wide, from the depth of 3 fathoms to 3 fathoms. A second red buoy on the shoal, which extends 3 cables out from tb$ high-water mark of Cranei Islands marks the northern side, of this ni^rt:9yir,€^trapce, which is between it and the white, bu9y on the WQSjtern end of .the p^fl,ijj^a\i |lfiii}t, ,Tbeniar}ts for this, aecqnd .red ]bupy ^re, St. . Ighace Churph touchwig .the easterii side, of' the peninsula of Catie St. ignace,,and * Macphersoh House hearing N. I E w i ,>. On the south Shore, opposite to the N.£. end of Goose Island, are the settlement and church of L Islet, with a landing pier, 1200 feet long, and 8| feet water at its head, and at seven miles higher are the cape and village of St Ignace : between 01*0 numerous settlements, and a shoal bank extends along shore, which is a mile and a half in breadth, thus narrowing the channel-way to the breadth of a mile. BAYFIELI) ISLES.-^-To the west of Crane Island is a group which may, with strict propriety, be called the Bayfield Isles, in compliment to the gentleman by whom they have been so excellently surveyed. Exclusive of a number of smaller islets and rocks, the principal isles are, Canoe Isle, on the north side of Crane Island, Marguerite or Margaret to the west, Grosse Isle, and Ise aux Heaux, otherwise Rat Island, and the Isle Madame. The whole, between Crtine Island a/id the Island of Orleans, occupies an extent of 14 miles. There are several passages between the isles, but they are too intricate to be understood without reference to the chart. From the west end of Crane Island a reef of rocks extends to the W.S.W. about half a mile, and a spit of sand, of 9 to 12 feet water, a mile and a quarter thence, in the same direction. From the S.W. side of Margaret Isle there is likewise a bank extending in a S.W. direction, the extremity of wliich is marked by a red buoy. On the north side of this island is a good roadstead, with 8 fathoms of water, lying about a mile to the east of Grosse Isle. You enter from the southward with the red buoy above mentioned on the starboard, and a white buoy, three-quarters of a mile farther north, on the port side ; the course in being N. by E,>r,<«>».»,;;W^^«wit»fV'';**< -^t^" For the guidance of the numerous vessels which stop there, a 'red buoy has been placed on the south-west end of Margaret's Tail, as mentioned above, and a white buoy on the north-east end of Grosse Patch ; but in the absence of the buoys, the east points of Grosse Island and the Brothers in one, bearing N. by E., Avill lead through the channel between them ; whence a vessel may either haul to the eastward between Grosse and Ciift" Islands, or to the wsstward between Grosse Patch and Grosse Island, as may be preferred. In the latter case care must be taken to avoid a small rock with 7 feet least water, on the north side of which a chequered buoy has been placed. This rock lies about 500 yards N.W. by W. from the white buoy at the nortn-east end of Grosse Patch; and about 360 yards pff the shore of Grosse Island at high water. Orosse Isle, which has a farm near its N.E. end, is about 150 feet in height ; and the next isle, Iteaux, which is long, narrow, low, and covered with trees, has one near its west. end. OflF this .island, as the :law now stands, ships are obliged to anchor ; from whence, after examination, they are allowed to proceed to Quebec, if not detained at the quarantine anohora|^e. It hfw a la,rge landing pier which reaches into 16 feet water. The Isle Madame is also low, covered with trees, andhas only one habitation. Nd. E mm f. ■ I » IJU MIDDLE AND KOBTH CHANNELS. • f' The last two iidM are wholly op » iMWfl of rock, and ftom the S^W, «!d oi M^dms the bank extend* 2 J miles to the S.W., ond thiw fonns the wcHteni entrance of ^ Northern Traverse, on the enstern Hule of the Island of Orleans. A r^rfWy ^ placed on th6 west end of tlie reef in 6} fathoms, with St. Vollwr Church 8. 1 E. and a house on the west ond of lleaux-lslond just open tiorth of the same i^iattd. Ajwnta should not opi)roach it nearer than in 7 or 8 fbthoms. ' . , ^ ', f On the SoUTHKRN Land, above the Boaujeu Bank, will bo now, ii^wcws^ii, Jjo churches of St. Ignaop, St. Thomas, Borthior, St. Vallier, St Micl^ael, and Bcami^ont. A iarire tract, in the vicinity olF tlic Riviij-c du Sud, Is in so h\gh A state of iWWftvc- ■ment, as to bo considorcd as thq grariaiy of thq i)rovii?eo. Jlip western riide rf this Hver is distinguished by the respectable vmiigc ot Si^ ptomas. and the (o^tjty about Itisveryflhc, exliibiting churches and villages; the houses, bttn^gfii.l3fallV Whitened, are pleasingly contrasted by the dark thick woods on the rising grpuhQH behind them, the boundaiy of view, beyond which is a dbtant range of idfty From the Land of St. Thomas a "bank extends moi-o than half-WA^ ^vei? imix^ Crane Island. Its northern extremity is a mile and a half S.W. by W. frohi the «outh point of the island. The bank is partly dry at low water. A^^iV *s,>.\<^-vA ariT ♦ The Wye Rock lies immediately above the Bank of St. Thomas. Tliis reef is about one quarter of a mile in length, in the dii-ection of S.W. by W. It has only 3 feet oyer Its west end, and 6 feet over the east end. The west end lies with the Seminaire of St. Joachim, a large building, with a tinned cupola and cross, on a rising ground neat the water ; on the north side of the river, just shut in with th^ east end of Reaux Island, and bearing N. 50" W. Its distance fi-om the nearest shoto is rather more than half a mile. On the South Shoue, at (S\ juilcs above the Wye Rock, and W.N.W. from BeVthler Church, lie the BEiJ-E Chasse Islets, two remarkable large rocks. They are situate three-quarters of a mile from the shore. ITie ground, all the way up from St. Yallier Point to Quebec, is foul and unfit for anchoring. j i •; > : ? I, St. Valuer Church bears from that of, St. Jean, oi- St. John, on th« Ishi^ of 'Orleans, S.E. distant about three miles. „i,: ,i ^ju-j v/V.^ -ifiJ .ma n irntyih >f The Beaumont Reef, opposite to the Point of St. Laurent on th^ Islkndfof Odca/hb, i^ a large rocky bank, cxtpudiiig more than half-way ovei- from the sputb shore., It ,^ dry at low water, uneven, and slqep-to on the north side, having 14. fathoms ^^ose '"■' The MIDDLE CHAHNEL lies between the shoals and islands whtcb fomnthe northern side of the South Channel^ and the. lon'g lino of shoals and rcefsy which oxtend hxnn CondreS Island to Keaux Island, at the east end of the Iriand of Orleans. ■The entrance of the Middle Traverse, to the north of tho iSeallidaiBdsi, has not more than three fathoms at low water ; but having passed this shfdlow'part^ there :is deptl} .and voom enoi^gh for the largest ships, until we arrive at thc^ Bayfield,, Is^nds, 'Wl^6te the jif iddle Traveri^ (cpmmu|ifeataj with the ^oum Trav^rjse fay yiylouS ^dr^row ^ipasSlages betwce^ the islands, thcie is plenty,6fWatcrdtatl tinier in ^osti or 'these passages, which \vill lie best undcretood by I'prerrjytig to t^c chAi't. but the tades set g1ji-6^gly through th,em j arid though it would be bossihlc to take b'l^Jn t% liii'^ept ships up to Quebec by the Midddle Channel, were it requisite froni ' anV diuso. to do so, yet they are too intricate and difficult for geiiefalnaVlgafrott. "^" ^ / '.TT/i./u Vmi. ;;: the VCRTH CHANHIEL 19 a rin<} cHknbe^ andjathovlgll ^»^ far the purposes of navigation as' the South ChAi^nel, which' is t^^Wst^'iprib- mly used, still it may be of service dt time^, ajs M; fi?eqiu>ntlv,rtanftins open, ac'iiee from ic?, some time after the S6u^' Cl^iaHel ^ooiiiM iinriavigabl'6 In^^^ r, TliefwwtorB ©ntea^q^ to this^^ch«nnelti« b0lwa» .-the^i^^ ilM>E^.p.;0f th« N.E. of; Coiidres .Wand.aadtheamt «l I^iMlmleinm^ihjii- «to>). yrh^titwm w a targ!»^^^«s|tlwwt*i . Ih* rtarh. feK«l«tt?,tbe sho«i is-a Iwi^ng .^..LT/VI/.tJ g-r: liAUl'S «AV.' ^'J.^iii/i 133 WtAilAM EtMulcMsiMOao Ibet lOnf^Mid aiteChor in Malbsle, tvaoMng into M» fbet Wit^."'*"^ '*■'""' "■'■'''"'"' '>'" mi'l'i! -mrf li;;ii , // ••. ,ji,' 1 ; ^ ill. II /i; 'bf'-i/.f ■Jmui j(iT ^'V$?- Kt'W tiivV in opposUo picw9Bi'6iid of Co^^ U U 8ho«t,ind ,r9cky, with a great rimile at Bomo aititanve off, atound Cape Cortxlau. It« we^m ^int in called Cap le la Bate, and tthoalo of mud and lar^ stonen extend off it tir three-(][uartci-H of a mile, and which alM> extend for 11| miles to the south-wootwiurd ttt an eqaal diHtance. ,^|ltcr clearing the N.W. reef of CoudrcH Island hy the bcforo-tnentioned markM, there m a fine straight channel Sroin 1^ to 21 miles broad, until ely free from danger, and extending 18 or 10 mileit to the Burnt Cape Ledge. The depth docs not exceed j]|7 futhomH, and there is good anchorage towards the sides* out of tli« strength of the lidcti. which run stronger o^d ^^ iif9iw, m^ in this long and open reach than in. ilfft ^uth.qhannei. ,X-,::'\\ X-i^^' ,;[",. '[^^^ ':,: . ;'' ,V'^.Vj;,, llie southern Hide of this channel is a hank, extending, as before mentioned, froni (Cou/lres Island, to* Bur^t Cape liod|gc. Its odge is nearly straight, an^ is easily ;jfWl05Vcd. ;, ■;-V,7r'/'.V,| j^Ln'r. .1,:'.',. . -- ' '.-'-T The Neptune Hock is nearly 13 miles S.W. from Coudrcs Island, within the edge of if thi^ southern shoal, and is easily recognised. *" ' The North Shore is ht,-*h, but the shoals extending three-quarters of a mile from flap de la Bale and Fetit Uividrd will be cleared by keeping the extreme westcni copes, Kouge and Oribonne, open to the soatliward of Cape Maillard, which is S taiilcs S.W. of the Church of Petit Kividro. Abattia is a landing, 1^ mile S.W. of Cape Maillurd; and at the tHuult au Coclton, 2 Di'.les farther S.W., the shoals which Jine the shore cease. There is only one landing place, La Gribannc, between Abattis and Cape Tourraento, a distance ot 11 mile. To the Avestward of the Sault uu Cochon the niountainouH and utiinhiibiied coast i quite bold, the high and precipitous capos, of various granitic rocks, being washed by the river as fur as Cape Tourinentc, where the Seminuire Bank commences, and the mountains trend to the N.W. away from the shore. '* jSurnt Cope Ledge is nearly opposite Cape Brulg on the north shore, from whi^lh it is distant 1 1 mile. The S.W. end ^s always above water, and is 4 J miles S.W. from ihe Neptune llock. The BruU Sariks are to the westward of the former, and a ' joined to it by shoal Water. iTiiir northern edge is only (MK) fathoms wide, and fi ;m 7 to 10 deep. The banks form a bay on the south side, but wliich has no passage through to westward. This most bo taken care of, uud the north shore of Capes UnUle and Tonrmente kept on board on neaving them. On the N.£. point of the Bral£ Banks, which has extended to the east, a black buoy lies in 3 fathoms, with the west end of Two Heads Island and the west end of Burnt Cape Ledge in one S. \ £., and Cape Tourmentei ;•'.:. h^-.v ../oi i!, ^-.j.^uii-.; rjcit .'uin /ni'U ^ ^e 2)ff^re^^ t^e'BnA^Bah'ls ana tHc caTsfeM^poini (iif'drjii^s |sl^d,, its jf. is. pail foiinuig, with. tbo Binile Banks, the Easier n ^lyarroics (^thie Nol%^^^i^^^pe^^^c\i. is only 2^0 fatjioms wide, And 4 fathoms can be caiTjied tlirongh within inis'breadth.' The Traverse Spit, and the J^o/w i^ioe San^\U> the Ni^^, of it, as t^ell as tl^e Bnile Ba.nks, di'y, for the most ^ert,' soon after half-$bt>, and thereby great ly Icsei^n'the'c^culty of the passage. ,,, ,.,i ,„,, , ,^ ,,;,' 1 '/ ,^ ^ . ^^jtheleadip^ n?air^s oai^ only be made out in fine weiAefj^n^hy facaB^uauee^^ytx, 1^1 ri^nu^ onpying Wr render it pafe ^or larg? vessels, 'p^^k (:Tps^ mark fpr the hfiMte^^ eiiktfa.nce of this t>(u^^ dnd for the iiorth-cast extreme oj^ the TraveinBe $pit i^|XJ|e TO|j*1tj^^'n6inf o^ island on with a^^diiit^nt ^p; ^, jbeiirinff $.1^^ j^y £. ^ E! ; tne lioiilh-easii^nd m )^argdr<^t l^latid'being At the sanie time jus^ oppn it^ the westward of Two Heads Island. On the last named mark a red &uoy is nioored in S^fethMDi^r and titt thb wort^etnt end'of the 'IVfivei^ Spff i&nd oppiate'td'^i, on ^heiJiorth'iweRt ijideo^ BrulfiiBank^ tnhhtikint^ is inooifed intih<^same d^ptb of ivstti^, bttd'WMi thc^M^ end^o^iMara^avCtilslii^ and'lfve«t>difd dfi^T^o' Heads IslalMltbiicfc^ig, hMllirig>8i'£vb;^£. J''B; "• '^r-'i-M, •,^^^, l J.rr >.('f>0 oqtj;^ n'r ,lt)ttftfcd'.> 'iifr^n tier; if St.1 Pierre, on which Is placed the second telegraph of a ohain between Quebec and th» quarantine etttablishmeut at Orosae Island. The central part iS: thieklf wooded. The ohurehes'of St. Xawrenoe and St. John are situated close down on the sontheni shore) the diitanoe between them ianeaxly six miles^and thiti extent ipresente ex*^ cellent cultivated lands, richly diversified with orchards and gnrdens, axM houses at short ioteryals from each other. St. Patrick's Hole, a little to the westwa^rd of St. LawrenoOf is^sofe and well-shclterecl iqove, whare.Yoesels otttwar4,bound nsu£L|ly copie to an anchor, to await their final instrucii'ohs for soiling. On the west point' ojf if, is a group of very neat houses ; at several of which the inhabitants furnish acconyildda- tions to the numerous ^rsons who visit the island, from aflunBeiimenl, bir frbiuiurldsity, both in smnmcr and winter. ' ; . .i i ,; ; j Off St. P/TitiCK's tioLE, above menti()ned, ships ride;i^i6;'li4^W liifiltfebink, abreast of the inlet. The telegraph. No. 2, is just to tlie eastwair^ of this cove, on the high nort of the island. The ground is not good, but it is well shtilteiffed from easterly winds. Hdi-e the river is about one mile and a quarter iwide^ ind Ikild en both sides. •'^''i'ji't 'J'-'^'y *= tj;d ,hooFi At obottt half-wey bd;ween St. Patrick's Hole and ttie west end of Orleans, 5/ i shelf called Morandam's Rocks. They extend a cabte's. length from the bUnd, and have only 10 feet over them. -^Li yiviivv ,Inui!.il -nail vroRn •, , r.ui ';;oifatcf f aff On the S.W. ^ort of the west end of Orleans is another reef: this is dry at W water, lies close in, and should hot be aptareaekfid nearer tha^in 10 fhthomii. On ilihe opposite shore, A little to the ea&tward of Point Levy, is anbthev ix!ef; wUob should be TIDES IN THE RIVER ST. LAWUENCE. IM cr enough for tho pMicd at tlie Mm* depth. Northward of Point Levy ui a MnaU reef, but clu«e in, and ia, in untunially grand and nu^Htio, in form of an amphitheatre. The city hi seated on tho N.W. Hide of tho St. lAwrencoy upon a promontory, formed by that river and the St. CharlcM. Tho ox- tremity of this heaidland is called Vajw IHamoHd, of which the highest point riaoe lOA feet above the level of the water. It iH oompoHed of a rook of grey granito, mixed with quartz cryHtals (from which it obtaiuH itM name), and a species of dark coloured slute. In many places it is quite perpendicular and bare; in others, where tho acclivity is less abrupt, there are patches of brownish earth, or rnthcr a decomiK>Hition of the softer parts ol^the stone, on which a few stunted pines and crccinng shrubs are here and there seen ; but the general aspect of it is rugged and barren. — {Bouchette^ Vol. i., 241.) The latitude of Quebec is 40° 4H' 0', and its longitude we aMKumc as 7|° 1^2*^ 32" fh>m the reasons assigned in the " Memoir on the Atlantic Ocean," nairc 69.' "^ •;"• • •■ 'f'-* ''•':|'?;''ti-tB'.'fr5<:. Slit i6i Av. ■i.i'junr/H'ifiT TIPES IN THE BIVER ST. LAWRENCB:"'^ 'I'' '-^'-> On tlic days of AUl and change, the tide flows in the river as follows :— Near Cfkp© dc Monts, on the north side, at !*> 55*". In Manicougan Bay. at 2>< t here spriuK- tides rise 12, and neaps 8 feet. At Bersimis Point,2^. > "♦'^' , 'l"'' On the south coast, near Cape Chatte, the timo is 1|>>< Here spring-tides rile firom 12 to 14, and neaps 8 feet. Off theKiver Matane the time is 2>' 0"* ; springs rise \% an4 JV?aps e feet. At Grand Metis Bay, the time is 2>' 10<" ; springs rue 13, and neape 8 feet. Off shpr^ herjWbpuli, the euv^^nt on ithe surface always runs downwarc^ fcomiif to 2| knots. ;^ .(;,.'',., ,;■ ;,,,,.),,!; ,,■,!■, ,•' i Thetime of high Water at Oreen Island, is 3>> ; spring-tides rise 16, and neaps 10 fe^ In Hiie miodle of the river, off the eastom part of this island, the flood from the norib (ihore turns to the southward and sets thence eastward off the south shore ; and thus below the \k\e Bic, the stream sets oonstontly downward, at the rate of 1^ te* 2^ knoteals above mentioned. Kamourasca, 4'' ; at the Brandy Pots, S*" j [' ' Poin^ St. Roch or Roque, 4'' 60". Here it ebbs 6| ho^rsy y. ■ It br^eft l^laiji'd.^tj^? time vi ^ iS" ; at iRm frayf s6, # So*. Off Point. St. Roc! and flows 6i. •iTIjoirfrn'i ,f ); ' ' ' ^ At^thfl jIsitB^:Bic the stream neyer bends to the westward until an hour's flood byi the shore. The neap-floods are here very weak ; and, with westerly winds, none are The !ebb-8tream from the River Sagueney sets with great force south-westward tQwat4 Red Island Bank. Off Green Lsland, on the opposite side, there is little or.no flood, but a great ripple. -,; i^ J>.M ,AJ1 the way hence to Quebec, the tide, when regular, flows tide and quarter-tide i but it, is Jhfluenced greatly by the wind, and by no means to be depended on, aa to its running, anywhere below Hare Island, where there is a regular stream of ebb andii ;ftEXirEEK iBabWaby AiMJD'Bic the stream of flood sets in from the N^. at the rate of>(iihciuittw6 iknotit } then fair through the channel until lost quarter flood, vi^ea it ! m ^ktiongi^totheN.E. " " ' -^-^ ^- ^::,;:. ' :.;';::.:' / '';:: ,::XZ-^:^^^^^^ The current between Bicquettc and the north coast is generally very stton^ to*^^ tlie N E.. without any legnlar change. In the sumni^r and avtuihtl, a« Hfelltia in teifeg. ifd(*, this cutrtnt «liiclc8, ai>d; near Bic^uette, ruhB to the t»«flt^tdj dttHiigf ^adflv btit. until the upland wiaters havie all Mm down; ftjd the^greatritert'hatvef«i&chjii-g^ the fishes, baiised by'the ttiawitog 6f the snowft in the i/prtng of the ^^i^.tl^s^isiri)^ always runs downward. .'.,,;,,, -■TVdiri Bib WGttEEN Island, on the sbttthriii'sfde,' ttje rtreajM df fldbd'iil tfbWliere tjferc^ptiblb at a mile and a ha!lf from the ishmds; Thb tebb; bi* 'ramer^iSft^^tj 6^ strongly from the N.W., out of the River Sdgu^nay, ahdtlfrott^h '«he'<(flianttel*Wflifc tooritlKrtird of lledlsknd, and joining the eddyi'Jfood, Ytefote^xfimu^A, imtetmn'lhe constantly downward course of the stream; Hea-e it alway» iwia in: a StE. dii-ecr tion, two miles an hour, with a westerly wind ; but only so to the southward iknd eastward of Bed Island. Between Red Ijsland and Qvee^i Isli^nd, the ebb i:\^|^s,from 4 to e'llquits. In crossing oyej to the north itjxore, this easterly ,' current will he fpundto iimini^r fo;% on the north side,, th(B flypd, % J|retty r^Iar,,an|^' tie ^b much weaker. , ,, ;.,,^ -j East^4rd of, the Razade Rocks, and near Bic, the eddy-flood assumes a N.E, d^c- il4on, and sets strongly between Bic and Bicquettc. To the southward of Bic, spi^g. floods run at the rate of a knot and a half ; heaps are not perceptihle. Shms tMjt come to the southward of Bic, with a scant wind from the northward, must s&r W. by N. to cheek the S.E. cuiTcnt, until they come into 18 fathoms of water, or up to Basque, whence they proceed for Green Island. The first of the flood, spring-tides, sets from the N.E. along the north side of Grken Island, and strongly toward the west end of it; then S.S.W. over the reef toward Cacona. In the middle of the channel U6 flood is perceptible. During spring- ebbs, the meeting of the N.E. and S.E. tides, near the middle of Grcjen Island, causes very strong rippUngs : and, to the eastwai-d of Green Isliind, the S.'E. ebb cbnies strongly about the east end of Red Island ; here meeting, the N.E. tide causes jt high rippling, much like broken watei* in strong easterly winds : but, ip neap-tides, ffi6 fioods ai-e veiy weak, and in the spring of tM year tnere are none. This renders %e conrnienoes, At the Brandy Pots it flowij 1*4© which runs five houi's upward and seven downward. and quarter-tide : and, above the Pprcee Rocks, on the south shore, it sets regularly tip and doWn, N.E. by E. and S.W; by W. " in. k ,. i, .;< u •' ...From the Brandy Pots,, the ^streaip of .floo4 sets tpwt^rdldi^elal^a^lan^, near the west and N.W. writh great tjtrength, tlirough; t^ pftssage bctiV:^ri( tW !|^ .i;iT [urn .bank. Above Hare Island, the flood sets I'egularly up tihe river. ' ■ iTfaeJ ebbs contrary wii^" .^ From the PilgkiMs up to Cape Diable, the flood is very Wetik, birt ' 'it tiife 'th*nce g" icreases up to tibje buoyfr of the Traverse, where it i*un9 at tlili rate of fiknofe.' Th6 rst of the ebb sets -towards the Eriglifeh 'Bahk and IldreT Islfettd SH^JW, whei?abtc<^ ofthegreater island of KamoiiiTiscai and the ^l)b.ebhtrary.'''- '^ '''' "' ' '■:u(\ no r>'-i''' "■ ' ■■,■ --1 .;., .,:■•■■,, 17.;; ,hii:iL ij qll yilMl'.-^ •(■•If/' •<'('. I •■ :(i-/,\i t In La Prairie Bay, on the north sid* ftf the .E?^, a^m CfaH^jeu, |i|^,^^r ip|;)^u^ ifateris 4'' 25", and here it flows six hours : the ebb-stream' continues an lioui- auaa \ffiax\fiT §fter low Wfiter, (tiiid the itlhi^eb-quarters of ap hbtii* after fiigh Hit'titcr.' ~' '"^ The tides in the North Channel being half an hour. €ttrU«!rjtihMtriiti;Ahet Sotithnii -'Itf tlM? SOtetii TSA'VKRSri, oh tb»ifttll^a«d ^ng», th©ticl«^'on*shoroifl(m« -wtliaMW i r tW il Ul^^C'UIOJfS FOiR; ^AJUNO.UP THE RIVER. '^ dj r.G^^n tyuiii^-n »ry strong to the IVeH ds ill ipt^ff. ^^f^.this^uiS le aouthwBsd taai he ebb i^upajfi^om cwent; Svill be laj',,ai^^ tlie ^6 mes a N.E, difec- rd of Bic, spmg- ible. SlmjsiMt •d, must sfeer w. ' water, or up to he north side of W. over the reef Duiing spring- len Island, causes tJ^E. ebb cbtnes ide causes Ji high p neap-tides, m6 This renders & 'than aWdthet', ' • ! J , ■ ■• ; ■ ^ ■ f I ' ( ( ' / r ' • 1 ■ ebb , (ponnnenQcis, Pots it flows o^de , it sets regularly i''li,n'- i..! ■.■:;(. ! 1. .-. ; iiiil, •,V-:yn\\i\h .al^dj,aw»ne|r lrt( theip^f^nd'^4 M contrary widel' ift'^if tM^th^iice (yfeknotk' m >kl, when'tfbtdtii 1 17/ .'.'<'! rqtiq no A .oicffrdroyni ii JiWK^eiOif,}|iuj^ les an iiour ana a i^atcrF;"^^, itiitthet Sot|thn-a SHi^ ^^^irt.i*;<5()i^u^rt^A7inita ttw ireHtwf^^ ofi^oqk, -whw regi^ajr^ u |%f; d^tfijfin^Uj j r yiyxja, W;^^ teKjv ,>|rind^ tliere, is a deviation, .biut it is ceitain that the ti4p on-shore rises three leet before the stream bends to the westward,| a>n4.this,aUQ;w|vnf^ must always be made in every pait of the river, * ' '" ,,fj^,the JxaV^sjE!, tfe,wit-,€(f, tb* from,.tbe KrlNfE. jat the.bupys, at,a ^^^^rjftadiititalwsa^ ftn-Mjt/yon, Rn4„w|v9tt tb0 ahpals are covered at balf-flQo4 *fjifl(?)?Wl %el#f,itfaet^,.unt;^^ WftteK.^.W. fey W. . The ebba, in a cpntr^jy 4^ectipn>^i|an,:vfith,grea in the spring of the year, atfthe> ratp of6br7k'note. ,y.^e^Wfe9n^lE1Uen¥ or:^illiMi'8,J^tia> 40'" ;:Bpiilig4 ri^ 17, and neaps 13 feet. . .,,^;..,j ..,-, ^., ,yi.-'"^^-'>^-'4''.^^ ■ 'At Quebec the time of high water is 6'» O?""* Here it ebbs by the shore seven hours soijl 40 ipinutes, and flows four hours and 45 minutes. Both streams i-un an houriifta: liiMi aindlow water by the shore. Springs rise 18, and neaps 13 feet. ' •* *■"/ f^iX't^fT 7TP ' •■' . .^r;\ ,•■.,■■ /'■ ■ •■■ .f.-.o ;,,.,. '.. -. 1 ., ,;■ 'I.';.' ■'.aj 'Jj ^''r,th> Pf ;;jPIRECTIONS FOE SAILIisra OT'^THiB BITEE, FEOM ' ' ■ : , ANTICGSTI TO QUEBEC. d^u&t; whii'h he imputes to the quantity of ice and snow melted in the spring. Those advancing toward the river, in the fairway between the S.W. point of Anticosti and Cape Rosier, with the wind from the North or N. by E., if ignorant of the -current, m^ think thiat thev are making a reach up, when really approaching the kbltftll khol*e; ' ' This id to bie ^rded againft ; piarticularly dttfiWg a long night, or ih dark and thick weather. It is always best to tack in time, and get out of the strength cf..tb0 current, which, ttill be found tp diounish toward the nQriJh. coast. ,j.j(|ii;(|Con4ngupi,,withcp^TBA&Y,wiND^ian4< being fai' enough to thewe8twa,rd to ^?]efithen, ^utic^ti,r ^tandttp the northward, and l^eep within thiee or fouj: leagujEfs jpf |i^elfl94iUPvto.thp!i»x[trienujtyo£ the Cape de Monts.; Here the lighthou^,»,^69rib94 on page 107, will be found e^SitreBjyely.upef^.; , "If hcf^pmdi^pil^ it faypurable. After getting up to Irinity Cove, or the coast to the N.E. of tlib cape, iljTiHr '>fft ■'■//(! ft 1- yf ^l %! WY; Hi. M^b^M WlbiMd »simg al6il^ t^«>^nM^h ^ho^k^^ Should 9^if9mnflW^^iT9n4p?^iiU^e§?^^^ the entrance of th& Harbour of St. Kicola», already descnbed, Miaih. lied W . by N. fliei^Ueifrrito^Cap®fdfe-MbtttS.'i;^'f^ -nrM':)! ;,i!:-.i !,:-:;.Mr) jl. ,•■■: '.tf; ni >'.!>!! :idi ' 'MMt^fMitoijoMif^noM^^^ bharinel dv«r fi-bttt':iih.* mihmtA,'& Mb^i -W^^Mg h^'ftyqnfehtlyrbefeii fb^ndj at ^Wttt t*«n.a-fU'r mi ji^mi '" T6BBA1! uj^fi^iiii' ^atfiel' Poiiit W Bffe Isljtiid, y8ii m*^ A5ii^ '^feg^wifth l^tS mSk shore; as, by rou^ -ig it, the flood-tide Will Be'moBt in'yottf ftiVooi*.' Tlie depth of ,7„£ftth<>ms is a ^f^ry v way, and you may anchor in that depth all the way vp tathe j^iaiid. Whea;b i.^ ,|i, to the southward of Bic, from the eastward, stana to ^e '/liQUt|iwaardinto,7 <* ; .:^;while to,the easitward of the island, but appH>ach,no nctuser tp:the S^E^ii^^^t^W^ £^tli0ms. In the middle are 12 fathoms.. In standing ta^the j9pi1|iward«ttowai^dBi<^ta<^;JiA 10. fathoms f^l ak>9g the idaod^aiid.^hen it bean J!l,E, aW!hoi;o fotirWrfttoi^ nift o* -n-^il*!* h?if f hirtedfi' -'kftfy 'St3] •' 'i<< 'fftT>rf /. ■ v ■ 'r lo %i^mm:m: -iu: BETWEEN OAPfe •r ,^ , AND ISLE BIO, AEE AS FOLLOW :- tf'A filti^ boond'upwHrd, and ImlingairiTed itithin tiiree leagws^to .Chatte, dumld steer W. by S. or according to the wind, allowing for cuiTent to S,£., as slreody shown. Running thus, for 2i leagues, will bring you to Father Point. Should tM weather be thick, yon may haul to the sootJlward i and if^ after f^ing sooii'dhags in from 30 to 25 fetimms^ ^ wator should suddenly shoalen to 20 and 10, ybn wmTnot be iqr to the point, but may safely ran four or five miks hi^er : with soundings, and the water gradnally shoalii^ froni 38 to 25» 18, &Ci, in tluee ;roiigh to tack or anchor in, and this depth is in the fair-way to the Brandy Pots. The Brandy Pots are steep on the south side, 10 fathoms being near to them. There fathoms, ^ w bmt roadstead of any part of the river, during easterly winds, excejiting that of Crane Island, and is the usual rendezvous for vessels bound down the St. Lawrence, and waiting for a wind. There is a good passage to the southward of Barrett Ledge up to the Pilgrims, leaving the Middle Shoal, which is above Barrett Ledge, on the starboard hand. The north iiassage is, however, the best, and most used. BRANDY POTS To the SOUTH TRAVERSE and GOOSE ISLAND.— For the flat on the south side of Hare Island, above the Brandy Pots, see page 117. This flat is bold-to, there being 7 fathoms close to it, nearly up to the west end ; and the whole of this side of the island is bound by rocks. The lower end of the Middle Bank, as already noticed, page 118, bears S.E. \ E. about a mile and a half from the Brandy Pots. Between the Middle Ground and Hare Island are 10 and 16 to 20 fathoms of water. On the south side of the Middle Ground, there are 8 and 9 fathoms ; at half-tide, in this port of the river, a large ship may safely beat up or down. In proceeding to the westward from the Brandy Pots, there is a 3-fathom rocky patch, and the knoll, at the west end of Hare Island Bank, to be avoided, the rocky patch being two-thirds of a mile eastward of the knoll, which is to the S.E. of the western end of Hare Island ; between them there ore 3| and 4 fathoms. The marks and bearings of these have been described fpage 117.}. The Middle Bank, which extends between the Middle Shoal and Hare Island Bank, has 3§ and 4 fathoms on it, und consequently this draught may be carried over it, but if a greater depth than 3 or 31 fathoms is wanted. White Island must be brought open to the eastward of the Brandy Pots. When White Island is brouffht to the westward of the Brandy Pots, or miowav between them and Hare Island, the mark is diicctly on the 3-fathom Iiateh, before described. In standing to the southward from Hare Island, above the Brandy Pots, you will And 18 and 20 fathoms of water. On the north side of the Middle Bank, 4 fathoms \ e is good anchorage to the eastward of the Brandv Pots, in from 9 to 7 I, ana good anchorage above them, in from '9 to 14 fathoms. This is the 4 I ». Ill, an4 it nne, 10 miles ase St. Jean, all of which r too great to Red Island, bold, and the ift of easterly ae may safely Hare lalanu. Hare Island, [isca; whence Jarrett Ledge, cc page in.) m S.W. J W. igc, bring the Ireat Pilgrim, land of Cupe e lead: Hcvcn le fair-way to Bthoms being 1 from 9 to 7 . This is the that of Crane jawrencc, and the Pilgrims, xd hand. The LAND.— For ige 117. This end; and the eara S.E. | E. Le Ground and of the Middle river, a large fathom rocky ded, the rocky he S.E. of the . The marks Bank, which fathoms on it, epth than 3 or stward of the Brandy Pots, the 3-fathom Pots, you will k, 1 futhouiH ; r THE RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE, UPWARD. 133 but there are 8 and 9 fathoms on the south side of this bank, with gradual soundings to the south shore. Five fathoms is a good depth to tack in. Abreast of the middlo of Hare Inland the depths are nearly the same. The direct course from the Pilgrims to the Chequered Buoy ou the south side of the Traverse is S.W. by W., the distance about 7| leagues. The South Traverse and coast between have been fully detKiribcd, see page 119. The bank bc'vWten the "^K^grims and Kamourasca Isles is stc'lack buoy, in 7 'cumstances, she a good scope of may have to cut bul and unfit for ve them, setting 9 the north-^ast- . the same depth, illar, or of the S.W. J W. 4 lujeu Bank, the it is irre^ar, fathoms m the of the Beaujeu Its own breadth .rt of the bank, St. Vallierin s, with regular i Island. Stand you may stand B it is bold and way good and , in 8 fathoms. he westward of ight by strong risk the loss of ,nce from Crane Jetween are the id the bank of The Bank of St. Thomas is above two miles broad, and is dry at low water, nearly to its northern edge, which is very steep, and the marks for clearing it are BeUe- Chasse Island and Point St. Vallier touching. • When St. Thomas's Church bears S.E. | E., you will be abreast the point of the bank called Margaret's Tail, having a red buoy, and may thence steer directly up, W.S.W. The mark for the southern edge of Margaret's Tail Bank is, the S. side of Haystack Island and Crane Island Church in one, bearing E.N.E. To avoid the Wye Rocks, never stand to the southward of six fathoms in the night ; and by day, observe that the long mark is to keep Belle-Chasse Islets just open to the southward of Point St. Vallier. They are out of the way of vessels with a fair wind, and the cross mark for them is the Seminaire on the north shore in one with the E. point of Rcaux Island, and Crow Island iust open to ihe westward of Middle Island. '' To the west of Margaret's Tail is a narrow rocky shoal called Grosse Patch, with 7 feet least water ; between this shoal and Margaret's Tail is a channel 270 fathoms wide, and 6 fathoms deep, leading to the Quarantine Establishment on the southern side of Grosse Island. For the guidance of the numeroas vessels which stop there, a red buoy has been placed on the S.W. end of Margaret's Tail, as before mentioned, and also a white buoy on the N.E. of Grosse Patch ; but in the absence of buo\s, the east points of Grosse Island and the Brothers in one, bearing N. by E., will lead through. There is a passage to the west of Grosse Patch, between it and the island, but care must be taken to avoid a small rock, with 7 feet least water, lying 180 fathoms off Grosse Island, and on which a black buoy has been placed. When above Margaret Island, stand no farther to the northwrrd than into 6 fathoms. Reaux or Rat Island and Madame are flat to the southward ; 7 fathoms will be near enough to both. The south side of the channel, up to Belle-Chasse, is all bold ; 8 fathoms are close to it, with 7, 8, 9, and 6 fathoms quite across. There is good clean anchoring ground, and easy tides, all the way. When up to Belle-Chasse, stand no nearer to these islets than 8 fathoms, and to Madame than 6 fathoms. The shoal extending from Madame has already been noticed, p. 122. The mark for clearing the southern side of Madame Bank, as well as the Grosse Island Tail and Patch, is, Race Island kept just open to the southward of Margaret Island. The mark for the S.W. extreme, which is the point of the entrance of the North Traverse, is, the nortii side of Reaux Island just open to the northward of Madame Island, bearing N.E. f E., and St. Vallier Church bearing S. f E. The cross mark for clearing it to the S.W. is, Berthier Church and the west-end of Belle> Chasse Island in one. The North Channel and Traverse and the Middle Traverse arfi but seldom used, and the description of them will be found on p. 122. St. Vallier to Ouebec— From the Point of St. Vallier to that of St. La'orent, or St. Lawrence, in Orleans, the course and distance are from W.S.W. to S.W. by W. 9^ miles. Both sides are bold ; 10 fathoms in the fair-way from Orleans, and 8 fathoms from the south shore. Ships may anchor toward the island, in from 16 to 10 fathoms. The Shoal of Beaumont, described on page 122, is steep-to. Make short boards until you are above Point St. Lawrence, when you will be above it, and may safely stand to the southward into 10 fathoms. From Point St. Lawrence to Point Levy, the course and distance are W. by N. two leagues. At a mile and a half westward from St. Lawrence's church in St. Patrick's Hole. {Seepage 124.) Here in about 10 fathoms is the fair-way to tack from. The depth in ^e middle is 13 fiithoms. From off Point Levy to Quebec, the course is W.S.W., and the distance about two miles. The shoals of Beauport, on the north side, may be easily avoided ; in 186 QUEBEC. standing toward them, advance no nearer than in 10 fothomn, as they Grostccp-to,and ftre, in some parts, studded with roeks. Ships arririnff at Quebec, with flood tide and an easterly wind, should take in their canvas in time, and have cable ready, as the ground in the basin is not very good for holding, the water being deep, and the tides strong, particularly spring-tides. If obliged to corao-to in tho middle, there will be found from 16 to 20 fathoms abreast of the town ; but near the wharfs, or at 2 cables' length from them, is a depth of 11 fathoms; and here vessels arc easily brought up; but, in the offing, 16 fathoms of cable will be required. On tho Point Levy side is a depth of nearly 30 fathoms, and the tides are stronger here than near the wharfs. With the wind heavy from tho eastward, the best riding will be above the wharfs, off the cove called Diamond Har- bour, in the depth of 10 fathoms. ITie Ballast Ground, or place appointed by law for heaving out the ballast in, is to the westward of two beacons flxed on the south shore, above Quebec. These beacons stand on the brow of a hill, above a cove called Charles Cove, and when in a line bear S,E. QtJXBEC HA&BOtnt may be considered as extending from off the river St. Charles up to the Chaudi^re river, a distance of 5 or 6 miles, which all through the navigable season is thickly occupied by vessels employed in the timber trade, for the most part lying alongside the numerous wharves and blocks for embarking luniber, and ' « open to w,-„.. ..__ . . ^ ^-*-ly and north-westerly - in 1831 » berth must 'quitobold. A .p. eUent beach for fishiW awA; close to this plaS ay, betweeir the Percfi '..and has a gaol and '"ng of fish, aSd ofl' it antain is 1235 feet in r^rtj^Jiere thepre- 'd by the waves. TTie '*„^f ^Qre Island, with altogether a beautiful ntrv about Gaspg and «ith great variety of '. and forming feitUe repay the labour of s, ana shells, and are the eastward of the ch IS nearly perpen- V persons are hardy Bfishinff places they f^<^^ Islet or Jiock,i les a citadel.. From water; but between age. rh,and about 1,200 s ; the central suffi, f of the outer one »»• eggs, and in the ough the ascent, by :alled CHALEUR BAY. 141 the Zeander .this rockUes winds, for Cha- The leading the inner or therefore, the te Head, will shut in behind As les, vith ns; „ WTiite !k Macquereau are Jailed Paboamd Jil%e; and, on IS of the fisher- iiaibour from a another fishing id inlet of Port north-westerly "».<7«^ in 1831, 'a berth must quite bold. A lew descendants of French peasantiy, who cannot speak English, reside here ; they pxist by cod-fishing, though a few salmon are occasionally caught. The fish, when bured, are disposed of at Paspebiac, or New Carlisle, to the S.W., where there is a ■tore belonging to Guernsey merchants. The time of high water here, on the full and change, b 2h. Cm. The tide rises 4 feet. Paspebiac. — At Paspebiac above mentioned, six leagfues to the south-westward of [Port Uaniel, is a good anchorage, sheltered from the N.W. round by the eastward to I S.E. by the muin land, and a long spit of beach, off which, to the westward, nearly a mile, extends a spit of hardgroimd, having from 1| to 2 fathoms over it. In order I to avoid the latter, on coming from the eastward, do not haul in for the anchorage till the Protestant church, whicn is the westernmost, is brought to bear N.N.E. \ E. ; then anchor, according to the drau^t of the vessel, in 6 to 4 fathoms, stiff clay, with the south point of the beach from E.S.E. to S.E. ; the Protestant church N.E. \ N. ; off shore a quarter of a mile or less. Watering is excellent, from half-tide, by filling in the boats by your own hoses. The water comes from a rock, is considered very good for keeping, and is gained without expense. It is situated nearly off the centre of the anchorage. The winds were light, from the southward and eastward, during the stay of the Banger, in fine weather. The land on this side of Chaleur Bay is high ; it is the same hence to Perce and Bonaventure Island. At the latter place, the winds, in the summer season, differ as much as eight points from those in Chaleur Bay. — Captain Dunaterville, R.N. CHALETJB> BAY. — Point Macquereau and Miseou Island form the entrance of Chaleur Bay, and bear from each other S. \ E. and N. % W. distant 4| leagues. From the entrance of Chaleur Bay to that of Ristigouche Harbour, which is at its head, the distance, on a West and N.W. by W. course, is 22 leagues. The bay is of moderate depth near the shore on both sides, and has, toward the middle, from 45 to 20 fathoms of water. The town of New Carlisle, on the harbour of Paspebiac, is the principal town of Chaleur Bay ; it is situate in Coxe Township, on the north shore, as shown in the Chart ; and is so laid out as to become hereafter a compact and regular little place. The number of houses it about fifty, all of wood : it has a court-house and S[aol. The situation is very healthy, and the surrounding lands some of the most iertile in the district. In front is an excellent beach, as above described, where the fish is cured and dried. In the adjoining township of Hamilton, on the west, is the villag^e of Bonaventure, containing about twenty-five houses and a church, on level ground. It is entirely dependent on the fishery. Cascapediao. — ^From Bonaventure the land turns to N.W. by N. to Caacapediac Bay, on the west side of which is Mount Carleton, 1830 feet high ; the shore is iron- bound, and has several rivulets of fresh water. Within the bay is anchorage in 4, 5, and 6 fathoms water. The head of the bay is shoal, into which the Biver Cascapediao empties itself. Bistigouolie. — In Ristigouche Harbour, at the head of Chaleur Bay, there is good anchorage in from 8 to 12 fathoms, land-locked from all winds ; but it is so difficult of access, that it should not be attempted without a pilot. The tide flows here, on full and change, until 3 o'clock, and its vertical rise is 6| or 7 feet. MisOOU Island Light. — The lighthouse erected on Birch Point, the north-east extreme of Miseou Island, is a wooden octagon-shaped building, 74 feet high, and painted red. It exhibits a. fixed red light, which is of the greatest assistance to vessels rounding this low island at night, and especially to the numerous fishing schooners which frequent Miseou Harbour. It is elevated 79 feet above the level of high water, and in clear weather is visible from a distance of 12 mUes ; it is seen from the west- ward over the island. Vessels bound into Chaleur Bay should make for Miseou Island, which they can round by the lead, for it shoalens gradually from 20 to 3 fathoms, the latter depth being near Miseou Point ; should it he foggy, which in summer time is frequently the case, it will be advisable to steer from thence toward the northern shore, bearing 142 WESTERN COASTS OF THE GULF. «; -. \ ) about W.N.W., when you most probably foil in with Nouvelle Harbour. Here stands a church, upon some rising gi'ound to the northward of the town or village, which is built along the beach, and lies low. Proceeding westward up Chaleur Bay from hence, you will pass round the low point of Paspebiac, above mentioned, and reach New Carlisle. Having got abreast of this, if you are bound to Nipisighit Bay, or St. Peter's, then by keeping on the northern shore as thus directed, you will readily know how far you have proceeded up the bay, and may then haul aross vAth greater certainty for the land, oetween Caraquette Point and Cape Idas, which you may approach to, by the lead, without the leaist danger. The land on the northern shores of Chaleur Bay is in a high state of cultivation, when compared with the southern shores ; and this, perhaps, is the principal cause why the fogs that obscure it are less heavy on the former than on the latter. The distance from the north point of Miscou Island to the south point of Shippigan is 19 miles : the course is nearly S.W. by S. From the south point of Shippigan to Tracadie, the course and distance are S.W. | S. 4 leagues. From Tracadie to Point Escuminac, on the south side of the entrance of Miramichi Bay, the course is S. by W. I W., distance 9 leagues. The land from Miscou Island to the entrance Miramichi Bay is low, as well as the southern side of Chaleur Bay. Point Escuminac, on the south side of Miramichi Bay, is likewise low, but a hghthouse is erected on it, by which it may be known ; and pilot-boats invariably come off from this place. Miscou Island, on the north and east sides, should be approached with caution by the lead; say not nearer than in two miles and a half, and in 7 fathoms. The Ranger anchored in Id fathoms, with the north point of Miscou E. | N. about three miles. Here it is high water, on the full and change, at 2''., and the flood sets in to the S.W., about one mile an hour. * MIRAMICHI BAY is nearly 14 miles wide from the sand-bars off Blackland Point to Escuminac Point, and 6J miles deep from that line across its mout to the main entrance of the Miramichi, between Portage and Fox Islands. The bay is formed by a semicircular range of low sandy islands, between which there are three small Passages and one main or ship channel, leading into the Inner Bay or Estuary, of the [iramichi. Miramichi is a large harbour and free warehousing port, in the mouth of which there are several islands ; between the northernmost of tnese islands, called Waltham or Portage Island, and the next to it, called Fox Island, is the passage into tho bay, which b intricate and shallow at low water. Hence it is requisite to have a pilot. The pilots' houses stand within Escuminac Point, and sometimes pilots for this place may be found in the Gut of Canso. It in the more necessary to have a pilot, as the bar shifts considerably, and directions will not be accurate for any considerable period. Miramichi River is considered by Admiral Bayfield as second to the St. Lawrence. Nineteen feet can be carried into tne river in ordinary spring-tides, and twenty or twenty-one feet by watching for opportunities. Miramichi is a j^lace of some importance ; the greut fire of 1823 gave a severe blow to its prosperity. Vessels load during the season with timl^er, at the several towns and settlements on its banks. The attention of the population is almost entirely turned to the timber trade, although the salmon and gaspercaux fisheries are carried on in their season. The improvement of the natural capabilities of the coimtry is but little attended co. . Chatham, the port and principal town on the river, stands on the south bank, at 20 miles from the entrance ; and the town of Newcastle is about four miles higher up, qb the opposite bank. From the northern part of Miscou Island to Escuminac Point, the soundings ara regular ; and, in thick weather, the shore may be approached by the lead to th^ depth of 12 or 10 fathoms. RICHIBUCTO RIVER. 143 lAght. — There is now bl fixed light exhibited on Escuminac Point from an octagonal woo^n tower painted white at an elevation of 70 feet. From JEsctiminac Point to the entrance of Hichibucto Harbour, the course and dis- tance are S. by W. f W. 7 leagues; from Richibecto Harbour to the entrance of Suctottche, S. I W. 19 miles ; from Buctouche to Cocayne Harbour, S. | E. 5 miles \ from Cocagne to Shediac Harbour, the distance is 2| leagues. From Shediac to Cape Tormentine, the coast trends S.E. by E. a E. 10 leagues. The harbours here mentioned are not of sufficient depth to admit large ships for a lading. No part of the bar extends to seaward so much as a mile from the shore, and it may be safely approached by the lead to 6 fathoms water, at any time of tide ; but for the purpose of anchorage 9 fathoms is a better depth, the bottom being there of fine brown and gray sand, affording far better holding ground than farther in-shore. The situation of the narrow channel over the bar (IJ miles E.S.E. from the river's mouth) is indicated by two white beacons on the south beach, and by a large black buoy moored off in 3j or 4 fathoms at low water, with the two beacons in line, bearing (in 1839) W. by S. ^ S. distant not quite a mile. These beacons in line always lead always lead in over the bar, being smfted as required almost every spring, in conse- quence of changes in the channel effected by heavy north-east gales. The North beacon, which stands on a sand-hill, 30 feet high, at the south extremity of the noilh beach, is large and tohite, being intended to point out the situation ol the river to vessels many miles out to sea. RICHIBUCTO RIVER is of considerable importance, and is annually visited by numerous vessels for timber. The settlements on its banks are rapidly increasing. The bar of the river is exceedingly dangerous, and a pilot is almost indispensablei especially to deeply laden and dull sailing vessels. The depth of water at the entrance of the harbour of Uichibucto, in 1828, was, at the best tide, 18 feet, and at the common tide 16|. When off the harbour, in 6 or 8 fathoms of water, vessels run in bykeeping the two white beacons in a line, until near the sand-hill, and then run N.W. along the shoro, in 2 1 to 3 fathoms of water, until they are in safety. A large black buoy- is laid down in 4 fathoms, outside the bar, for a guide ; which buoy, from seaward, can be seen at more than a league off. Richibucto has a very fine water-communica- tion with the interior country. Liverpool, the port town of Richibucto, stands on the western side, at four miles from the bar. Southward of Richibucto the coast is low, and 18 miles from it is the entrance of Buctouche Harbour, and 5i miles farther is Cocayne Harbour. North Patch of rocks, with 12 feet least water, is small, with 6 fathoms close out- side of it. It lies 2 miles off shore on the north-east point of the Outer Bar of the Buctouche, with Cocagne steeple and the north-west extreme of Cocagne Island in line, bearing S.S.W. j "W. ; the south end of Buctouche sand-bar S.W. by "W. ; and Buctouche steeple seen over the sand-bar N.W. by W. \ W. Vessels will pass out- side of it, if they do not come into less than 5 fathoms at low water. Shediac Harbour is the easiest of access and egi'ess on this part of the coast, being the only one which a vessel in distress can safely run for, as a harbour of refuge^ The depth that can be carried in by a good pilot is 14 feet at low water, and 18 feet at high water in ordinary spnng tides ; and the bottom in the channel is of mud, as it is also in the harbour within. The entrance between the north point of the bar and the edge of the shoal water off the island is the narrowest part of the channel, and only l;; cables wide, from tlu» depth of 12 feet to 12 feet on either side ; moreover, there are two or three very small patches, perhaps ballast heaps, of 11 or 12 water, which can only be avoided by the pilots for the place. They generally place stakes and buoys for their own guid' ance, and according to their own judgment, every year ; and their assistance should always be sought. A canal has been proposed to connect it with the Bay of Fundy, but the surveys have not been completed. A raih'oad is in operation across to Monckton, which is to be connected with other New Brunswick lines leading to St. John's. Shediac is not as yet a place of much trade. 144 NORTHERN COASTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. l-> t,^ i TJie coast, for 18 or 20 miles eastward of Shediao i« ft— -flrom diaigWy,aii4 fxmr be safely approached in 6 fathoms, but beyond this to Cape TomoDtthe therb are dangerous off-shore shoals, which require caul^on. The Jourimain Shoals are extremely dangerous. Thoy extend from Cape Jourimaiti 1| miles to N.N.W., and there is a patch of 4 fathoms at 1} miles north of that point. They should not be approached at night nearer than in fathoms. ■ < CAPE TOBHEHTINE is a name sometimes applied to the whole, and sometimes to different points, of the great headland which forms the eastern extremity of New Brunswick, within 'the gu&, and which separates Bav Verto from the rest of tlie Strait of Northumberland. But it is here restricted to the comparatively high ce^ral point. The names of Indian Point and Cape Jourimain have been adopted for thp southern and northern extremities of this promontory, which is a place of great im- portance in a nautical point of view, not only from its position, but from its dangeroiis and extensive shoals. Within Cape Tormentine is the isthmus and boundary between New BrunsWieH and Nova-Scotia, the narrowest part of which, from the Buy Vcrtc to Cumbcrlaad Basin, at the head of Chignecto Bay, is only 12 miles in bicauth. THE NORTHERN COASTS OF NOVA-SCOTIA, ETC. ■Hi • The general features of the Northern Coast of Nova- Scotia are pleasing : the land low and even, or slightly broken by agreeable inequalities. In the Strait of Northumberland,^ to an extent, from end to end, of not loss than 100 miles, the bottom, in many pkoes nearly level, varies in depth from 20 to 10 fathoms. The bottom is, generally, a stiff red clay, and good holmng ground. . , ', i,,tv: Between Cocagne on the west, and the high rock called the Barn, on the' k^, the shore is, in general, bound with red cliffs and beaches under them. The inland country, between Tatmagouche and the basin of Cobequid, appears remarkably Mgk to vessels in the offing. Bay Verte, within Cape Tormentine, is 9 miles wide and 11 deep. It separates the two provinces. The flat isthmus which seporates it from Cumberland Basin is 11 miles wide. The shores are lined with flats, formed by the decomposition of the coast ; besides which there are several dangerous rocky shoals, Spear, Heart, Laurent, and others on the flat which extends for 3 or 4 miles off the north shore, and the Aggermore Bock, of 18 feet, lying on the same rooky flat in the middle of the bay. Great caution must therefore be used in entering this bay. The interior, frt>m the bay to Amherst, Cumberland, Tantamaree, &o., is m a highly improved state. Biver Philip.— To the southward of Cape Tormentine, at the distance of 4| leagues, is the entrance of the River Philip, a oar-harbour, having only 8 feet at the entrance. In advancing toward this place, when in the depth of 5 fathoms, another harbour will be seen on the eastern or port side, which is called Pugtoaeh. In the latter, ships dravnng 1 7 feet load timber. This harbour is safe \ but the entrance is flo norrow as to require a pilot. Ships commonly anchor in fl fathoms, at 3 miles from shoi-e, with the entrance bearing S.E. High-water at Pugwash at P. and C. IQ"* 30'"; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4 feet. A reef extends for % mile N.W. by W., and in other directions from the Pugwash Point, so that it is unsafe for a ship tp gp into less than 5 fathoms. a lE&ixotis hh no i'lmii^. . ihip. Fitoin Cape Tormentine to CKjf Cape, the boarifig and distance aro S. by E. f E. 18 miles; from Cliff Cape to MacKenzie Point S.E. 3 miles j and from Shoal Point to Cape John S.E. by E. IS miles, r/ trd ^si^mf.iiiiTA Inoff )i)3f.i ^IwMr. \:nw:'^\\«>tn\ . Off MacKensrie Point is Oak Jshnil, Uvf arid Woodi>d.' Th<«?'ft Is Tncr i^hfrtlht^li itliiide it. About this part there are many flourishing farms of the Heotch Htghland cmi> anants, aiuiiweterined thie Gulf Shor^ Settlements. Totlici N<)uth ufr Oak I^^ FofMarhour, which only oarwe8.8 w, P jBoJtftjeivtb^ fc«W S.K«fi«^ilki» ir,1l!\#l fonncriy.:R§mshegHa*:boui-.,,-,,. .saiur...,„/r -(r.:'^ ., '.•> ^„ '// '/ ,,rtt ,>r «>»■! hoojiiv WALLACE HARBOUU-TATMAGOUCHE. 145 ^' WAliLACE HABBOUB is the flnont on thin coant, excepting Pictou, having 16 feet over its bar at low water in ordinary ipring tidcn, which rise 8 feet, so that it is capable of admitting vessels of largo draught. It« entrance, 2| miles W. bv S. ^ S. from Oak Island, and between two sandy miits, named Palmer and Caulfleld. Points, is nearly 2 cables wide, and carries 6| fathoms water ; but the approach to this entrance, over the bar and through tho bay for a distance of 3 miles, is by a crooked channel, which, although nowhere leM than 1^ cables wide, is, nevertheless, difficiUt without the aid of buoys or sufflcient leading marks. The services of the pilots of the place vdll, therefore, alway« be necessary to insure safety. Wallace, a prettily situated straggling village with its Kirk, stands on the southern shore, 1| miles within the entrance of tM harbour. Wallace, under the name of Ranuhea, was formerly visited annually by many more vessels than at present, the supply of lumber being then much greater; at present only a few cargoes ore embarked, and two or three vessels built there every year. But, in proportion as the timber trade decreases, more attention is paid to agriculture, which is said to be improving, and tlie settlements increasing in the neighbourhood. TATMAGOTTGHE.— At 6 miles S.E. by E. firom Oak Island is Saddh Island, low and wooded. Saddle Beef, very dangerous, runs out from its East point for 1 mile, and on it is the Wash-ball Sock, dry at low water h mUe from the isltmd. Treen Bluff just open to northward of Sadale Island W. ^ N. clears the reef in 4 fathoms. Tatmagouche Bay, 2^ miles wide at entrance, between Mullegash Point and BruU Peninstm, runs in 7 miles to the westward, affording evei-ywhere good anchorage over a bottom of soft mud, but with insufiicient depth of water for large ships far up the bay. From 5 fathoms at entrance the depth decreases to 7 fathoms at the distance of 1^ miles up the bay, and to 2 fathoms at 4 miles, the remainder being all shallow, and in part dry at low water, with tho exception Of boat channels leading to the Basin and to Millbrook. Tho only detacliod danger in the bay is a rock with 7 feet least water, lying 3| cables off the northern shore, and 2 miles in from Mullegash Point ; Amet Isle and Mullegash Point touching, and bearing E.N.E. will lead a cable to the southward of it. A stranger may safely approach to the low-water depth of 3 fathoms in the outer part of the bay, and to 2i fathoms farther in ; but in entering should keep well over to the northward, to avoid the Brule Shoals. In coming firom the eastward, when between Amet Island and Cape John, your course toward River John will be W. by B. In passing between the island cape, you will have 4| fathoms, until you open the Eiver John, on the port side. You will then have 7, 8, and 9 fiEithoms | and, if bound for this river, or for Tatmagouche, may obtain a pilot by making the usual signal. There is anchorage at 2 miles from shore. The Banger, in 1831, anchored off Cape John in 0| fathoms, with Amet Island W. by S. 3 to 4 miles. She passed over a ledge of rocky bottom, having over it 2^ to 6 fathoms, at about two miles to the eastward of the island, and on which lobsters abounded. Within the Bay on Tatmagouche River in the S.W. comer, on the entrance of which is a ship-building yard. To the E. of this, 3 miles distant^ is Barachais Harbour, seldom visited. It is separated ftota. BruU Harbour by the wooded penin- sula, which at a distance appears like an island. John Bay, in its eastern part requires caution as the shoals on its shores are often very steep, but there is no detached danger. There are flourishing settlements on the river which enters at its head. Amet Sound affords excellent anehoroge, but the three channels which lead into it. an separated by dangerous shoals, of which the Waugh Shoal and the Amet Island and Shoals are the cmef. Tides. — On any part of this coast you may anchor in the summer season. It is high water in the oiBng at 10 o'clock, and the rise is from 6 to 7 feet. The stream of flood sets to the N.W. as far as Cape Tormeutine, expending its strength in the Nd. V I ■1 t 146 NORTHERN COASTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. Day Vertei but from MiramicW and Clape North (PrinoteBdWArd Jiiani), tfite flood iet« to the Houthward, about two knots an hour (tin 9 o'clock),! to Cape Tormentiue, whence it appeiirs to run toward Hillsboro' Bay. The time n|«.% ^}d atihx^ixnfr li'dt' ir^-nc^ .ol^f;;y_i /i^a '.ri\\ Oaribon Harbour.—Pi'om Cape John to Caribou l»oiiit the course and distapce arc S.Fi. by E. | E. 19^ miles. Here the water gradually shoalens to the shore, from the depth of 8 or 9 fathoms, at two miles off. To strangers it may be dangerous to approach Coribou Harbom*, as it has frequently been mistaken for Pictou, which j[ioi» to the south-westward, and some have run on shore before the error has been dis- er)Vorcd. For it is to be observed, that ships aie seen riding, not in the entrance of the harbour, but within a sand-bank, stretching from side to side, with not more than 3 or 4 feet over it, and which appears like a good channel. Small vessels load ■'-^-lJyfr/. . .kHSd io otiAiixi a rj/o r.^ aw /?.>) Within the bar and the beach, the water deepens to 5, 6, and 7 fathoms, niiid^ bottmn. lliis depth continues up to the town, opposite to which a mud flat expends outward so far as to leave the channel midway between the two shores. Above the town the river divides into three branches, tiie £aat, Middle, and West Jiitera,ta slibwn in the Chart. jfj /Tbe East Ann is navigable by vessels to the distance of 2i miles firom Pictou, to tbo coal-loading place, or railway terminus from the Albioii mines. Its chton^l, which Joins the harbour directly opposite Pictou, is of the avera^ breadth of 180 yards, and marked out by spruce-bush stakes driven into the mud flat^ at int^tils oh either side. Half a mile below the loading place a bar (rf hard ground, v^th 12 feet at low water, croaaes the channel ; and thereftnre vessels miist not be laden to draw ihore tlian lAfbetinneap and 18 feet in spring tides. At a r short distance ^ jauvmh Arm PiCTou. y«;5r#,?y,v.-A 147 jns*r?/,tiUl)-i}/iI'iW above tke loading place the channel w so dmded and obatructed by old oyster beds, that it i» difficult to carry the depth of 3 or 4 feet through at low water } and similar ofaBtmotions oocui several times up tQ the bridge at iy«K' G^^oir, 6| mil(» £r^ Piotou, and 2 from the coal pits. ,., j^ft^JJi irf-'f. ,-'{v|" ^ \-Jf»>w^f^- f^i^ii^^ «» V^ V^.^f At 9 miles above the town of Pictou are the well-known' coal-pits, the produce of which is brought down to the bar in large flat boats. The Middle and West Rivera are navigable upward to a considerable distance. ^^¥^*j^MWW^Wi*'^. The town of Walinsly, on the north side of this harbour, is the residence of ue in diameter, -mm 16 feet least water, and with 19 or 20 feet between it and the shallow water to the westward. Vessels of large ^ught should not attejipt to pass within or to the southward and westward of it. The distance across the harbour's mouth from the lighthouse on the sandy spit to Loudon beach is about 2| cables, and the greatest depth is 7 fathoms water; but the channel over the Inner Bar is much narrower, and has besides a turn in it, which, together with the necessity of knowing exactly the set of the tides, renders a pilot indispensable in a large snip. Vessela running for the harbour must first pass the Outer Bar, which stretches from Logan Point to Mackenzie Head, and has 21 feet at low water over a bottom of sand. After passing this bar, the depth vdll increase to 4, 5, and 6 fathoms in the distance of about a mile, and then suddenly decrease to 19 feet on the Inner Bar, which is also of sand, and distant about 4 cables from the lighthouse.^ After passing the Inner Bar, which is not above a long cable wide,'the water continues deep to the entrance of the harbour. There is good anchorage between the bars, although exposed to north-east windlS, and also in Pictou Road, which is outside the Outer Bar, and where the depth is 6' fathoms, with clay and mud bottom. Vessels running or beating up to thia road at nighjt will find the soundings in the chart sufficient guidance, when keeping the ,||pnthem shqre aboai'd with tne preva,iling south-west winds. ( ' , - ^ The Marbow of Fictou is capable of containing .ships of any bwtheti< The mailc for running over the Bar, and clearing a spit of gravel, that extends Irom the noil^crn point of the< entrance of the bay that forms the hari>our, is a stone on ^e soutli poi^t lil ( 1 1 I 146 NORTHERN COASTS OF NOVA SCOTU. of the town, just withm the epit of law graveUy beach on the lonthem iid« of the entrsaoe into the harbour. Dr. DnasterviUe* in H.lf iS. Mang0t% tamed in^ with the (Htona from end to end of ihe beach, atad had from 3 to4i fhtfaeiDB. f!he beaoh to the northward of the namnm ia very bold ; and as you approadir tha towB^*in beatiii^ upt do not approach the Boathem shore into lesa than 4ilkthoniB ins hmfge ahim aaa^Ahpu bank.extepdsnearly one-third of the channel across, . y a *< With a fhir wind you borrow on the north shore, where tiie water is deepertf earrring from to 8 fiithoms, muddy bottom, and anchoring off a stake, near the sonta end of the town, in 7 fethoms." — Mr. DunaterviUe. t t •** The best anchorage in Pictou Boadsia in 7 fathoms, with the following bearings:— the %A^Aou«« west; Point Caribou north; and the Roaring Bull Point S.C ; the bubteir is a high blnfi; pointing to the southward, and has a nnall yiMHi hd^JBEJiraf iibe slojie. From this bluff a reef extends north three cables' length, and from Point Caribou another, west, nearly half a mile. Here you are weltered completehr from the S.E. by the S., round to north, and, in a great measure, as far as N.c. by the island and reefs off it. In fact, the only winds that throw in any sea, ai'c those from tJie S.E. by E. to N.E. by E. and they are fair for running into the harbour, which may be attempted, in almost any weather, by ships drawing from 18 to 20 feet. " To run in, bring the small white house to the left of the lighthouse, and oloae to it, on with a long building appearing off the starboud point of the harbour (it lies to the left of a small but remarkable gap in the N.W. land), bearing W.i N. ; keep then on until Roaring Bull Point begins to be shut in with the east land, by wMcn time you will be pretty close to the low sandy beach on which the lighthouse stands : then haul over to the northward, toward a bushy tree, standing by itself on the north shore, until you are in mid-channel between it and the lighthouse point. You may then proceed up the harbour, west, in mid-channel, toward the point with the buHd- ing, above mentioned, and, rounding it at a convenient distance, anchor at pleasure, offthe town, in 7 or 8 fitthoms. Or, if only taking the harbour for shelter, you may anchor anywhere within the lighthouse, *in initfohannel. The holdmg ground is excellent, and yott are here secure from all winds. II : t H: h ,?, . -ij; " On the inner bar, at high water, spring tides are from 22 to 23 feet of water ; on the outer bar, 5 fathoms ; between the bars, 7 and 8 fathoms. The tide, on full and change, flows at W\ and rises from 6 to 8 feet, according to the wind : neaps rise from 3 to fi feet. The lighthouse is pointed red and white, in voiced stripes, and iisp veiy conspicuous for showing vl Axed light -,\i&ifiAsd thi&as f^bove sdd, there isi ^ small red light shown below ft. ' ^"* ' "' *"^'^ '"■ ^ '^ ^^" ^^''' /' '^^ '^^■■■^'v rt? ■"/ 3-Jttgt?iJ- " In order to proceed in the night, with a vessel of easy draught, bring the light ib bear yi,\ N., and steer fbr it until within about fiO fathoms -ff it, and then hai^ round it gradually, at about that distance, not going into less than 3 fathoms. " Pictou appears to me to be a harbour very easy of access,, and very eapaciot^fi The roadsteaia is certainly one of the best in the world., the bottom pf clt^y and mud. There is anchorage under Picton Island, but it is by no means to be recommended. This island may be seen from a ship's deck 4 or 6 leagues off; a reef extends fi«m ita east end about a mile, and from its west end more than half channel over: The three- fathom bonk, marked in some oluui8,it is said does not exist.r--:Q. Peacock, Esq., 1889.. , .,..7/-,..r.„. r : .,;,,,,, ' „. , ^ ■■"• ^^- ■ ^^ i''.'iJ .;ij .•aiirrfi;;! aon; It is high-water ftill and change at !#; ris* at springs ftfcftt, at'n«ap8 4feet. Twenty-three feet may generally be covered, and with a gw)d tide, 25 feet, may be taken over the bar, but it is with the best of the two tides, the diumal Inequality bnng very marked. / ^'-Merigomish, which is an excellent bar-harbour, lies 7 miles to the E.S.E. of the entrance of Pictou ; the merchants of IvMch jdace hate nond« here, ia^ the reception of timber, with which a number of shipa are annually laden. , T^To sail in for this |)laoe, biin^ the lighthouse on the east ebd of Pictou folaxd nearly north, and keep it so until off the harbour's mouth, where you may either .^U QEOUGE BAY— ANTIGONISHaavjv. 140 em till* of the kJBf with the he beaohtothe iimbeatiiif «it>f <«himaaa^fii{iilll iter is decpmtf stoke^ near the .•.-;!iv\?.rA\. JJi oint S.E. I ihe » ttdlttii tmL^e nd from Point red completehr as far «s N.c. >w in any sea, ining into the drawing from e, and cloae to larbour (it lies IV. IN.; keep land, by which ithouse stands : ilf on the north lint. You mav (rith the bnHa- lor at pleasure, elter, you mav img ground la v>n'£-MilC .oim it of water ; on le, on frill and nd: neaps rise stripes, and iif ^d, there is ct ng~u[eiighito and then hfo^ ithoms. ' ' ■ ■ . : HA very eapacions clay and mud. recommended, ctentb from its er: Thethree- Peacook, Esq., t neaps 4 feet. 3 feet, maybe nal (nequi^i^ E.S.E. of the r the reception Piotoa Island ou may either obtain a pilots or ancbar ia 4 fhtiioms. A stranger should not venture to enter the hfirbeur withmrt a pilot, as a ledge stretches off from either side) but since the timber has been exhausted, the pilots are incompetent for want of practice. Theie is a depth of'li feet^in the bar at low water, and the vertioal rise of tide is about 8 Jbet» fha depth^withih is^rom 4 to 7 ialhotnsyaaft mud. : There ia no harbour between Merigomitih anil tfape 8t. CFewrgk ; but the coakt is de«r» ^gb> u^ bold, KidTBSselsrmay sail alomr it in safety, at the distanoe' of a mile.. As a place of refuge for Binall vessels in aistress,theieisa'pier on the coast at Ariahaig, and at 7 leagues to the eastward of Piotou, and a ndle west of the indent formed by the rock called ^e Barn. Th^ is ffood anchorage under Cape St. George, j^ from 10 to 7 fathoms, sheltered from westerly winds. sf VEOBOB BAT is of great e^diont, being 13| miles wide at entrance, between Cap4 Oeo^ and Henry Island, and 20 miles deep, from the same cape to the Gut of Cansoi It is irayersed by all the numerous vessels which pass in or out of the Gulf by ita southern entrance, and hence its navigation assumes a more than usual degree of nautical importance. ; •• v. . ..- mI Cafe George, the northwest' point of this bay, is a bold anil pi'eeipitous head- land, composed principally of slate, conglomerate, and trap rocks, attaining the elevation of 600 feet above the sea. The shallow water does not extend off it beyond a quarter of a mile. ^'^Meleaac Rock, with 9 feet least water, is the centre of a small detached shoal, distant nearly 3 cables from the shore, between Mclsaac Point and a remakable patch of white gypsum cli£P, and is the only danger on the west side of George Bay ; it is distant 2| miles to the northward of the entrance of Antigonish, and is showfji occasionally by heavy breakers. Antigonish. — ^The entrance of the Harbour of Antigonish lies 11 miles to S.S.W^ from Cape St. Georse. Here small vessels load timber and gypsum, or plaster, of which there is abimoEmce in the neighbourhood ; but the harbour is so shoal that even these complete their cargoes without the bay, although the anchorage is not safe. The rivers which fall into this harbour run through many miles of £me landj and the population is considerable. At Pomquet Island, 6 miles eastward from Antigonish, ships of any suet may load in safety. In sailing in, when from the noruxword, leave the island on the starboard side, keeping close to a rock, which appears 6 or 6 feet above water. This rock is steep-to, and lies off the east end of the island. Without it, at the distance of three-quarters of a mile, lie several sunken ledges, which are dangerous. After passing the rock, a bay will open on the starboard side, which you stand into, tUl you are shut in with the island, where there is anchorage in 3| fathoms of water, at aouut half a mile from the island. At 6 miles eastward of Pomquet is IVacadie, a harbour with a narrow entrance,- ^th a bar of gravel, -Wbioh. has only 2 feet on it at low water. '* sr? ^ P ^^^1?! i '* -^ jJSavre BouchS (or Aubushee), which lies between Cape Jack and the Gut of Canso^ ip; a small harbour, occupied by ui Lidustrious and. thriving people. Here ^ number of small vessels have been built, carrying from 15 to 50 tons. "•Wi^k Shoal, vfiil^h. is dangerous in thick weather, runs out from Cape Jack, the most prominent headland hereabout, and 2 miles West of Havre Bouchg for Ij^ miles to 5 fathoms in a N.E. by N. direction. It has two drying patches on it« ^'^Metween Cape St. George and the Out df Canto, in fine weather, the winds draw from the^uthwfffd and isouth-eastwapd ) and from the oape, which is high, to Pictpu, from the S.W. ; but, in general, near the cope, the winds are very Variable. Off the cape,: at about a quuter of a mile to the N.E. the pilots say that there, is a^ le4gf^iof suni^n ro(dca, wmeh extends to the northward. Westward of Cape St. George, and hence to Piotou IslMtd, sheep and other Htftock 93X the same osi at f ictoin. Water eannot i always be procured^ as tiie springe dry up oooa8ioBaUy.L'UY ivm'.-v ,ni!jv,in riwudwil •»iJ>» tic ats;; cm .:}r tF.ii:j.i)iiii.,i;ijiOH./itju'j.-; 160 «ai^«OUT OF CAN80 '« THE GUT OF CANBO TO HABITANT BAY. .iHI i« THB OUT OF OAVSO forms the beat paMoge for ships bound to and from Prinoe Edward Island and other places in ihe Gulf of ot. Lawrence. It is shorter, and haa the advantage of anchorage in case of contrary windi or bad weather. Its length is 14 jf miles, and breadth 4| cables to more than three-quarters of a mile. The east side is low, with beaoheH, but the west shore is mostly high and rocky ; and that part of it called Cape Porcupine is remarkably so. The deepest water is on the western shore } but both shores are bold-to, and sound, excepting a sunken rock, which ties near a cable's length from the eastern shore, and about midway between the southern entrance of the Gut and Ship Harbour, and two other rocks under-mentioned. Mill Creek, Oypmm or Plaster Cove, Venue' Creek, Ship Harbour, Holland Cove, and Eddy Cove, afford excellent anchorage, in a moderate depth, out of the stream of the tide, which generally sets in from vie southward, but is very i rregular, being influenced by the winds. After strong north-west windH, which happen daily during the fall of the year, the water in the Gulf of St. Lawrence iu rendered low, which causes the current to run northward through the Gut, at the rate, of 4 or 5 knots, and the contrary happens after southerly winds. ^ 'i;l H ^' '! V :*i..M.tU'i^ r4>»j"^ 05ii The time of high water in the Gut is 9'' 15" ; springs rise 4, neaps 2 feet ; but the tide in the middle runs strongly up and down, at least an hour after high and low water : again, in or after strong winds, the currents appear as if not influenced by the tide, but run sometimes at the rate of 3 or 4 knots. In the Chart we inserted two rocks in the Gut of Canso, which had not previously \)een laid down in any chart. They were inserted on the authority of Capt. George Dixon, of London. The first lies near the western side of Gypsum Cove, at the dis- tance of about 60 fathoms from the shore ; the other lies at about 100 fathoms with- out Bear Island, at the S.E. end of the Gulf. On each rock the depth of water is from 6 to 8 feet only. A Lighthouse, on the western side of the northern end of the Gut, was established in 1842, in lat. 45° 42', and long. 61° 27'. The tower, painted white, stands at 100 {aids from the shore, and exhibits ajlxed light, at 110 feet above the level of the sea. t may be seen at 18 miles off from the (^eater part of the Bay of St. George, and the shores of Breton Island, as far as Jestico or Port Hood. There is good anchorage under the lighthouse, with the wind off the land. At half a mile S.E. of it, it is good with all but northerly winds, and vessels frequently wait a tide here. Opposite Mitt Creek, at the upper end of the Gulf, on the Nova Scotia side, you may stop tide, or lie windbound» if it does not overblow. Keep the creek open, and come to anchor in 8 or 10 fathoms, within a cable's length of the steep rocks, on the south side of the creek. The best water is with the creek's mouth, open. It will be neces- sary to carry a hawser on shore to the rocks, to steady the ship, as the tide here runs in eddies. You may obtain fresh water from the creek at low water. Upon entering the Out, there will be seen on the port hand a red house, on a point called Balache Po U, E.S.E. of which, at half a caole's length firom shore, there is a sunken rock, which m&j^ be readily distinguished by the eddy of the tide. Within this point, on the S.E., is Oypsum or Plaster Cove, where shipping frequently anol^r. There is a post-office at the store on the W. side cf the beach, andhere tiie Haliftix, &o., mails cross the Gut. When abreast of Cfypsum or Plaster Cove, the remarkable headland on the western side, named Cape Porcupine will bear nearly S.W. The Madagascar Rock, dry at low water, lies naif a cable off the highest part of the Cape. To soil into Plaster cove^ keep nearly in the middle i and, when in 10 fathoms, let go your anchor. You wUl find sufficient room for swinging round, in 7 fathoms. <..,'' ■jx-.-tit-iu-U- n^i SHIP HARBOUR, which lies half-way down the Gut, on the ^aitchl sid^V'ls 'a good harboui^ for merchant-shippiftg ; but it is open to N.N.W.,fh>m which qimrter the wind sometimes sends in a heavy sea. It is, however, more' particularly useful TO HABITANT BAY. 161 Ml I (W OWfl t Cw (•'•.> .vttil M li» d from Prince •rter, and has Its length 18 Tho east Bide that part of it western shore i h lies near a the Bouthom itioned. Mill 'ov0, and Eddy m of the tide, ng influenced ing the fall of ich causes the jiotB, and the I 111"' i.iK- feet ; hut the high and low influenced by not previously Capt. Qeor^e re, at the dis- fathotns with- h of water is 'as established , stands at 100 ivel of the sea. ;. Qeorgc, and land. At half equently wait side, you may [ten, and come I, on the south will be neces- tide here runs ise, on a peint ire, there is a tide. Within lently anchor, e the Halifax, tn the western Rook, dry at > Plaster cove, or. You wiU t<-.H*}. (H» which quarter culftrly useful to those sailing northward, being a good outlet. It is a very proper place for ships of 14 feet draught The Premier Shoal of \'i feet is a middle ground in the entrance | the northern side is the widest and deepest channel. If bound in, from the $outhu>ard, give tike< starboard side a berth of a cable's length, (it being flat,) and ran in until you shot the north entrance of the Out, and come to anchor in 4 or fi fathoms, m)ii bottom t whore you may wood on the Breton side, and water on the opposite sb ire, at Vtnu$* Creek ; the port side of the harbour is bolder-to than the starboard siuc, and deepest water. Witnout the harbour, one-third from the Breton side, you may anchor in 9, 10, to 13 fathoms, loose ground, in the strength of the tide. The Banger anchored in 10 fathoms, with the church on the hill bearing E. by S., and the south point of the harbour south, about one mile off shore. The Lighthoaie erected on £ddi/ Point, the southern point of entrance, is a square wooden building, painted white, with a black diamond. It exhibits, at an elevation of 25 foct above the level of high water, two Axed white lights, horizontal, and eight yards apart, which in clear weather are visible from a distance of about 8 miles. Holland Cove, If miles 8. of Venus' Cove. The anchorage off it is too small for large vessels. At f of a mile S.E. from it is the Cfdiil Rock, dry at low water, and 120 yards off shore. J9HIPS BOUND THROUGH THE GuT, from the northward, may proceed through it with safety, bv keeping neatly in the mid-channul, there being no danger until Uiey arrive off Eday Potnt ; but m)m this point extends a spit of sand, witii large round stones, for a quarter of a mile to northward of high-water mark, which must be left on the starboard side, at the distance of half a mile from what may be seen above water. The race of the tide will serve to guide you from it. ' ' Having passed the spit of Eddy Point, you may steer to the S.S.E. until abreast of an island which appears covered with green spruce-trees having red bark. Hence you proceed to sea, according to the Chart. It is seldom so thick, especially in a breeze of wind, but that some part of the shore wili be seen before the vessel has run &r after entering so narrow a strait. Willi a beating wind, she should board off and on the same shore, until soundings are struck (in the board to the westward, and after crossing the deep water), on the edge of th? bank off Cape Jack, where, if it be night, and the fog so thick that tho ligm cannot be seen, or if the tide be nearly done, it will be advisable to anchor, and wait tor ^ change. The ground there is not good, but it is out of the stren^h of the tides, and an anchor vrill bold in moderate weather. The anchorage half a mile to the fiiouth-east of the lighthouse, and on the same side of the channel, should be preferred if Attain- able : there are some spots of mud there, in which an anchor holds well in from 7 to 9 £ithoms, and where the strength of the tide is not great. Vessels outward-bound, and proceeding through the Gut to the southward, very frequently meet a south or South-east wind, with its usual accompaniments of fog and rain ; in which case the roadstead off Ship harbour will be found' the most roomy and oonveni«it anchorage, Eddy oove, from its more advanced position at the entrance of the Gut, offers ito vessels sailing with the first of a fair wind, a better chance of clear- ing Chedabucto bay and the Canso ledgos before dark; but it can only be recom- mended in fine ^tled summer weather, for the ground is not good, and the anchorage is much exposed on the oocurrenee of a sudden change of wind. Tuibalton bay is much more secure, but it is rather small for a large and weakly-manned vessel to weigh fron;!, in the event of a strong wind setting in suddenly from the westward. ' // la leaving the southern end, be cautious of running in the direction of a dangerous liteep rock, called the Cerberus Boek, and on which the sea breaks with a wind. It is just awash at low water, and lying directly in the fairway is exceedingly dang»ou8 on dark nights and fogs. The nearest land is Arichat Head on Madame I., 2^ miles N.N.B., and rather more E.N.E. from Jerseyman Island. This rock Ues vrith Verte (»> Green Inland in a line with Ct^pe Hogan, or Iron Cape, on the Isle of Madame, at t^e distance ot about 4| miles from that islands f ;,.>{ n m f:im>^. *->i!i:fwayi -itiv -a^ ¥■ laa HABITANT BAY. r. Jt ih» South Miranet of tht Out, withi.i • mile of Eddy Point, th«re ii a noddle Sound of 7 to 12 fathoms, on which Bhips may rtop a tide in moderate weather. To e westward of this ground there is a depth of 18 fiithoms, and to the eastward of it ao to 26 fitthoms. With the wind inclining from the southward, steer in nearly west, and keep the lead going, until you shoalen to 11 fathoms, when you may let go your anchor. Gypsum, or Plaster Cove, is so called from its valuable ouany of gypsum, which appears to be exhaustless. The anchorage at the mouth of this cove has from 10 to 14 fkthoms j bottom of soft mud. Cape Porcupine, opposite to this cove, is 562 feet in height, and thb in the narrowest part of the strait. On the banks of the Out, in general, the hills rise in easy acclivities, which present settlemonts, on the whole range of the shore. HABITANTS BAY, &c.-— Those who wish to anchor in Habitants, or Inhabitant Bay, or Harbour, may bring the farm that is opposite to Bear Head open, Bear Head bearing "W.8.W. This mark will lead you clear, and to the southward, of the Long Ledge, and in the mid-channel between it and the steep rocks on the east or opposite ■bore ; at the same time, teJce your soundings from the Long Ledge, or north shore, all the way till you arrive at Flat Point ; then keep in mid-channel between Flat Point and the island opposite, from the N.E. side of which runs off a spit or ledge of nooks, at the distance of a cable and a half's leng^ ; then port your helm and run under Island Point, and come-to in 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. Up the river Trent areplenty of salmon in the season, and there you may find wood ana water. > N.B. The leading mark to dear the steep rocks of Steep Point is, to brin^ the peninsula in a line over the point of I'urbalton Head bearing S. or S. | £. untU you open the island to the northward of Island Point ; then haul up for the outer harbour, and come-to in 10 or 12 fathoms, muddy bottom. ' ' > ^" ' Tho$0 who are bound w» the Out of Canao, and taken short by a N. ox N.W. wind, at the south end of the Gut, and who are desirous of good and safe anchorage in 10 to 12 fftthoms of water, may come-to on the north side of Bear Island; but should it blow hard, to a gale of wind, down the Out, this anchorage is not altogether bo secure as a careful master or pilot would wish. You must then leave the road of Bear Island and sail round the south end of the Bear Point, ^ving a berth to the spit that runs off it, of 3 cables' length, and haul round to the N.E. into Sea-^Goal Bay, aoid come to anchor in 4, 5, or 6 fathoms, sandy and muddy bottom. oiJ)t)h.( C'fii hndB ni Marks for anchoring, viz., brins' Bear Head in a line over Flat Head, bearing W.S.W., or W. by S., and Carlton Cliffs to bear N. l^ E. or N. in 6 or 6 fathoms, and you will have a good berth, sheltered from the W.N.W. and N. winds. Here is sufficient room to moor ten or twelve sail of any ships of war, of the sixth to the thirdrate. Ships coming down th^ Out of Canso, which may have reached past Eddy Point, or fw fiu* as Cape Argos, and caught with a S.E. to a S.S.W. wind, and cannot hold their own by beating to windward, may bear up and come to anchor in Turbalton Say, under Turbaltbn Head, where you may nde safely in firom 6, 6, or 7 fathoms of water, muddy bottom. The marks for anchoring in Turbalton Bay are, to bring the Eminsula point in a line over Turbalton Head, oearing S. or S. ^ W. ; or a point of nd inland, a little up in the country, from Cape Argos shore, witn pine-trees on it, open to the eastward of the Bed Head ; or the said point of land wita pine-tre^s ctn it, over the pitch or point of Turbalton Heai*. ^ you are then sheltered by ike rpcka, or spit, that runs from Turbalton Head, in 4 to .< nd 6 fathoms of watcnr, and t«pm4ide very safely on good holding ground. But, shi,.^d the wind shift to the S.W. or IfiW., you must take up your anonor, and beat out of the bay into Chedabucto Bay, and proceed on your passage to the southward. Should the wind over-blow, at S.W.i iSa as to prevent your beating to windward into Chedabucto Bay, you may come to an anchor in. Eddy Cove, bringing the low part of Eddy Point td bear S.S.E. or S.'l^ E., in 0, 6, or 7 fathoms of water, taking care to give tue Ship si^eicint cable, test^jntra, diive off the bank into deep water, from IS to 20 fiathoins. "' ''^ ' I ^i' PllINCK EDWARD ISLAND. >int, there i$ • middle noderate weather. To dtotheeMtwardofit '• "*«*'• "» nearly weiit, n you may irt go your 'HI ^mm i„i, "y of gypsum, which ooTe hu from 10 to thw cove, is 562 feet banks of the Out, in •monts, on the whole l>itanta, or Inhah'tfint pad open, Bear Head Award, of the Lonif the east or opposite -age, or north shore, lannel between Plat off a spit or ledge of your fiehn and run ^P the river Trent »nd water. nt is, to bring the =>rS.|E.untaySu the outer harbour, 'N.oiN.W.wiBd, anchorage in 10 to and} but should it itogether so secure th to the spit that Jea.CoalBay,aud lat Head, bearing or 6 fathoms, and ,^as. Here is the sixth tf)||ie t Eddy Point! or sannot hold their ^rbalton Bay^ * 7 fathoms of u«, to bring the ^•;, or a point of Erne-trees on it, pine-trees cHtt by the rocW or . and triJKride ^S.W.orN.W., ' bncto Bay, and (r.at S.W.,«, ay come to a»i I.S.E. or S.^ by cabte, festjywi )» TIDES ON THE SOUTH SIDE OP THE GULF OP ST. LAWRENCE. It is high water, ftill and change, at the north and south entrances of the Gulf of Canso, at 9^" and 8'' respectively. The rise at each, in ordinary spring and neap tides, is 4| and 3 feet ; but extraordinary tides may rise 6 or 7 feet, or only 2 feet, owing to the irregular influence of unknown causes ; probably strong winds at a distance. The tide rushes with great rapidity through the Out of Canso : and, in the narrowest part of the Out, or at Cape Porcupine, it seldom runs at a slower rate than 4 or 5 miles in an hour. Here it flows, on the ftiU and change, at 9\\ Along shore, past Havre Bouohfi and Antigonish, it sets toward Cape St. George ; and, rounding that cape, proceeds thonce in a north-westerly direction. On the south shore of Northumberland Strait, the time of floMring, on the full and change, is from 7to8\ The perpendicular rise is from 3 to 7 feet. Tlie tides here are very materially varied by the winds ; and it has been found that, at times, the stream of the Gut ot Canso has continued to run one way for many suc- cessive days. ,u< jrffvif'J'.'. ;;;'V II.-PEINCE EDWARD ISLAND. ■*ii ^A i.-1-^i- This island is a British colony, with a distinct government, though subordinate to the British commander-in-chief in North America. It is well settled, and posse: estimated to amount to 36,137 females ; and 35,266 males : total, 71,502. NOBTH POINT. — ^The northern point of Prince Edward Island is of low red cli£^. It has a reef extending from it to the northward and eastward 1| miles to the depth of 3 fathoms, and nearly 2 miles to 5 fathoms ; moreover rocky and irregidar 8oundi|^s£Kun!6 to, 7 &thom/3; continue for several miles further out to the nerth- «ast> causing.^at tunes a dangeroua.bfcefJci|ig sea, and terminating in i soiall |>atch of jppojks,, pn.iwwih there ^ Ijblitle mere than 4 faihoins in low spnng tides, and which bea«« fron»i the Nori(h,Point N»E. ^4 W^e^-* , ^to880^ ?V''^4 ^^®%? always give thU reef a wide berth in thick weather, w at mght.;>'^;/i,,^^^^^^"^^^ Nd. to4 PRINCB E1>WAIID ISLAND. I ! The WMt coast of Prince Edward Island, ftiom the North to tbe West point (a distauoe of 8S miiea S.W. fay W.) is nnfaroken, and Ibrtaed Of red cla^ and sandstone cliffs, with intervening sandy beaches affording landing for boats in fine weather. It shoold not be approached nearer than the depth of 11 fathoma at night, or in thick weather. --i^ ,- Jij^ -aj :>■■;■•,•; !..,vi. Wast Beof is a narrow and rocky ridge 4 miles long north and wa&u and with irregnlar soundings from 2| to 6 fethoms; The least water, 16 feet, is near the middle of the reef, and there are 18 feet near its southern extreme. Ittt northern end is ' dtq if) ,• dflipe Itemont i» a r^narkable headland with eliffi' of^^ood^tono. 90 feet ihigh. About a mue to tiie northward of it will be seen the liutohman, an insulate rock 30 ,|pf»t. )%h, and Ivix^ at thedistance of a cable from the shore. . the oi^ itself itquite bold to the southward ; but to the westward there is shallow mcktjr/m'oiiiid!flbdf su milb cf shore, and fhi^flj^^^^ V«JffPS?9*e^P^ ^^•^r water. . ()~. ,,,,,.;i {,_,i.,rr,., n %■ .j(.,r-rrf V' H',V.pP[ rf7-iJ'0T."f?'fIrIT?.O +.'jfofr +:>."; >-/fttroa , JEmdnt Sank, of fine red sand, and with 4 fiilihomiil least water, is vier^ narvdw, ,imd 2| miles lo^r fin a S.S.E. and N.N.W. dkeption. Its northern end bearsi W; \^ N< f N. 5 miles frOin €apeX^gmoat, ittti^^athetln end W. if 6. 4'miles from the bane neadland, and there are as much as 8| fathoms tfiids clear vhadnel^betWeed it-«id the cape. £rom Cape Egmont to «Ssa Cow Head, the course is S.E. \ E., and th^ distance 14| miles. A bank of comparatively shoal soiindings o■ •'' >^'S(i;h(tilOJ« ■ - BESKITJS HABBOTTR, situated in tiiebvir to the northward of Sea dow Head, ^ runs in to ue eastward between Indian Head and Phetan Paint i tho' foitoifei-, 'ithe south Joint of entrance, wSU be eaiiily distinguished, b^g feoed by stad- V ^ne dilEs 23 feet high, and rising' to doable that hdight, a thert fistanoe back from ^jthe shore, whilst the other is comparatively lGW«nd' Wooded. The «ntraneer between I |4 UILLSEOKOUGH BAY. 166 thesB points is I^ miles wide, but the Indian Spit, which diies out half a mile from the headt i^nd theshulow water off th6 opposite shore, leave only a narrow channel intp the harbour. "" A' depth of 20 feet at low water, .ordinary spring tides, can be can-Ied into th? harbour, and, since tiie tides rise from 5 to 7 feet, there is water enough for vessels of large draught. '^' A sBibXI Jixed white light is e^iibited fix>m a lantern on a pole on Green's Wharf, tn the ridrthem shore of Bedefque Harbour. As the assistance of a pilot and of buoys is indispensable to enter Bedeque Harbour, it would be j&dvisable to anchor in the bay or roadstead outside, untU the former could be obtained. "'-^■I'r T,Tfii.'.",oi oir ma 'ninl' • At 6 miles S.E. from Caj^ Egmont is Carletim Head, aiid af !^| inllcfs ftirtheit u Cbps 2Va0erM. The points between these Headlands are formed of red sandstone and clay diffis, with comes between, affording shelter and landing for boats, and also andiorage for small craft, with the wind off the land, or in fine weather. Tryon Shoah, of sand upon sandstone, dry out 11 miles off-shore, at 6 miles east- ward of Gape Traverse, between the Tryon and Brockelsby Rivers ; and their south- west extreme, in 3 fathoms, bears S. by W. | W., and is distant 2| miles from Tryon Head, the nearest part of the shore. At the distsmoe of one-third of a mile N.E. from the south'rwest point of the shoal, there are only 2 feet water over rocky botttnn, and at twice that distance the sands are dry at low water. • 'There is au exeellent-leading mark^ndmely, Oiqie Traverse and Carleton Head' in line, bearing N.N.W. \ W., which clenrs tne southwest point of the shoals in 6 fisithoins, and at the distance of a long half mile. Crapaud Road is a small but secure anchorage off the mouth of Brockelsby River, and rbetween the eastern part of the Tryon shoals and the land. The cntranoiiB (XQiy ISO. yards wide, ana carries 9 feetat low water spring tides. ■IBroikeUhy Bead, 9 miles S.E. by E. ftx)m Cape Traverse. It has clay cliffs, 15 feet high, based upon sandstone, which runs out a mile to the southward, forming a dan!- gerous reef, which must be carefully avoided by vessels approaohiug Crapaud from the eastward. Inman Rock, with 4 feet least water, lies near the ontier point of this reef. South two-thirds of a mile from Brockelsby Head, and lias from 13 to 19 feet of Water around it. Large vessels should not approach it nearer than the low water depth of 4| fathoms. :.iij«iil HILL8B0E0VGH BAT, having in it the principal harbour and capital td'ini, and being the outlet of an «:rtensive inland navigation, is the most important, as well as the laraest, of any in Prince Edward Island. Charlottetown, the principal town, lies in its N.W. part. 2%iftfo.— The lighthouse, with bright fixed light at 68 feet, on Prim Point, the south-east point of Hillsborough Bay, is of brick, of a conical form, 50 feet high, ahd coloured white. It stands at 100 yards within the south-'Westexteemevf the point. It is of the greatest use to vessels, especia^^ when approaching from the «eaitwwfd, guiding them, by its bearing, clear ta the Bifleman and Fiaette Shoals, and enabling .them to enter tlis bay in the night. A small Jixed white harbour light is also shown from the roof of the block hot^ OB Blockhouse Point, the eastern outer point of entrance to Charlottetown Harbour. Hie light is visible from a distance of 9 miles. St. Peier*8 Island, lying off the western point of entrance to Hillsborough Bay,,^ joined to Rice Point, the westerii p < !■)[?", On the eastern side of the channel into Charlottetown Harbour, to the northward of Governor Island, the shallow water is continuous, from Sea Trout Pointy at the entrance of the harbour, to Governor Island. ;^ -^^^ nnolnbuf^s lo IruxviA A ^^ '. The harbour is 4| cables wide at entrance, between the cliflk of Blockhouse and Seai Trout Points ; but shallow water, extending from both shores, reduces the navigable width of the channel, reckoning from the depth of 3 fathoms, to about 25 cables 1 tuid as the shoals are very steep, it would require to be well buoyed before a ship of large draught could beat in or out with safety. An old blockhouse and signal post stand on Blockhouse Point, the west point of entrance. The next point of cliff on the west side of entrance is Alchorn Point. On the same side, north of Alchorn Point, is Warren Cove, and lastly, Canseau Point, with its white beacon, 1^ miles from thd blockhouse. f ■ On tbe opposite or eastern side of the entrance, and less than a mile withm Sea .Trout Point, is Battery Point, with its shoal; the latter running out 2. cables, and having on its extreme point a buoi^ moored in 3 fathoms at low water. Immediately within Canseau and Battery Pomts, which ai-e the inner points of entrance, the channel expands into one of the finest harbours in the world, having depth and space sufficient for any number and description of vessels. Of the three rivers which unite in the harbom-, the Hillsborough is the largest draught to the distance of 7 or 8 miles, and for small vessels 14 miles above Charlottetown, where there is a bridge 2 mUes from the head of the river. There is a portage of less than a mile acroas, from the Hillsborough near its head to Savage Harbour on the north coast of the island, u'l ' Charlottetown, which is now a city, is advantageously situated; on the northern bank of the Hillsborough River, a short distance within its entrance, and at the point where the deep water approaches nearest to the shore. In Charlottetown Harbour it is high water, fiiU and change, at 10'' 45'", and Ordinary springs rise 9| feet, and neaps 7 feet. , ^. .^„^ ,,,,,,, ,,j;i ,.a, ,,, ^„,„,, .,.,,,,„ . Vessels bound to Charlottetown from the el)i;u^ --.v jy.,-^'^" v-;- ;*v Fisherman's Bank is of sandstone, thinly covered with stones, g^'fivel, and broken shells, with from 4 to 5 fathoms at low water on its middle. From the least water, 4 fathoms, Murray Head, the nearest land, bears W.N.W. 7^ miles. ^ '^*^ Murray Harbour has an exceedingly dangerous bar of sand, over which 10 feet can be carried at low water in ordinary spring tides ; but strong easterly winds send in so heavy a sea as to render it at times impassable, a line of bxeakers extendmg then completely across the bay from Muiray head northward to Cody Point, a distance of nearly 2^ miles. ' On the outer edge of the bar a buoi/ is moored in 3 fathoms. There is moreover an inner buoy in the fair way, half a mile within the outer one. A white beacon in one with a black ball on the gable of a barn leads in. ■ •' At 4| miles, N.N.E. \ E. from Murmy Head, is Graham Point, from which Graham Ledge rmis out one mile to tht; depth of 5 fathoms. ' " " '" J ' ; ■ ■ ' 4' i it ««otf « «««^^ .,_.. ... north-west «t»me of At the distance of one mil w . *^® extremity of '* '■rdtj.* ^'^^^ NORTH C0A8T. ^^' 159 BaMdktod Poiiit,i tli6 ibufli ^treme of the Bouffhtoh Afatntis a cMoJ *«t «l«d- stone 80 fe«t high, (uid has a ft>ck which drivt off it, and ahallow water to the distMice At half a mile, and a vessel of larg^e draught, at night or in thick weather, should not ioukd the point in a less depth than or 8 fathoms. SougUton, or Orand River, 5 milos N.N.E. from Boughton Point, has a dan- gerous bar of sand one mile out from itN entrance, and over which 6 feet, at low water ordinary spring tides, can bo carried in a very narrow channel marked out by three buoys. v' CoivUte Hirer, situated in Colv'Ue Bay, between Souris Head and Swanton Point, ahd distant 12 miles N.E. of Boughton Point, is the most important of several tide inlets to the N.E., bein^ the place where the produce of the more eastern parts of the bland is principallv shipped. Colville Bay affords ^ood anchorage with off-shore winds, and the settlement of Soui'is, and the church, will be seen on its eastern shore. The coast to the eastward of Colville Bay in bold and free from danger, excepting Barvey Beef, which extends 4 cobles from Harvey Point, and has on it the Sluillop itbck, wluch always shows. Harvey Point is 6 miles from Colville Bay, and will be known by its being the eastern point of Harvey Cove, in which there ore some re* markable and high saud hills. EAST POINT.— The eastern point of Prince Edward Island is a cliff of red sand- stone from 30 to 60 feet high« from which a reef runs out two-thirds of a mile to the depth of 3 fathoms, and not quite a mile to 6 fathoms. In vessels approaching this reef at night, it should be remembered that the flood tide comes from the northward, setting strongly upon and over it, and afterwards Muthrweatwwd, between it and tho Milne Bank, at the rate of 2^ knots. There ii frequently a great rippling off the point, but the reef does not extend ftirther than has been stated. The depth of 20 fathoms is as near as a vessel of large draught should approach when the loud cannot be seen at night or in foggy weather. The anchoi-age is not good to the northward of East Point, tho ground being either loose or rocky ; but to the southward of it there is good riding with northerlv winds as far westward as the East Lake outlet, in a moderate depth of water, ana over a bottom of red sand. :t, jc MiLKE Bank, with 4| fathoms near its South end, lies between S. by E. and South from East Point, and is distant from it 4^ to d| miles. NORTH COAST.— The gfreatbay formed by tho northern coast of Prince Edward Island, with the set of the tides and tho heavy sea, cause great diificulty of beating a ship out of it in heavy and long-continued north-eost gales. ^ ,^^^ ecrjaiSKi fe j» i«ojk With th^ exception of a, few Vi^f^ off the hars of the hctrbQurt^ the anchorage is, g(^iie^It^ j^ifaMnff, very bad an aibng'thi^.^prtilMprii jilioKes of the island ; the bottom Mng 01 fed isanostoiie, thinly covered occationaUy with sand, gravel, and broken shells. J? Thi^ harbours are all of the same (ibaracter, having norrow entrorices between sahd- M^, Xi^l^ ddhg6rous1)ars of sand at various distances from the shore. They are only fit for sinOll vesseb, with the exception of Hiclunond Bay and Cascumpeque, and even those could not be safely run for in bad weather, anjd with a heavy sea runnmg, at which times the breakers on their bars extend quite across, leaving no viaible diannel. New vessels are built ia those harbours almost every year, the smaller for the Newfoundland trade; and besides the coa#tintf schooners for produce, American fiishihg schooners friequently call at them for wood and water, or shelter on the ap- proach of bad weather. We recommence at the North Point, ' From the iVbr^ Pot'n^ of Prince Edward Island to Cape Kildare, It miles to the S. by W. i W., there is little requiring notice, excepting the River Tignish, with only 3:&et water in its narrow sandy entrance at low tide. About a mile to the northward of the entrance a rocky loogo runt off to the cUntance of i^ miles, with no more than 3 fathoms on it at low water. The shallow water extends to the same dis- tance off Cape Kildaro, which io a cliff of sivndNtono 30 feet high. ■II ny-IVi' mi 100 CASCUMPEQUE HARBOUR, ETC. OABOUlCFEdXTE HAABOUB, sometimes called Holland Harbour, is distant 5 miles S.W. by W. from Cape Kildare, and at the bottom of the bay where the land beffins to trend to the eastward. It will be known aldo by the remarkable high sand hills, tf 4 miles to the southward of its entrance; these are the remains of a range of •and hills formerly known as the Seven Sisters, and are 50 feet high. There axe no high sand hills to the northward of the harbour. ^^^^^. The entrance to this harbour is If cables wide, between two sand bars resting lipon the sandstone which forms the Inner bar, over which there are 10 feet at low waier. The Outer bar, of sand, lies 1^ miles out from the entrance, and has the same depth, namely 10 feet at l(^v water, in a very narrow channel indicated by a buoy, which vessels must pass close to the southward of, and also by a white beacon (on the south extreme of the nori hcvn sand bar), in one with a white mark on a log hut, bearing W. by N. Light. — The ligljfl- ouse in Cascumpeque Harbour stands on the north side of the entrance, roar to, but higher up on the saud bar than the beacon. It is a small wooden, octgoi >il tov ?r, coloured white, and exhibits at 32 feet above high water a jfixed white i,j,;Lt, visible in clear weather at 8 miles. , >• ,,|pf) As the b.'ir oi'Cusc ^ isptque Harbour may shift in the course of years, a pilot would be indispensable t« ■.'. stranger visiting it for the first tin?e. There is gooa anchorage off the bar in fine weo iier in 5 or 6 fathoms, sand bottom. BIOHMOND BAY is of great extent, running in 10 miles to the south-west, and crontAng the island to within 2h miles of the waters of Bedequc Harbour. It contains •even i»lands, and a great number of creeks or rivers, some of which are navigable for vefMels of consideraole burthen, and all of them b^ small craft and boats. Grand River, which is the principal inlet, can be ascended m boats to the bridge, a distance •#7 or fl miles. ^rii^tp. ,«,-.;) -.-ri >. • . ..^i^.v ^ ^iW..ltiH:. There are fine settlements at Grand River, and also at Port Hill, in the north-west part of the bay within Lennox Island, and whei'c several vessels load every year. Malpeqiie, which has ^ven its name to the harbour, is one of the oldest settlements on the island, and, with its church, stands on the neck of land between Darnley Inlet and the March Water, 2^ miles South from the entrance of the bay. A competent pUat, or a chart, on a large scale, could alone enable any one to navigate a ship through the various channels and ialef s of this bay. MALPEdUE HAS.BOTTB., which is within the eastern entrance of Richmond Boy, in •upeiior to any other on the northern coast rf the -island, having 16 feet over its oar at low water, and from 18 to 19 at high we," in oi;unary spring tides. :rsir. in oi;unary spring tides. southward of SilV ok or Fishery i-.s out a long half mile from Roy- The principal entrance to the harbour is to the Itlanil, anil between it and Royalty Sand, which :1 alty Foil it. The grmmd is good, in the usual anchorage, just within this entrance ; the bar outside preventing any sea from coming in, and the Horse-shoe Shoals iholterin); them from westerly wmds down the bay. LIOF.T. — Pi, fixed white light, said to be visible in clear weather at 8 miles, is ex- hibited, at 20 feet above high water, from a large lantern on a pole, on the southern part of Billhook Island, on the south side of entrance to Malpeque Harbour. The Bar of Malpeque Harbour runs out E. by S. 2\ miles from Billhook Island, and then turns to the southward so as to join the shore to the eastward of Cape Ayles- .bury. It is exceedingly dangerous in bad weather, when all signs of a channel are obliterated by heavy breakers. The narrowest part of the Ship channel is one cable wide, and carries 4 fathoms water. The Inner bar, of santistone and with 19 feet at low water, is a quarter of a j.milo further in, and has in general a buoy upon it. Two tchite beacons on tbe south- . cost end of Billhook. Island, kept in one, bearing W. by N. \ N., will lead through , the Narrows of the Ship channel and over the Inner bar ; but not over the Outer bar In more than 13 feet at low water. To enable vessels to cross the Outer bar in the deepest water, namely 16 feet at low water in otdinary spring tides, the Outer /««oy -^ CAPE tryon-ghenville harbour. m ia iftoorod in 8^ fiithoms, and at the distance of one cable to the northward of the line of the beacons : the intention being, that a vessel by running from the Outer to the Inner hnov should carry the deepest water ; but not more than 15 feet could be in- sured in that way, or without the assistance of a third buoy between the other two ; and therefore a stranger without an experienced pilot should not reckon upon more than that depth. ■ .CAFE TBTON, distant 7 miles, S.E. A E., from Cape Aylesbury, is a remarkable «Hff of i-ed sandstone, 110 feet high. The coast between Richmond Bay and Cape Tryon is nearly straight, and free from detached dangers ; but the shallow water runs out a considerable distance, and a lai'ge ship should not approach nearer t^n the depth of 7 fathoms. • a&o bun .,• !„>h hiU fv,t -v. .-,» s?^fuf-^sm« 49*Hi»¥' OREXVIILE HARBOUR; 1| niiles, S.S.E., from Gape Tryon, has its entrance at the north-western extremity of a long range of sand-hills, the highest of which is 55 feet above high-water mark. The entrance of this harbour is one-third of a mile wide, and carries 3 fathoms water, but it is nevertheless only fit for small vessels, in consequence of its dangerous and shifting bar of sand, which has only 5 feet over it. Cape Turner is the highest cliff on the island, being of red sandstone and con- glomerate, 120 feet high. It is distant 8^ miles, S.E. | E. from Cape Tryon, Gren- ville Harbour lying between. Although vessels of two or three hundred tons are occasionally here, and floated light over the bai's in fine weather, yet it is a place only fit for small schooners. - Little Rustico Harbour has its narrow sandy entrance on the western side of Stanhope Point, with a depth of only 2 teet over its shifting bar. Cape Stanhope, on which there is a sand-hill 30 feet high, half a mile to the east- ward of the entrance of Little Rustico, and 9 miles to the south-east from Cape Turner, has a dangerous reef running out from it three-quarters of a mile to the depth of 3 fathoms, and one mile to 5 fathoms. » Tracadie Harbour, or Bedford Bay, with a bar with 5 to 9 feet water, is distant 4 'miles from Cape Stanhope, and 13 miles, S.E. by E., from Cape Turner. Its entrance is at the western extiemity of a remarkable range of sand hills 50 or 60 feet high. Savage Harbour, at 9 miles to the eastwai-d of Tracadie, has only 2 feet at low water over its bar, and is therefore only fit for boats or very small cralt. I* St. Peters Harbour, generally called St. Peters Bay, is 3 miles further to the east- ward, and of great extent, but nas only 5 feet on the bar. . The COAST from St. Peters Harbour to East Point, a distance of 33 miles E.S.E., is unbroken, formed of red sandstone cliffs, with occasional patches of sandy beach at the mouths of small streams, wheie boats can land only in fine weather or off-shore winds. Surveyor Inlet will not now admit a boat, being closed with sand. . " - » , , » The shallow water does not extend beyond half a mile anywhere off this division of the coast, and there are in general 10 fathoms water within one mile of the shore ; the bottom being of sandstone, and the anchorage bad in consequence. ■ .i ^s^i^m:. :':.. ,;...;•--, . , ■ :• ■ j'S!i ihid^ imn- nia,f!lt : r., III.— CAPE BEETON ISLAND. ' * . ■, n '*• Cape Breton Island "i singularly divided hy the Great Bras d'Or Lake, deep enough for large vessels, and u viii,']; gre&t fufUitse: ibi its commerce in timber, agricultural produce, and fislivxies. In the attf^htiox ..w 1 of Sydney, the capital, are produc- tive coal minee. ill* iVums kA;':.V'hy, its fisheries inexhaustible, its coal mines axe rich; but the popiils f >ov! . .inwuntisig to about 6,000, are not flourishing. r'"'*'' jy;* : _, k. '■Si ^ m CAPE BRETON ISLAND. OEOBOB BAT is noticed pre\'ioiwly in page 149. Ita eastern ihore, from the north end of the Gut of Canso to Port Hood, is distingfuishcd by high, rocky, red cliffs. The opposite shore has several remarkable cliffs of gypsum, or plaster, which appear extremely white. Cape St. George, the western extremity of St. George's Bay, in Nova Scotia, is iron-bound and very high, its summit being 600 feet abore the level of the sea, as noticed previously. ^^. ., ^ ^^^ 33;<|i»A POET HOOD, situate on the western side of Breton Island, is a safe harbottr'ibr frigates with any wind, but particularly from the S.W. to S.S.E. round by the northward ; the anchorage is in from 4 to 6 fathoms, mud and sandy bottoin : here vou may wood and water. It lies within Just au Corps (Jestico^, sometimes called Henry Island and Smtth Island, on which are the farms, &c., of two persons named Smith. There is no good passage between these islands. ..,; ^n if r 1 iL-na uroj Light* — A small square white building stands on the cliff at the South entr^ce to Port Hood, showing a red light to northward, and whfie to the southward. On the 31st July, 1831, H.M. Ship Banger anchorad here; and Mr. Dnnstervllle describes the place as follows : — " On the S. W. point of the entrance a bank of hard sand commences, and extends out to a spit off' the first sandy cove from the outer point, nearly half a mile from the shore, and is very steep ; 4 and 5 fathoms close-to. On the opposite shore, and half a mile within, a long tongue of sand stretches out, which is nearly ^y. These spits completely shelter vessels from any winds from S.W. to S.S.E. liie anchorage is in 5 fathoms, within the spits, muddy bottom. " From the south point of Just au Corp Island, with a fair wind, steer East, passing about half a mile to the southward of the S.W. point of the harbour ; and when it is perfectly open, steer about north, or N. by E. for a break in the land, which is a low gravelly beach ; and as you approach the harbour the shoals are generally seen. In the fairway you will haVe from 7 to 7^ fathoms ; but, between the island and the main the soundings are uneven and unsafe to pass through. H. W. full and change about nine o'clock. Tide not perceptible ; rise 2 to 5 feet. The winds, when from tile southward through the Gut of Canso to Cape St. George, generally are from S.S.W. or S.W. From Port Hood, the north-western coast of Breton Island bears nearly straight, in a N.E. by N. true direction towards Cape St. Lawrence, in lat. 47° 2', long. 60° 36', a distance of 74 miles, off which cape is the island of St. Paul, with its two l)||^!lfe- houses, as described on pageSl. " "'• " ' ' ' ' " ^ --- -^ -^-i" *■ ■^- The only places worthy of note are Mahou River, 5 miles from Port Hood, with a 4-feet bar. To the northward of it is the Mabou light, and, being 1,000 feet above the sea, is very remarkable. Beyond this the coast is lower, and is well settled past Chetican Island. On Chetican Point its S.W. extreme is the fishing establishment of Messrs. Robins and Co., of Jersey, the chief place on this coast. At Presqu'ile, 4 miles northward of the N. end of Chetican Island, the mountains come close down to the shore, beyond this there are scarcely any inhabitants or landing. -■■-' V ■'--■. ,; . i;^;.^ .. .,:. ...... ,...:, .■■..,... Cape S^. Lawrence is the N.W. ^int of Cape Breton Island, and is slate rock, affording no landing. Bear Hill, which is a remarkable sugar-loaf, 750 feet high, is to the S^. of the cape. In St. Lawrence Bag, between the last cape and Cape North, there is anchorage with off-shore winds, but tiie bottom is had, and vessels should be prepared for starting in case a North vvdnd should arise. Supplies may be got mt Wreck Cove and Deadman Pond, the principal fishinir establishments. -, - r ,- CAPE NORTH is a remarkably bold rocky headland of slate rising abruptly tnm the sea to 1,100 feet in height. There is no shoal water off it, and only a lew rocks, which show. The electric tele^ph cable from Newfoundland b landed here. Tl» passage between this and the island of St. Paul (page 81) is 13 miles wide, with very deep water, and no danger. 9. •' ST. ANNE'S HARBOUR, ETC. im: The north-east coast, from Cape North to St. Anne's Harboor,' a distanoe of 47 miles to the south-west, is bold, mountainous, and free fi«m outlying dangers, until near Ciboux Island. The mountains attain the elevation of 1,390 feet above the sea, and are composed of primary and metamorpUo rooks, principally granite, with oiaj slate, in nearly vertical strata. are at the head of the bay, where fresh provisions and water may be obtained. The best anchorage in Aspee Bay, with north-west winds, is off the North Pond, in 8 or 9 fSithoms, sand bottom; and with south winds off the South Pond, or in the cove under White Head, which, with a small island lying close off it, forms the south* east point cf the bay. Cape Egmont, distant 12 miles to the southward fix>m Cape North, is a compara- tively low neadland of granite, and nearly bare of trees. The coast there turns to the S.S.W., and at Neal and Blackbrook Coves, which are distant 2^ miles and 4 miles respectively in that direction, there is good landing for boats. There is a rocky shoal, with 2 fathoms least water, half a mile from the shore at Rooky Bay, where there are several buildings, 2 miles to the northward firom Ingamsh. nCOAlUSH BAY. — Inganish Island is distant 10 miles from Cape Egmont, and half a mile S.E. from Archibald Point, the north point of Inganish Bay. The island is of rock, half a mile in diameter, and 206 feet nigh. The East rocks, 12 feet high, lie off it to seaward, and extend out to the distance of nearly 4 cables. Inganish Bay, between Archibald Point and Cape Smoke (Cape Enfum6), is Sf miles wide and 2f miles deep. It is divided into North and South Bays b^ Middle Head, a long, narrow, rocky, and precipitous peninsula, off which lies the Fisherman Rock, at the distance of a cable to the south-east. There are several houses near these Ponds, as well as on the tongue dividing the two bays, and at some parts of North Bay. The mountains in rear of Inganish are the highest on this coast, attaining an elevation of 1,390 feet; and Cape Smoke, its south point, rises precipitously from the sea to the height of 950 feet. The squalls from these highlands are at times very violent. Vessels usually anchor on the north side of Inganish Bay within Archibald Point, shifting their berths as the winds may render nccessaiy ; but the bottom is in general only a thin coating of sand over rock, and the anchorage consequently unsafe, espe- cially with easterly winds, which send in a very heavy soa. It is nigh water, ftill and change, at S^ 11™ ; the rise in ordinary springs is 4 feet, and in neaps 2j feet. ST. AKNE'S HABBOTm (formerly Port Dauphin) is capable of containing any number of vessels in security ; but the entrance is very narrow with a tide of 4 knots ; and there is a dangerous bar outside, over which a depth of 16 feet can be carried at low water with an intimate knowledge. Without this, a stranger unacquainted with the leading marks could only safely rely on finding 12 feet. In a strong north-east wind, and especially when the tide is running out, the bar is covered with heavy breakers. The harbour is completely sheltered by Beach Point, which is quite bold at its southern extremity, and the entrance channel between it and Weed Fond Shoai carries 13 fathoms water, but is only 130 yards wide. Within itxe entrance, on the north side of the channel, lies the Port shoal, of mud, extending half a mile in from Beach Point, and just cleared to the southward by the line of Weed Pond Beach and Bar Point in one. The Kirk stands near the head of a convenient boat cove on the south side of Macleod Point, which divides the harbour, and near the manse, or residence of the minister, whose flock of highlanders form the greater part of the inhabitants of the harbour. They subsist by very indifferent farming, aided by occasional employment in the fisheries, and in getting out lumber for ship building. nniSf li I wort? riou*'*^ On the eastern side of the entrance of the harbour, the smaQ greien mound'^bf the old fort will be easily recognized : its summit forms with the plaster, or white gypmim i 'fk 184 CAPE BRETON ISLAND. cliff of Macleod Point, in the head of the harbour, a leading mark for orosfling tho htx in the best -water Cape Dauphin, tho dividinff point l)etween St. Annes Bay and the Great Bras d'or is a high and precipitous headland, and the north-eastern termination of the range of mountains which separate llicm. Tho best watering place is on tho lorthern side of St. Annes Harbour, If miles from the entrance, where a torrent descends a ravine in the mountains of St. Anno, which rise precipitously to tho h('i;rlit of 1,070 feet above the sea. Vessels bound to St. Annes Harbour from the northward with a fair wind, should pass to the north-wcs of Ciboti.r and Hertford Islands. Go no nearer to the shore between Bcntinck and Island Points than the depth of 7 fathoms. Observe that the line of Bentinck Point and Cap<' Smoke in ov • clears tho shoal off Island Point in 5 fathoms; and that in approaching tho Bar, Cape Smoke should bo kept open. Before arriving at the steep outer side of the Bar, which is distant one mile from the entrance, bring the white gypsum rliff of Macleod Point in line with the summit of Old Fort, and steer for them until Fader Point is seen only just open clear of Wilhausen Point ithe vessel will then be only about half a cable distant from the shore near Bar i*oint) ; then port the helm instantly and run from the last-named leading marks, keeping Fader Point a little open, until Conway Point is seen to tho westward of Lead-in Point, or until the gypsum cliff of Macleod Point is open only half a point to the southward of Beach Point, or until the latter bears S.W. by W., and is distant a quarter of a mile ; then again alter course, and keeping Conway Point in sight (to avoid Weed PondLedgo), steer so as to pafs Beachy Point at a distance between 60 and 100 yards. The best-sheltered anchorage is in the entrance of the North Arm ; the riding else- where in so large a harbour bein,? at times rather rough for a small vessel. The north- east gales, on entering this harbour, between mountains 1,000 feet high, and only 2 miles apart, blow with concentrated force. They may be expected at any time after ' ' f^ middle of August, and a vessel should bo well moored to withstand their fury. ; '^'t St. Annes Harbour the time of high water, full and change, is S^ 42"", and 1 V ; ,,: • piings rise 5 feet, and neaps 3\ feet. Extraordinary tides rise 6 feet. '/.;•' / and Ciboiix Islands lie off Cape Dauphin in a straight line N.E. by E. > aiiL , .. , ading the Ciboux Shod, extend the distance of 4 J miles. They are long and narrow islunds of sandstone, precipitous on every si(' nearly bare of trees, and half a mile apart. There is no passage for ships betwecu iliem. * Hertford Island is the highest, and 100 feet above the sea. It is distant from Cape iJauphin 1| miles; but the dangerous Hertford Ledge, which has 6 feet least water, extends from it nearly half way across to the cape, having a channel 6 cables wide, and carrying 7 or 8 fathoms water. From the outer point of Ciboux Island a reef runs off half a mile to the N.E. by E. ; and the dangerous Ciboux Shoal, with 15 feet least water, and on which the sea at times breaks heavily, lies five-eighths of a mile further out in the same direction. THE GREAT BRAS B'OR is the principal of the two channels, on either side of Boulardrie Island, leading to the interior sea, called the Bras d'or Lake. Its entrance, between Carey Point and Noir Point, is only 340 yards wide, with deep water ; and, at a short distance outside, the channel is still further contracted by shoals to 220 yards, measuring from the depth of 3 fathoms on either side. Within the entrance, off the small bight between Duffus and Mackenzie Points, lies the Eddy Rock, with one foot least water. A vessel will pass clear to the west- ward of it by keeping Blackrock Point open to the northward of Noir Poin' <^)ti the o))posite, or northern side of the channel, from Carey Point to Kelly Cove noe of one mile, the shore is quite bold. -r: s^.«r Off the mouth of Kelly Cove, in 5 or 6 fathoms over a bottom of sand, ■..■, ai;. iior- age is good, and out of the strength of the tide ; but it is still more secure further in, within a cable's length of its head, where the bottom is of mud, and the depth 3 to 4 I'atlioms. . ,.# for crowing the b»r the Great Bras d'or ationoftherangeof Harbour, If nUes mtains of St. Anno, a fair wind, should nearer to the shore , Observe that the t Island Point in 5 kept open. Before e trom the entrance, ™i?'* of Old Fort, Wiihausen Point ne shore near Bar ned leading marks, to file westward of »»lyhalfa point to •.and is distant a l^omt in sight (to stance between 60 I ; the riding else- t^essel. The north- oigh, and only 2 at any time after ind their Inry. ge, is 8h 42", and i rise 6 feet. Hne N.E. by E. ; ney are long and M trees, and half )rd Island is the mji miles; but s from it nearly can-ying 7 or 8 a half a mile to water, and on •ther out in the >n either side of B' Its entrance, ep water; and, r shoals to 220 ;,;"■!•■ -rVt-^J/AjjIj. Jkenzie I^oints, r to the west- Poin' o„ the ^""^ noe a, hiu aiiciior- »re further in, depth a to 4 SYDNEY HAKBOUR, ETC. 166 Carey Point, the north-wcat side of the entrance of the Great Bras D'or, is a shiogle beach, quite bold at its southern extremity, but having a dangerous shoal running out from it E.N.E. so as to form the nortncrn side of the channel outside for seven- eighths of a mile. A wide bar commences immediately outside of it, and continues a mile further out, with irregular soundings, from 3 to 6 fathoms, over gravel and sand bottom. Nearly opposite to this, and on the south side of the channel, ' Blackroch Shoal, extending 2 cables north from the red clitfi* of Blackrock roirit. u;iU' a mile in a north-east direction. HP iidireot toys and ^cL^it under These are the principal dangers of the entrance ; they render thi ch as well as narrow ; and, togetner with the rapid tides and the want beacons, make this a very dangerous pass for a stranger to attf^mi)!, favourable circumstances of weather, wind, and tide. There are houses and farms on either side of the entrance of the Great Bras D'or, at which supplies of fresh provisions may be obtained ; water is easily procured. It is high water, full and change, at the entrance of the Great Bras D'or Channel, at 7'' 30"' ; the rise in ordinaiy springs being 3 feet, and in the neaps \\ feet. The usual rate of the tidal streams in the entrance is from 4 to 5 knots. The Great Bras D'or Channel, separating the coal-bearing strata of Bonlardrie Island, and the country further to the south-east, from the older rocks, forms the boundary of a great change in the character of the coast. Instead of mountains the coast is now of moderate elevation, characterized by cliffs of sandstone and shale of the coal formation, until we ari'ive at older rocks on the south shore of Mira Bay, and at Scatari Island ; the latter being distant from the Great Bras D'or 36 miles. The dangers of this coast are such as to render gpreat caution necessary at night or in fogs, when 30 fathoms, or at least 20 fathoms of water, is as near as a stranger should approach ; the latter depth being in some parts within 2 miles of the shore. The Little Bras D'or is the nai-row and winding passage on the eastern side of Bonlardrie Island ; which, at the distance of 5 miles from its entrance, expands into the wide and deep channel of St. Andrew. This passage can only be entered by small craft and boats under favourable circum- stances, the entrance being closed with breakers when there is a heavy sea running, and especially when the strong tide is running out against the wind. There is a fishing establishment on the shingle point just within the entrance, and scattered houses and farms on either side. SYDNEY HARBOUR is one of the finest ports in the world, being equally easy of access and cgixss, and capable of containing any number of the largest vessels in safety. Tt. is 3 miles wide at the outer entrance ; but the navigable channel contracts rapialy to the breadth of half a mile between the two Bars, which are of sand and shingle, and extend from the shore on either side, at 5 miles within the lighthouse on Flat Point. Inside of these bars the harbour divides into the West and South Arms. The town of Sydney is small, and is beautifully situated ; the population (in 1849) did not exceed 500 souls, its increase having been greatly retarded by the transfer of the seat of Government consequent upon the annexation of the island to Nova Scotia. At present the principal business is cai*ried on at the Coal Loading ground, within the N. W. Bar, where the railroad from the mines terminates ; where a fast increasing village is springing up, and where the numerous vessels from the United States and tlie Colonies anchor, and take in their cargoes of coals. The most convenient watering place is at the creek, which discharges the waters of the Sawmill Lake, a short distance to the westward of the Cape Loading Ground ; but good water may be obtained on the east side of the South Arm, also opposite the town of Sydney, and in several other places where brooks enter the sea. Light. — The lighthouse on Flat Point, on the east side of entrance to Sydney Har- bour, is octagonal in shape, 51 feet high, painted red and white, verticaJly. It exhibits at 70 feet above high water a Jixed white light, which is visible in clear weather from a distance of 14 miles. t. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1.1 128 lis K& ut I2i2 ui lab 2.2 m IM 2.0 I 1.25 |||.4 1.6 ^ 6" ► Hiotographic Sdences Corporation 23 WIST MAIN STRf IT WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80 (716)S72-4S03 ^ 166 CAPE BRETON ISLAND. $. . :t 'if! In beatinff into this harbour great care must be used, especially- when between the N.W. and S.E. Bars, both of which are bo steep, that the lead will afford little or no warning. There is, however, plenty of room ; and with the aid of the Admiralty Chart, the intelligent seaman wul experience no difficulty even in the largest ship. It is high water, fidl and change, at the S.E. Bar, and also at the town of Sydney, at 8|>> ji the rise at ordinary spring and neap tides being, at the bar, 3f feet and 2| fleet respectively ; and at tne town 5 and 4 feet. The ordinary rate of the streams is half a Knot off the town, but much weaker further out in the wider parts of the harbour. In ^liMI Bay. at 5 miles to the south-east of the lighthonse on Flat Point, is open to the wind and swell from the eastward, and therefore affords a safe anchorage only in off-shore winds and fine weather. The eoal minea at Bridgeport, on the south side of Indian Bay, were formerly worked, and the coal convevf/d by a railroad along the dry sand bar to a wharf at its northern extremity; but tue shallow and narrow entrance, admitting only small vessels, and the unsafe anchorage outside, have caused these works to be abandoned for the present. Olaee Bay, 6 miles further to the south-east, affords no safe anchorage. Cape Percy, at 4 miles ftiither to the eastward, is a precipitous headland, where the dins of e(Ml-bearing sandstone rise 110 feet above the sea. Off its north side lies Schooner Rock, with 6 feet least water. The Percy Rock, with 7 feet water, lies 2 cables off the north-east shoulder of the cape. - " ' ''' * ' Flint Island, bearing E. by S. 1^ miles from Cape Percy, is of sandstone, broken by the waves, precipitous, 60 feet high. On its north point there is a fish store where alone boats can land off its west en^ to the Stance of 4 cables, there are very irre- gular soundings. Between these dangers and the cape there is a clear channel a mile in breadth, through which an irregular tidal stream runs at times 2 knots. Lieht. — ^The lighthouse, erected on the north-east of Flint Island, exhibits at 65 feetabove water ajixed white light, which shows a hright ^fiash every fifteen seconds^ and is visible in clear weather from a distance of 12 miles. MOBIEN, or Cow Bay, is 2| miles wide at its entrance, between Gapes Percy and Morien, or Murgain. On its north side, iust within Cape Percy, lies Cow Reef, dry in part at low water, and extending to half a mile from the shore. The head of the bay is occupied by flats of sand and mud, partly dry at low water, and through which a narrow and snallow channel leads to False Bay Beach, on the north side of Mira Bay. Being completely open to easterly winds, Morien Bay affords no safe anchorage. Cape Morien is a bold headland, the shoal water extending only li cables from its sandstone cliffii, and which abound in coal, and rise on its south side 150 feet above the sea. VniA BAY is also open to winds from the eastward, and affords no safe anchor- age. It is of great extent, stretching in 9 miles to the westward of Cape Morien, and being 7| miles wide at the entrance between that cape and Moque Head. Menadou Harbour (Main 4 Dieu), on the north side of Menadou Bay, three- Jiuarters of a mile within Moque Head, is a semicircular cove, a quarter of a mile wide, ts shingle beach is occupied by fish stages, and its shores by a dmby village of fisher- men and small traders. It has two chapels, one of which is msting^shed by a steeple ; and the population, including those scattered arotmd the bay, amounts to about 300 souls. The depth at low water in this small harbour is from 10 to 14 feet, over sandy bottom. It is sufficiently sheltered by the numerous rocks in the bay, and by the Island of Scatari, to afford safe anchorage to fishing schooners and coasting vessels i but its entrance is very difficult and dangerous. The Menadou Passage is a mile wide between Moque Head and the west point a between the rd little or no the AdmiraUy argestship. of Sjiney, i feet and 2| the streaniB is ' parts of the Point, is open nchorage only were formerly i wharf at its ig only small be abandoned lorage. Cape here the cliffs ! lies Schooner ies 2 cables off istone, broken sh store where are very irre- le in breadth* exhibits at 65 fifteen secondst a. Gapes Percy lies Cow Reef, The head of ', and throt^h 3 north side of Qfords no safe Eibles from its 150 feet above safe anohor- e Morien, and 1 Bay, three- f a mile wide, age of fisher- ^shed by a y, amounts to it, over sandy , and by the ^ting vessels i lie west point CAPE BRETON— «CATARI ISLAND. 167 of Scatari Island, and has a clear deep-water channel of nearly half that breadth in the narrowest pajrt. Nevertheless, it should only be used in cases of emergency, or in such circumstances of wind and weather as would insure the not being surprised by the prevailing fog, in a channel rendered indirect by numerous dangers, destitute of good holding ground, and in which there is no shelter firom the heavy sea which ac- companies aU easterly and southerly winds. CAPE BBETONf the extreme eastern point of Cape Breton Island, is low, rocky, and covered with grassy moors. It is bold to the eastward, with the exception of a rocky 12-feet patch bearing S.S.E | E. a quarter of a mile. On the north side of the cape, at three-quarters of a mile, hes Lansecoin Island (L'Ance an Coin), in the mouth of a shallow bay. This island, which is about 2 cables in diameter, and 50 feet high, is bold to seaward; but a rock, dry at low water, lies between it and the cape. Portnova Island lies off the south side of the cape, from which it bears S.S.W. 4 W. three-quarters of a mile. It is rocky and precipitous, 1| cables in diameter, and 50 feet high. It is bold to seaward, with the exception of a rock with only 12 feet water lying 3| cables from its south-west side ; but the Chameau Rock, which is awash, and on which a French frigate was lost, lies nearly midway between it and the cape, leaving no passage for ships. 8GATABI ISLAND, forming the extreme eastern dependency of Cape Breton Island, is in shape a triangle. The natural features of this island are similar to those of the adjacent mainland, the highest hill rising 190 feet above the sea. It is not permanently inhabited, being reserved by the colonial government, but is much frequented by the fishermen in the summer season. Near me centre of its northern shore is the North-west Cove affording a smooth water anchorage in southerly winds ; but the holding ground is not good. _^ LigM. — ^The lighthouse on the north-east point of Scatari Island is octagonal ia shape, painted wmte, and 70 feet high. It exhibits, at 90 feet above the sea level, a revolving white light, which is visible a minute and eclipsed half a minute. In clear weather the light should be seen from a distance of 15 miles. The lighthouse is fur- nished with a gun for signals, and a boat to assist vessels in distress. The reefi off the south-west side of Scatari extend only 2 cables off ishore ; those off the north side are still shorter. The principal dangers are on the south-east side, where a reef runs out half a mile from Hay Islan£ Outside of this, and bearing South 1^ miles from the lighthouse, lies the Wattie Rock, with 4 fathoms on it at low water ; and still Airther out, and bearing S. h E. l^ miles from the lighthouse, tiiere are two rocky patches, 5 fathoms, on which the sea occasionally breaks. The Cormandidre Rocks lie nearly three-quarters of a mile to the eastward of the lighthouse. They are small black trap rocks from 6 to 16 feet high, and can there- fbre always be seen. They are bold to seaward, and there is no passage between them and the lighthouse for ships. „ , , f» ;< .:#t - Scatari, like St. Pauls Island, has become celebrated for many &tal shipwrecks ; but these casualties, (which have been mainly occasioned by the neglect of the lead, in vessels bound for the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and meeting the prevailing current on the starboard bow,) have been greatly diminished since the establishment of the light in the year 1839. From Cape Breton to Cape Oabarus, a distance of 15 miles to the W. by S. the land is of moderate height, and tiie shore broken into coves and small harbours, with some hummocks in the hack ground, rising to the height of 200 feet. "*,>: ^,,... . .>u-t*~ i ' ' ' .-^^-^ 1 '4 168 My- CAPE BRETON ISLAND. % LOTTISBtTAd HAItBOTTB. — Loaisbure, once the principal s«it of the French power, contains now only a few scattered nouses, and the ruins of its walls may still oe traced on the west sidle of the harbour. Its population of 250 persons is princi- pally employed in the fisheries ; but all cultivate small farms. Good water may bo obtained from a brook near Gerald Head, on the western shore of the harbour. Ihere are two churches on the north side of the harbour, but from sea they are not easily distinguished. 't This harbour although small is favourably situated, and may be recognized by its lighthouse, which stands on the north-east pomt of entrance. The only well sheltered anchorage is in the north-east cove, the western part of the harbour being much ex- posed to the ocean swell. The harbour has but little trade, but being easy of access, IS a favourite resort of the coasting vessels frequenting Sydney for coal. There are no b.anch pilots, bat any of the fishermen are well quahfied to bring vessels into the harbour. Light. — The lighthouse standing on the north-east point of entrance to Louisburg Harbour is 35 feet high, and painted white with a vertical black stripe. It exhibits, at an elevation of 85 feet above high water, a, fixed white light, visible m clear weather from a distance of about 16 miles. OABABTTS BAY. — From White Point, a low rocky point, 2 miles west from Louisbiirg, the land trends round to the W.N.W., forming a deep and capacious inlet, named Gabarus bay, which is 5 miles deep, and nearly 5 miles wide at its entrance, between Gabarus and White Point. The centre of this bay is entirely free from danger, but on the north shore. South a anarter of a mile from Simon Point, lie some rocks nearly dry at low water ; and a lioal with 18 feet on it extends S.W. by W. 3 cables from the same point. The Cormorant Hocks, of bare slate, South 4 and only 15 feet high, lie off the northern shore of Gabarus Bay, 3 cables from Kennington Head. They are bold to their south side ; but east from them, rocky ground extends 2 cables. Near the head of the bay, E.N.E, half a mile from the Harbour Rock (a low dry ledge) lies a rook yiptii 18 feet water. "'Gtabaras Gove affords during the summer months tolerably safe anchorage in 4 fkthoms, sand and clay, to vessels of moderate burden ; but in the heavy sales of autumn, blowing from the east and north-east, there is so much swell and undertow, that vessels have been swept from their moorings and. wrecked. The only anchorage in Gabarus Bay is the roa^tead, north of Cape Gabarus. Cftpe Oabams, low and rocky at its extremity, may : jog^ized at the distance of some miles in clear weather by some houses and a . ^ SI situated on the rising ground, half a mile inland from tne cape. A rocky reef extends East 3 cables from tile cape, and the Green Rock lies E.S.E. half a mile ; whilst several islets, ledges, and rocks, lie at vario'is distances to the south and south-west. A vessel will pass to the southward of all these dangers by keeijing the Shag Rock — of slate and 22 feet high, — open south of Guyon Island, which is low and bare of trees, and in line with the houses on the north side of FourchS Inlet, bearing West. . Fourche Bay, between Cape Gabarus and Fourchd Head, a distance of 6 miles to the westward, are many rocks and shoals, imside of which is Fourch^ Bay, affording^ no shelter, and dangerous of approach. Fourche Head, the west extreme of the bay, is a hummock, bare of trees, and 40 feet high. Pot Bock, with only 9 feet water on it, lies S.S.E. nearly a mile from Fourchd Head, and only breaks in heavy weather. The Shag Rock, kept in line with the Gi-eeu Rock, and touching Cape Gabarus, bearing N.E. by E. f E., will lead to the south-west of this danger, and outside all the shoal water in FourchS Bay. The Frambois Shoal, with 4 fathoms least water on it, lies off the centre of Fram- bois.Cove, at 2 miles distant from the shore. This covp, which is the next bight to the westward of Fourchd Inlet, affords no shelter. The Seal JRocka, a reef hearfy diy at low water, lie 2 cables from the shore, and 1^ miles to the eastward of Capelin Cove. • i LENNOX PASSAOK. 109 >f the French nralls may still •sons is princi- trater may bo arbour. There are not easily iognized by its well sheltered sing much ex- easy of access, al. There are Bssels into the e to Louisburg 5. It exhibits, I clear weather lies west from capacious inlet, aX, its entrance, shore, South a •water; and a oint. igh, Ke off the hey are bold to Near the head dge) lies a rook mchorage in 4 heavy gales of . and undertow, only anchorage at the distance 3d on the rising 3 cables from Ell islets, ledges, the Shag Rock )W and bare of }earing West. ice of 6 miles to Bay, aiording eme of the bay, ; from Fourchd _ line with the will lead to the Bay. , centre of Fram- e next bight to reef hearfy dry vard of Capelin The Tilbury Rocks (upon which, at low water, arc ntill visible the guns of a <>hip- of-war which was lost on it many years since), rino from a shoal of sand and stones, which extends half a mile from the Hhoro at 1 1 miles to tlio westward of Capelin Cove. ? Saintesprit Island, 30 feet high, of chiv bnnkH rcMting on slate, and partly wooded, lies 1| miles to the wcHtwurd of tuo 'I'ilbuiy IlocjiR. The island may be high water to small vessels drawing less than feet. Grurul River enters the sea about 4 miles east of Michaux Point, between lied JImd (70 feet high) and Rell Point, which is a low shin^^Ie point, forming the cast point of entrance, and from which shoal water and a reef, with only 6 feet on it at low tide, extends three-quarters of a mile to the W.S.W. Black Breaker, with fi feet water, is a rock lying South one mile froth Bell Point. Between Saintesprit Island and Michaux Point the shore is rocky and dangerous of approach. Michaux Point, the eastern limit of Chcdabucto Bay, is a wooded peninsula, not more than 40 feet high, joined to the main land by a beach of sand. The three low Basque Islets of clay resting on slate, lie KoNt, and are diHtant one mile from it. There is deep water north of these islets as well as between tlie islets and Michaux Point ; and in Michaux Cove there is good holdin|; ground and some shelter to vessels during the prevalence of westei-ly winds, on which account coahters deeply laden occasion- ally anchor there. The water is deep to the southward of Michaux Point, but around the Basque Islets are several dangers. The Basque Shoal, lying South three-quarters of a mile from the South Basque Islet, has 4 fathoms water on it, and breaks only in heavy weather. Red Island junt open of Michaux Point, bearing N.W. by W., wilt lead to the southward. At Michaux Point it is high water, full and change, at about 8*' ; and the rise in spring tides is 5 feet, in neaps 4 feet, and ncups range 2 feet. LENNOX PASSAGE, between Cape Breton Island and Janvrin and Madame Islands, is very intricate, and 15 miles in length, with a low-water depth of 18 or 19 feet in the shallowest part. There are seluom loss than 23 feet at high water, nevertheless a great part of the channel is so narrow, crooked, and full of shoals, thut it would require to be well buoyed before it could be safely navigated by large vessels. < It is, however, a safe and convenient channel for coasting vessels. .,. ^> .' The Eastern entrance of Lennox Passage, between Cope Hound and Mark Point, is 2f miles wide. The shoals off St. Peter Bay occupy much of that space, but still leave a clear channel a mile wide between them and Cape Hound. St Peter Bay. which is 2 miles wide, open* immediately to the northward of the Samson Rocks and of the Horseheads Shoal on tlie North side of the channel, and may be approached either east or west of those dangers. It has excellent anchoragfl for any class of vessels, especially at Orande-grdv« on its eastern shoi-e ; but it is rendered almost inaccessible by the numerous rocky shoals scattered over the bay, and which could scarcely be avoided in a vessel of large draught without the assistance of buoys. On the north side of the Haulover, or portage across to the Bra$ d'mr Lake, there is a wharf at the ship-building establishment of Mr. Handley, and there is ake a post office. A canal has been more than once proposed at this place, and vnll p\'obabhr be formed at no very distant day. A survey has been made for it by Mr. Wm. Fair- banks, an intelligent civil engineer of Nova Scotia. The distance across the neck of land is 2,400 feet ; its greatest hei^t, extending onlv for a small part of the distance, 45 feet, and the cutting easy. The advantage of nnch a canal to the numerous vessels engaged in the coal trade to nnd frnrn the Sydney mines would be great. A'd. z ■tn ._ .^f^ . ai'-J>:£3 odi V' ■.'.hh hmodi r- ■^--'^ -'■■■■ '=■' - ■ f- i jia oaao.'0jf?5'{ 'iriX — ,.M^«I SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA, THE BAT OMaii , .?;--.'..._• iFXJNDY, ETa ■ "■^': •"■ ^^•-•- . ''•'■ ■^■- ■' ^"''^ itao'^hnrff 'rjiti ,«liBdiJasn ■' -"^ ■ • -i T; f,i<>ii iidoaA at bnjjotni /OJ srucr »! d,j5oH8 ftgditM'. = '■ ■■ ' ; i r-izj. 'ff oi .xiJjioa, Lirjuot ..^4.3.8 9jrftoJM-i(F«'-^' ■ ' ' "■ ' ■■ .''^^rjS -'If * '» '" ^ I.— CHEDABUCTO BAY TO HALIFAX HARBOUR. ' ' "f^wos ■V, ,.,.■., . , , , , ,;tj;) ' CHEDABTJCTO BAY, through which all vessels entering or leaving th^ Onlf 'Of St. Lawrence by the Out of Canso must pass, is 17^ miles wide at the entrance, froi& Miohaux Point to the lighthouse on Cranberrv Island. The whole depth of the bay from the easternmost of the Canso Ledges to Guysborough is 26 miles. \'l KADAHE ISLAND forms the southern boundary of Lennox Passage, and the northern shore of the entrance to Chedabucto Bay. Cape Hogan, its Soutii end, is a remarkable rocky cliflT. r.Bay of Bocks, lying between the west end of Madame Island and Petitdegtat Island, is a dangerous place, affording no safe anchorage for ships, being open to all easterly winds, which send in a heavy sea. Med Head, the south-east extremity of Fetitdegrat Island, is a remarkable cliff 70 feet high. Shallow water runs out firom it a quarter of a mile. Oreen Island, of slate, with precipitouB shores, 90 feet high and a third of annate long, lies a mile to the S.E. of Red Head. It is bold all round. , , ■ .j The Orpheus Rock (called Boss by the fishermen) lies E.S.E. If miles from 6re^ Island. It is awash at low water, and the sea consequently almost always breaks on ii ; ' otherwise it would be still more dangerous than it is. It is small, with deep wAter alleiround. iT.uliis Corbenu Book, just awash at low tide, with deep water all round, aod directly in the way of vessels to and from the Gut of Canso, is exceedingly dange^ii^ in dark nights ana foggy weather ; in the daytime either breakers or a nppling over it can almost always be seen. It bears from Arichat Head, the nearest land, S.S.W. 2| miles ; and is rather more distant from Jerseyman Island, on a W.S.W. Uhle of bearing. ■ < ' Cape Hogan and Green Island in one, bearing E. by S. ^ S., will lead clear to 'tM southward of the Cerberus at the distance of 4 cables; to avoid this danger in a VeM(^ bound to the westward, keep some part of Green Island in sight to the southward ot Cape Hogan until the easternmost church at Arichat is seen over the shingle .ietiidius umting the two peninsulas of Jerseyman Island, or until Arichat Head bean IfM. lay N. ; tiien the ooxirse may be safely shaped direct for the Gut of Canso. ' t> I ABICHAT HABB0TrB.-^Thi8 spacious and secure harbour, capable of contf^]p(mj||^ any humher of the largest ships is sheltered by Jerseyman Island, which strofbhce across the bay. It has two entrances, of which the western is the least difficidi p:^ strangera, almough only a cable wide. \ ;^ The straggling but well placed town of Arichat extends nearly 3 miles aloi^ ^1^ Dold and steep north shore of the harbour, where there are many wharves au4 stores. Arichat is the head Quarters of the fisheries in its neighbonrhood, andtite-iiiioat important seaport, both in commerce and in population, on the Atlantij: rPQa«t of Nova Scotia eastward of HaU&z. The populatbn of the town and the jmn^emlftj^ vicinity in 1850 waa estimated at 3,000, and that of the whole of Madame iBland' at A (Mio *. • ' ■ ••' li.ujiiiT ■ ' * - '■■' •'-' '■■■■■ "■■ •^■:,,t:iyi.iiU ■■!. ,j^,ti l.t^.^l'iaUi'- U^-'lim III'. >) )jl •<: -■***« \^-!-n*;*»' vr GUYSBOUOUOH HARBOUR. 171 jtaJdo -Mi ia^ rIT— ill^gil .-. ..,,r« j'j.a tsi BAY r OKox* *! "btjiv'dJuois *',;^ >.,.Y., ji«H dg the Golf '^'^ rest land, S.S.W . aW.S^W.iaifeof lead clear *<> 'tl^ dangerinaV^ad I the southwaru or le BhingloiiliUihuB ; Head hew* N*B. Canso. ' i'i'tjun'i" )ahle of containpif I, which stretchy least diffionlt 19*^ ■.f k3 les oMiy -wharyes aind ■^..1 { v^l orif '>v(idn iood,«nd.tiitt4ftdat B Atlaiitip,P«W^ o' and the xmme«ft^ lifaAuneTfllW^ftor ■•■1. Tbe vBual watering place is at a spring near Hubert's Wharf, where good water may be obtained on payment of a smaU sum. Light. — ^The lighthouse erected on Maraohe Point, on the east side of the eastern entrance to Arichat Harbour, is a square, wooden, and white building, showing at 34 feet above the sea at high water Ajiged white light, visible in clear weather from a distance of 8 miles. Marache point is quite bold to the westward, with the excep- tion' of two small rocky patches which lie off it at the respective distances of 3 and 4 cables to the N.W., and on which the least water lb 4 fifithoms. If bound to Arichat from the eastward, with a leading wind, that is, any wind from S.S.E., round south, to W.N.W., a vessel will pass the Hautfond Shoals a mile to W. by S. \ S. of Marache Point, by keeping some part of Green Island in sight to the southward of Cape Hogan, until the easternmost church at Arichat appears only a little open to the eastward of Jerseyman Island, bearing N.E. by E. | E. Having brought the church steeple on that Une of bearing, steer for it, but keepdns it a little Ofen, until the lighthouse on Marache Point b^rs 8.E. by E., or until ue Henley liedgeB, black rocks generally showing two-thii'ds of a mile S.W. of Jerseyman Island, are in one with Arichat Head, the western extremity of Creighton Island, bearing N.W. by N., and are distant a quarter of a mile. Then steer £. \ N., and as soon as the steeple of the westernmost church at Arichat opens a little to the east- ward of the minister's flag-staff, bearing North, run towards it until the southern extremity of Creisrhton Island is seen through the Grid Pass. The vessel being then wiliiin Poule Reef, may sately haul to the westward, and select a berth at pleasure in the most roomy part of the harbour, anywhere to the north of the line from Poule Islet to fieach Point. South of that line tne eastern bight of Jerseyman Island contains the Cage Shoal, with only 7 feet water, and much foul ground. I In approaching Arichat from the westward, the only outlying danger, besides the Cerberus Rock, is the Creighton Shoal, W., f of a mile from Anchat Head. It is high water at Arichat, full and change, at^ 8^ 10*" ; and the ordinary rise is from 4 to 6 feet ; but extraordinary springs may rise 6 feet. •From CapeArgoa to Ouyahorotigh, at the head of Chedabuoto Bay, a distance of 12 miles, the prevaiung features are peninsulated points of drift sand, clay, and boulders, restinff on sandstone, and presenting low cliffs to the sea. These are united to the mdin mnd by beaches of shingle, inclosing large ponds, in the rear of which are the houses of a scattered population, subsisting by fishing and fanning, and situated on the southern slope of ridges rising to the height of 200 feet above we sea. '' Hydra Rock, one of the greatest dangers in Chedabucto Bay, lies directly off Grady Foint, 3f miles westward of Cape Argos, and from which it bears S.S.E. | E., and is dbtant 1| miles. It carries 12 feet least water. The mark for passing a quarter of a mile to the south-east of it, is Cape Argos and Thomas Head touching, bearing .W* i ^'>mr y,u •:.■/ '^Chiysbonnigh Haxbonr, at the head of Chedabucto Bay, is an extensive inlet, running in to the northward, with a depth of water sufficient for vessels of larg^ draught ; but with such a dangerous bar, an entrance channel so narrow and crook^, and such rapid tides, that no written directions could be available. The assistance of a pilot acquainted with every local peculiarity of the tides and winds is indispensable for the safety of a vessel even of very moderate size, either in entering or leaving this harbour. XiglLt. — The lighthouse which stands on the end of the shingle beach of Peart jt*(^^'dn ]the west side bf the entrance to Guysborough Harbour, is a temporary tr^ructure of wood, 20 feet high, square, and painted \mte. It exhibits at 30 feet above the level of high water, Vk fixed white light, which in clear weather is visible from iaidistanceof'7 or Smiles. : i i^ ^ie6tcL CAiae Panso to Guysborough, a disttoee of 29 miles, the south ebtist of €^e^- bil^ ^% IS compose^ of primary rocks, partially covered with drift sand, cla^, and hotddefs. Ili^ 6Iimate &' not f^Wtinible foME^nculture. Biitlfishing, not fmnin^, is here the great business of life, as it has been ever since the first settlement in this m THE SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA. oonntry. Cod-flah, herrings* and mackerel •warm along tbeito Aotm, and the latter cHpecially are taken in incredible numberp, both in the Muring and MX of the J9tfft hf the numerotu schoonerB occupied in this important punnit. f ,'j U'i' ' OAPE CAVSO V a low islet, nearly joined to the eaiit point of Andrew Igiaiid: and the Cape Bocki small and 8 feet mgh, will be seen off It 1| oables to the S.E. by S. At 1^ miles to north-west is Glasgow Head, a remarkable red clay cliff 50 feet hi||h. An equal distance farther in the samo direction, along an unbroken shore, i» the town and harbour of Canso. H Cranberry Island and LightllQnM marks the east side of the entrance of the vuaunel into Canso Harbour. The island is low, rocky, and a quarter of a mile long. The lighthauae stands near its northern end, and is of wood, ootugoual in sha^, 60 feethigh, and painted with red and white horizontal stripes, ^^^^j ^^.^^ „.^,^^ ,r!t » f It exhibits tyro Jixed white vertieai KgMa, 86 feet apart. The tt1>per light, 76 fbet above hiffh water, can be seen from a distance of 16 miles i the lower being an, in- ferior Hgnt, 40 feet above high water, only from a distance of miles. They Mar from Cape Canso, N.E. by N. 1^ miles ; but dangers on either side reduce the breadth of the clear channel to 'half a mile. ; " CANSO HABBOITR ia a place of considerable historical as well as nautical interest. It was visited by the French fishermen and fur traders as early as the six- teenth centmy, and duiing the next two hundred years it was the frequent scene of French and Indian warfare with the British colonists. The position of this harbour, at the southern entranoo of the great Bay of Cheda- buoto, through which such numbers of vessels are continually passing, gives it an importance that it would not otherwise possess. Many veasclM pass through the harbour in order to avoid going round the aangorous roclcs and ledges which lie qut- tiide of it, and it is frequented ny many others engaged in the fisheries, or using it as au occasional anchorage. The harbour iu formed by Piscatiqui and George Islands on the cast, and by the mainland and Burell Island on the west. The entrance to the harbour is between Omvc Island and Cutler Island, towards the wharves of the town, off which the anchorage is quite necure, with water for vomhoIs of the largest draught i but the Ship Channel, which run8 through into Chedabucto Bf.y, jmshos to the eostwai'd of those islands, between them and Piscatiqui. The least water is in this channel* 4 fathoius, is on a bar which stretches across n'om Grave Island to Piscatiqui Island. The town of Canso is on the mainland, the more ancient part standing on hills of red sand, clay, and larg^ boulders. The church, built on tho summit of a ridge 100 feet high, is a conspicuous object seen over tho islands from u great distance at sea. The newer part or the town together with the two olmpols, are farther westward, alon^ the shore of the Tickle, a narrow boat channel separating Durell Island from the mainland. The whole forms a long straggling village, with a population of about 600. Near the north point of Durell Island, which is 1 } miles long, is Flag Hill, 105 feet high, which is used as an important leading mark. But without the special chart of the harbour or the most intmwte knowledge no one should attempt to enter this dangerous navigation. Written directions are therefore of little avail. ;."■ It is high water, full and change, in Canso Harbour at T** 48'" \ ordinary springs rise 6^ feet, and neaps 4| feet. 41 The East Bock, of bare granit« and 20 feet high, boars from the lighthouse on Cranberry Island N. ^ W. 1| miles; and to tho oast of tho line joining them lie a nuDibcr of dangerous ro^iks with deep water between them. The Bas* Bock ' has 6 feet least water, and therefore breaks frequently. From it the lighthouse bears W. by S. 2\ miles ; and the ohuroh steeple at C^nso, and .the southern extremity of Petit-pas, appear in line. The Orime Bock has 12 feet least water, and is therefore onhr shown by breakers when thd wa is heavy. It lies fiirther out than the Bass Hock, from which it bears N.E. ;S] cables ; and there is a patch ut' 28 feet water a quartet of a mile and the Itttcr )fthsy«»rflV ndrewtiiiiuad!: « to the S.IS. iaycliifOOfect roken shore, i» mtranoe of the of a mile long, al in shape, oO light, 76 feet r being an, in- They Irtar from ) the breadth of rell as nautical larly aa the aix- equcnt scene of ) Bay of Cbeda- ing, gives it an HH through the s which lie qut- !8, or uning it as jnst, and by the jour is between , off which the Lt { but the Ship istward of those nneli 4 fathoms, ind. nding on bills of ; of a ridge 100 distance at sea. irther westward, irell Island from a population of lies long, is Flag But without the should attempt erefore of little ordinary springs le lighthouse on ,ning them lie a equently. From le at Canso, and own by breakers c, from which it uurtei of a mile DOVER UAY— I'OKT HOWE. 178 to the eastward of it. From the Orime Uock the lighthouse bears W. by S. \ S., distant 2^ miles, and the church steeple at Canso, the southern extremity of Grassy liiland, the northern end of Petit-pas, and Pork ledge, all appear in one, and open a little to the southward of Crow Island. These laHt-namea rocks are the outer- most of the Canso Ledges, and lying off a great headland which so many vessels are continually rounding, and in a region celebrated for fogs they are exceedingly dangerous. In passing round these danscrs in thick weather, sreat caution and the co9stant \i8C of the lead are indispensable. If the ai)proach be from the northward, remember that they lie only 4 cables within the 30 fathoms edge of the bank; if from the south- ward and eastward, go into no less than 25 fathoms until the soundings indicate that the vessel is off the bank to the northward ; and, lastly, in clear weather, do not haul to the westward into Chedabucto Bay until the high land of Black Point opens to the northward of Derabie Island, bearing W.N.W. Dover Bay, two miles S.W. from Andrew Island, is 2} miles wide at the entrances, aiul is 4 miles deep to the N.N.W., but although so extensive, it affords no shelter for ships, being filled towards its head with istets and rocks above and under water, which onlv small craft and boats could find their way among. Louse Harbour, on its >nrestern shore, one mile within Dover Head, has depth and space sufficient for large vessels ; its entrance, to the northward of Louse Island, has 3| fathoms water in it, but it is only about 30 fathoms wide. The White Point Ledges extend 6^ cables to the southward of White Point, the east point of Dover Bay ; and the White Rock, with 5 fathoms water on it, and which breaks after heavy gales, lies nearly half a mile further off, with the point bearing N. by W. one mile. The Oannet Shoal, with 9 feet water on it, lies East one mile from White Point ; and there are other rocks to the northward of it. The soundings are so deep and irregular near these dangers that the lead will afford little or no warning at night or in thick weather ; but in the day time Cranberry Island Light- house kept open to the eastward of the trees on Capo Canso, bearing N.!. ; N., will lead to the eastward of the Oannet Shoal, the White Point Ledges, and < xe White Rock. Off' Dover Head, the west point, also are several shoals which lie nearly a mile ' offshore. Port Howe, or Raapherry Harbour, on the south coast, at about three leagues westward from Cape Cupe Canso, is small, and the shores within quite bold. It is very dangeroas to approach, but may serve as a harbour of refuge if the shoals in its «nti'ance be avoided. At the entrance, on the eastern side, is an island, having a ledge close to it on the S.E. By rounding this ledge, you may steer directly into the harbour, and come to an anchor under the island, which lies in the middle of it, in the depth of 7 fathoms, where you will lie safely. There are dangers on each side in entering : the Whale Bock and Shoal to port, and the Dover Shoal and Snorting Rocks to starboard. The mark for running in is a. black rock off Fluid Point, the west entrance, and a remarkable sugar-loaf mil 180 feet high a mile inland, bearing N. % W. Whitehaven, which is two leagues to the westward of Port Howe, is a place of dedolate aspect. Of its rocky islets, the larger and outer one, called White Head, from the colour of its sides, is 120 feet above the level of the sea. White Head Island Light. — White Head Island, S cables long ; lu/hthome on its south-west point stands on the bare rock, and is a square wooden wliite building, 35 feet high, showing a, flashing light, alternately flashing and eclipsing every ten seconds. The light is elevated 55 feet above the level ot the sea at high water, and should be seen in clear weather from a distance of 11 miles. The East Bull, one of the outer dangers of the eastern entrance to Whitehaven, lies in 6 feet water, with the lighthouse bearing N.W. distant 6 cables. Midway between it and Millstone Island there is a rocky shoal caiTying 20 feet water. The entrance to the Eastern pasnage into Whitehaven Harbour is between this shoal and MiUstouu Island. This channel is very narrow and intiicatc. 174 THE SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA. South-tee$t Bull, with 6 feet water on It, lim with the livhthouM bedrlog l^.HL distant 6^ cable*. Dover Head, open to the Hoathward of Millntone luland, bearing E. by N., leads to the southward of both the East and S.W. Bulls. Black Ledae dries at low water. Its western extremity bears tvom the Uffhthoose W. i N., rather more than one mile. The iouthernpatBoge into Whitehaven Harbour is to the eastward of all these, including the S.W. Bull, and between them and White Head Island. Inner and Outer Gull Ledye» and Bald Bock extend nearly a mile to the routh- ward from Deming Island, which, ticing united to the nminland at low water, forms the western point of entrance to Whitehaven, half a mile wide. Lodges and rooks are above water ( one, bearing N.E. by E. ] E., leads clear to the south-east of it. Threetop Island, in the entrance, may be eoMily rrcugnised by the three remarkable hills, 50 or 60 feet high, from which itH name is derived. The Ship Channel is to the eastward of it, and is 2 cables wide at entrance. It is high water, tall and change, in Marshal Cove, Whitehaven Harbour, at 8>> 0*" ; springs nse 6 feet, and neaps 4 leet. To run into Whitehaven Harbour in a Hteamer or with a fair wind through tho Western Passage and Ship Cliannel, attention must be paid to the Outer Gull Ledtfe on the one side, and the Bulb* and Black Led^e on the other. It is svldoui that t£ie Black Ledge or the brenkers on it cannot be seen, and it may then be passed at any distance between one and 4 cables. Torbay. — The entrance of this bay is formed on the west by a headland, called Berry Itead. Tho channel in is between this head and the sugar iHlots to the east- ward. On the west side the greatest danger is the Gull Bock, with 12 to lu feet water, with Berry Head bearing N.E. { £. one mile ; and the Shas Rock, west 1^ miles. On the eastern side are tho still more dangerous Torbay Leihea, of which the outermost, the French Bock, with 10 feet, lies with Berry Head N.W. by W. \ W. 14 miles. Shag Bock and New Harbour Head, 6 miles to the W., in one, bearing W. f N., leads clear to the south of all. Within the bay, under tho western peninsula, there is excellent anchorage in from 6 to 4 fathoms, muddy bottom, up to the eastern part of the bay. There is also anchorage on the western side of the bay, in from 7 to 3 fathoms, similar ground, whore a vessel may Uo in safety duripg any gale. ■' *' ' ■ " '■' ""^'•- ••*-*■ t\ i- Mr. Dunsterville says, on going into Torbay, give Berry Head, tbe S^tV. point, which is very low, a small bertn ornalf a mile, as a shoal bank extends off it. To the S.E. by E. of it, about two miles distant, are some rocky heads, near which we 8ounde4 in from 7 to 9 fathoms. The Banaer beat in and ancnored in 7 fathoms, within the Webher Shoal of 2 &thoms, hard bottom. Thb bank lies directly in the fairway, in {foing toward the anchorage. It lies about half a mile from tne south shore. A arge white rock on the shore lies abreast of it. In the fairway you will have fh>m 7 to 9 fathoms. Lobsters abound here, near a sandy by on the south shore. In two hours I speared from 60 to 80. From Torbay, westward, to Country Harbonr, the country, in general, contlilt^^ii rocky and stenle, with deep water close in, but regular soundings without, aiid trbta. 30 to 20 fathoms of vrater. Coudlb'8 Harbour, which is 3^ leagues to the wieiitWard of Berry Head, affords shelter to small vessels only ; and these enter on the eastern aide, to clear the breakers. No written description will sufflce.^^g AH SMOOSIJ Country Harbour. — ^This fine harbonr is navigable to the largest' ships, nitt0 miles firom the entrance. It is, at nresent, but thinly settled. The shores are bold j the anchorage soft mud, with a depth of 13 to 5 fathoms. It is readily made out by Country Harbour Head, a bold headland of 160 feet high, on its W. side, within wbieh the shores are steep on each side. At 4| miles witMn it, on ihe. )»ame eijite, i4 Mount Mittjry, a remarkable round hill 140 feet high. ' ' " ' ^ ^" •'' '"^- The ledges off the harbonr generally bt^dk, atidbetW^'^ Hiebii^ ^ee^ ^aisii^ The middle ledge, or South-Eanern, which lies off the enttiulce, is dangerous at H!w. Wring X.& tiland, bearing the lighthotue avrn Harbour em and White to the routh- V water, forma 11^08 and rooks i-ooiit of it. 'ce remarkable Channel ia to bour, at S^ O" ; 1 through tho tcr Gull Ledve eldom that the Xiasaedat any oadland, called ots to the caHt- 12 to 15 feet Rock, west 1\ i, of which the V. by W. I W. a r one, bearing tho western Idy bottom, up rn Hide of the sofctv dumig S.W. point, I off it. To the ich we sounded ms, within the he fairway, in uth shor^. A will have fix>m shore. In two .'■Hi,: leral, contiiiU^ii ;hout, aiid £rbm the w^^tlf^ard on the eastern est' ships, nine hores are bold $ y made out by f. side, within he isame mb, U i f,. (•: IM/ll I 'ill) i;er0u8 at R7W. 3T. MAHY'^ UIVEU. m as i| covers it half tiUv ; it boars S-S.E. i E, 3| miles from Cape Mocodome, whiab is 2 miles to ths S.W. of Country Harbour Ilcud. The rooks on the west of the entrance, named Caator and PoUuje, ars abovs watirr and bold-to. When above them, give Cape Moeodome a good berth, so as to aviii4 the SuU, a dangerous sunken rock, that breaki*, in rovg^ weaUiei:, and Ues about hail a wila from the extrenuty of tho Cap«< J. ,,, , „;f,,,t,,;,v\;,.,,iVu4^^>^ Titc iHlands on tho cost Hide of tho entrance, Oreen Tnlantl, (Hoote Inland, and Haf* hiMr Island, are low, and covered with scrubby trees. Within Harbour Island i« excelleut anchorage. To the South and S.W. of these islands are several slioal«# called tho Shoal Place and tho Tom Cod Shoah, one of which covers at high wsUif* Tlie summit of Mount Misery in one with Country Uoibour Head olears all tliMW shoals and leads up to tho harbour entrance. Fisherman Harboub, on the west of Country Harix>ur, is a favourite resort of fishing vchncIh, it having a shingly beach, forming on tilbuwi and very vouveoitfiit tor drying fish. Off its extreme is the Black Ledge. Fort Bickkrton, to the west of Fisherman Harbour, is safe and ofrnvonient* but fit for small vessels only. At two miles to the west of it is Holi.in'h Kay, a uliute of shelter for coasters, and resorted to by the fishermen. Indian Bay is a shallow ttn4 unsafe creek, but has good InndH, well clothed with pine, maole, birch, and njti'Wio, At its head is a \arae fresh wnter ^rand, around which are the nouses of the settlerSt The next inlet, called Wink Cove, hds a bar of sand, which is nearly dry. Ttuwo art a few, and but few, settlers on these harbours. fir. MART'S BIVEB.— The navigation of this river is impeded by a bar of Vi feet of water, which extends across, at the distance of a mile and three-quarters abovo Barachois Point, the west point of the entrance. Below the bar, toward the westtfra side, is a middle ground, which appears uncovered with very low tides ; and abova the bar, nearly in mid-channel, is a small rocky islet. The nasnage over the bar is on the eastern siuc of this islet. The tide, which is very rapid, marks out tho channol f the latter is devious, between mud-banks, extending from each shore, and dry at l(Hir itater. The depths upward are from 24 to 18 feet. A pilot is neccsHary for oaU»r\ng, The town of Sherurooke is at present a village of 300 persons, at the head of tM river, about three leairnes ftom the sea. . „ -.-j ^ The islet called Weuoe Isle, which lies at tho distance of half a league south from the S.W. point of St. Mary's Kiver, is remarkable, and serves as an excellent guid« to the harbours in the neighbourhood. A beacon, erected upon it, 100 feet above high water, may be seen from 8 to 10 miles off. The side of this islet, toward the niaiA land, is aorupt, and its summit 115 feet above the sea. From ite S.W. end luAgtm extend outward to the distance of half a mile ; and some sunken rocks, extending to- ward it from the main, obstruct the passage nearly half-way over. At 2| milw loilth from the Wedge is a fishing-bank of^30 to 20 feet. j;^ '7: ,; i,"; " , . ;. r'.;''| The harbour of Jeoogan may be readily found, on the eastward, by Wcdga iMla, above described ; and, on the westward, by the bold and high land oalhid Kedman Head. The passage in is at the distance of a quarter of a mile from that bead f bo* cause, at the distance of three-quarters, is a drv ledse, called the Shao. Within tb# small island on the east side of the entrance, called Tobacco I^le, .there is anubflragf in.4^or 6 fathoms, muddy bottom. ,, n,tjf.iii»«, -.« i,, ;,i - USCOMB HABBOUB.— The entrance into this harbour, which is one of tbo b«*l (m. the coast, is between Liscomb Island and the headland on the west, called Lis- comb or White Point. From the S.E. end of Liscomb Island, a ledge, with breafcorSf extends to the distance of three-quarters of a mile. Within and under the lee of tha island is safe aachorage in from 13 to 8 fathoms. On the N.E. of the island, a voMsel caught in a S.E. gale may be sheltered at Redman Head, already described, wUb th^Head S.S.E. in 6 and 7 fathoms, bottom of clay. On the west side, the ground from Point is shoal to the distance of nearlv a tnih S.S.E. ; and at 2^ miles south from the point, is a rock, on which the ship fflfivk |7« Tin: SOUTHKUN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA. PrinM WM lost. It constantly brealcH, and is portly nncovcrcd. The island-side i\ bold. HttwboU Jlock, the most outlying danger, has 27 feet water on it, and lies nearl} South 4 miles from liHComb Point and 1} mileit from tho Block Prince. It seMon breoka. Sfand Shoal, yriih 9 feet water on it, lies South 3 miles from Liseomb Point Blaek Prince Shoal, on which the ship of that name was lost, unoovers at holf-tideJ ond generally breaks heavily, lies also South from Lisoomb Point, distant 2 miles.l Norih-eaat Breaker and Lump Rock lie respectively N.N.E. 6| cables and Noith 91 enblcs from the Black Prince; the former uas 4 feet, and the latter U feet woter| g Ih9 Kt^f^ple about midr way between the points of entrance. 'lit n-lt >:/<••> •(!fi)''"i!ii'f 'lit IU< iffiif f"? On the east side of the channel leading to Liseomb Harbour is the Saddle Rock, with 5. fathoms water on it, bears S. | £. from the E. point of Liseomb Island Crook Point, distant 21 miles. The Channel Rock, lying S.E. 2^ miles from Crook Poifit, I has 3 fathoms water on it, and breaks when there is much swell. Smoke Point Well open of Cranberry Head, leads to the westward ; and the Block Prince in line with South point of Barren Island, leads to the southward. ,■ '^ i>.. li i:;'u;v. The first direction of the hai'bour is nearly north, then "W.N.W . Opposite" to the first fish-stage, at half a mile fr-om shore, is as good berth as can be desired, in 7 fathoms. From this place the harbour is navigable to tho distance of four miles : it is, however, to be observed, that there are two sunken rocks on the north side. BAY OF ISLANDS. — The coast between Liseomb and Beaver Harbours, an extei^t of six leagues, is denominated the Bay of Islands. Within this space the islets, Mcks, and ledges ore innumerable. They form passages in all directions, which have, in general, a good depth of water, but ore much too intricate to be managed by strangers. At the eastern part of this labyrinth, near Liseomb, is Marie-bt-Josbph, an excellent harbour, having entrances east and west, the settlers on which keep herds of cattle, &c. A church stands on the high ground near Smith Gove, eind n irisibie from the sea. The entrances are narrow, and should not be attempted without a pilot by any vessel drawing more than 9 feet. Supplies can be procured from tli9 inhabitants. ■ . , • '•'--■.( {■.-.(■rj/c The White Islands, nearly half-way between the harbours of Beaver and Li»* eomb, Appear of a light stone colour, witn green summits. The latter are 80 feet abovtf the level of the sea. The isles are bold oh the south side; the passage between them safe ; and there is good anchorage witMn them, in from 10 to 7 fatiioms. ' B|!AV£R ISlAJrD>.aadLigiit— this island is 40 feet high, is partially covered with scrubby trees, and its slate cliffii show wKite to seaward. In bad weather boats may be saved at high water by entering the gully, which separates the two ports of theislond. A h(Hise, 35 feet high, stands on the east end of Beaver Island, and ex- hibits, at 70 feet above the leveFof the sea at high water, a ti>AtV« light which revolves every two minutes, and is visible in clear weather from a distance of I^ miles. The house, on. the roof of which the lantern is placed, is painted white, with ^100 hldch balls to thd S.S.W. '.J i: ;( * Beaver Harbour is too intricate to be recommended to a strotiger : the lstafidi|„Qj|^ the entranoe, however, may oceasionoUy offi}rd shelter froqi a southerly g^" " \J;'^^"''[ 'In Junet 1881, H.M. 'ship \Ran^0f visited Btever Hoirbottr, ond' found it tanch ex> poi«d to S.S4E. grinds ; butit haso little odre, witii 3f fttthoms therein, !whioh affocdl shelter at all times to small craft. There are several sunken ixm^s in going in, rwhi(^ inofa^gbseoiijshow fhemscly«s. However, it isc^rtftioly.i^ot a pla^e thi^t can m recomm^ded. Pishahdlebstersaburidoht.^^ ^^ ^, ■ ' ' ' Sheet Harbonr.-^This fine httrbour k neacly in the half-wajy betiw^en Couitfanr Hatboisr'Ond HaliftK. Itl]4»}irflettled» ond the deep iii«tvl§a!blt!i*n(te# ii«itS*u«i to the) faUa^ wiulBfa.MrQ.ti)«9itMkinft i>iM!#i«bfM»dt||B jM4f«M# ■ :.*■* w'L Mm ■ 1 A SCOTIA. icovercd. The i«land-«Ide if Jo BUck Prince. It •eWom i milei* from LuNtumb Point » lort, unooreni at half-tide, omb Point, distant 2 mUc?s. ■E. W cables and North 9 Id the latter U feet w»l*r tAMin LUtmiih Hiirlyour, in eastward of all these shoals mng the stcople about midr Faibour is the Saddle Roeh, lit of Liscomb Island Crook tj miles from Crook Poifit, i swell. Smoke Point Well Black Prince in line with tV.KW. Opposite to the rth as can be desiredj iii 7 distance of four miles': it 8 on the north side. '^^ "^ ' leaver Harbours, an extent '""^this space the islets, ail directions, which have, ncate to be managed by mb, is Marie-et-Joseph, le settlers on which keep near Smith Cove, tind is not be attempted without ^an be procm-ed from the it j SPRY, OR TAYLOR'S HARBOUR-POPE HARBOUR. 177 Jurs of Beaver and Lis- -i latter are 80 feet above e ^ssage between them 7 fathoms. t;< ,. u i .v |ugh, is partially covered I. In bad weather boats jarates the two parts of Beaver Island, and ex- 'ntt9 light which revolves 'tonce of Iii mUes. The « white, with tteo black rtMiiger: the islands otf southerly gakf. ' w»d found Jt ftrach e». 18 therein, fjrhjoh afFocdi >wcs m going in, wWolfc Pt a pla^ |iM^t ca^ bS wa(y between Couitmr jfflettlfid.i|i»d the deep [of the harbour. The name is derived from a blank cliff, on a rocky isle at the entrance, [which appears like a suspended sheet. Without the harbour are the several ledges shown on the Charts, which render its [approach on dark nights, or during the prevalent fogs, perilous in the hiffhest degree. ^ Manv of these ledges ^ow tibemHelvcs, but the outer one, culled by the fishermen yankee Jack, and which, when the sea is smooth, iti very dangerous, having only 3 feet on it It bears from Taylor Head, the eastern point of Spry Bay, S.E. by 8. 2| miles. Besides this, numerous other very dangerous patohea have been correctly placed on the new Survey ; but, as a Chart on a large scale would be required to ex- plain their relative position, the description is omittoi here. Within the entrance is a rock, two feet under water, which will be avoided by keeping the Sheet open of the island next within it on the eastCiii side. In sailing or turning up the harbour, give the sides a very moderate berth, and you will have firom 11 to 5 fathoms, good holding ground. The flood at the entrance of Sheet Harbour sets S.S.W. about one mile an hour. High water, fall and change, at 8>' 6". Tides rise 7 feet. Mdshaboon, to the westward of Sheet Harbour, is a small bay, open to the S.E., which affords shelter at its head only, in from 7 to 5 fathoms, niuday bottom, and scarcely deserves the name of a harbour. Sprr or Taylor's Harbour. — Cape Spry, or Taylor's Head, divides Mushaboon from Spry or Tavlor's Harbour. On the west side of the latter are two large islands, called Gerard Islands. Cape Spry is destitute of trees ; and, being composed of large white rocks, is distinguishable afar off. From the point of the Cape, westward, is a low shingly beach, which is dxosH to the distance outward of one-third of a mile. On the opposite side of the harbour is a sunken ledge and a large dry rock : these mav be passed on either side, whence you steer for the eastern point of Gerard's island, and sail close along it, as a sunken rock lies off it at the distance of 300 vards. The rest of the way is clear, up to the anchorage. This hai'bour is open to tne S.E. and E.S.E. winds. The principal dangers to be avoided in approaching Spry Harbour, are in and off the mouth of^Snry Bay ; the outermost beuig Redman Shoal of 5 fathoms, from which Taylor Head, tne eastern point of the bay, bears N.E. \ E., 1 4-10 miles. The dan- gers on the western side of Spry Bay are the Herring and Moloney Shoals. The latter, which has 12 feet water on it, and is of considerable extent, is by far the most in the way. Iti? bearing from Maloney Rock, which is always above water, is S. by W. I W., and distance from half to two-thirds of a mile. Necerfail Shoal, with 17 feet water on it, lies E. | 8. a quarter of a mile from Maloney Rock ; and from if Tomlees Head and Leslie Island appear touching, and bearing N. | E. JRam Bock is the only other danger in the way on the western side of Spry Bay. It dries at low water, and lies E. by S. \ S., about 1| cables' length from Lawler Point. Mad Moll HeeJ^, the principal danger on the eastern side of Spry Bay, runs out W. by S. nearly a mile from Taylor Head. On it there are two patches of shingle, which are always above water. Pope Harbour, (or Deane Harbour,) on the western side of Gerard Isles above mentioned, has a ledge at its entrance, forming an obtuse angle at the two points, at three-fourths of a mue from each, and from which a shoal taiBi to the southward half a mile. It may be passed on either side; but, on the west, care must be taken to avoid a shoal extendmg from the outer Tangier Island. The best shelter is under the smaller island on the eastern side, where there are from 8 to 6 fathoms, with good clay ground. The Horse Bock, a formidable danger of only 4 feet water, is the fhrthest out bear- ing from Pope Rock, above water S.S.E. | E. H miles and in line with it and the E. end of Ironbound Island. Between them are sevwal other dangerous shoals, which must fldl be left to westward ; to the eastward they are few and easily avoided. The neigh- bourhood is more thiekhr settled than usual, and a church steeple and a chapel afford marks for entering by the aid of a larg^ Chart. iS'rf. 2 A 178 THE SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA. i«..-L TANGIER HARBOUR, next to Deane or Pope'H, is formed by craggy b^mn islands, whiclx secure vessels from all winds. At about two niilos from its mouth i^ ft ledge that dries at low water. The anchorage is under the tastem shore, 5 1x) 4 fathoms, stiff mud ; but it is too shallow and rocky for large ships. SHOAL BAY.— {Saunders Jlr. of Dei J^arr*-*.)-- This bay has a good d'eplk of water and excellent anchorage. The latter is to the northward of the island called Charles Ishind, and vessels lie in it, land-locked, in 7 fathoms. Off the mouth of the harbour is a rock, that always breaks j. but it is bold-to, and may bo passed on either side. Some parts of the harbour will admit largo ships to lie afloat, alongside tho shore, ovtr a br ttom of black mud. Supplies of stock, &c. may be obtained from the inhabitants of this place. Ship Harbour. — In this harbour, and on the isles about it, ftre about t^^ty families, who keep small stocks of cattle, &c. The entrance is deep and bold ; it lies •between two islands. A white cliff, which may be seen from a considerable distancp in the offing, is a good mark for the harbour : at flrst it reHcmbles a ship under sail \ but on approaching seems more like a schooner's topsail. There is good anchorage in every part of the harbour, and, above the Narrows, a fleet of the largest ships may lie. ilrier'a Island, above mentioned, is a low rugged island, and ledges, partly dry, ex- tend from it three-fourths of a mile to the eastward t avoiding these, when entering . this way, you may range along the western island and come to an anchor under iU north point, in 6 or 7 fathoms, the bottom of mud. ^ There are several outlying dangers, which are equally in the way of vessels Tan- ning along the coast, or approaching this harbour. These arc, Little Rock, beating from Flat Ledge S.S.E. about two miles; Broad Shoal, from Charles Point S. by £. easterly 1| miles; Silver Shoal, from Charles Point S.E. | S. 3'| miles, and from the south-east point of Outer Island nearly South 21 miles. The least water on the two first is 4 fathoms, and on the last 5 fathoms. The sea breaks occasionally over them after heavy gales. It is high water, full and change, in Ship Harbour at 7** 54<" ; ordinary springs rise 6\ feet, and neaps 45 feet. '• OWL'S HEAD BAY, which is next to the wefft of the harbour last described, although smaller than many other harbours on the coast, has suflicient space for a fleet. It may be known at a distance by Owl's Head, on the western side, which appears round, is abrupt, and very remarkable. The neighbouring coast and islets are rugged and barren, but the harbour has a few settlers. The entrance is of sufficient breadth to allow a large ship to turn into it. In taking a berth, you will be guided by the direction of the wind ; as with a S.W. gale the western anchorage is to be preferred, and the eastern with a S.E. The chief danger to be avoided is the Owl Rock on the eastern side with 9 feet water f of a mile S?B. ^ E. from the S. point of Friar Island. JEDOBE HABBOXIB.— (Por^ JSamont of Dea Barrea.)— From the appearance of this harbour on the Chai-ts, it might be presumed that it is spacious and commodious i but, ou examination, it will be found that it is really different. The entrance is blind and intricate, only 3| cables inside with 26 feet least water. Thorn Shoal, of only 9 feet, lies at its mouth ; the channel within narrow and winding*; extensive mud-flats, covered at high water, and uncovered with the ebb ; hence a stranger can enter with safety only at low water, the channel being then clearly in sight, and the water suf- ficient for large ships. The best anchorage is abreast of the sand-beach, two miles from the entrance, in from 9 to 6 fathoms, bottom of stiff mud. It may be used as a harbour of refuse in case of strong necessity, but without a Chart on a large scale any directions would be almost unintelligible. Between Jedobe and Halifax, there are no harbours of any consideration for shipping, but there are numerous settlements. The land in this extent is, in general, of i4oderate height, rising gradually from the shore. Red and precipitous cuffs, tho characteristic of the eastern coast, may be seen from seven to nine miles off. The best harbour is that called Three-Fathoms Harbour, which has occasionally received i~rge vessels in distress. This harbour lies immediately to the east of an islet called ^ut'tn-Ialand;. and, with the wind on shore, is difficult and dangerous i so that it is ' ''>•'> / '/'. SABLE ISLAND, 11V'<. M ,; ,; 171> to W af ietnpted only in cases of real distress. The channel lies two-thirds oyer to the northward from Shut-in Imland, and turns short round the starboard point to the westward. '•t ■« In beating to windward, ships may stand to within a mile and a half of the shore, the souudinKs being tolcmbly regular, from 20 to 12 and 8 fathoms. . i:- iicti: i!iU!-f ''!' __^_-^__— .^— —__—_— ^——— <■ r. .-' ■i!\;i.M:.edkB quite over in many places, when the wind blows on the island.!*- n-toi^a^ o/jt ion siui fitiaip.: The establishment, formed in 1804, still consists of a superintendent and a^tt li^n Rssistants, who constantly reside on the island, and have in charge a competent supply of such articles as may l)e useful, with good boats, &c. They continually perambulate the island, and attena the several sign^-posts and flag-staffs, intended to direct ves- isels, and tiie huts to shelter the sufferers. There never were any inhabitants on . ^e island but those connected with the establishment/ •^^.3,,,,^ tj^,-^ ^^^.j .^tcv^b .(tosv/^^b The island is reg^arly visited by a vessel from Halifkx, to convey sopplies, add bring ay'ay those who may have Men thrown upon its shores. The supply of st6re» and provisions is abundant, so that 300 persons, at once upon the island, have been liberally assisted and supplied with necessaries. - '^^ This establishment was founded by the Provincial Legislature, at t^^recomm^oda* tion of Sir John Wentworth, then Lieut.-Govemor, ana is maintained by an annual grant from the Nova Scotia Legislature, to which the Imperial Government add3 an equal &um. This is increased oy the sale of wrecked vessels and their cargoes, and the occasional sale of wild horses, of which there are about 400 on the island. It has proved the means of saving niany lives. In every year vessels have been lost. ; , ,, , I%e West Flagstaff, which points out the position of the prinripal establishment, stands on a sand-hul 40 feet high ; and wiux its Crow's-nest, or look-out, 100 feet above the sea, is a conspicuous object on the north side of the island, and was distant (in 1852) 4,215 fathoms from the west end of the grassy sand-hills. The establish- ment is situated on the north side of the island, between the pond and the sand-hills, and consists of a comfortable house for the superintendent and his family, buildings for the men and the occasional accommodation of shipwrecked persons, for storing provisions and property saved from wrecks, workshops, stabling, &c. ,, |.,,i v<; .ivisv. The Hast FlagstaW, 40 feet high, is also a conspicuous object, standing on' ^a s&tfd- hill on the north sicte of the island, and distant, at the same date, 2^80 mthoms frbih the north-east end of the grassy sand-hills. .^ Hu ;;^«i.«ijiui j>ii ji.tiui'..iiO'ii The East Bar is dry in fine weather 4 miles out from the end of the grassy sfind- hills. At the disttmee of If miles out a small sand-hill, about 10 feet high and^th some grass on it, has accnmulated around a wreck since 1820; tl^ ^ole lebgtU df this bar, from the grassy sand-Mils to the de]^th of 10 fathoms, being f 4 ktfiles; 'Itii direction is N.E. by E. i E. for the first 7 miles, beyond which it cfurVM gradually^ till it terminates in E.S.E. . Sable" Island and its submerged bat« form a breseent cOiicaVe towards the nbirtti; and extend over moi^ than 50 miles of sea^ Vesisels slwtdd be earefril not^iohe-i^Biiight within this crescent in a strong gale from the northward, when the accelerated ebb tide, setting directly towards and over the bars, would render hdr idtuation esttremely dangerous. Both the b(u« are extoemeby steep on the north side, the Eeist bar espe* cialfy so, having 30 fathoms water close to it; To the southward, on tiie^^ eontrary, the water deepens gradually out for so many mile». a^ t^ i^idix it diffiejdt^ »W(M»nt for the greater nurater of shipwrecks hai^ng^,^^%t)*|(|, i^.ftj^5^,#^ft|^f^ ji^^jl itfjbars, exceptmgbyanegleot-,pfthelead.,,,,,,,,^A ^.j* .^f,,^,r f,:* j,,,^ ,f,,, ,,„,„, ,,!».,.> > "Ea»t€rly, (southerly, and S<8m the island, to the distanoe of fifteen or twenty miles to the N. W., there is a flood and ebb tide, the flood setting to the N.N.E. the ebb to the S.S.W., the flood comes over a broad flat bottom, uutS it arrives at the highest rid^e of the bar, bringing the sand witib it so far. It then finds a deep water suddenly to the eastward 6f the bar, and its strength is IIS suddenly lost ; the waters pitching over this bank, settle gently in deep water, and the sand going with the current does the same, and keeps the eastern edge df the bar and the bank verv steep ; but to the southward and westward it is flbi and shallow.- - '• '• '"■' -'"''^^ '■-' i C""^ '■ -- v'-'-^'" o--"-'- • ^•■- -- '■■ •■^■^■^'X "The ebb-tide, Id6ttfnggeiitl^' to the Sbuth^;vtttdaild ll^e^twardT m«etfl the stoeft ^de of the bank, and rising above it, passes over and increases, in strength, merely level- ling the sand that had been brought up by the last flood. It does not carry it back utitil the next flood comes, which brings up a fresh supply from the washing of this land ; and so, alternately, the sand changes with every flood and ebb-tide. The con- sequence is, that although the west end is several miles to the eastward of where it was in 1811, yet the shoalest or eastern parts of the bar or bank have increased east- ward, as fast as the island has decreased in the same direction. There is a passage across the bar inside, about four or five miles broad, with three or four fathoms, of water." — Mr. Darby, Supeiintendant, 1837. ]<;-. , In approaching the anchorage off Sable Island from the norihward at night, or in thick weather, the lead should be kept constantly going, and after passing the Middle Qi-ound, distant about 25 miles to the northwara of the bland, great caution should vi^ used, and the vessel should be certain of her position ; for the east end of the island and the East Bar are very steep on that side. .,Jhe Middle Ground, and the ridge of sand reported to continue from it to the west fiind south, till it joins the West Bar, require to be surveyed, before more precise directions can be safely given. i> ^Vessels seldom anchor off the south side of the island, because of the prevailing heavy swell from the southward; but they may safely approach by the lead on that side, taking care not to become becalmed in the heavy Bwell,,aud lA the 8troi|g..aA4 ivicertain tides and currents near the bars. , ,. -. . , f, r, .jt,,^ > t'The landing is impracticable on the south side^ excepting after a long continuance cif northerly winds ; and on the north, side hqaAs can land only in southerly winds f^nd fine weather ; but there are surf boaia at the establishment, which can land wheq ordini^y boats would swamp instantly. A life-boat, that could sail as well as row, was very much wanting to complete th >fu '* mii ong shore, in vboai . --..^ — Tr!T-n .. ___, JSI,— The fd^rm and extent of the Nova Scotfeal fialiks^aft b^m'tmdfel»Sttoda^Wi*Ki'fence; tb't^^ They are but impet;- fectly surveyed, and till lately the BanqM^edUdnd^^zinBdnhs were omitted in ^d Admiralty oWt». 'JEhey have, however, been examiilod by^the French in 1806. ; The ssm 182 "i HALIFAX HARBOUja. result of these snrycvs is now shown on our Chart. It will be seen that there is a channel nearly 60 miles wide of unknown but epreat depth, between the Banquereau, the Mizen, and Artimon Banks to west, and the Bank of St. Pierre to the eastward, leading directly towards the entrance of the Oulf. The banks are generally of hard ground, separated by intervals, the bottom of which is of mud. Between these baiucs and the shore are several small inner banks, with deep water and muddy bottom. The water deepens rejjularly from Sable Island to the distance of 22 leagues, in oO fathoms, fine gravel ; thence proceeding westward, the gravel becomes coarser : continuing westward to the western extremity of the banks, the soundings are rocky, and shoalen to 18 and 15 fathoms of water: Cape Sable bearing N. by W. distant 15 leagues. It may be observed, generally, that the soundings all along the Nova Scotian coast, between Cape Canto to the E.N.E., and Cape Sable to the W.S. W., are very irregular, from 25 to 40 and 50 fathoms. In foggy weather, do not stand nearer in-shore than 35 fathoms, lest you fall upon some of the ledges. By no means make too bold with the shore in such weather, unless you are sure of the part of the coast you are on ; for you may otherwise, when bound for Halifax, fall unexpectedly into Margaret's or Mahone Bay, and thus be caught with a S.B. wind. . '^'i:^ (ft JjUif •• Mi-Viliiti. ■,(in,«tti. m.— HALIFAX HAEBOUR, AND THE COAST THENCE, WEST- ?^- WARD, TO CAPE SABLE. ,- , > ;.;. - Description of the Coast, etc. — The land about the Harbour of Halifax, and a little to the southward of it is, in appearance, rugged and rocky, and has on it, in several places, scrubby withered wood. Altliough it seems bold, yet it is not high, being to be seen, from the quarter-deck of a 74-gun ship, at the distance of no more than 7 leagues ; excepting, however, the high lands of Le Have and Aapotogon, westward of Halifax, which are to be seen 8 leagues ofT. The first, which is 12 leagues W.S.W. from Cape Sambro', appears over Cape Le Lave, and like little round hills of unequal height. Aspotogon, when bearing N.W. by N. appears di- rectly over Margaret's Bay, 5| leagues westward from Cape Sambro' ; it is rather a long high land, nearly level at the top, and rising above the land near it. When bearing north, distant between 5 and 6 leagues, Sambro' lighthouse will bear £.Nmi qi i:fuoc, ,-,. I..-. r. ..(.«•.. INCE, WEI^T- >f Halifax, and a kud has on it, in it is not high, stance of no more i and Aspotogon, Irst, which is 12 e, and like little )y N. appears di- ro' ; it IS rather a i near it. When wiU bear E.N.E. e finest in British of approach, and 1, and itM length as shown in the re miles of good distance of eight nd upon the ae- f the sea, and has I'. In its present ard is above th^ its. As a govern- thward of it is a the hospital, is a ief. TheOitajfel. ounding cou&t^vy ' t •); lioimi'^ji) OUT lo ranee of Hab£ax . tern point of the mity of Maughcr Thc! hglvtbonse on Dbvil Island is octagonal, built of wood, end painted brown i^ith a white belt. It exhibits at 43 feet above high wat«r t^Jixtd red light, visible in, clear weather from a distance of about 8 miles. Sheebrook Tower, on the west end of Maughcr Beach, is 48 feet high, circular, and painted white with red roof. It exhibits at an elevation of fl8 feet above high water a Jixed white light, viaible in clear weather at 12 miles. It bears from the Thrumcap buoy N. by W. 2^ miles. Pilots are stationed on Devil Island, and several families reside there. phebticto jffead, the southern extreme of the western shore at the entrance of Halifax Harbour, bears N.E. 4| miles from Sambro Island lighthouse. It is 106 feet high, and consists of a whitish granite. Campcrdown flagstaff, on a hill in rear of Portuguese Cave, 168 IV. . above the sea, wul ^e •con H miles within Chebucto Head. ' • , , . r . < r. ,y , .'.*, 1 ^r— .'t; -M-ifi lii- h.H;!- t(>:» oh Ti'iri'" '/• '/•«•*■('?(• <> . nfjt v**" ' * The Eastern Shore of the Harbour is loss rooky and barren than the western. Devil Island, composed of clay slate, is 15 feet high, one-third of a mile in length, and lies the same distance from Hartland Point, the eastern point of entrance of the harbour. A reef connects it with the shore, and shallow water extends from it one- third of a mile to seaward. Eastern Passage. — The entrances to the eastern passage lie on either side of Lawler Island : that to the eastward, between that island and the main, being the deepest, and having 10 feet over its bar at low water. Macnah Island, which forms the eastern side of the slxip channel into the harbour, is 3 miles long, including its shingle beaches, Thrumcap Islet is connected to the south- ^est extremity of Maonab Island by long shingle beaches, inclosing a shallow pond. It is an islet at high water, and fast wasting by the action of the waves. The Thrumcap Shoal extends one mile to the southward from the islet, and forms one of the principal dan^^ors in the entrance of the harbour. At its south-west extremity is a red buoy, with small staff and vane, lying in 8 fathoms water. Lighthouse Bank extends three^uarters of a mile to the southward from Maugher Beach. Devil island lighthouse open south of Moenab Island, seen over the shingle beaches, and bearing S.E. by E. | E., clears itH south point in fi fathoms. From tno, least water (18 feet), the lightbousej on l^augh^^ Bci^h \jt in oi;ie with Ives Point, and^ is distant half a mile. «>^-V '^^ - ,:, • . . ;.: u!J^iiL Ives Knoll, awash at low spring tides, rises from the rocky bank which runs out 4 cables from the beach to the northward of the N.W. point of Macnab Island, or towards George Island. A red buoy, without stuff or vane, is moored in 8 fathoms, near the western side of this bank, and distant one cable west from the knoll. ,. Rock Head Shoal, the outermost and most dangerous shoal at the entrance, with 20 feet least water on it. Devil Island Lighthouse lies N.E. 2;^ miles. A black and w:hite beacon buoy, carrying a bell, is moored near the louthrwest end of this shoal in 6-| fathoms water, rocky bottom. Portuguese Shoal, 6 fathoms, lies W.S.W. half a mile from the Rock Head. A black buoy, in 6 fathoms, without staff or vane, on its western side marks the eastern side of the preferable channel for large ships. Sambro' Lighthouse Island well open S.E. of White Head, bearing S.W. | W.,' leads clear to the southward of the itock Head and Portuguese Shoals. The tower on Qeorge Island touching the east side of the lighthouse tower on Maugher Beach, N. I W>, will lead through between them ; and Oooruo Islfmd well open to the west of the lighthouse tower on Maugher Beach, bearing N. \ W., will lead clear to the westward of them, and aJsQ nearly midway between the Neverfail and Thinimoau Shoals.*! ^" ^■•^'"•; -. f ;:;■'■■';?';';.•; ' v *" ' N|sv£RrAii« Shoal. — From the 27 feet least water on this shoal, the eastern side of George Island appears in line with the steeple of a chapel at Dartmouth ; and M 184 HALIFAX HARBOUR. Hartland Point over the northern point of Devil Island, and in line wiik the Thram> cap buoy, which bean E. by N., distant about one mile. LicMeld Rock, with 16 feet water on it, lies W. by N. \ N. two-thirds of a mile from tne Neverfail. A white buoy, with staff and vane, lies on its eastern aide. Mars Rock, with 20 feet water on it, on a rocky bank separated from the shore by a very narrow channel. A tohUe buoy with staff and vane is moored in 6 fathoms on its eiutem side. Middle Gfround, carrying 28 feet water, bears W. J N. half a mile from the northern point of Macnab Cove, and E.N.E. from the steeple of a chapel at Falkland village. Pleasant Shoal, which extends nearly half a mile S.E. frem Pleasant Point, dries in some parts, and is covered by only a few feet of water nearly out to its edge. It is much in the way of vessels, as it diminishes the breadth of the channel between it and Ives Point to naif a mile. A tchite buoy, without staff and vane, is moored close to its eastern extremity in 7| fathoms. The entrance of the North- West Arm is between the western side of Pleasant Shoal and the shoals in Purcell Cove. It carries a depth of 8 fathoms ; and the largest ships may ascend it through a narrow channel to within half a mile of its head! or nearly to Melville Island, a distance of 2| miles. Reed Rock lies 6 cables to the northward of the buoy on Pleasant Shoal, on the same side of the channel, and 2 cables off-shore. It is small, with 5 feet least water, and its position is pointed out by a white buoy, with staff and vane, mooi'ed in 8 fathoms, and bearing from Ives Knoll Buoy W. by N. half a mile. . ,.>, Belleisle Spit lies two-thirds of a mile further in, and extends out a quarter of a mile feoTO. the shore to a white buoy, with staff and vane, in 5 fathoms, from which the south-east point of George Island bears E.N.E. one-third of a mile. "*. About a quarter of a mile further in, on the edge of the bank, in 5 fathoms, and distant three-quarters of a cable from the Engineer Wharf, is the Leopard white buoy, with staff and wane, which, together with the Belleisle buoy, marks the weetem side of the channel, between them and George Island, which is clear and deep, and 1^ cables wide from the depth of 5 fathoms to 5 fathoms. To the eastward of George Island the channel is half a mile wide, and equally fteti from obstructions ; the shallow water does not extend beyond tlu:ee-quarters of a cable from either end of George Island, and not above luilf a cable from either side. After passing the Leopard buoy, the deep water approaches very near the wharves of the city, until arriving at the shoal which extends \\ cables out to the south-east from the dockyard wall. The Commissioners buoy, white, without staff and vane, is moored on the eastern edge of this shoal in 5 fathoms, and just within it the depth ia only 9 feet at low water. There is a clear passage for the largest ships through the Narrows into Bedford Basin, which has a depth of 36 fathoms, and is navigable quite to its head. The prin- cipal danger in the basin is the Wellesley Rock, which has 13 feet on it at low water, and lies aoout one-third over from the eastern towards the western shore. Tides. — ^The mean of two years' observations, with a self-registering tide gauge at Halifax Dockyard, gives as follows, viz. : — It is high water, fml and change (the true Establishment) at 1^ 39" ; ordinary springs rise 6 feet ; equinoctial springs, 7 fefett neap tides range 3 feet, and rise to 4 feet above the level of low-water springs. \ The rise is greatly influenced by the winds, soatherly winds causing high, ktid northerly winds low tides. DireotioiU. — ^The bank off Sambro Island, terminating in a jK>int, and at the depth, of 30 fathoms, 5 miles south of the Sambro I^edges, onet% considerable assistance to vessels approaching Halifax from the westward in the thick fogs which so fireqneq;tl]r prevail. From the eastward the approach is rendered compa^tiveljr ea«r, W ^9; absence of outlying dangers after passing Shut-inlsland, and, by the squndingsraeepr ening out with tolerable regularity to 30 fathoms, at distances varyingi fpom 4' to 9 HALIFAX HAKBOUB. m iili the thrum. inilMiiroiQ the ihoret i|ntU within 2 mile* of Chebaoto find White Heads, w^re ikf d^j^ tabetid^ 30 fhthomi, utotil within one-third of a mile from the ahore. Attention to theie aoundings, oombined with the guns fired from Sambro Liffhthouse Island, may «luiblft tlMmeM at times to enter the harbour notwithstanding tne fog, but it ^i seldom prudent fbr a large sailing vessel to attempt it under such cuxumstanoes. '^ (< il^Mi tk$ We^ward 4U Niffkt.^An approaching HaUfaz Harbour from the west- Ward atuightt shapo a oonne to pass not less than 3 miles to the southward of thb Sambro Isbnd light, steering E.N.E., and in not less than 30 fiithoms water, until the;%ht bears m)rtii j when, if not more than 6 miles from it, the vessel will have af^ircq, at the southern prolongation of the Sambro Bank. Having orossed the bank into deep water, haul up N.N.E., until the light on Maugher Beach opens out east of Chehucto Head, bearing N. bj E., when steer for it, or so as to pass within a mile or tutii froiti Chebucto Head, which is quite bold. Having done so, keep the light bear- ing between North ahd N. by E. as the vessel runs towards it, ana all the dangers Wul bjs avoided excepting iJie Neverfiiiil Shoal, on which there is not less tluua, ^h i mvpg amved abrcaat the Thrumcap, or brought Devil Island light in line with us MUth ex^ beo^-ing E.S.E., alter course to N by W., or as may be neceesaiy, CO avoid the Lighthouse Bank ; and as soon as the light on Maugher Beach bcora £last, steer N. Jbv E. for Ives Point (or N.N.E., if necessary, to avoid the Middle Ground, on whicn, however, there are not less than 4^ fathoms), until the light bears S. by E. I then a N. by W. course, keeping the light astern, will lead between the Phnsant Shoal and Reed Rock white buoys on the one side, and Ives Knoll red buoy oh thei other into the harbour. Having passed Ives Knoll, the vessel may proceed in on either ssde of George Island, or may anchor in the stream of Maonab Island until davlightf according to circumstances. The light on Maugher Beach disappearing behind Ives Point, will show the vessel's distance from George Island, as she runs in to the eastward of that island, which is the ^der, and pi-eterable channel in a dark night. " , ;,: iVilwii Cleorge Island. there is nothing in the way, ezceptbg the Docb^rard Shoal, fl^i the shallow water off Dartmouth. hi By i%ij^.-^Approaching from the westward in the daytime, pass Sambro Lighthouse Island at the distance of 3 or 4 miles, and when Sandwich Point qpens out east of €2hfi^natqiHead, stand in N. by £. or N.N.E., aoowding to the wind, until the citadel flagrstaff opens east of Sandwich Point, bearing N. i W. Keep the citadel flag-staff beyond cable's length, steer towards George Island, keeping Chebucto Head only just iu sight ^s^ bf Sandwich point until the vessel has passed close to the westward of the Mi^le Gnr^Tind; th^ni djpen but the head inore, so aj^ to leave tjie Pleasant Shoal and Reed Rook white buoys to the westward, in running towards George Island ; or, if it 116 ^ndlirr^, the steeple at Dartmouth ii^' one with the eastern side of George Island, bearing North, ^11 lead to tho ieastwarid df the Middle Ground. Either of vaa markii jiMt Ijl^Mi Will lead blear up to George Islahd, on either Side of which the vessel may pass mto the harbour, leaving 'the Beltddle and Leopard buoys to the westward, if she pa/j^os between them and the island, and choosing her anchorage off the wharpies of the ffity, or off the Dockyard, /where the Commissioner's Buoy will poi^t o^t the DowyaraSht^l.., .-:■,,- , ;;;.,',.,,?( From ihe Etutrntard iy jy^^iUAiAipproaolthig froim the eastwai^ bt night, and blgltt to,;^ei;yr^w^ Qf tho Jedore Ledges^ run along the land in a d^u.not less than ,80 fatibiomi, va^i^ivaiEif^ed white light on Sambro Island is seen ; then, if it be uitc|id^ B to the southward of the Rock Head and Portuguese Shoal, steer for ChebugtO (i^^^bMn^'iSiat^ to ^Iear'th6 Rock Hi^^ the -U;gfht on Sanibro Ii»anm the outermoit of the western ledges, thji^mithsoii Bocki with 2 &thoms water on it, Sambro' light bean N.E. V ^' t ^o 2i miles ; and ]^ennani Point, N.W. by N., 2| miles } N.N.E. } E. The ^. H^ Breaker^ which almost always slu)ws, lies 1^ miles to the eastward of Smithson Rook, wit% Chebuoto Head seen over the eastern extremity of Sambro' Island, which bears £rom it N.E. \ N., 1| miles. The Siatere are the outermost of the eastern of the Sambro* Led^, and ^re distant II miles'from the lighthouse on Samtaco' IsUwd* betwew tilM bearings firom it of E. by M. and £. by S. ThB Jhed vMte light exhibited from Sherbrook tower on Mauriier Beaoh, kept just open east of Ohebveto Head, beaiiiig N. by £•, will olear ttllthellMnbro' Ledges, and ■ onl^rJaitopinMiior and Throiboap Bhoftb', B» and paawd 8hnt-in •e than one mile, to the (mode good), untfl the abreast the Thramcap, ^•» or aa may be neoes^ oted. |g W. J S. aa before land the whole breadth irumcap Shoal and red 80 tower on Maugher fp } then edge away to ight Muth of Maenab M to clear the Light- es in one with the Bide :opt in one, will lead In the month of May, • loss than 50 fathoms, over the land it is fre- on in a fog, approach e, by firinff a gun it ise is remaricable, and ut Halifax is of mode- over the town, may for all Tessels in thd and north, will lead nirorous shoal. Che- all the dangers lying ar Hali&x, in thick 'ord of the harbour is '^^ Island is a white imbro' Island, at U Chebuoto Head, the an elevation of 110 r fi'oin a distance of un, will be answered ure staticmed for tl^ fwn in the (Aart, it the western ledges, u* N.E. Iw E. |"E., TTieA ^„,, mithson Book, wiU^ If which bears ^m itemoftheSombro* VM^ b^tw^ei^t^ BETWEEN HALIFAX AND CAPE SABLE. 187 •iMtlM B«a Boek aiid DwMWk Reaf i and Bandwioh Poiat in Una with Chelraeto Head, biuihg N. I B.t will l«d one mila.to the cMtwafd of them. SMftbro' Hftrbonr.— The Harbour of Sambro' Ilea at one mile and three^murtem to the N Jf . W. of the Lighthouse blaaid. Off its entMoea i« the Bull Book, and there are twoodimr rooka between tiie latter and Sambro' Island. The bast ^mnel into it is, therefore, between Pennant Point and the Bull Book \ but Teasela fira« the eaafe- wardmay run uy between Sambro' Island and the Inner Boek. Within the entrattee is an islet, called the Isle of Man (or Thrum Cap), whioh is to be left, when sailing inward, on the lefL or port hand. The anchorage is above this islet, in 3 fiithoms, mnddr bottom. Admiral Bayfield adds, that the dangera off and in it are so numerous fliat it should never be attMnpied in a Iarg[e ship ex^tpt in extreme necessity. h;! lar Beach, kept juM; ambro' Ledges, and {ThB DireeHotu whicKfoUow have not httn eorreetfd by the DeeeripOon, ^e., o/Adm* Bayfield, yet unpubUahed, and thertfore muet be ueed unth caution.) PENNANT HARBOUR, (Port Ajfteeh of Dee Barree,) the next to the westward of Sambro', has good anchoring ground. - Ttie irionds on the west side of it are bold- to, and the ground is likewise jgood. The de^ihs are from 10 to &thoms, but a dan- gerous midole ground was omitted in the former survey. TENANT BAY, (or Brietol Say,) between Pennant Harbour and Tenant Baain, presents to the eve of the stranger we rudest features of nature. It is obstructed by several rooks ana islets, but, once gained, it is extensive and safe ; and in bad weather, C^e only time vessels of consequence should enter it,) the dangers show thenuieltes. The tide flows here on the full and change days, at 7f S and rises about 8 fbet. Prospect Harbour. — This harbour is about three miles westward of Tenant 6ay, and is separated therefrom by a larae cluster of islets and broken land, the outer ex- l!remity of which is named Juari Head. On advancing, the appearance is rugged y but the harbour is extensive and safe ; and, :n rough weatiier, the dangers m the tidnity show themselves. Two small islands en tlutt side foi m a little cove. The eastern channel is between Prospect and Betsey'a Islands; and,, to avoid all danger, you ought to keep more than half a mile from the land, and in 20 and 21 &thoms water, off Cane Prospect, as there is a 17-feet rook about one-third of a mile south of the Cape, ana within which there is no g^d'channel. The western entrance is between an islet, called Ifobson'a Nose, on the S.E., and a i^k, called Dorman JRoek, on the N.W. There is a breaker, with 3 fathoms over it, at the distance of two cables' length to the cast of the latter. Within the harboui^ ^ere is a good anchorage for the largest ships ; and, for (Smaller vessels, in 4 fathoms. SHAG HARBOUR, {Leith Harbour of Des Barres,) is the next westward of Prospect Harbour ; it is the N.E. arm of an inlet, of wnich the N.W. arm is Blind Bay, in both of which excellent anchorage may be found. In the common entrance without, lies, without the Hog, a sunken rock, naving only 6 feet water over it. This AKsk beMs-: S.E. ^ E. nearly a mile and a half from Taylors Island. In rough weatteer, with the wind on-shore, the sea breaks over it ; and, in fiiir weather, it may be per- eeived by the rippling of the tide. There is a good channel on either side. That an the west side is the most difScult, there being a ledge extending half a mile towardit, from the eastern extremity of Taylor's Island. DOVER PORT lies on the western side of the entrance to Blind Bny. tt id lormedtl^ Tayloi^a Island, and several other islands. The best passfUfe is to the eastward of these, giving them «> moderate berth. The anchorage is within 1^ bodv of Taylor's Island, m 10, 9, or 7 fathoms ; bottom of mud. In sailing in, give a berth to the reef, which extends S.E. half a mile from Taylor's Island. • iCAiStCPAHKP'B' BAT.-^This bay is a beautifbl sheet of wator, about Sfl'mUes in (riromnfireUoe^iil'lettgt&'nine, andtwb milbs wide at the entrance. On ever^ side ai^ harbonrs oa^Ale of receiving tkapa of the Unei even against the sides of the shnreir. Tie the weit of the- eatrmioe stkands'the Ifigk Land of A^ratogon^ already noticed^ the aommit of wUMi^bearln{g(N.W., laads directty^to thsmoutikof 4;he Bay'. iTha-iahoKs ^ ' % i# im .5U»f Aa mi MAHONE BAt. nt th« entrdno* ara high white foeks, and •to«p4o. On th« WMtern Mb is A narrow ialot, called Southuf^tt or HoUmtitM lak. Tlda iilct is a body of rook, about 60 hUt in hfiight, apd h^ld-to on all aidM. On the Eaatcm aide of- th« Entranoe, at 300 yarda from Saii Pointi is a rodk aiicoreiM at low water t and there is, at a mile and a half south from fioothweat Island, a ledge called the Hor$»-$ho0, almost oovered and sunonnded with breakers, and which bears from the south point of Taylor's Island, W. by N. 4f milsa: the depths around it are 6 and 8 flutbons. On the EoBUm tide <^th» Boy, at 2| mQes tothe northward of East or May Point, Ih an irregular jprojeonon called Tegmfe Point. At a mile beyond this is an isle named Shut-in Island, which is 208 feet high, covered with wood, and bold-to ( but thcra,are two ledges between it and the inner part of Peggy's Point, over which the depths are 8 and 9 feet. In a southerly gale tne water is smooth on the lee side of the island, uid the bottom ground. At a mile and a half N.E. | N. from Shut-in Island is a nnaller isle, named Luke'e, forming a complete break to the sea, and used ds a fiheepfold. There is good anchorage on thie N.E. side of it, smooth in aU seasons ; and this is, therefore, a useful plaoe ozshelter. ' Within two miles northward of Luke's Isle is a duster of islets, called JoUimore*a lake, A reef extends north-eastward from the latter, and the land within forms the harbour called Her^d Basin, wherein the depths are from 7 to 10 fathoms, and the anchorage is safe under the lee of JoUimore's Isles. Head Harbour, (or Delaware Siver,) in the N.E. comer of the Bay, is an an- chorage of the first class, and so perfect a place of safety that a fleet may be moored ' in it, side by side, and be unaffected even by a hurncano. The lands ore high and ■ broken. The islands, at the entrance, are used as sheepfolds. HuBB£BT*s Cove, {BUtroj/s Biver,) in the N.W. comer of the bay, may be entered by a stranger, by keeping the westem shore on board ; and a ship dismasted or in distress may here find perfect shelter. If without anchors, she may safely run aground, and will be assisted by the settlers. At the entrance of the cove, toward the eastem side, is a ridge of rocks called Hub- bcrt's Ledge {Slack Ledge) ; this is about 100 fathoms in extent, and covered at high ' water. It may bo passed on either side, keeping the land on board, the shorea ' being bold. Long Cove, {Egremont Cove,) 2 miles to the southward of Hubbert's Cove, on the westem side of the bay, is a good anchorage with a westerly wind. Hence, southward, the coast is bold and rugged ; but there is no danger, excepting one small rock of six feet of water, dose in-shore. , . ,.^ ,.^. . < At 5 miles S. | W. trom the point of land which separates Margaret's and Mahone Bays, lies Oreen Island. It is small, and lies 7 leagues W.N.W. | W. from abreast of Sambro' lighthouse. KAHONE BAY is divided from Margaret's Bay by the peninsula, on which stand the high lands of Aspotogon, whose appearance in three regular swellings, is very , remarkable, at a great distance in the (nBng, being visible at more than twenty miles . off. This bay is nearly 4 leagues in extent, from N.E. to S.W., and contains numerous \ islands and rocks, the lai'gcst of which, Qreat and Little Tancook, are on the eastem side. 9- Without the entrance, is Oreen Island, above mentioned ; another small isle, called Duck Isle, on the opposite sido \ and a larger, more to the west, named Cross Island, ''' on which stands the red lighthouse with two lights mentioned below. Between the ^ two latter islands is a channel, one milo in breMth. ' The Outer Ledge, which always breaks, lies at one mile and two-thirds N.E. | N. from the east end of Duck Islana, and W. h N. 3 miles from the west point of Oreen '. island. Another danger, the BuU Book, lies at a mile to the soutiiward of Great . TOncook, and bears from Oreen Island N.W. \ W. 4| miles ; frtnn the east end of ' ' Duck Isktnd N. | E. 4 mijes : this rook u vinble at one-third ebb, and from it the p (M - •• ^' MALA0UA8M. ••• •- S.W. end of CUt bknd hekn E. by H. .1,300 IkthooM dfetant, Mid the WMt poittt of Tanoook Lduid N. by W. a mile and three-quarten dbtant. Further up, N.W. by W., 400 fitthoms. distant, from the weal point of TMUMek Island, liea Moeku ShoM i vrithin which and Taaoook laland is deep watw* The Cb«0Aman if a blind ledfe^ a mile Mid a qvarter north of Oceat Tanoookt wd Tiiibto at low water only, .-'f : ft^v iV) At the head of Mohorie Bay is ihe town of CHESTKit^ which wai- settled fa lliO, and is aiirroimded by a conntiy of fine appearance, and abomiding in wood. Om al^ proaohing the bay from the eastward, the first land seen will be Oreen Island, wbicb IS round, bold, and moderately hi^h. Hence, to Iron-bound and Flat Islands the distance is about 8 miles { paBsmg these, which are bold-to, you proceed to an4r bo« twuen the Tanoook Islands, which are inhabited : the passage is good, and ttim It anchorage, under the isles, in from 12 to 7 fathoms. '*' On proceeding towards Chester, the only danger is the ledge called the ^-TWfhfnafti above mentioned. Tou will just clear the eastern side of the ledge, b^ikeepiiig tho last ends of Great Tancook and Flat Island in one ; and the western sioe by keeptof the west end of Iron-bound Island open with the west point of Little Tanoook. Tbo islands oif the town render the harbour smooth and secure, the depth in which if from 6 to 2 fathoms. Chester church open, on the west of Great Tancook, leads dear to the westward of the Bull Kock, and down to Duck Island. In Margaret's and Mahone Bays it is high water on the frill and change at 6^^ and the vertical rise is from 7 to 8 feet. MALAOUASH, or Limenbarg Harbour.— This is a place of considerable trade. Vessels are constantly plying between Lunenburg and Haufax, carrying to th« lattor cord-wood, lumber, hay, catue, stock, and oil kmds of vegetables, liie harboor ia cosy of access, with anchorage to its head. Light. — On Cross Island is an octagonal tower with a black lantern, which show* two lights ; the upper revolving showing a flash of 15 seconds every minute at 90 tosi, visible 14 miles on. The lower light is fixed, 33 feet vertically below the revolving light, and visible 8 miles off. , To sail in, you may pass on either side of Croaa laland^ which is low and thiofcljr wooded, and on which stands the lighthouse ; the channel on tho west side of th# island is the best. In sailing througn the northern channel, be careful to avoid tho shoala which extend from the north side of the island, and fit>m Colesworth Point OH the opposite side. In sailing in, through the channel to the westward of the iilandf steer midway between it ana Point Rose ; and, before you approach the next poin^ wluch is Ovens' Point, give it a berth of two or three cables' length ; for, aroood Ovens' Point is a shoal, to which you must not approach nearer than in 7 Citbonki* From Ovens' Point N.E. three quarters of a mile distant, lies the Sculpin or Cat Booh, dry at low water. Your leading-mark, between Ovens' Point and the Cat Rook % a waggon road-way, (above the town of Lunenburg,^ open to the westward of Battfivy Pout, which mark will keep you clear of a rook ot 4 uthoms at low water. The bent anchoring ground is on the west shore, opposite the middle farm-house, in 7 CitbonMif muddy bottom. Your course in, is from N.N.W. to N.W. by N. In this bay, witil good ground-tackling, you may ride out a S.E. gale very safely. ' The harbour, wbiob IS to the northward of the Long Bock and Battery Point, is fit only for small sbipi of war and merchant-vessels. Along the whar& are 12 and 13 feet of water, and| at a short distance, from 20 to 24 feet, soft mud. • From Green Island the east end of Cross Island bears W.S.W. distant 6 nilMr From the east end of Cross Island that of the lighthouse on Iron-bound Island lioi S.W. I W. 6| mUesj and from the latter Cape le Have bears S.W. by W. ^ W,, 4^ miius. Ironbound Island Ligbtbouse is a white tow«r on . the south Isid6 of tbo island^ 8ho,wing a revulviue light every half minute at 70 feet, and consequently visiblo at ilj.milcs off. IiouTOund Island is about a mile long,' narrow, and steep-to f it Um f'.'l 'I' m :, ■■■-! I 190 CAPE LE lUVE-LIVERPOOL BAT. S.S.B. 4 S., IJ mllM from tb* extrnnity of th* ptninml* which cDvUbt MkrmMffit and Mahone Bays called Atw Hariomr Poimt^ bctwcea which fti « good ehMmcL OAFB £B HATB. an *bntpt oUfl; 107 fcet Ugh, fa bold at the top. with a Md bank under it, flMingtlia aoath-weatwrntd. It itandi at the diatanoo of 19| laagoaa W. t 8. from Sambn' Lighthouae. At one mile 8.B. f B. from thia Cape Uaa the Bkuk or L$ Have Roek, 10 feet hivh, and 100 long» with deep water arouid it, 10 to 14 (kthomi \ and, at S^ miloa W.8.W. i W. from the Cape, u an elevated rooky ialet, called Indian /«b, which lies at a mfle from ehore, off tne S.E. point of Paimtr- aion Bay, or Brood Cove i thii point ia 2| miles westward of Cape le Have. Palmerston Bay, is two miles In breadth. At the head of it, to the N.W., fa P«<«f Bker. From Cape le Have, westward, to Med way Head, an extent of 11 miles, Beariy W.B.W., tne hnd fa altogether broken and craggy. Port MetWAy, or Mkdwat. — ^The entrance may be knowrf by a hill on Metway Head, and a long range of low ragged ulands extending true sonth, forming ita eastern side : it fa seven-eighths of a mile brood, and has a depth of 10 to 4 Aitnoms. The ZmAMoum on Metway, or Medway Head, the west side of the entrance, fa Irhile wnh a black square, and shows a bright fixed light at 44 feet, visible 10 miles off. The land to the eastward of the harbour fa remarkably broken and hilly. The South-west Ledge, or outer breaker, on the ertarboard aide, without; the entrance lies 8.B.^ S. about a mile and a half from Medwav Head. The Stone Horse, a rods, dry at low water, lies £. by S. one-third of a mile from the S.W. breaker. When approaching from the eastward, you will avoid the S.W. Ledge, on which the sea breaks in rough weather, by keeping the lighthouse on Coffin Inland open of ur ; but at low water there are only 10 feet over it. The channel, within, winds with the southern edioro, and the settlements of Liverpool upward. Coffin** Island and Light — ^The faland lies on the North side of the entrance. The lighthouse fa octagonal, striped red and white horizontally, and exhilnts a l^ht revolving once in every two minutes, at 180 feet. The land in the vicinity of tho harbour is generally rocky and barren. The channel North of thfa faland fa shallow. A shoal extendis off the lighthouse. ,^, On entering the bay, pass between Coffin's Island and Moose Head, bringing the Hghthonseto bear E. by N., when 1^ miles off, steer west, wMch will bring you np to Herring or Schooner's Cove, in the N.E. pturt of the bay, and in which fa gooa shelter in 3 fathoms, mud; but fa much exposed to the heavy south-easterly sweUs. Proceeding fruther, you may pass over the bar which stretches from Fort Foint to the opposite- shore, at high water only, for at low water there fa not more than 9 ov lO feet water on it. • ' On Fort Point js a.- white tower, showing a hrigM fixed Uakt* When inside* t|ie bar you^ proceed southwwesterly toward the anchorage, in not Ims than 2 fathoma, oft the townof JLiverpool. ^^ 4., 4, , - ^.,-, i. ;,;;,._ ji-::' -m ♦, SHELBURNB HARBOUR. 101 In Port BMiMty, and Liverpool Ray. it {■ high water, on the full and change, at fifty minutM poiA Mven, and the vertical rine i« from fi to 8 fbet. Port MOQtota, or Matoon (Oambier ITarbtmr of l)e» Barr*t), is formed hy an idnd of the same name, which lies at the entrance, and therefore forms two channels. ■ Of the latter, that on the wcntcm side of the island is so impeded bj islets and shoals, as to leave a small paitsago only for small vessels, and that dose to the main. At a mile from the island, on tho cost, is a ridge called the Bratil Hock* t and from the N.W. end of tho island a shoal extends to tho distance of more than a mile. Within Matoon Island, on the W.N.W., are two ifilands called the Spectacles, or Saddle. M. des Borrcs says, " On both sides of the Portsmouth [ JJraa'/] Rocks, which are always above water, you have deep channels, and of a sufficient width for ships to torn into the harbour." With a leading wind you may steer up W.N.W. i W., until you bring the Saddle to bear S.W. \ W., and haul up 8.W. by W.to the anchoring ground, where there will be found firom 20 to 12 fathoms, muddy bottom, in security from all winds. At five miles S.S.W. J W. from the south end of Mouton Island lies an iblct, sur- rounded by a shoal, and named Little Hope Island. It is only 21 ft ct higii, and 200 fathoms in length, at 2^ miles from the shore. This is dangerous, and Ixitwoen the island and the point there is said to be a dangerous shoal. «^ Port Jolie. — The next harbour, west of Little Hope Isle, is Port Jolio {Stornumi River of Des Barres, and Little Port Jolly of others), which extends iive miles inland, but is altogether very shoal, and has scarcely sufficient water for large boats. The lands here are stony and barren. Between this harbour and Hope Isle are several ledges, which show themselves, and there is a shoal spot nearly midway between the isle and the main. Port Ebert, or Great Poet Jolie {Port Mansfield of Des Barres), may be dis- tinguished by the steep head on the west. Its eastern point. Point Ebert, lies in latitude 43° 61', and longitude 64° 64'. At half a league to the S.W., without the entrance, is ao islet, called Oreen Island, which is remarkable, and destitute of wood. The only anchorage here for large vessels is in the mouth of the harbour. Above are flats, with narrow winding channels through the mud. SABLE RIVER {Penion IHver of Des Barres) is impeded by a bar which admits no vessels larger than small fishers. The country is sterile. A reef lies opposite to the middle of the entrance. Rnffged Island Harbour {Port Mills of Des Barres) takes its name from its mggm appearance, and the numerous sunken rocks and ledges about it. This place is seldom resorted to unless by the fishcimcn, although, within, tho anchorage is good, in 4^ and 4 fothoms. In a gale of wind, the uneven rocky ground at tho entrance causes the sea to break from side to side. At a mile from tne western head is a bed of rocks, named the Cfull, over which the sea always breaks. The Lighthouse on the Gull Rock is a white tower, showing a bright fixed light at 60 feet above the sea. Thotntu^, or Rugged Island, to the east of the harbour, in addition to the light- house, affords a good mark for it ; thb island having hi^ tocky cli£b on its eastern side. From its southern point sunken rocks extend to the S.W, nearly a mile, suad within these is the Tiger, a rock of only 4 feet, lying wutii, half a mile from Rug Point, the eastern point of the harbour. Having cleared these on the outside,, ham up N.N.W. for the islands on the left or western side, and so as to avoid a shoal which stretches half-way over from the opposite side. Pursuing this direction yoa niay proceed to the anchorage in the north arm of the harbour. BHELBTJBJTE HASBOTTR, or Port Bosewaj.— Gape Roseway, the S:E. point of Roseneath, or Macnutt's Island, is a high oliff of^ white rocks, the top of which is partly without wood. The west side of the bland is low. u't Lighthoiise. — On the Oape stands the noble lighthouse of SheUrame, which has a remarkable appearance in the dav, being painted black and white in vertical stripesi and At night e^diibits a small lignt below the oi^er one, bjr. which it iadistingnisncd ■-f Pi i n k E. •& I i- ^ \ 0* 192 rv SHELBURNE HAROUR. at night fiwm the light of Bombre', or Halifax. The upper light is 100 feet above the level of fhe sea, and the smaller light is 38 feet below the tantem. ' i '« r) * it* The ktitude of this lighthouse is 43° 37' 30" ; longitude, 60* 16' 86 ". The directions for this harbour, which is said to be the best in Nova Scotia, as given bj Mr. Backhouse, are as follows : — When coming in from the ocean, after you have made the lighthouse, bring it to bear N.W., or N.W. by N., and steer directly for it. The dangers that lie on the east side, going in, are the Rugged Island Rocks, a long ledge that stretches out from the shore 6 or 7 mUes, the Bell Rock, and the Strtmtub Rock. On the west side is the Jig Rock. The Bell Rock is always visible andTbold-to. When you have gotten abreast of the lighthouse, steer up in mid-channel. Rese- at low water; keep the west shore on board to avoid it : your depth of water will bo from 4, 5, to 6 fathoms. Sandt Point is pretty steep-to ; run above this point about half a mile, and come to anchor in 6 fathoms, muddy bottom ; if you chooHC, you may sail up to the upper part of the harbour, and come to anchor in 5 fathoms, muddy bottom, about one mile and a half from the town, below the harbour flat. This harbour would contain all her Majesty's ships of the third-rate. In sailing in from the eastward, be careful to avoid the Rugged Island Rocks, which are under water ; do not haul, up for the harbom' till the lighthouse bears from you W. by N. ^ N. ; by that means you will avoid every danger, and may proceed as taught above. In sailing into Shclbume from tho westward, do not haul for the lighthouse till it bears from you N.W. by W. | W. : you will thus avoid the Jiff Eock, on the west, which Ues within one mile and a qulEurter S. | W. from the lighthouse, and is pretty Bteep-to. Should the wind take you a-hcad, and constrain you to ply to tho windward np thie harbour, do not make too bold with the eastern shore ; for half-way between George's Point and Sandy Point, is a reef of sunken rocks. When you come abreast of them, you need not stand above half-channel over to avoid them : the Hussar frigate, in plying to windward down the harbour, had nearly touched on them. Qn the west shore, abreast of Sandy Point,, it is flat; therefore do not make too bold in standing over. The ledge of rocks that his Majesty's ship. Adamant struck upon, which Hes abreast of Difrfey's House, is to be carefully avoided : do not stand any further over to the westward than 4| fathoms, lest you come bounce upon the rock, as the Adamant did, and lay a whole tide before she floated, and that not without lighten- ing the ship. The east shore has regular soundings, from Sandy Point upward, frdm 3 to 4, and 6 to 6 fathoms, to the upper part of the harbour, where you may ride safely in 6 fathoms, good holding ground. Your course up from the lighthouse in a fairway, is from N.W. to N.W. by N. ; and when you round Sandy Point, the course is thence N. by W. and North, as you have the Avind. The entrance of Shelbnme Harbour afibrds a refbge to ships with the wind pfi'-shore (which the entrance of Halifax does not) and there is anchoring ground at the ifiouth of tlie harbour, when it blows too strong to ply to windward. In saiKng^om the'westrjoard for SheJburne at night, you must ndt hdiil up ibriKe harbour until the light bears N. by E. | E., in order to avoid the Jig Rock } and', when sailing in from the eastwavd, you must not haul np for the harbour till the light bears W. by N. \ N., in order to avoid the ledges that lie off the Rugged Islands, and bear from the lighthouse E. f S. eight miles distant. You may stop a tide in the entrance of the harbour, in from 16 to 10 &thom% and^ :ap4,:ffl°{f {9^ clay, bottom. - , ., ,^ j ,',ij,. Shdbume is a safe hai^bouif against lany wind, except a' violent stom^ from the h'Hi ,.*» HOixw « t.«»*>-.i«!l- pling extends from the breakers southerly to the distance of nearly 3 leagues, and shifts its direction with the tide ; with the flood it is more westerly, and inclines to the eastward with the ebb. At the Cape the tide, on full and change, flows at 8>', and rises 9 feet." BRASIL ROCK. — This rock has been vaiiously described, but the following is correct, from Captain Shortland's survey. It is a flat rock, covering an area of about ,, ten yards, and having 11 feet over it, at low water in calm weather ; within a hundred ywds from its base are from 6 to 8 fathoms of water : to the southward, at about a ' mile from the rock, the depths are from 18 to 20 fathoms ; but toward the shore, the soundings ate regular,- 16 and 19 to 20 fathoms. The tide, by running strongly over the sho8U ground, causes a great ripple, and makes the rock appear larger than it .really is. Prom Cape Negro the bearing and distance to the rock are S.S. W., true, or S.W. \ S. by comxmss, 10 miles ; Cape Baccaro Light, S. f E., true, or S. J W., by compass, 5| miles ; and, from the rock. Cape Sable bears W. by N. | N., true, or * N.W. by W., by compass, 7| miles. Its given position is, latitude 43° 21' 60", or longitude 65° 27'. -/t M>:x rV.— THE BAY OP FUNDY, AND THE COASTS BETWEEN CAPE SABLE AND PA8SAMAQU0DDY- BAY. OEHERAL CAXJTIONS.— An inspection of the Chart of the S.W. coast of Nova Scotia, and a consideration of the relative situation of that coast, as exposed to the ocean, with the consiequent and variable set of the tides about it, as well as about the Island Manan, &c., will naturally lead the mariner to consider that its navigation, involving extraordinary difficulties, requires extraordinary attention. Previous events, the great number of ships lost hereabout, even mthin a few years, will justify the supposition. It is, indeed, a coast beset with peril ; but the peril may be avoided, in a great degree, by the exercise of skill and prudenoet To the want of both are to be attributed many of the losses which have occurred here. In touching on this subject, Mr. Lockwood says, that the necessity of frequently sounding with the deep-sea lead, and the expediency of having anchors and cables ready for immediate use, cannot be too often urged, nor too often repeated. Vessels well equipped and petfeet in gear, yftiihtLXichoPif^jovr^iL, as in the middle of the Atlantic ,.f»«i, w>, i*^f*.itt9pW)iSr-!#t-f«i'r»«vwrm the N.K part of Seal Island. Between is a passage fit for any ship, but there are overfiills of 31 feet at the distance of a short mile from Noddy Island. In the channel are from 10 to 18 fathomsi Tim cluinnci lies with Cape Sable, bearing S.E. by E. [^. by 8.} distant 6 leagues. 'The coarse and distance to pass from Ca^ Sable to between the Seal and Miid Islands are N.W. by W. six leagues. In this track may be found several overfollsy of fivm 15 to 7 fathoms, bottom of gravel, which break violently in spiing tides. The north end of Seal Island is bold-to, one cable's length, 10 to 7 fathoms. The Tnsket Isles, is the .group or cluster lying to the northward of the Mud Isles,. and to the S.W. of the entrance of Tusket River. Some of them are of con- siderable size, and there are many shoals and ledges among them, which any descrip- tion .would imperfectly represent. On the west side of these isles, 3| miles off, are Grekn Island and the Gannet Bock ; the latter, whitened with birds' dung, is 50 feet above the sea at high water. The Gannet Bock is nearly 6 miles N.W. | N. firom the southern or Bald Tusket ; at 2 cables' length N. of it is a rock which shows at half tide, and at two-thirds of a nule South of it is a similar rock. The S.E. rock, which brc^ at times, is 1| mile South of it. At If miles S.W. from it is the Gannet I>iy Zecl^i?, which uncovers at 2 hours' ebb ; at 3 miles S. S.W. of it is the Gannet S. W. Shoal of 18 feet ; at 4^ miles South of it is the Gannet S. Shoal of 24 feet f and at 6 miles S. by W. from it is the Jaeko Ridye of 27 feet, on which the tide rips. These numerous reefs show the great dangers of this neighbourhood, now well sur- veyed by Capt. Shortland in 1853. ^ t/kV v" At two and a half miles to the N.W. of the north-western Mud Isle, Flat Ishnd, is a dangerous ledge, bare at 2 hours' ebb, called the Soldiers, which is more than half a mile in length firom N.N.E. to S.S.W. At a mile and a quarter N. | W. from this is another, the Actaon, which thence extends N. by W. two-thirds of a mile. At 2j miles to the N.E. by E. of the Soldier's Ledge is the dangerous Cleopatra Shoal of 12 feet, which bears S. by E. If miles from the Southern or Bald Tusket ; between it and tiie latter are some dangerous shoal patches of 13 and 18 feet, with deep water between them. The greatest possible care is required shoold a vessel get entangled amid this labyrinth of shoals and strong tide races. It ought to be care- ftilly avoided by strangers. ^ Fubnioo.— This harbour is a very gpood one ; it is easy of access, and conveniently situated for vessels bound to the Bay of Fundy, which, in distress, may here' find sujiplies as well as shelter. From toe south end of Seal Island Beef, already de- serioed, to the entrance of Pubnico, the bearing and distance are N.E. | E. 15 miles. The depths between vary from 20 to 16 fathoms, and thence to 12 and 6 fathoms, up to the beach, the proper anchorage for a stranger. On the western side, nbove Beach Point, is a ledge, partly dry at low water j the Outer edge of which is marked by a buoy. . On Beach Point is a. fixed light at 28 feet, visible 8 miles off. The entrance is be- tween it and the buoy above mentioned, and both sides are bold-to. The best anchor- age is a mile to the northward of the buoy. At 2| miles Southward of St. Ann's Point, the W. point of Pubnico, is St. John CAPE FOUKCIlU^UllYKa'S ISLAND. 10< tand lids the Bhmte, ae -was lost in 1777. ird fh>m the Blonde, jMpeot. The Mbow ^hthouae, and the^ m^vX. The Purtfy i-to. Dtvift Lhnby which which -oiicoveni at ; which uncovers at oals. low ragged islands, e N.K part of Seal ills of 31 feet at the nn 10 to 18 fathomsi distant 5 leagues. the SepJ and Mnd nd sevoral overfallB, nspiing tides. The oms. :hward of the Mud f them are of oon- which any descrip- 8, 3^ miles off, are birds' dung, is 60 ies N.W, I N. from k which shows at :. The S.E. rock, }m it is the Gannet 'f it is the Gannet oa/ of 24 feet f and ^hich the tide rips. 3od, now well' sutt i Isle, Fiat Isknd, !i is more than half N. I W. fi-om this of a mile. ingerous Cleopatra n or Bald Tusket ; and 18 feet, with ihould a yesscfl get ought to be care- and conveniently », may hea« find Reef, already de- •E. i E. 15 miles, ind 6 fathomtj, up side, nbove Beach h is marked by a 9 eotranci id be- The best anchor^ nico, is St. John Island, bold-to on the W., but on sailing northwards tho St. John's Ledge, 2 miles to the Sm must be avoided. Bv night, Pubnioo light kept in sight outvide the island ckan it. The north side of St. John's lulund anordN shelter in a S.E. gale. It is high water at Cape Sable at S)* 30» { at th« Mud Isles at 9>>, ond in the Tusket River at 9^ 30". From the entrance of Pubnico, a course W. | N., 4 Icaguoi, leads clear to the south- ward of tho Tusket Isleft. On this course you will pus at a milo to the southward of the southernmost Tusket, or Bald Isle. A course W. ^ S.» 12 miles, wUi lead between and clear of the Mud Islands and Soldiers' JiOdgei whence you may proceed either to the N.W. or S.W. according to your destination. ^r^ (^ •,/,,,} (, CAPE FOTJECHIT, or the Forked Capk, which lies in latitude 43* 47' 34*, Ion- ^tude 60° 10', is very remarkable, bein^ rook;^, barren, and high. It is a detached island, but connectea by reefs to tho mner island and forms two narrow prongs running out to the southward, from which it derives its name: the inlet, or Ouiw Fat»€ Bay, formed by them must not bo mistaken tat the entrance to Yarmouth, which, of course, Uos to the westward of both of them. 4(<' , j,; i /f«j~/ »\,;( I , -flr/b '-i' *" The Lighthouse stands ^ of a mile within the South point of the inner island. It exhibits a brilliant revolving light at 117 feet above tiio level of the sea) it is visible for one minute and a quarter, and invisible half a minute. Tho building is painted red and white, in vertical stripes. Within this Cape is the harbour of Yarhoutii, which is small, but safe. Off the entrance, at 2^ miles S.S.W. f W., lies tho Roaring Bull or Bagahot, a blind rock, which is dry at low water. It is best to pass outside it, as to the S.E. and within it are other shoal patches. There are other rocks in tho entrance, and the fairway in is on the eastern snore, till opposite the point or isthmus on that side. At the extremity of the latter is a beacon ; and under its lee, or to tho northward, is the anchorage, with good ground, in 6 or 5 fathoms. At a league and a half S. by E. from Cape Fourchu is Cape Jebogue ; the land be- tween is low. Within the point is the little harbour of JlSUOOVK, which is shoal, and frequented only by the coasters. There are several shoals in the vicinity. The lands hereabout are good, of moderate height, and well settled. From Cape Fourchu to Cape St. Mart, a bold cliff, tho bearing and distance are N. I E. 17; miles; and from Cape St. Mary to tho S.W. end of Bryer's Island, N-KW. 11 miles. With Cape Fourchu bearing S.E. by E. | E. Iff miles distant, lies the Lurcher, of which the shoalest spot is a sunken ledge of 9 feet at low water, | of a mile long. At '2\ miles N.E. | E. Irom this is the N.E. shoal of 80 footi a small spot on which the tide rips heavily. The soundings around these patches vary from 7 to 24 fathoms. From the Gannet Rock to this ledge, the bearing and distance ore N.W. by N. 19 miles ; and, from the Lurcher to Cape St. Mary, N.E. by E. 19 miles. '\ The Trinity Ledge, another reef, lies S.W, f W. 6 miles firom Cape St. Mary, Aild N. by W. 14 miles from Cape Fourchu. This danger covers a space of more than a quarter of a mile in extent, and three small rocks upon it are seen at low tides. The stream, sets rapidly over it. The depth, to a mile around, is from 7 to 13 fathoms. BRYER'S ISLAND, is an isknd only 3f miles in extent ttam N.E. to R.W., on the western side of the entrance of St. Mary's Bay. On its W. side is a lighthouse. A rocky spit extends 1| miles S.W. from the S.E. point of the island, and has a rock near its extremity, called the Gull or Black JRock, which is feet above high water. At 2 miles S.W. by W. | W. from it is the S.W. Ledge of 12 feet, a very small patch, which lies with the Oull Rock in one with Dartmouth Point, the S.W. end of Long Island, on the above bearing. The Liehthoiue stands about l of a mile N. from the S.W. point of the island, is painted Avhite, and shows a brilliant fixed light at 66 feet elevation. LOXG ISLAND.— The next island to Bryer's, forming the west side of St. Mary's B{iy« is LoMG Island ; it is 10 miles long from N.E. to S.W., and half a kaguo vx 198 BAY OF FUXDY— AXNAI'OLIS. '1 L;-i ' I ^'■ breadth. Long Island is divided from Brycr's Island, on the 8.W., by a strait, called Grand Passnyo, and on the N.E. from the Peninsula of St. Mary, by another, called Petit Passage. In the Orand Passage the water is deep, but the channel crooked. At its South end is Peter's Islattd, on which is a white lighthouse, showing two fixed lights hori- zontally. It is bold-to on the South, and when to the N. of it, by keeping it on a South true or S. by W. | W. bearing it will lead through the passa^ to the W. of the dangers at the N. end. The Petit Passage b about 280 fathoms wide in its nwv rowest part, and has from 20 to 30 fathoms of water : its shores are bold-to. On its western side, near the northern entrance, lies Sdd^ Cove, a convenient place for ves- sels to anchor in, out of the stream of the tide, rhich runs so rapidly, that without a fresh leading wind no ship can stem it. The south end of Grand Passage is 11 J miles N. bv "W. from Cape St. Mary. That of the Petii Passage is three leagues to the north-east from Grand Passage. BAY of St. MARY.— At 17 miles above Cape St. Mary, upward, into this bay, the East shore b low, and runs out in sandy flats. The West shore presents high steep clifis, with deep water close under them. The entrance of the River SisstboUf on the south side of the bay, is shoal, and within has a narrow channel of 2 fathoms of water to the town of Weymouth. Opposite to Sissibou lies the Sandy Cove, with a church at its head, where small vessels, when it blows hard, may ground safely on mud, and be sheltered fr*om all winds. ' BAY of FUiJDY CONTINUED.— We now proceed with the particular descrip- tion of the coasts of the Bay of Fuudy, commencing with Bryer's Island, the light- house on which has been described. " OS the N.W. side of Bryer's Island are several dangers, which must be cautiously avoided. Of these, the outer are called the Northwest Ledge, and Beatson's Ledge. The N. W. Rock has 6 feet least water on it, and is 4 miles N. \ E. of the Lighthouse on Bryer Island, and 3 miles N.W. of the N. point. Beatson Ledge has two shoal spots of 12 feet, which lie a mile west of the N.W. Ledge. At a mile inside the latter is the Frenchman's Elbow, with 33 feet over it. The strong tides make heavy ripples on them. The coast from the south part of Long Island to the Gut of Annapolis, is nearly straight, and trends N.E. by E. 35 miles. The shore is bound with hi^h rocky cliffs, above which is a range of hills that rise to a considerable height ; their tops appedr smooth and unbroken, except near the Grand Passage, Petit Passage, Sandy Cove, and Gulliver's Hole, where those hills sink in valleys. ANNAPOLIS. — The entrance of the GuT of Annapolis, or Digby Gut, lies in latitude 44° 42', and longitude 65° 46|'. The chore, on both sides, without the Gut, is iron-bound for several leagues. From Petit Passage, there is a jange of hills rising gradually to a considerable height, to the entrance of the Gut, where it terminates by a steep fall. Here you have from 25 to 30 and 40 fathoms of water, which, as you draw into the basin, shoalens quickly to 10, 8, and 6 fathoms, muddy bottom. The stream of ebb and flood sets through the Gut at the rate of five knots, and causefl several whirlpools and eddies. The truest tide is on the eastern shore, which is sd bold-to, that a ship might rub her bowsprit against the cliffs, and be in tO fathoms of water. Point Prim, on the western side of the entrance, runs off shoal about 30 fathoms. Ships may anchor on the eastern side of the basin, or run up eastward, 4, milss, toward Goat Island ; observing, when withiu the distance of a mile and a half from it, to stretch two-thirds of the way over to the north shore, until past the island, which is shoal all round ; and thence to keep mid-channel up to the town : the depths, 4 and 5 fathoms. There is a lighthouse on Point Prim, the light of which is Jixed, and 76 feet above the sea. Caution is requisite on approaching the Gut, as Gulliver's Hole, 2f leagues to the westward, presents nearly similar.feotnrea^and a mistake might be dangerous. The lighthouse is, however, a sufficient distinctipn, if attended to. ., .. , , „ _« ^ ■ ;■ ■ aM. M) niHm^'itiT- . . . There is no difficulty in going through Annapolis Gut, if you liave a cammandii^ BASIN OF MINES. 199 by a Htrait, called >y another, called d. At its South fixed lights hori> ' keeping it on a sage to the W. of wide in its nar- bold-to. On its nt place for ves- y, that without a ssage is 11| miles ree leagues to the ird, into this bay, re presents high B River Sisatbou, lel of 2 fathoms Sawrfy Cove, with ground safely on articular descnp- [sland, the light- ust be cautiously Beataoti'a Ledge. f the Lighthouse ^e has two shoal ! inside the latter ike heavy ripples napolis, is nearly bi^h rocky cliffs, leir tops appcdr ige, Sandy t^vo, rby Gut, lies in Shout the Gut, is e of hills rising it terminates by , which, as you y bottom. l*he nots, and caused )re, which is sd in 10 fathoms of shoal about 30 up eastward, 4 mile and a half past the island, vn : the depths, d 76 feet above [ole, 2i leagues ;be(' :h rri trff ^(fT . a commandiitf breese, although the tide is very rapid, and the eddies strong. At about one-third through lies Man-of-War Hock, about a cable's length from the south shore : by keeping in mid-channel you will clear it. ANNAPOLIS to the BASIN of MINES.— From the Gut of Annapolis up the bay to Capo Split, the coast continues straight, and nearly in the same direction, with a few rocky cliffs near the gut, and many banks of red earth under high lands, which appear very even. The chief noticeable points on this unbroken line of coast are Port WiUiatna, or Marahall Cove, 26 miles from Digby Gut, where there is a small green light, and Margaretvilh, 11 1 miles further, where there is a red light. . ^ -— , — _ v'cry great height. Between Cape Blomidon and Partridge Island there is a great depth of water ; and the stream of the cun-ent, even at the time of neap-tides, does not run less than at the rate of 6 or 6 fathoms. Cape Dore and Cape CMgnecto are high lands, with very steep cliffs of rocks and red earth, and deep water close under them. You have nearly the same kind of shore to the head of Chignccto Bay, where very extensive flats of mud and quicksand are left dry at low water. The tides come in a hore, and rush in with great rapidity ; they are known to flow, at the equinoxes, from 60 to 15 feet perpendicular. The Isle Haute is remarkable for the great height and steepness of the rocky cliffs, which seem to overhang on the west side. There is a good landiug-place at its eastern end, and anchorage at half a mile off, in 18 fathoms, with the low point about N.E. by N., where, also, is a stream of water running into the sea. The east end of this isle bears from Cape Chignccto S.W. J S. 6| miles, and from Cape D'Or W. J N. 9 miles. BASIH of MINES. — The entrance is 7 miles wide between Cape Dore and Black Hock Point on the S. On the latter is a white liyhthouae, which shows a bright fixed light at 45 feet. There are whirlpools off Cape Split, which are dangerous with spring-tides, and run at about 9 knots. Having passed this place, you may come to an anchor in a bay of the north shore, between Partridge Isle, to the east, and Cape Sharp, on the west. From this spot, if bound to Avon River, it will be necessary to get imder way two hours before low water, in order to gi:t into the stream of the Windsor tide on the southern shore ; otherwise, unless with a commanding breeze, a vessel is likely to be carried up with the Cobequid or Eastern tide, which is the inain stream, and runs very strongly, both ebb and flood. The Windsor tide tui'ns off round Cape Blomidon, down to the southward, and then again is divided ; one pai ( continuing its course up to Windsor, and the other forms the Comwallis tide, running up the river of that name. In running into Windsor River, a white lighthouse, which shows a bright fixed light, on Horton Bluff (within the river on the west), ^ould be kept in a south bear- ing, and the gap in the land formed by Paraborough River, North ; this will take ycu through the channel between the Flats, which cannot be passed at low water by a vessel drawing 15 feet, much before half-tide. Off Horton Bluff the ground is loose and slaty, and a ship will be likely to drag her anchors with a strong breeze, parti- cularly at full and change : perhaps it may be best for men-ef-war to moor across the stream, and full one-third from the bluff. At Parsborough a bright flxed light is shown from a white tower on Partridge Island on the west side of the river. , The Banks and Flats appear to be composed of soft crumbling sandstone, which is washed down from the surrounding country in great quantities during the spring ; and, by accumulating on them, are constantly increasing their height. ' It is High Water, on the full and change, at Cape Chigneoto and Cape D'Or at ll**, and spring-tides, in general, rise from 30 to 40 feet. Off Cape Split, at lO^**, rise 40 f«et : South side of the Basin of Mines, 11>>, rise 38 feet. The Basin of Mines and Chignecto Bay are surrounded with flourishing settlements, and abound in coal, plaster, limestone, and other minerals. On Bumooat Head, at 200 THE NORTH COAST OP THB BAT OP PUNDY. ¥: the mouth of Cobequid Bay, a bright Jixed light ia ■hown at 90 flMt, frotnf a whit^ tower. ■ - '^''' Chigneoto Bay runs up E.N.E., and may be oonaiderod as the north'^estcrn branch of the Baj of Fundy. It is divided ftom the Minee Channel bv the penki" Bula of which Cftpe Chignecto is the weetem extremity: Caps JSnragS lien ahoni 12 or 13 miles within it, on the north side. The lighthotut on thb oape in a Bqutkre building painted white, and showing a brilliant fixed light at 120 net above the water. On Cape Capstan, the N.E. point of Apple River entrance, and opposite Cnpe En- rag6, is a white lighthouse, which shows two Jixed lights 24 foot apart horixontolly at 40 feet. Eleven miles above Cape EnragS the bay divides into two branches, the one lead- ing to CSimherland Basin and the Kiver A^issiquosh, which runs across the isthtnus, and is the boundary between Nova Scotia and New Brunswick : the other branch runs northerly to the Patcudiac River. On the west side of itti mouth, on Grindstone lahnd, ti fixed light is shown from a white lighthouse. The Cumberland branoh is navivable to within 13 miles of Vcrte Bay, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence \ and it is remarkable that, when the rise of tide in the latter is only eight feet, it rises to above 60 feet in Cumberland Basin. NOBTH OOAST OF THE BAY OF FUKDT, commrncino bahtward.—- The township of St. Martin's, on the north shore, to the N.W. by N.^ of Cape Chioneoto, is much oroken, with steep declivities, &c. The weather hero is commonly humid,- the wind changeable and blustering, with limited and short intervals of sunshine. '"''' From Quaco, at about 19 miles westward of St. Martin's, to the harbour of St. John's, the land, as already described, is high : the interior hills rise in easy ine- qualities ; but the ravines of the cliffs appear deep and gloomy. The indents have beaches; and Black River, at 5 leagues west of Quaco, although dry from half-tide, is a safe inlet for a small vessel. .■ , . iw* . i« ; o£f Quooo Head, is painted iont ani revolving every 20 seconds, elevated 70 feet, visible 15 miles off,;^'^ ;^.^ ^^^,-^ ;,, ,^,^,1,^-^ y^ ,,,,^^a ;ir.i /r.A bar. QUACO LEDGE is a dangerous shoal, lying in the middle of the Bay of Fun^i^ and off Cape Chignecto. It consists of gravel, and many ships have grotindcd olii if { and is about half a mile broad by 3| miles in length from N7W. by N. to S.E. by 8. It lies 8| miles S.E. \ 8. from Quaco Lighthouse, and 15 miles W. by N. firom Isle Haute. There are sevefal iriegular patches of rooks lyiuff off its N.E. side. It shows ai lihlf-tide, ;an!d.^ri|8 |i>r oboi^^ ;iQp yards, having bui 12 feet of water over it with commdn iides ; h^lf 4 inile to the'N.E., the eddies with the flood-tides are strong and nnitie^iis, the ships head going nearly round the compass in the space of half i an ; hour ; the ebb is a true tide, and sets in a W.S.W. direction towards tne ledge. The s«m^ngs are ft'bift ^r^' Httitbi&i^ at about two 'ni: juTmner LifflltR.— the lighthouse on PaM^dge is ffttinted red and trhite ia /yeftical Jitrqifes>ti t it e:mbits afiMdJigh^, at 12&&et ajme the level of the isea.' Near it> is ^ahothafv tower, furnished witV a nrte^^i^hi^le, sounding. «viei7iaikmtb in thick weather. .^^ju/iil) luoy, iic*/:>i') Joii lAuuj '■*^e8uq- iio / To the N.E. of the ligfathoostf vatLkttngMMB^Mijyi^d^itmA ipbioh lignaU 'ar¥ ' ttaOe Qnaoo Lightiiouset erected on a small rock lying off Quooo Head, i white and red, in horizontal stripes ; the light is bruliont and revolving * T HARBOUR OF ST. JOHN. 201 harbour of St. ta Uie fAij of th« »pnnMMli of veasoU, &c. There is alw a bell buoy moored off th« foul ground near the lighthouM. Bettidea the lighthouse on Partridge Island, there is a beacon tower and liaht on the ^it, within the harbour. The house is striped vertically red and white, and the light ia fixed, 36 feet above high water, and visible 10 miles off. This light Ib beneficial to the port, as ships may now enter it at all hours of the night. Its situation is on the extremity of a spit or bar on the western or left side of the entrance to the harbour, which uncovers at two-thirds ebb. Southward of Partridge Island, the bottom for several miles is muddy, and the depth gradual, firom 7 to 20 fathoms, excellent for anchoring. On the bar, west of the island, the least depth is 10 feet ; but, eastward of it, 16 feet. The anchoring depth, opposite to the oity, is from 22 to 7 fathoms. The oity of St. John stands on an irregular descent, with a southern aspect ; and, on entering the river, presents a picturesque appearance. The river's mouth is narrow and intricate ; many accidents have happened to those who have attempted the navi- gation without a pilot. ''A breakwater is erected at the east side of the entrance, below the town, for the purpose of reducing the inset of the sea into the harbour, especially during a southerly gale. The entrance into the river, two miles above the eitv, is over the Falls, a narrow channel of 80 yards in breadth, and about 400 long. This passage b straight, and a ridge of rocks so extends across it as to retain the fresh water of the river. The common tides flowing here about 20 feet, at low water the waters of the river are about 12 feet higher than the water of the sea ; and at high water the water of the sea is from 5 to 8 feet hifjlier than the water of the river ; so that in every tide there are two &lls ; one outward and one inward. The only time of passing this place is when the water of the river is level with the water or the sea, which is twice in a tide ; and this oppor- tunity of passing continues not above ten minutes : at all other times it is impassable, or extremely dmtg rous. After you have entered through this place, called the Falls, you enter into a gullet, which is about a quarter of a mile wide and a mile long, winding in several com-ses, and having about 16 fathoms in the channel. Having passed this gullet, you enter a fine large basin, about one mile and a half wide, and seven miles in length, entering into the main river of St. John^^ai hfr/f ,! < /my 'io lii^hiK) > il .o t;:»iryijl' ) ».«( >>■.; i <■ L:u The River of St. John has sufficient depth of water for large ships to the Falls^ whence it continues navigable 60 miles up, to Fredericton, the Si;at of government, for vessels of 50 tons. At times of aveaX freshes, which generally happen between the beginning of A^ril and the middle of May, from the melting of the snow, the Falls are absolutely impassable to vessels bound up the river, as the tide doe9 not,^|^ to their level. ' loxyn To enter St. John's Harbour on the east side of Partridge Island, bring the barracks in one with the Wesleyan Chapel ; this mark will lead you clear of the foul ground off Partridge Island, N.W. point, and as soon as you get Carlton Church on with the end of the cliff, starboard your helm, and keep this mark on for about | of a mile, or until you bring the stone church (which stands at the north part of th^ city of St. John) in one^ with the end of the breakwater; then immediately chan^ ybuip course and run in by this latter make past the Spit beacon lighthouse, leaving it on your port hand ; passing thus, ri^n up the middle of the harbour, and anchor off th6 wharves. Should the ebb-tide have commenced at the beacon, it would be highly impi^opei: to , attempt gaining the hai'bour by that tide, but wait till the next haUTTfiood to go over the bar, as botii suites of the entrance to the harbour are composed of sharp rooka, which diy at lov water, and the ebbtide, especially in the spring, of the year when thejofrand nid# are dissaving, is so ex^ceecUng ri^ aaid irt»oag,'«iat idl-iaieahoKb you possess could not prevent your driving. 1% will i (pe W»in or never bftppcti tl^t. a* htmi»j£er has to enter. «he harbbui-^^ without AW. '20 J, 7 202 I f; I ST. JOHN'S TO PAflijAl^^tQUODDY. a pilot, as they are i Oraod Manan i, and in a roi theihip. Wr.f/avuoi ita on I lodt-ont, aind' arb IriMn^fiAei im^yi^'^m» bg, by firing a gun occasionally, they witt'generallj^ftid The following are the diroetions formerly given by Mr. Backhoute •TT.ff?'! Litii f tr 1 1 " When yon have made Mcogone* Island, or Partridge Isle, so as to. be diatinr ffuishcd from the lighthoniic on the latter, then make a signal for ai; pilot, and the nitelligence from Partridge Island \i'ill bo immcdiutcly conupuaicated .to^he citeof St. John, whence a pilot will join you. Should the wind be contraiir, or ^y 6tner obstruction meet you, to prevent yotir obtaining the harbour tha^ tiae, you may soil in between the S.W. end of Meogcnos Iidond and the main, or between the'N.E. end and the main, and come to anchor in 4 or 5 lathoros at low water, mud and sandy bottom. The mark for the best anchoring ground here, is to bring the three hills in the country to the N.E. in a line within Iwcky Point Island and the house on Mcogenes Island to bear S.E. by S. ^ " Should the tide of ebb have taken place at the beacon, you must not 1)y any means attempt to gain the harbour that tide, but wait the next half-flood, to go over the iMir, as both sides of the entrance of this harbour axe nothing but «hai'p rocks, dry at low water } and the tide of ebb is so rapid in the spring when the ice and snow are dissolved, that all the anchors on board will not hold the ship from ^driving. *= " On the Nova Seotian aide of the Bay of Fimdy, your soundings will be fVom 60 'tb 60, 70, 80, to 90 fiithoms \ stones like beans, and coarse sand ; and as yo.' Iraw to the northward the quality of tho ground will alter to a fine sand, and some [ u.. . .^1] o! Ju^r ; ivioJ Li;.:^quidi;' vli^j.- , " ' Mr. Backhouse continues:- ''H:l^.'^:ll!^^'^^''^^^^■^}''^ ^^"^'"^3 ^"i^oibu.. ih' I '. " When you have passed Mcogenes Island, edge in-shore toward Rocky Point Tor th6 Shdff Keck], f until Meqgencs Point [Negro Head] is in a line over the N.W. oomev or 'Meogenef Island {.sailing in between Rocky Point and Partridge lisland, with these marks in one, will lead yon in^ the "best water over the bar Tld feet^, until you open Point Maspeck to the northward of the low point on Partrid^ Matid ; then rtarboard your helm, and edge toward Thompson's Point, until the red stoife, at the south end of St. John's is in a line over the beacon ; keep them in one until you Eass the beacon at the distance of a ship's breadth ; then haul up N.N.W. up tho arbour, keeping the blpckhonse at the upper part of the harbour open to the west- ward of the king's store, situate dose to the water side, w^hioh will lead you, in mid- channel, up to the wharfb, where you may lie aground di^^, at ha^tide, and olcaa'yoiir ship's bottom, or lie afloat in the stream at single anchor, with a hawser fiist to the po^ of the wharfs on shore.'~-N.B. The tide of flood here. is iveak, but, the ebb runs very rapidly all the way down past Meogenes Islan^/'j-c ft ri>jj ( ijv u6a iod\ «1 J ' Of the Tide, Captain Napier, R.N., when commanding H^M. Sloop t^a««Mf|, has ■aid : — " The great volume of fresh water which consiantTy runs dpwn the Harbour of St. John, in .\rril and May, catises a ctm/invaJ^^reamoM^U'arc^duriJDg' that period, sometimes to the depth of nearly 6 fiiithoms, under which the flood and ebb flow rpgu- l^ly ; ;th9 maximum of its velocity we found to ^e 4| knots, and the minimum 2 knots ; b]uli4« the Ipg floated very 4ecp m the £resh water, and ult&nately sunk in the salt water running underneath, it would not be too much to estimate iM ihakimnm' at 6 knots, an^ the minimum at 2\. The fact of the under tide beginning at the d^th of nearly 5 fathoms, was ascertained by sinking a lead down to that depth^ wh^A it !wa8 carried the same way as the current on the surface ; but, when lowered below tmlat, it was carried in a contrary direction." ^' *.:..; x i ;\,,yi\ ivvo ;'Ji iWi '>in-fi ST. JOHH'B TO FASSAMAftTrO»l)Y.~¥r9©&pe Masi . ^^ opposite extremity of the Bay of St. John, bea,r8 W;. J S. 6? VW-^ ': ^VS N«giro Head to tkm M¥9qua»h trends W.SWr , 'i miles." ,'Ji . mnafrlaW lrt)cfe. the Si)lit Jtock, marks the Cape ; and at a mile farther westward^ is' wWirknce^dfJarM EMS- CM^^jip MANAN., r 309 eii««A,Jm the wind and sea. In the northern part of the bay, bottom of ptin ' ploy, vessels have fluently been protected during a severe gale. Half-way down p^tlui eastern coast of Greijt Manan, at a mile from shore, is Biff i^c^ Isla,i^^, under which there is good ground ; but here a pilot will be required, M ^fV'ei^^jhiddwdangei-s in the vicinity. 1*0 the south-westward and southward of ),i;i|c^ I^wv^, Ue.iZofAilpA^n^, "iind White He^d Islands ; from these the rocks and [>i)4 groun^ extend 6| miles to the S.S.E. On the Southern bank of Great Manan, the most dangerous ledge is that called the ,^^^pi^ Pfoprie^, which lies two leagues . S.S.E. from Wnite Head Island, and covcra „,the sp<^ce driiaif An acre at low water fitiadi/jriathalf'rebh^ When Odvcrod, tlio (tide sets " ' - -- ^t^tly over it, at the wte of four mileg an hour. The S.W. head of otiili^'of/ajll.t^e idleta bff iihe i^u(& ride of thai ishmd, will lead olear to ■t ^ ■ 1 201 OKAND MANAN, ETC. the Houthword of il. The iiorth*eMttmmMt hiirh luid, opan tt tho ialate on the MMt# leadtt clear to the eastward of all the dangent. Daring an caitcrly wfaidt the tide-vipa are impoaMble. The Tmin Islawos (KkNt^a), the MtrthemnHMt of the Momoi loleti, ore low and le^grr. The eaatem nde of the laiweet h bold to the rooln, -iriAih are tt til timM futUe. Off the N.W.«fthe«eroe£i lea fedgn called the OHMtoMI»idr7Btlti>irw«(fer. These ides, with Qreen Mete to thenorthward of them, oflRnrd ooekuiofial otichoragtf^ in from 14 to 7 ihthoqM. Wood Island, on die sovth lideef Mamm, ^irkh the S.W. Htdd of i^ lattei^, form a bay containing excellent groodd. The upper port and head of it, in a gale tif wind, ore places of seonritj } and here sapj^ice, if requisite, may be obtained fiwm the inhabitants. BiMween Wood Islatnd, on the S.W., and Ross Island, on the N.E., is the jMnsageto Grand Harbour, a shallow muddy basin, into which yon may enter by passirtg near the Green Jtkta, It is a convenient place for vessels without anchor or cable, as they may lie in the mud, in perfect security. At the entrance, which is narrow, the depths are from 6 to 3 fathoms, bottom of clay. Tho Gannet Book, a small rook 40 feet high, and having many sunken rooks and ledges about it, stands at the distance of ^ miles S.S.W. from the Throo Islands. The ledges and sunken rocks in the vicinity always break. Tho Ughtiionie on the Oannet Rock is painted vertically half black and half white. The light, which is 66 feet above high water, shows a bright flash every 20 seconds. A g^ is fired to answer signals during fog^. The Conuniarionera of Lighthouses, in their specification of the lighthouse, annexed thereto the foUoiwing Mmariu, dated St. John, 4th Oct. 1831 :— This light, from its proximity to several very dangerous ledges and shoals, ought not to be run for ; it is intended to give timely warning to vessels which are, oy the rapid tides about these ledges, frequently drawn into danger, and too often wrecked. x •. ■; ^' v ii U i) A iV;. h c ci . < The dangerous shoal called the Old Proprietor, which dries at three-q[narten ebb, bears from this lighthouse E. | S. about 74 miles. St. Ma^s Ledge, dry at all times, S.W. by W. J W. 1| mile. Northerly frbm this ledge, the whole space westerly l^m the lighthouse, for the distahce of 'five 'n^ea; is fUl of dangerous ledges, (several of tncm dry tit high water) called ilkeMlltrr Zedaea ; the innOT or northern- most of these ledges bears from the .light W.N.-W. nearly, and is dry at tWO-thirds ebb. ; '^■''' ■ WUhin the Murr Ledges, there is a clear channel round the south-west head of Grand Manan, which bears from the lighthouse N.W. f N. about 7| miles. Black Rock, off White Head Island, bears NTB. \ E. about 8 miles. Vessels, except in coses of extremity, ought not to attempt running between this rock and tlie Old Proprietor, as there are some dangers in the Way, the ground rocky, «nd1^ tidCa very rapid. ^ : ■_ Mr.j.f..i. i>K,:)i,i ^.' ,, Haobias Seal Isles and Lights. — On the southernmost of these isleii kte two lig^hthousen, first Ught^d in September, 1832; by which ciromnstanoe of ivtxt light- houses at the same station, they will be immediately distinguished from all other lights upon the coast, British or American. Both the buildings are painted white : they stand at 200 feet apart, ei^bit brilliant^^ii Kgkte, horinmtally, «bout 45 feet «»»»*«-i*«iw»ay"««f«i' PASSAMAviUODDY BAY. 200 tkhtrrt high'Wttter, and bear from o«oh other, yfh/en in ft line, E.8.B. and W.N.W. wHIi the keoyvt'H honse between them : thaM lights bear W. by N. 13 miles, from that on the Oannet Rock. When in a line bearing W.N.W , they load clear of thA ledgei, lying to th« eaftwfjrd, -If approaching to th« latter» » tcmcI iftMt ef . Q9WM tocK «r atand offtoiifafouklmwacdr into deep watev.;,,{ .,h.* t^ of^m rrt-tii^r.A '*t\ l' . /•^bii The following are the bearlh^ of tiis lighthonw, riz.— Frbtn the Mfttthenrnioef Mnrr Ledge (^ Mary's), WJS,W. westerly; Oannet Rock Light, W. by N. 13 miles I Southern Head of Grand Manan, W. by S. ; Northern Head of Grand Manaa, ».Vf.} W. i North-east Rook, distant* twe,jmkp,S.W. by 8. i Little River Ht>ad, by £. ) Libby Ltland Lighthouse (Anieriean)f &.£. by £.• Vesselfe standing in to the northward, between these Ughti and tiie Oannet Rook, should tack or haul off the moment they brins these lights into one, as they will not then be more than three-fourths of a mile from the Murr Ledges, if more than 4ve miles to the east of the lights. At 3| miles West from tho Seal Island Lighthouse, is a rock, and on which several veHfiels have struck. It was seen by Captain Johnstone, of the ship Liverpool, trading to St. John's, in 1834, and Is acknowledged to exist by the regular traders i^ndpuots. Tho Channbl between Grand Manan and the coast of the State of Mainb if from 9 to 6 miles wide ; both shores bold, the depths quickly inoreasinff on each side, from 12 to 70 and 75 fathoms; the greatest depths near Manan, 'wnere you haul quickly, from 10 to 7fi. This is the best passage up the Bay of Fundy, because the safest, and most advantageous with tho prevalent winds, which are from the westward. The Wolf Islands, which lie eight miles to the N.E. by N. frb^ ^*V^^^ M^nan^ are from 60 to 100 feet in height, steep and bold. The 7lUiM:|^8"be)^wnm'them are' deep, and they afford temporary shelter, in the depth of from 20 to 1-2 fethoms. Between Manan and these Isles the depths vary from 70 to 40 fathoms, bottom of oase ^nd mud. PASSAMAdTTOBDT BAY.— The Bay of Passamaquoddy, with the Chapeneti'- cook River, or River of St. Croix, divide the British American territory from that of the United States. The south-western side of the bay is distinguished by a light- house on Quoddy Head, which was erec^jd by order of Congress, in the year 1808. It exhibits ^ fixed light, which in dear weather may be seen seven leagues off. Its laotem is 133 feet above the sea. Near the lighthouse is an alarm-bell, which during foggy weather will strike ten times in a minute ; its sound in calm weather may be heard five miles nff. Fnmi the north head of Grand Manan the lighthouse l)e§p. W.N'W., 7 miles { and from the Mochias Seal Islands Ii.E. by N., 17 miles. ..^^ ^^ Seal Bocka,— At about one-quarter of a mile without Quoddy Head lie two re- markable rocks, called the Seal Bocka, which at a distance resemble a ship. To the eastward of these there is a whirlpool. In passing here it is liierefore requisite to give these objects a berth of half or three-quarters of a mile before you haul in. ITiere are several passages into Passamaquoddy Bay ; but particularly the southern (commonly called the Western), the Shw Channel or Jmddle Passage; and the Northarn (commonly called the Eastern) Passage, The first is that between the Isle of Campopello and the main land to the S.W. The Ship Channel is that between Caii^bello and Deer liiiand : the Nortjiem Passage is that along the New Brunswick 8ho;ce. Ata^mil^s N.E« |E.'from the northern extremity of Campobello is the White Hortei appearing at a di^tancftli^^ a white rock ; but it is really a small islet, barren and destitute of trees, while the isles about are covered with them; it therefore serve* as a beacon. At the IS'.E. end of Cami>obdlo is HeadJffarbour, a place of easy access, small, but perfectly sa^e, with 6, 7, asad ft fathoms, muddy bottom. A good fixed Ught was first exhibited on the extreme point of this harbour, 1st November, 1829, whioh. enables vcaseh) to enXex at all times. The light is elevated 64 feet, and the building is white, 208 ST. A^fDRBW'S— ETANO *HARBOUU. < f: ^ ith a red crott on it. The fine harbour, oaUod Harbour Deitit*, liw on thd wo«t i of the island; and at its S.W. end u Snug Oove, anoth«r ^ood harbour, when* th«m ifl a British Custom-house. Moose laUmd, on the opposite side, belongs to the United States, and British ships are not allowed to ride there above six houra at any one timeiJ: In a fine cove at the south end of this island a ship of fiOO tons may lie, nuwred head and stem, safe from all winds, but tlie anohoro are vwy pi^uch oxpotted yf'}^ ^i^ fijom the east, '^^n.iflo ij»i« iuik;4 Li in iXN'Ai mliii jijj bas'M ftpn.il/i .i A. ,ivii i.ii m (m: uka'! Quoddy Headi on which stands the lighthouse above mentioned, forms the and whioli lies, off a voui^d island qe^rcd ivith trebs on the port side. The ledge is bold close-to. Having advanced' jthds far, you ttia/ anchor near the centre of the harbour, inelining under the horth shore', 'iii 8 ' or' 10 fhthoms.- The oidy inconvenience bore is, the ^xtreine tenacity of the ■. g^ou^d, for ^MtHa. evenr precaution should be talceii, that tbe fmchor may not V loftl ' As ike rise and fill of^tfie tideLaze oonaidiwablev » 0i#cii^nt..fi|S9M; of ^^l;>le fl)9ii^d, tiffcyiine, •beioUowe&ii i.-v. .;z^1b;i) ;.. i,7/okf iiwah-i 3i .j: ,{uif .'^nrU . i^-i,'''-^:Z 't'^urJll BEAVER HARBOUR.— At 5 miles E. by N. fromtlie eeatrs ot Sfctang Harbour ? ,ii»»»lWfe^t«(^k4-..-. I DIUKCTI0N8 FOR THE BAY OF FUNDY. 207 im on thd wort siiki arbour, wiien thane ilongn to the United mm at any one time; ay lie, moored head md with ^i^ fijem y>l uu ai (Ji; hk.-iI t forms thO'Soth tide >ello and the Head, ,N.W. and N.N.W^ at low watte. At anchor, in 4 or 5 ay be obtained, on ) to Snug Cove or the Kivor Scoodio, ard of Campobollo, ibout 6^ miles east- ^ between Campo- the White Horae at o nearest on board. 8onyoiir«t^bo9iir# is a depth 0^ ftohA ro is a depth of 10 The courses thence kid HeeidVopp6Sl% cs oif it. Havihff ,'s Head, will b* N. or 12 miles. eastern side of the the harbour. ; 'JMs c, stretching ti^iiify n the N. aaiAt of f being tfoodr many fNovaSeotia. Tlie it OakBftv, qy^fthe !<♦ sidp of Possama- a the bay,,iij,M|^- '- "-•' ,; ■•! .il-4jio-ii[,t uso^ oftPftsqaofft- id most, convenient narrow, ihave 'v^ry The priilol{)til apo ) islands, PaimMd se to boor. S.W. by lat, rockv point^n slose on Doas^iWliil it\A island eo^rcd idvanced thus far, ) north shored in 8 ntypfthe.grdttWd, ut1)eIost:-*^A8'j|iie n EtiiDg HfMsboar r-i; ft fa^thoi of AfAtwr HarUntr^ another sav^ place of shelter, with 15 to 11 fathoms at the mtraneoy endiA in (the oentre. In sailing in, keepr the west shore on board, aa a reef stretches half-wav over from the opposite side : in the line of this reef are 3 and 4 fathoms. From the 8.E. point of ims harbour. Point Lepreau, noticed on page 203« bears E. by S. 11 miles. • ■■■■. "♦.-. (ji/f- ■ i.^nW: a^^",,, r'"'^ TIDES. — ^Within the Southern Passage of Passamaquoddy Bay, eommon tides rise f^om 20 to 20 feet. At Moose Island the tide flows at 11|, full and change ; and runs, when MrongOKt, bOtween Moose Island and Marble Island, and bct^veen Deer Island rind OampoooUo, nearly five, miles an hour. In the Bay, the stream of tide is scarcely peyoeptible. On the eastern side of Grand Monan it is high water at 10^, spnn^ rise $6, andn«ips20fi!et.;f. ^t /j-yr.lw .srwr-ic -^o-LrlWa tr,f^ -ji^m-t n im K-n-Jfrr t^-^i ^^'hiMi GENERAL REMARKS ON, AND DIRECTIONS FOR, THE BAY OF ._ "'Ships natigfttina the Bat of Fundy have to encounter an atmosphere almost con- lltarttly enveloped m thick fogs, tides settingr with great rapidity over the rocks and ^fihoals with which it abounds, and a di£Sculty of obtaining anchorage, on account of the ddpth of water i so that, imder these cuxumstanccs, the most unremitting attention is requisite, in order to prevent the disastrous consequences which inust, necessarily Uttond a want of knowledge and caution. , „ ,, , // • r- * ' Whm. off Cape Sable, with a westerly wind, and destined for the Bay, it is best to iDlel^d'the coast of the United States about the Skuttock Hills and Little Manan light, house, described hereafter; as you can pass with greater safety to the westwam of Grand Monar ihan to the eastward, and can have shelter, if requii-ed, in the several hfirbburs of that coast. Add to this, that .V VeaaeU hound up the Bay to St. John% ^c, should make the coast of Maine, on the west, rather than the eastern coast, because it is bold, and the prevalent winds from ^^e wof|tward may secure the passage ; also that, during the summer months, the sky and hoHzon arc generally tj^hite clear on the United States' coast, while the shores of Nova ^ipotia aind greater port of the Bay of Fundy are enveloped in fog. 'Ill On proceeding to the westward of the Machias Seal Isles, be. cautious in avoiding t-thei rook lying 1^ miles to the wost of the lighthouse on these isles, as shown in •]bago'205. '" Bctwcon Grand Manan and the coast of Maine, the passage is free from danger ; Vestolls beating through, generally stand from side to side, particularly In fogs, the depth being from 12 to 72 fathoms, with a bold shore on ea^h side, and the tide through regular and strong. The Wolf Islands may be passed on either ude, having ^eep water olose>to ;. but afford no sheltered anchorage, except fpr small fishing ves- «elt in summer time : they are, as already noticed, from 60 to 100 feet high. With .light winds, a lee tide, or thidc weather, you may let go an anchor anywhere between the Wolf Islands and Beaver Harbour, in good holding gfound, in a, depth pf 20 or 25 ' ftttboms. Point Lepreau is bold-to, but was formerly dangerous in dark weather, as ft projeots BO ^r into the sea. Its l^hthouse, with double lights, as described on £a^e203, b now an exceUen|t gMidQ^ ,,Efeftj,^e Q9ju-9e w ^fi^tjm anger. ' iio '..inj'j hm-.U-i o'hq-^iil ,tnjwf wf<} h-n^m vnirMf IhiyuCl '-^r^'^'i, -fn^^qT? . , I "W^n, fiteerlngi between '6frand ]t6tnan and Bryer^a Jslaitef, the utmost oaution is ' ,^aui((^t^ Aytiintt thick weather, as vessels are frequently drawn, amongst the islands YfW^!l^4k<)s,to we southwai^ of Manan, b^ the flood's setting directly on them : the ' moini dangerous of these is the Old Proprietor, which at low water is uncovered for ^e spaco of hflf ^n acre. When the wind, therefore, veers at all to the southward, make thti bdst of your -^ay to St. John's Harbour, or you may secure an anchorage in Grand Passage, or St. Mary's Bay, as it seldom blows in that direction above ^igw'"'* -'hOrtMSvlthtftft bringing on a fog,- Y. y^ ./ic;^il:<: e JA~ ^lU';*!}^/ it n'i^^ Wh n THE COASTS OF THE UNITED STATES. Tk» Pbeyailino Winds here, and on all the coasts of Nova Sootia, are from W.S. W. to S.W., nearly as steady as trade winds : excei>ting that* during the summer months, they are rather more southerly, accompanied with but little intermission by fog, which require a north-westerly wind to disperse it. It is therefore recom- mended not to leave an anchorage without making arran^ments for reaching another before dark, or the appearance of a fog coming on, which, with a S.W. wmd, is so sudden, that you are unawares enveloped in it ; noi to keep at sea during the night, if it can be avoided. Whenever the wind blows directly off the land, the fog is soon dispi0rsed. The Tides are very rapid, but regular ; and, although the wind against them alters the direction of the rippling, and sometimes makes it dangerous, it has little or no effect upon their courses. The flood sets from Cape Sable to the north-westward through the Seal Islands and Tuskets, at two or three knots in the hour ; after which its rate increases to four or five knots ; thence taking the direction 6f the shore, it flows past Cape St. Mary, and then N.N.W. toward Bryer's Island ; it sets but slowly up the esdensive Bay of St. Mary, which adds to its strength along the eastern shore ; then, increasing its rapidity as tne Bay contracts, it rushes in a bore into the Basin of Mines, and up Chignecto Bay. Between Bryet'a Island and the opposite northern coast, and for some distance up the Bay to the eastward, the first of the flood sets strongly to the northward (nearly north) ; so that it will be extremely dangerous for a vessel to run in the night, or thick weather, tcom. any part of the southern to the northern coast, without m&ing a large allowance for the set of the tide, and keeping the lead constantly going. H.M. doop Jaseur was nearly ashore, having been set by this tide in a fog 8| imles in 3 hours and 10 minutes. r-j i Id y.— THE COASTS OF THE UNITED STATES, FEOM PASSAMA- QUODDY TO BOSTON. The most remarkable elevations of land between the Bay of Fassamaquoddy and Cape Elizabeth, near Portland, are, the Skuttock Hills, Mount Desert Hills, and' Hills o/Penjbseot. The Skuttock Hills are five in number, and, at a distance, ai)pear round ; they stand to the northward of the Port of Gouldsborough, and are readily distinguishable from any hills to the eastward. The Mount Desert Hills may, in clear weather, be seen ftx)m a distance of 16 to 20 leagues. The Penobscot Hills may be seen to the N.W. and N.N.W. over tL^ Fox Islands. When within 4 or 6 leagues of the Mount Desert Hills, the Skuttock Hills will bear about N.N.E. In sailing toward this coast, ihe lighthouse on Mount Desert Rock will be s»en : this rock lies 7| leagues to the southward of Mount Desert Island, in latitude 43' 59', and longitude 68' 6 : observe here to make proper allowance for the tide, &c. At Mount Desert Rock the stream of flood divides to run westward and eastward. With the Skuttock Hills about N.N.E., and within 4 or 6 leagues of those of Mount Desert, the tide of flood sets E.N.E., and the ebb W.S.W. ; but at the distance of 9 or 10 leagues from the land, the current, in general, sets to the S.W., and more westward. From the Mount Desert Rocks to the Fox Islands the flood-stream sets W.S.W. along shore ; but it still runs up to the northward into Blue Hill Sound, Isle Haute Bay, &c. MACHIAS BAY.— The entrance of the Bay or Port of Machias bears N.W. a ?;J V ^r ^'^ ^^ leagues from Bryer's Isknd Lighthouse ; N.W. by W. | W*. L V °7 ""•J ^^ ^^^^ ^""" *^® lighthouse on the Oannet Rock: and N.W. i N 9 miles from the lighthouses of the Machias Seal Isles. Libby light— Directly fronting the Entrance of Machias, within the distance of of a league, pre two httle isles, called the Libbee or Libby Isles, on the southemmost of which IS a stone lt4fhthou8e, 36 feet high, exhibiting a fixed light, elevated 52 feet ■■^fvnmmmu^- \ 'EOM PASSAMA- .<;iiAie! 'A 'ii^Xcfeui BAY, ETC. A f'l'i'lV/ ov»,TT/vji»H --^j 2()0 abovQ^iJie J(^\el of the «ea. A, bell is nng in fogs. At a league N.E. | N. fitim thiil I|giil|ib)Mie ii^' the S.^.^v^ (f{ Qfmfl9taH4, /which forms the eastern sideof th« cntjranjce to the Bay. : il -; .rvrf-, <> fit-rr'-.'^ ' ' .'iul i^hereyou plea^. The course iti is N.N.W., then TI. || v7.:'i(.mU^si aiid;thence^J>byNj'«aGouhlsbDib'i^^;'^ f^'^ .^^'^(•^tl!"v;"t«ir4wf* Tb^'i^kUtt&e^^S'ltli, alreddy iii^ntibned, form a'jgooa mark for Gbuloslboi'o^, as t^ey ;i lie to the northward of the harbour. Hence, by bringing therA in tl)at,diriM!tion, seriBg ©n that cfliir8e,yeta Mil, dn'appfoachinl """*"* ' - ■''^^'*^*"' ^^ ^ lovm, WhJeh isi to be'left on the^oft'hnn'i kh^tsoWth^airtl of thepokitbetwoewsZ)^* _„ ^^_^ „ ---s^Tru rith the land by a rocky ledge or b«ip,^hidi Is-piit^' Udfcchf'eWa '«rtth'«ie ibb. D¥E»t»iBAY.i^ltfitaeaiately' tmi!ii''^"*^-^^ •■^-'"^^'^^T'^ [earing if oh 4h»tbMtf^^' ers of a mile, a N. by W. course will carry you ijito the mouth of the bay, leaving a Ay. 2" E 210 PENOBSCOT BAY. ii .' ■ f i ri ? large dry ledge on the port hand : when abreast of this ledge, which is bold-to, give it a berth of 15 or 16 fathoms, then steer N. | E. about 4 miles, where you may anchor, safe fi-om all winds, in 4 or 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. PLEASANT BAY, or the Mouth of Pleasant River, is two leagues to the N.E. of Little Manan Lighthouse. Here you pass the islet called Petit-manan, and several dangerous ledges. For this place, therefore, as in all the other harbours of this coast, a pilot is indispensable. From Petit Manan Lighthouse to a berth off the Great Wass Island, already no- ticed, the course and distance are B. bv N. 13| miles ; and from the latter to the Libbee Lighthouse, off Machias Bay, N.E. by £. 10 miles. GOULDSBOROUGII to Blue Hill Bay.— At two leagues without the harbour of Gouldsborough. to the S.W. is Skuttock (or Scoodic) Point, with its three islets, forming the west side of the entrance of Frenchman's Bat, or the N.E. harbour ojf Mount Desert. Next follow the Cranberry Isles, to the S.E. of the same island. Baker's Island, which is the outermost of the Cranberry Isles, is now distinguished by a lighthouse, exhibiting a brilliant fixed light, at 70 feet above the sea, which beai-s from that on the Little Manan W.S.W. 5 leagues. To the S.S.W. of the Cranberry Isles are the Bttck Islands, oSihe entrance of Blue Hill Bay, or the S.W. harbour of Mount Desert. To enter this harbour, leave the two Duck Islands on the starboard side, and lHong Island, with a cluster of other islands, on the i>ort. It is not safe for a stranger to inin in during the night, as there is a great ledge, which is uncovered at half-tide, about one mile from the harbour. This IS to be left on t^ starboard hand. There is also a long ledge on the port side, which extends half a mile off: there is, however, a good turning channel between. The S.W. passage is not fit for large vessels at low water; but, at high water, any one may enter, by keeping nearest to the starboard shore when sailing in. With the hnvbour open, you may steer N.W. or W.N.W., and anchor, when well up, in 5 or 6 fathoms, muddy bottom ; where, with any wind, you will lie safely. Here, however, as in every other part hereabout, a pilot is required. PENOBSCOT BAY and RIVER.— This extensive bay is included between Point Nabkeag and Sedgwick Point on the N.E., and White Head on the S.W : the dis- tance between these points is 10 leagues ; and it therefore includes the Isle Haute, Deer Island, the Fox Islands, Isleborouglx or Long Island, and a multitude qf small isles, rocks, and leges. Through the bay, to the mouth of the river of its name, the western channel is by the headland on the west, called OioFs Head: thence. by Isleborough on the west, and Cape Rosier on the east, to Bagaduce Point or Castine River. The Eastern Entrance is between Isle Haute on the west, and the smaller isles on the eaht, though a channel called Long Reach, foi-med by the shore of Sedgwick on one side and Deei- Island on the other, until it unites with the main channel between Cape Rosier and Islc^borough or Long Island. Above this, on the east, etands Fort Castine, near to which is the town of Castine, opposite to Penobscot. The noble river which empties its water into the bay is the most considerable in the State of Maine, and has its sources about l.'iO miles above the inlet of Castine. The head of tide and navigation is, however, at Bangor, about 30 miles from the same : but vessels of thirty tons may approach within a mile of this place. At the entrance of the river is a depth of 10 fathoms. Moant.Desert Rork and Light lie off the Eastern entrance to Penobscot Bay. The lighthouse is a grey tower, 60 feet high, showing a bright fixed light at 75 fett, and has a bell to sound during fogs. Whitehead Light— From Mount Desert Rock to White Head, having also a Lighthouse with a. fixed light, the bearing and distance are W. by N. \ N. lo leagues. White Head Island has been so called from the numerous white rocks about it. The light is brilliant and fixed, at 58 feet above the level of the sea 5 and though of a secondary class, is important to all vessels entering from the westward by the Muscle Ledges, on the western side of the entrance. X ■■..».. *>'<«>«t«niMk'«M4Mi«>;a«l«wM»<«<; *»^^*«a*.'SKj,ofig Island ; proceeding, ac- cording to Chart, past Belfast Buy and Brlgndior Island, Keqiing the port shore on board. When you pass Brigadier Island for Old Fort I'oint, (Fort Vuwnall,) observe, before you come to it, that an extensive ledge of rocks lies about thn-c-quarters of a mile to the E.S.E. of it, which is uncovered at half-tide. ThcHO rocks are readily dis- coverable, when the wind blows, by the breakers. You may pass within a cable's length of Fort Point in smooth water. A fixed light is Hhown from Fort Point. Besides the lighthouses above mentioned, for the navigation of the Penobscot, there is now a small harbour-light on lirown's Head, which forms the western side of tho Fox'Island passage, with a fixed light at a short distttucu from shore, and 80 feet above high-water mark. On Dice's Island, upon the eastern side of tho river, at tho entrance of Castine Harbour, is anolher lighthouse, with a fixed light, at 110 feet) and very useful to vessels going up or down the river. On Marshall's Point, at the entrance of Hemng Out, to tho S.W. of the Penobscot, and N.W. of Matinic Isle, there is also a small fixed light, at 30 foot. If hound up the river, from Old Fort Point, with tho wind ahead, and an ebb tide, you may make a good harbour in the East Hivor, at about a league E.N.E. from that point. The entrance of this river is on tho south side of Orphan Island ; here you may lie safe from all winds, and anchor in 8 or 7 fathoms, good holding ground. You leave Orphan Island, and several rocks which are above water, on the port hand. If requisite you may anchor to the N.W. of the island, on the starboard hand, before you Sass through ; but, with the wind and tide favourable, you may proceed up to Marsh lay, keeping toward the port shore. Marsh Bay^ is a league and a half above Orphan Island. When passing it, keep nearly in tho middle of the river, and you will nave neither rocks nor shoals until you arnve at the falls. CASTINE.— To SAIL up to Castine, &o. by the S.E. and eastern side of Isle- borough, the course is N.E. by N., keeping the island on tho port hand. To go into the harbour, by Bagaduce Point, so soon as the entrance bears E.N.E., run in on that direction, keeping the middle of the channel on your starboard side until you pass the first island, giving that island a berth of half a mile ( then haul to the southward, until the island roars W.S.W., when you may anchor in 8 or 10 fathoms, muddy bottom, and lie safely from all winds. The tide here rises, on the ftill and change, 10 or 11 feet, and flows at lO*" 45"». To ENTER PENOBSCOT BAY, >om the S.W.^On approaching White Head, or its lighthouse, be careful not to haul in for it until it bears N.E., as you will thus avoid the ledges of rocks lying without the heftd. Within these ledget*, at about a 212 PENOBSCOT BAY. \ ■■I ' m ^ pistol-shot from nhore, there is a safe passage. In passing the head, to the eastward, you will see a good harbour, on the port hand, called Seal Harbouff and in which a Tessel may lie safely with any wind. In going into this harbour, give the port shore a berth, in order to avoid a sunken ledge, extending about two-thirds over, cad which breaks with any sea, excepting at high water. Vessels of 60 or 70 tons may double close around the head of the light, and anchor right abreast of the river in the harbour. Those taken with calm and ebb-tide may anchor anywhere off the light in from 12 to 20 fathoms. If the wind takes you at N.E. and ebb-tide, so that you cannot get into Seal Harbour, you may run into Tennant Harbour, which bears W. by S. trom White Head, about 4 miles distant. A revolving light, visible every minute, is shown from the N.E. side of the S. Island of Tennant Harbour. The Fox Islands divide Penobscot Bay frx>m Isle Haute Bay. There is a channel from one to the other round the north side of the islands. On Brown's Head on the North Fox Island, and at the western entrance of the Passage, is a small lighthouse, showing a fixed light at 20 feet above the ground, and 80 above the level of the sea. " When boiind from the westward, and intend going through Fox Island Passage, bring Owl's Head Light to bear W. by S. and steer E. by N. from Owl's Head, 4 leagues distant. If you have a head wind, and are obliged to go into the mouth of the bay, be careful of a ledge of rocks that bears from Crabtree Point S. W. or S. W. by S., called Crabtree Ledge, distant 4 or 5 miles. This passage has rocks on both uid^s : Crabtree Point is on the port hand. It is on the northern Fox Island, and there is a long point of rocks near one league to the S.W. of it. This passage is not fit to enter in uie night, unlebs you are well acquainted with it. When you get in, bring Crab- tree Point to bear W.S.W. and steer E.N.E. about 3 leagues, which will bring you to Young's Narrow. In steering this course, you will make two large bare rocks, called the Sugarloaves, which you may go on either side of, but to follow your directions you must leave them on your starboard hand, and also be careful of a ledge that lies about North, one-third of a mile from them. The entrance to Young's Point is narrow at low water, off which lies a ledge of rocks which are covered at high water. There is also a quantity of sunken rocks at the port hand, near a mile to tlie N.N.W., which lie off the Dumplings. The Dumplings are three islands, which you leave on your starboard hand. You course in tnis passage is E.N.E. and W.N.W., keeping your starboard han'' on board. When you pass this point on your starboard hand, you must keep your stai'board hand on board, and steer E.S.E. about 2 miles, when you will make "beep Cove on your starboard hand, which lies to the eastward of a very- high bluff of rocks. If you have neither anchors nor cables, you may run into this cove, or secure your vessel with the main or fore sheet, or come to anchor in 7 fathoms offthe said cove. There the flood meets, one fcom the W.N.W. and the other from the E.N.E., which makes an eddy against this cove and highland ; here you may ride safe with any wind. When you leave this place, and are bound to the eastward, you steer E.S.E., and keep your starboard hand on board till you come up to a clear spot of land where the trees have been cut off. As soon as this spot bears W.S.W. you steer E.N.E. for the middle narrows. When you draw near the narrows, you will see two large white rooks in the middle of the passage, unless at high water, at which time they are covered about an hour, but may be seen at all other times of tide. You may go on either side, but the deepest water is to the southward of them. Continue your course E.N.E. about one league, when you must keep your starboard hand on board, as there are several sunken rocks and ledges on your port hand, which are covered at high water. ^ You will make the eastern narrows on your starboard hand, and as soon as Sou brin^ it to bear S.S.E., you may run through, where you will have a fine har- our, which is safe to ride in with all winds except an E.N.E., but yon may remain on the west passt^ge with the wind at E.N.E., or anchor at the northward of a bare island that yon will see on your starboard hand as you go back to the westward. fn*»m>t^wmt*'0^w>M»»»f •')».",^v*. nt^ KENXEBKC UlVEll, ETC. 213 There is a channel " When yon pass the eastern passage of Fox Island, you may steer E.N.E. about 4 mileH, whicli course will carry you into a large bay tliat lies between Isle Haute and Fox Island. This bay lies Noi-th and South, and about 4 leagues Euat and West, and is called late Haute JBay. " When you get into this bay from the above-mentioned passage, and are bound to the eastward, you may sseer E.S.E. 6 leagues, which coui-se will carry you to the southward of Isle Haute." — {American Coast Pilot.) Lights. — Saddleback Ledge, in the entrance of Isle-au-Haut Bay, has a jjteed brir/fit lij/ht at 51 feet. On Deer Island, on the eastern side of the bay, is a fixed light. On Haale Island, at the head of the bay, is another fixed light ; and one was proposed for Widow Island. There are some other small lights, as shown iu the list at the beginning of this Work. Manheigin Light. — In the offing on the west, without the entrance of Penobscot Bay, is an islet more than a mile long, named Manheigin, and from which White Head lighthouse bears nearly N.E., 5 leagues distant. It is the southernmost isle of this coast, and is in latitude 43° 46', longitude 60" 18'. Upon Manheigin or Manana there is a lighthouse, showing a revolving light at 175 feet above the level of the sea, visible every minute. A bell is sounded duringfogs. A N.E. \ E. course for 15 miles lends hence to the light on White Head. From the High Light on Cape Cod, Manheigin Isle bears N.E. by N. 36| leagues. Gkorge'8 River, &c.— For this river, the first to the westward of the Bay of Penobscot, particular directions have been published by the American coasters, but they are insufficient for a stranger without the aid of a pilot. The same remark ap- plies to other harbours upon this intricate coast ; for, in numerous instances, for want of description, the instructions embarrass rather than direct, and there is no chart which can be depended on. Franklin's Isle is an islet about a league to the W.S.W. from the mouth of George's River ; the lighthouse stands on the north side of it, and is to be loft, when sailing for the river, on the right or starboard side. An E.N.E. course leads thence to Pleasant Point, on the north side of the entrance. The light is fixed, and at 59 feet above the level of the sea. Penma^nid Point and Light, on the eastern point of John's or Bristol Bay^ lying at the distance ot 4 leagues N.W. by W. from Manheigin Island, is now dis- tmguished by a lighthouse, having a fixed light at 75 feet above the sea. Upon Burnt Island, near Booth Bay, at the distance of two leagues W.S.W. f W. from Penma- quid Point, there is also a fixed harbour light, immediately off the point which sepa- rates Damariscotty from Booth Bay and the harbour of Townsend. KENNEBEC BIYEB, Shet;pscot River, &e. — The lighthouse on Segwine Isle, off the mouth of the Kennebec, has been already mentioned. Its lantern is 200 feet above the level of the sea, and contains a fixed lip^ht of the first class, which may be seen 8 or 9 leagues off. The position assigned to it is, latitude 43° 42', longitude 69° 45'. Pond Island Light, in the entrance of Kennebec River, bears N. h E. [X. ^ ^.] from Segwine light, and If miles from Segwine Island. To enter the Kennebec River you have now only to steer directly for Pond Island light, (a Jixed light,) bearinq" N.N.E., which leacfs from the, western side of Segwine directly to the river. Pond Island may be passed on either side. A bell is sounded from me lighthouse during fogs. On sailing in, you must have regard to the tide ; for the ebb sets out very strongly South, directly on Segwine Island. If you have a good breeze of wind, you cannot stem the tide, as it aete at the rate of 4 or 5 miles an hour. In going into the harbour you will leave a large island covered with spruce trees on your starboard hand, and several other islands on the port. When you get to the northward of the first island^ if the tide be ebbing, you must steer for the Two Stigar-Zoaves : these are two high rocks, which appear white, and resemble the figure indicated by their name : when you pass to the westward of the Sugar-Loaves you may steer North, and here take a pilot for the river, if bound npwards, as it should not be attempted without one. The port of Bath it at about 7 leagues up from Segwine lightbouse.- 2H KENNEBUC RIVEU, KTC, If BouxD TO SHEKP8C0T RivEK, from the westward, and ^ou mukc thu Island of Scgvrine, you may leave that island on the Htiirboard uido, uiving it a berth of half a mile. When you pass it to the eastward, you must bring it to boar 8. W., and steer N.E. and N.E. by N. 3 leagues, which will niing you to Ehenioooh Harbour, on the eastern side of the river, which is fronted by sovural ImIoIh ; of thiH plticu the entrance is narrow, but it makes lik" a basin when you got into it. The ontriuiuo in lies E. by N. You cannot get in with a N.E. or easterly wind, but muwt have the wind South or westerly. After you get into the harbour, haul up N.E. or N.E. by N., as there are several sunken rocks, on the starboard hand, as you go in. There is anchorage hero in 4 fathoms, muddy bottom, safe from all winds. jy hound up Sheemcot River in a large vessel, on coming from the westward, you must go to the southward of Scgwine, steering about N.E. or. N.E. by E., one league; and when the river bears North, or North a littlo woht.'i'ly, you may run North, and keep the stai'board hand best on bonrd. Tlieve are many rocks and ledgoH, some above, and some under water, lying to the north-eastward of Segvvino 5 wlien you get up as high as Ebenicook, you leave the two Marks Islands on your port, keeping your course North, a little easterly. Here it is requiwite to have u pilot. The port of WiscASSET is about d leagues up from tlie entrance of the lliver. TOWNSEND HARBOUR, ok Booth Bay, is the inlet next eastward of Sheo^s- cot River, and which may bo known by the lighthouse on Burnt Island, with its fixed liyht. Its entrance lies between an islet coiled the Cuckold on one side, and reefs called Bantam Ledges with Damiscom Isle on the other, the distance between which is 2^ miles. With Burnt Island N. by E. you may lun for it v.ithout danger ; and thence, with assistance, proceed to the hurbour of Townsmd. The " American Coast Pilot" says, " In coming from tho westward, leave Segwino Island on your port hand, giving it a berth of about half a mile j then steer N.E. by E., 3 leagues, when you will, if clear weather, open Townsend light on Burnt Island, bearing about N.N.E., but still continue jp^our N.E. bv E. course until Burnt Island bears N. hj E. ; then stand for it, continuing N. by ff. and leaving it on the starboard hand till up the harbour. At about three-quarters of a mile N.N.E. from the light there is a small bold island, called House Island, which you leave on your starboard hand ; after passing it you haul up N.E. for the Eastern Harbour, or con- tinue yoTir course N. by E. till you get the Western Harbour to boar W.N.W., wheu you may run in till Burnt Island is shut in by the land ; or you may anchor any- where within Mouse Island, as neither rocks nor shoals lie off from tho island. In coming for Townsend,from the Eastward, bring Manheigin Light to bear E.S.E. and steer W.N.W. about 13 miles ; which course and Stance will lead you into the passage between, and to the northward of, the outer islands and the main. In steer- ing thus ^ou will make Burnt Island light, bearing N.W. by W. \ then steer W. by N. until you get that light to bear N. W. Then haul up
keeping it on your port bow until up with it. You now steer N. by £. andzollow the directions g'iven above. KENNEBEC RIVER to Cape Elizabeth and Portland.— Prom the light- house on Manheigin Island the elevated Light on Segwine Island bears W. J N., 7| leagues. From Segwine Lighthouse Cape Small Point and Fowler's Rock bear W. by N , 3 miles. From the same lighthouse that of Portland bean W. | S. 20 miles ; the two lighthouses on Cape Elizabeth W.S.W. { W. 20 miles ( and Alden's Rock or Ledge S. W. by W. | W. 18 miles. Cape Elizabeth Lights, stand at 300 yards fivm each other, and at about the same distance from the sea-shore, The lanterns are 140 feet above the level of the sea at high water. The N.E. light is a fixed light, and tiie S.W. a revolving, showing a brilliant l^ht every minute. The two lights bear from each other 0.W. | '\^ and If .E. i E. To the westward of Cape Elizabeth, near Richmond l9le, if a windmill, which is the first windmill seen in coming in from the eastward. NEW MEADOWS RIVER.— At N.E. by E. } E. 6 leagues ftrom Cape Eliza- b'jth, and half a league West from Cape Small, is the mouth 01 Ntw M$adouf» Miveri KENNEBEC RIVEK TO PORTL*' 215 u make tho Island of ng it a berth of half boar 8.W., and steer wok J/arbour, on the I Jiliico the entrance is ■nil coin lies E. bvN. I the wind South or S.K by N., as there llicro is anchoro^fo ^ tho westward, you '"''• by K.,ono league; may run North, and I lodj{t<<, Homo above, i wlion you yot up r port, keoping your pilot. The port of oostward of Shoops- 'rnt Inland, with its W on one side, and distance between ' it Vr ithout danger ; vard, leave Segwino 0} thou steer N.K. nd light on Burnt course until Burnt d leaving it on the a mile N.N.E. from you leave on your n Harbour, or con- oar W.N.W., when >u may anchor any- tn the island. ight to bear E.S.E. Head you into the 10 main. In steer- V.| then steer W. keeping it on your lie direotions given —Prom the light- id bears W. J N., owlcr's Rock bear bcaw W. I 8. 20 liles} andAlden's and at about the B the level of the 'evoking, showinir >ther fiCw. I W. indmill, which is rom Cape Elica- MiMhw*i Miver, a large inlet, which presents ample shelter and safety, during an adverse wind, to those bound eastward. Of this river the " American Coast Pilot" says, *' If you should fall into it with the wind at S.E. or S.S.E. when bound to the eastward, yon may here make a good harbour. On standing in, to the northward, you will have a larse round island on your starboard hand, covered with spruce-trees, together with two uffge rocks, one called the Brown Cow, and the other the White Bull, which are at some distance from each other. << You must leave the Brown Cow on your starboard, and the White Bull on your port hand ; toward the latter you may go within a cable's length, and when you have passed it, must stand over for Morse Island, have a house on it, and lying on the starboard side ; to this you may go within a quarter of a mile. To the west- ward of Horse Island b a large rock, covered at high water, but bore at half tide ; yon may go on either side of it when it id in sight, but the widest passage is to the eastward. When you have passed this rock, steer N. by W. or N.IST.W., which course will carry you up to a mrge island, called Bear Island, which is covered with spruce and bircn trees. When you have passed this island to about one-quarter of a mile, you may haul in for the starboard shore, and anchor in 5 or 6 fathoms of water. This is the best place for anchoring with the wind at S.S.E. or East ; but be cautious of a ledge of rocks, extending northwsurd from the island to about half a mile off. " If you have lost anchoi-s and cables, there is a large cove, on the starboard hand, bearing about North, and 2 miles from Bear Island, and which is sufficient to contain thirty or forty sail of vessels. It is land-locked around, so that no wind can damage a vessel after she gets into it." HARPSWELL SOUND.— On the Little Mark Island, off the west side of the entrance of Harpswell Sound, which is about half-way between the mouth of tho Kennebec and Portland, there is a stone column, erected as a land-mark for vessels running into, or passing either Harpswell or Broad Sound. It is also a conspicuous mark, when standing in from sea, m any direction between Cape Elizabeth and Cape Small Point. ^t^^The islet on which it stands is one quarter of a mile long, without trees, and elevated 40 feet above the level of the sea. The column, which is placed near its centre, is 50 feet high, painted perpendicularly in black and white stjripes, except near the top, which is black on each side. From off the column the couroe up Harpswell Sound is N.E. | N. PORTLAND.— At N. J E. 4 miles from Cape Elizabeth, is a Lighthouse on Portland Point, built of stone, and tho total height of which is 85 feet above the sea. Its light is ^xed. Besides this there is a Jlxed light on the south head of the harbour, and a red light on the N.E. part of the breakwater. The sound or harbour of Portland is buoyed, and the following directions ore to be observed when sail- ing in. In coming from the south-westward, when within half a mile of Cape Elizabeth, the red buoy on Broad Cove Mock may be seen. This buoy bears N.N.E, from the pitch of the cape, distant 1^ mile, and lies in 24 feet of water. When advanced to it, leave it to the port, at half a cable's length, and bteer N. by E. ^ E. one mile, which will cari'y you up to the white buoy on Trundy's Beef, lying in 16 feet of water ; give this the same berth as the former. You may run N. by W. | W. 3 miles, for Portland Lighthouse ; and when up with the point upon which the lighthouse stands, give it a small berth, and steer N. by W., leaving Banff's Island on the starboard side, till you come to House Island, tl^ S.W. point of which bears North from the lighthouse, distant nearly 2 miles. Before you are up with this island, the black buoy on Spring Point Ledge may be seen ; it bears N.W. by W. from the S.W. part of House Island, distant half a mile, and lies in 14 feet of water. When up with this buoy, you open the town ; and giving it a small berth, you may haul up N.W. for the white buoy on Stanford's Ledge ; the latter lies also in 14 feet of watei', and is one mile distant from Spring Point Ledge Buoy. Giving the white buoy a small berth, you may keep midway up the river, and safely anchor off the town at pleasure. It is to be observed, that all the buoys above mentioned are to be left on the port hand wben coming in. . The depths above mentioned are at low water. Besidtti 216 CAPE ELIZABETH TO CAPE ANNE. the above, th«re are aim) two mnaU booyR lying npon two ledges in White Head Paita^e, at the N.E. part of Bang'M iHland : toil nassage is narrow, and seldom used by large vessels. By keeping midway between tne two buoys, the red on the star- board, and the white on the port, when going in, you will not have less than 5 fathoms of water. After passing the buoys, keep midway in the passage, and run to the distance of a mile, which will carry you into 8hip Channel, the same as if had passt-d the lighhouse. Cape Elizabeth is 4i miles south of Banff $ Island, and ledge called the Ten^oof Ledffe, or Alden^a Rock, bears S.B. by E. 2j( miles from the cape, and about 7 mi^es S.8.E. i E. from the lighthouNO. It nos only 9 or 10 feet of water over it ; and in rough weather, the sea breaks on it. The various intricate channels of Casco Bat and Quaheao Bat, betj^een Portland and Kennebec River, inclnding Hueiey't Sound, New Meadoto'a River, &c., are too devious and t&o dangerous to be attempted without a pilot. The same remark applies to all this navigation which we have mode upon Oeorge^a River, &c., in page 213. Wood Island Light. — Prom Cape EUzaboth to Wood Island, on the south sido of 8aco Bay, the course and distance are about S.W. 8^ miles; and thence to Cape Porpoise, S.W. 9 miles. The harbours formed by Wood Island and Cape Porpoise are to be attempted onl^ with a pilot, and are very small. Wood Island is high, woody, and even : on it is a LlonTllOUSE, showing a revolving red light, 62 feet above the sea, and may be seen 4 leagues off. KENNEBUNK lies to the S.W. of Cape Porpoise. At the mouth of the harbour are two piers, lying E. and W. of the channel, about 300 feet in the direction of the bar, to below low water mark ; on the western pier is a flagstaff or beacon. Three- quarters of a mile due South from the piers, lies a ledge, called the Fishing Rocks ; between this and the piers is the anchorage. Keep well to the eastward of this ledge on approaching. There is a passage to the westward, but it must not be attempted without a pilot. On the irar there is only 2 or 3 feet at low water, in- creasing to 10 and 12 feet with high water of common tides, or 12 and 14, at times, with springs. H. W., F. and C, Xl^ Ifi". The Course and Distance from Cape Porpoise to Cape Neddock, are S.W. | S. 12f miles 5 between these points are the Bay and Town of Wells ; and inland, between Wells and Cape JNeddock, Agamenticus Hills may be seen. At three- quarters of a mile to the northward of Cape Neddock, is the Cape Harbour, which is a very small one. The White Hills. — ^The White Hills are an important land-mark to those ap- proaching the coasts, as they may be seen many leagues off at sea, like a bright cloud above the horizon, and when no other land is in sight. They are the highest lands in New Hampshire. Mount Washington, the highest of them, has been given as 6234 feet in height ; and the inferior peaks as varying from 5238 to 4356 feet. From Portland, the centre bears N.W. about 19 leagues, and from Wood Island N.W. by N. (by compass) at nearly the same distance. These hills have been seen in latitude 43* 10', at nearly 15 leagues from Cape Elizabeth, where bottom waa found at 80 fathoms, muddy ground. If from this spot jovL steer W.N.W. you will, in that direction, make Bonabeag or Wells Hills, and will also descry Aaamenticus Hille, more to the southward, within Bald Head. The latter, at 6 or 7 leagues off, appear to be three in number, the smallest to the eastward. •* It is proper to remind those coming from the eastward, that Cashews Ledge, here- after descnbed, lies in latitude 42'' 56 , and longitude 68° 51', or thereabout ; and that the Boon Island Ledges lie in 43" 6' and 430 7', at 2k leagues ft-om the main 5 but the lattei are marked by a red boat beacon. In the Offing of the Coasts of New Hamp- shire and Massachusetts, where there are 70 and 75 fathoms of water, muddy bottom, a strong current is commonly found setting to the S.W. Boon Island and Li^ht. — A small island, nearly suiTounded by rocks, which lies b\ miles S.£. fr-om Cape Neddock, and 10 miles E. by N. from theVntiance of Ports- POUTSMOUTH HARHOUR- ISLKS OF SHOALS. JIT mnuth Harbour. It has a stone lujhthouse, on the western pnrt. Tlio liffht, wiiicli iw fixed, is 133 feet above the level of the sea, Hiid may b(> hci ii trom the aiHtanoe of H leagues. A ledge of rocks lieH at a mile noitli from the inland, of which l)ewarc. Boon Island Ledge, marked by the red boat, i^ about 200 feot in diameter, and in bare at low tides, and breaks at all times with a heavy sea. It bears fi:om the iMland E. \ S. 2'| miles distant. There is a passage between it and the island, but it must not ho attemi)ted by strangers, on account of the reef extending three-quarters of a tiitlu from the 8.E. point of the island. PORTSMOUTH HARBOTJB, the chief port of New Hampshire, is also the boundary of the State of Maine. The entrance of the port is in latitude 43° 5', and longitude 70" 43', is formed on the west by an island named Newcastle Island, and on the east by the main land, terminating in Oarish's Point A shelf stretches out and around Oarish's Point to the distance of a mile, and has on its edge two islets named Wood Isle and White Isle ; these are commenced by a reef, covered at half-tide, and called the Whalers Back. On tho N.E. point of I^wcostle I»land, ti fixed liglit ih exhibited at 90 feet above the sea, and the Whalers Back is another, the building of which is 40 feet high, and the li^ht, also fixed, is at 58 feet above tho level of the sea. To the S.S.E. of the Whale's Back light, half a mile off, arc the Kite Bucks, having 12 feet water on them, and are marked by a white buoy ; and S. by W. one quarter of a mile from the light on Newcastle island is Stillmans Bock, also under water, and marked by a black buoy. In beating into the harbour, by giving these buoys a good berth, there will be no danger. Off the entrance of Portsmouth Harbour , at three miles south from the lighthouse on Newcastle Island, and one mile from the nearest shore, is a small reef, of 2 and 3 fathoms, called the Gun-boat Shoal : and at five miles S.E. by S. is the group of i.ik>tH and rock^ called the Isles of Shoals, which now hpve a good lighthouse. In sailing from the S. W. for Portsmouth, having made the Lighthouses 1 1' C;t.pe Anne, in latitude 42° 38', and being to the eastward of the Salvages, which lie to the northward of that cape, bring the Salvages to bear S. by E. and steer N. by W. or N. i W., on wtich course you will make the Isles of Shoals, and may thence tak j a new departure. Bring the Lighthouse on White Isle S.S.E., and thed run N.N.W. ; but should the wind come to the northward, and you are obliged to turn into Poii*- mouth, take care to avoid the Gun-boat Beef, and stand to the westward no further than to bring Portsmouth Light to bear N. by W., until you arrive within Odiorm^ Point, on the west side of the entrance ; and, when standing to the eastward, you should tack so soon as the lighthouse on New Castle Island bears N.N.W. until yoii get within Wood Island, on the East side. Be cautious of approaching Odiornes' Point, when coming in from the south-westward, as sunken rocks lie off it to more than half a mile, which do not appear with off-shore winds. At the Entrance of the Harbour the Tide flows, on full and change days, at \\^, Springs rise from 10 to 12 feet; neaps 6 to 7 feet. The ISLES of SHOALS* with the reefs about them, occupy an extent of 3 miles', from N.N.E. to S.S.W. There are seven isles, the names of which, from North td South, are Duck's Isle, Hog, Smutty Nose, Cedar, Star, Londoner's, and White Islands. White Island is a small rocky spot, bold-to, and clear on the S.E. only, near which is a depth of 20 fathons. Light— On the south point of it is the lighthouse, in lat. 42° 58', long. 70" 38', the light of which is elevated 87 feet above the level of ike sea. It is revolving, and vi^ibl^ every half-minute to the? distance of 16 miles. A bel of 800 lb. weight is suspended to the tower of the lighthouse, which will b« kept tolling by machinery at the rate of about ten strokes in a ^^§pte, by night and day, whenever, from fog, or any other cause, the light or lighthquse cannot oe seen at least four miles distant: at w^hich distance, it is calculated, t^e bell may be heard in moderate weather. Londoner's Island lies nearly half a mile to the northwait^of White (.■'land; it Nd. 2 ¥ 918 NEWBURY PORT, ETC. k; is leM than a quarter of a mile in extent ; high at each end ; but at high tin Plum Island to bear above mentioned ; but must, therefore, biing water, should the tide Eich the south breaker ing firom the eastwai-d. western lighthouse S.E. by S., and run N.W. by N. for Salisburj^ Point : but, so soon as you make that point, you must haul up to N.W., which mtiU carry you clear of Satfyer't Black Rocks and the Hump Sanaa. A vessel that draws ten feet of water may come in at two-thirds flood. Thev should always observe to keep to the wind- ward of the bar, unless the wind shoula be fair. If the sea is so great as to prevent the pilot's getting over, a sig^nal will be made by him, when you must mn direct for his boat, keeping the lights in range, wluch will carry yon sue over. The Hump Sandt lie S.W. from Salisbury Point, which renders the channel very narrow and difficult to strangers. The Badger Rocks bear N.W. | N. ttova the light- houses, distant half a mile : they are coverea at two-thirds Hood, and arc to be left on the starboard hand, when going in. The Black Rocks, which are always dry, lie three-quarters of a mile N.W. from the lighthouses : these, also, must be left on the starboard hand. The Half-tide Rocks bears W. by S. h S. from the Black Rocks, at the distance of 1 ( mile ; tney are uncovered at half-tide, and have a buoy on them, which is to be left on the port side. Besides these are the North Rocks, which are seen only at very low tides, and which bear W. by S. from the Black Rocks, ftom which they are 1 1 mile distant ; there ia a buoy on them, which is to be left on the starboard hand ; the channel lying between these and the Half-tide Rocks. When you pass the Black Rocks, a W. by S. ^ S. course will bring you into the channel- way and good anchorage ; and, even in night, or dark weather, when you judge your- self at about half a mile from the Black Rucks, you may anchor in safety. It is always dangerous to run for this poii; in a g^le of easterly wind. IPSWICH. — At the south end of Plum Island is the mouth of the Ipswich River ; a long bar extends for 1| mile E.S.E. from the S.W. point of Plum Island, which causes the channel to be along the south side. Castle Neck (sandy) lies on the oppo- site side of the channel ; and on Patches Beach, at its western end, are two lights, at 40 feet, and 500 feet apart. The outer or eastern light is in lat. 40' 41' 2', long. 70^ 46' 12'. The town of Ipswich lies about 5 miles beyond the lights. It is a port of entry, on the Agawam or Ipswich River. The two lights on Patches Beach bear W. \ N. and E. \ S., 173 yards from each other; the western light is a fixed light, varied by afiash every Ih minute ; the eastern is a fixed light. Keeping these in one, shows the passage over the bar, passing a little to the south of the buoy. Run in close to the beach, and follow it close up to, to avoid the northern spit on the starboard hand ; run up round the first high bluff head, where will bo found safe anchoragpe. There are 8 feet on the bar at low water. There is a canal which connects this with Glou- cester Harbour, which has for its depth the whole flow of the tide, about 12 feet at springs, and 8 at neaps. ANNIS SQUAM, in the south part of Ipswich Bay, is nearly 4 leagues S.S.E. from Newbury Port. It has a lighthouse, which stands on Wigwam Point, the eastern side of the entrance. It is a wooden building, of an octagonal form, about 40 feet high, and about 50 feet above the surface of the water at common high tides. It is painted white, and may be known by its inland situation, and being lower than any other lighthouse hereabout. The lignt ia fixed. Latitude 42° 39' 43', longitude 70° 41' 12'. On the Lobster Rocks is a monument 17 feet high, and 12 feet diameter at the base; 7 feet is out of the water. It bears S.W. by S. | S. a quaiter of a mile from the light- house on Wigwam Point. There is a black buoy placed outside the bar, bearing N. \ E. 1^ mile from the monument, and a white buoy on the Hantiden Rocks, bearing N. by E. I E. 1^ mile from the same ; and also a red buoy off the Plum Rook Ledges ifi 3 fathoms, N.N.E. 1^ mile from the lighthouse. ; Squam affords a safe harbour to tho'o who know the bar, and is of great im- portance to those who get into Ipswich Uay during an easterly gale. On the bar aru 16 or 17 feet at high water, and 6 feet at low water. High watiilr, full and change, at 2>'. The bar of this harbour bears from Halbert Point (the N.E. point of Cape Ann) JEibout S.W. by W. 3| miles. In running from Halbert Point, be cautions of Plum Cove Ledye, which shows itself until neony high water, and is marked with a red 220 CASHE'$ LEDGE— LIGHTHOtSEB OF CAPE ANN. buoy, bearing from Squam light N.N.E. a little northerly. Passing this ledge, yon leave Hodg'kin'8 Cove, which is deep, and a long point of land, called Davis'n Neck, on your port hand. When un with this neck, mm 8.W. or 8.W. by W. for. Squam Bar. In sailings into this harbour, bring the light to bear due Soutn, when at the distance of a mile from it, and run directly for it, leaving the white buov on Harm- den's Rook on your port, and the black buoy on the spit on your starboard hand. Con- tinue your course till within fifty yards of the light, then haul up S.B.W. for the Bar Kock, leaving the lighthouse to port. The bar, which runs nearly N.E. and S.W., leaves the river about 90 fathoms broad opposite the light on the starboard. In run- ning up, as here directed, you will leave the monument on the Lobster Rocks (which lie 200 yards S. by W. from the lighthouse, and dry at low waterj) on the port hand. When up with the Bar Rocks, which lie on the starboard hand, aim arc dry till nearly high water, steer S. by E. f E. until you open the houses, and you may anchor in from 3^ to 5 fathoms, clear sandy bottom : or run your vesHcl on shore, on the stuiboard side, should you happen to be without anchors and cables. When the weather is so boisterous that boats cannot get off, n flog is lioi»ted on shore, near the lighthouse, so soon as there is a sufficient depth for vcsselb upuu the bar, which may men run as above directed. The Salvages, before mentioned, bear from Halbert Point E.S.E. 24 miles distant ; and from Cape Ann lighthouses, which stand on Thatcher's Island, N. by E. 'i inWei. Between them and Cape Ann there is a passage. CASHE'S LEDGE. — From Cape Sable of Nova Scotia to Cape Cod, the course and distance are W. f S. \_W.S.W.'\ about 72 leagues: in steering this course, you will pass about 10 leagues to the sdutnward of Cashe's Ledge, of which the following is a description, communicated by the Master of His Majesty's sloop Beaver, ' " This bank extends from North to South 7 leagues, and from East to West 2 leagues. In the middle of the bank is the shoal mentioned : its length and breadth are about half a mile. It is rocky, and its soundings very irregular, having from 10 to 4 fathoms of water in the length of a boat, xoyx will have 1 7 fathoms of water within a cable's length of it, deepening as you stand from it, to 90 fathoms. Ah you approach the bank, you sound m from 60 to 35 fathoms, brown sand, witli black stones and broken shells ; then, in 30 fathoms, it grows rocky. The current on the ledge is exceedingly rapid and unaccountable. If the wind blows strongly, any vessel would founder, although she should not strike on it. The situation of the ledge is latitude 42° 56', longitude 68° 52'. On the shoalest part are only 24 feet at low water." It has since been said, by Mr. Backhouse, Master of His Majesty's ship Argonaut, that Cashe's Bank extends North and South 7 leagues ; the shoalest part being near the centre, extending a quarter of a mile each way. The ledge, he observes, bears from Cape Ann, E. | S. 26 leagues, the shoalest part being in the latitude above men- tioned. " You will have," he adds, " on this part from 10 to 4 fathoms, very irregular soundings, all rocky bottom. The current shifts uil round the compass every hour, and runs at the rate of two miles an hour." At 6 leagues to the west is a bank of 36 to 50 fathoms, separated from the Cashes Ledge BanK by soundings of 80 or 90 fathoms, and with still deeper water to the west- ward of it. It is called the Fippenies. LIOHTHOTJSES of CAFE ANN. — There are two Ughthouscs on Thatcher's Inland. The lanterns of these lighthouses are 900 feet apart in a S. by W. f W., and N. by E. f E. direction, and 98 feet above the sea : the lights may be seen T or 8 leagues off. Thatcher's Island contains about thirty acres of land, scoured by an iron- bound shore, and situate at about a mile to the east of the main land of dapc Ann ; or, mote properly, of Ann's Island. Thatcher's Island affords no harbour, nor is there aay safe anchoragwery near it ; there is, indeed, a passage between it and the main, through which small vessels may pass, even at low tide ; out the water is shoal, and the bottom is covered by large stones. So soon as the lights are discovered by the taiariner, he may be certain of his situation : for, being two separate lights, they can- not be mistaken for the single light of Boston, or of Capo Cod ; or for the Plymouth '' ? ANN. ssing this ledge, yon called Daviii'H Nock, y. by W. for.Squam Sontn, when at the He buov on Harru- arboarahand. Coii- 8.8. W. for the Bar arly N.E. and S.W., starboard. In ruii- ohtter Jiocks (which !r^ on the port hand, tl arc dry till nearly may anchor in from s, on the stavboard CAPE ANN, Oil GLOCKSTER HARBOUR. 221 . a flng is hoirtted on for vcKBcls upon the 23 niiluH distant ; id, N. by E. a milea. I Cod, the cnurso and this course, you will h the following is a Ueaver. om East to West 2 I length and breadth liar, having fi-om 10 17 fathomii of water fathoms. Am you vn sand, with black The current on the strongly, any vessel .tion of the ledge is mly 24 feet at low ity's ship Arf/onaut, lest part being near s, he observes, bears latitude above mcn- lioms, very irregular ompasH every hour, ted from the Cashes r water to the west- uses on Thatcher's 8. by W. f W., and nay be seen T or 8 secured bv an iron- land of Cape Ann ; larbour, nor is there ten it and the main, water is shoal, and i diflcovered by the te lights, they can- »r for the Plymouth lights, which are double, but within a very short distance from each other ; because the distance between the lights on Thatcher's Island is abuut one-sixth of a mile. The latter can be brought to range in one only in a 8. by W. and N. by E. direction ; while those of Plum Island, (Newbury Port,} when in a line, bear W. by 8. and E. by N. The Plymouth lights cannot appear so arranged from the north until yon are on the shore, and from the south when nearly in with the laud. The lights of Cape Ann are therefore of great utility to all Te:i8el8 in their passing ui or out ; as they at once serve to point out the situations of the Salvages and Londoner, and for a point of departure to vessels bound coastwise, or to sea. Cape Cod is low sandy land, Cape Ann is middling high, with many trees on it, and b further to be diei'tinguished by Ptfjeon Hill, wuivh appears like a boat bottom upwards. This hill is about a mile to tlio south of Tlalbeit I'oint. The latitude of Thatcher's Island is 42° 38'; the longi- tude 70* 34' 48', according to the United States Coast Survey. •• Thatcher's Island Ledy bear N.Pl. by E., and steer S.W. by W. for the eastern point which is about 1\ miles diMtunt from Thatcher's Island. Then your coui-ae is W. by S., distance 7| mi Us, from the lights on Baker's Island." — Anier. Co. Pilot. Wlieu you comu from the eastward, and make Cape Ann Lights in the night, bring them to bear 8.W., and run direct for them, which course will carry you within the Luwloner s and wnen you pass these rocks, bring the two lights in one bearing N. by K. ■{ E., and then Hteer S.S.\V. ^ W.; keeping this course about one mile will carry you (ilear of Milk Island, which is very low, and cannot be seen in a dark night. When you judge vourself to the westward of this island, you haul to the westward until you bring riie lights to bear E.N.E., when you must steer W.S.W. about 5 miles, which course will bring you to the eastern point of Cape Ann Harbour. If you want to go inside the Salvages, keep close aboard Halbert Point, which has a tree on the eastern part of it, and stsor S.S.E. for Straitsmouth Island, but be care- ful to avoid Avery's Rock, by kcopinsr the lights on the dry point of Straitsmouth Island, till yon get up close oboard : then haul round the point, and S.S.E. will carry you to the lights. To avoid the Londoner, you must keep the lights close aboard the body of the island on which they stand ; the Londoner lies half a mile off, breaks at all times of tide, is quite dry at low water, and bears E.S.E. from the middle of Thatcher's Inland. A long shoal nins off N.E. half a mile distant from the Londoner. Between the Londoner and Thatcher's Island there are 3 fathoms at low water. From the Salvages to Halbert Point and Sandy Bay, there lies a large spot of flat gi'ound, which at low water will take up a large vessel. Outside the Salvages is \ ery bold. Halbert Point bears from the Salvages W.N.W. 2J miles distant, and the Salvages bear from {ho lights N.N.E. 3 miles distant. Sandy Bay Pier. — " If from the southward in passing outside Straitsmouth Island be careful of Avery's Rock, which beara North from the eastern part of Straitsmouth Island, about one-third of a mile distant. Run W. by N. until you bring the Meet- ing-house to bear S.W. by 8., then run in for the pier-head, on approaching which keep away a little, and run in until you can see into Pier Pool ; then luff and i-uu in. Those constantly in the habit of entenng this Pool when the wind is eastwardiy, make up the headnuils, and keep up the mainsail, which enables them to have com- mand of tlic vessel, and avoid falling against the wharf built out from the beach. If from the northward, after having pass^ Andrew's Point, bring the meeting-house to bear 8.S.W., and run for it. This course will carry clear of Dodge's Ledge, which you will leave on your starboard hand. '* The passage through Straitsmouth Gap is not safe, exoe^ at nearly high watei 1 08 there are but 3 feet water at low tide, and rocky bottom."— .<4mer. Co. PUot. OAFE AHir, or OLOCESTER HARBOUR, is nearly 5 miles to the eastward of ManchoHter, and 6 miles south-westward from the lighthouses of Cape Ann. The entrance is a mile and a half broad, between the East Point and ledge, on one side, and the nigh land called Norman's Woe, on the other. In advancing to this place ') ■iSuaf'v ...„i£««f^'^^«^<*.. 222 BEVERLEY AND MANCHESTER. I i ' ! from the eastward, you will have Cape Ann lights in one, when bearing: N. by E. i E. ; and, if two miles firom them, with that bearing, your course to the harbour will be nearly W.S.W. a league and a half. On falling in with the point give it a berth of about a mile. There is a lighthouse showing a bright fixed hght ofl the E. point. It has also a fog beU. Yon will now see a lighthouse on an islet up the harbour, called Ten Pound Island, This lightliouBe, showing & fixed light, has its base about 25 feet above the level of the sea, and tiie tower is 20 feet high. With this lighthouse bearing N.N.E. you will be to the westward of the ledge extending from the eastern shore, on which is a spar buoy with the head painted red, in tO feet, and bearing E. ^ S. from Ten Pound Rock, and may steer directly towards the light, which will carry you between the isle and a small ledge of 6 feet, which bears from it S.W. | W. about two-thirds of a mile. Passing between the island and the ledge, you will find from 12 to 15 feet of water, low tides, llie ground on the east side of Ten Pound Island is foul, and here is no safe passage. The south, west, and north sides are bold, and may be approached at low water within 50 fathoms, fiv giving the west end of the island a berth of from 50 to 70 fathoms, the course for the inner harbour is N.E. You may anchor at any distance, from 100 fathoms to three-quarters of a mile from the island, with the li^ht bearing from South to S.W. The depths ai-e 6, 5, 4, and 3 fathoms, at low spnng tides ; the bottom muddy. The inner harbour is land-locked with all winds. In the outer part of the harbour there is safe and good anchorage against a northerly or east wind, in 7| to 6| fathoms, muddy bottom, the lighthouse bearing S.E. by E. In the S.E. harbour there is similar anchorage, with tne light from N. by E. to N.N.W. : the depths 9 to 6 fathoms; distance from the light one-eighth to half a mile. BEVEBLET and MANCHESTEB.— To enter the harbour of Beverley, follow the directions for Salem Harbour, hereafter given, till you bring the Haste to bear E.S.E., and run W.N.W. about 2 miles, and you reach Beverley Bay, which is a spit of sand running out from the southern or Salem side of the entrance, and has commonly a beacon upon the head of it, above a quarter of a mile from the shore. The bar has very shoal water on the eastern or outward side, near it, but good anchora^ within. There is good water at the head of the bar. Having passed the bar, there is a sandy point from the Beverley or northern side of the entrance ; and beyond this point are the Lobster Rocks, wmch bear from the head of the bar West a little South, and not half a mile distant, and they are above water at half-tide. To avoid this point, after having well cleared the bar, you will steer towards Ram-horn Rock, which has also commonly a beacon, and is to be seen at half-tide, bearing S.W. by S. from the head of the bar, one-ei^th of a mile distant. There are several fathoms of water within a vessel's length of Kam-hom Rock. Giving this a ^ood berth, youthen clear the sandy point, and steer for the Lobster Rock beacon, beannp^ from Ram -horn beacon N.W. by W. distant about one-quarter of a mile. Giving this a good beith, you are then op- Eosite to the wharfis, and may anchor in deep water, and in a very safe and excellent arbour. To enter Manchester Harbour you must bring the southern light to bear S. | E., and run North one mile, where you may anchor on good bottom. N.B. Eastern Point bears from Baker's Island lights E. by N. | N. 7| miles dis- tant. Half-way Rock bears from the lights S. 2° E. 3 miles distant. Hardy's Rocks bear from the lights W. f N. distant three-quarters of a mile. In thick weather, a gun will be fired from the lighthouse in answer to any signal which may then be made. SALEM is the oldest and largest seaport but one in old Massachusetts. Its Indian name was Naumkeag. It is nearly surrounded by water, lying between two inlets of the sea, called the ^lorfh and Soutn Rivers. Its situation is low, but pleasant and hualthy. Five miles S.W. from Salem is the beautifhl town of Lynn, celebrated for the manu&cture of shoes. It is one of the moat flourishing towns of Massachusetts. ■ -piuriKtpfiT^,- SALEM. 22.1 t to bear S. ^ E., ver to any signal The romantio peninsula of yahant, with its beautiful beach, is in Lvun Bay, uid i» a highly esteemed resort of all classes. BAKER'S ISLAND LIGHTHOUSE.— The entrance of Salem Harbour is dis- tinguished by two lighthouses on Baker's Island, near the middle of the entrance ; these lights are 50 feet asunder, one is 15 feet higher than l^e other, and they bear, when in a line, N.W. J W. Baker's Island lies on the south side of the principal entrance to Salem Harbour, and is 4| miles to the eastward of the town of Salem. The water is deep near the island, and there is no convenient landing-place. The north and east sides are high and rocky. The bases of the lighthouses are about 45 feet above the level of the sea. The lower lighthouse, which is towards the north, is 25 feet high ; the upper one 56^ feet. The high light may be seen from 6| to 7 leagues off. Misery Island is about a mile from Baker's Island, and is joined by a bar to Little Misery, which makes the north side of the channel opposite Baker's Island. Misery Ledge has 8 teet least water, and beai-s N.W. by W. \ W. 1| miles from the light- houses. The south part of Little Misery Island is three-quarters of a mile N.W. ^ N. from the lights. Hardy's Rocks, now dist'P^inshed by a beacon, lie W. \ N. from Baker's Island lights, distant five-eighths (jf « nile. I'he rocks appear at half-tide. On the east end of Bowdiieh's Ledge' is ' ' :'gular stone monument, 32 feet high, in 2| fathoms, bearing from Bakei . '. -la lighthouse W.N.W. one mile and a quarter distant. Cat Island is about S.W. by W. a mile and a half from Baker's Island, and a mile from Marblehead Neck, ranging nearly between the two. On its N.W. end is a high beach, directly opposite the point of Marblehead, called Peach's Point. The shore is irregular and rocky. On the southern side of the island are three high rocks, two of ^ich are connected with the island by bars of sand, uncovered at low water : the other stands boldly up between these two, but more southerly, and on it is a beacon. A black spar buoy lies off the S.E. end, bearing from the lights S.E. | S. to S.S.E. ^ E. 2| miles distant. The Half-way Bock, about 180 feet in diameter, 40 feet high, and bold-to, lies to the east of Marblehead, about 2^ miles from the nearest land, and half-way between the lighthouses of Boston and Thatcher's Island. If bound into this harbour, and you fall in with Cape Ann, supposing Cape Ann lights to bear N.N.W. about two miles distant, your course will be "WS.W . about three leagues, then W. by S. J S. 7 or 8 miles, which will bring you up to the lights on Bakers Island. But should you fall in to the southward when proceeding for the lights, you should, so soon as you have made them, bring and keep the northern or lower light open to the eastward of the other, and thus run for them ; this will carry you to the eastward, and clear of the south breaker of Baker's Island, which is very dangerous. On the S.E. part of these breakers is a spar buoy, painted black, and which bears from the lights on the i-land S.S.E. | E. 2\ miles. Should the wind be westerly when beating up, you should not stand to the southward or westward further than to shut one lignt in with the other ; otherwise you will be in danger of the south breaker above mentioned; neither stand to the northward ftirther than to bring the lights W. by S. 1 S., or you will be in danger of Gale's Ledge, a ledge which bears from the lights N.E. by £. one mile and three- quarters distant. The Common or Ship Channel into Salem is between Baker's Island and Misery Isles. It is about a mile wide : ai)<1 you may, so soon as you are up with Baker's Island, pass within 100 fiithoms of it, and steer W. by N. for the Haste, a brokm rock above water, which lies near the middle of the channel, with Baker's Island W. by N. 2^ miles, and at 1| mile from Salem Neck. This course will lead dear to the southwud of Hardffs Bjoek$, a ledge covered at high water, and to the northward of the stone beacon on Bowditch's Ltmge. 224 MARBLEHEAD HARBOUK. fci ' 1/ ■ I ; FrMn mid-channel, between Baker's and Misen'^ Islands, you may steer W.N.W. till you have passed Bowditch's Ledge, or until Cat Island comes open to the west- ward of Eagle Island ; then haul up for the Haste, above mentioned. You may anchor safely in 5 fathoms ; but to proceed further, pass the Haste at the distance of about half a mile on the port, and steer S.W. by W., which will carry you to the harbour. Observe, however, that a rocky ledge stretches from the N.E. end of Winter Island, and that a rock, called Aw)oVs Rocks, lies abreast of it, in avoid which, keep a quarter of a mile from shore. This rock has 7 feet over it at low water^ and is found by biinging Castle Hill and House into the cove north of Fort Pickering, and Beverley Meeting-house well in with Juniper Point, the S.E. point of Salem Neck. Be cautious, when keeping off-shore, in order to avoid Abbot's Rock, that you do not go far as to get on the Aqua-vit then bring the light to bear W. by S. and run for it until vrithin 2 cablcb' length ; then Bteer N.W. by W., until the lighthouse beara S.S.W. i then steer S.W. and anchor with the light bearing from E. by S. to N.E. by E. from a quarter to half a mile distant, in 6 fathoms, good holding ground, and clear bottom, secure from all but easterly gales. Vessels coming from the eastward, and running for Half-way Rock, distinguiHhcd by its beacon, must not bring the rock to bear to the southward, of W.S.W., to avoid the south breaker, which bears from Half-way Rook N.E. k E. distant one mile. Being up with Half-way Rock, and bound into Marbloheud, i)ring the rock to bear E.S.E. I E., and steer W.N.W. ^ W. for Fort Head, distant 3 miles, leaving Cut Island on the starboard hand, which bears from Half-way R(;ck W.N.W. distant 1'^ miles, and Marblehead Rock on the port hand, which Dears frOm Half-way Rock W. I N. distant two miles. Marblehead Rock bears S.W. about three-quarters of a mile, from the western part of Cat Island. It is above water, and may be approached to a short distance without danger. On the rock is a monument, or beacon, painted white at the bottom and black at the top ; it is about 8 feet in the base and iMn height. The course and distance from Half-way Rock to Marblehead Fort is W.N.W. | W. 3 miles, leaving the beacon on Cat Island Rock on the starboard, and the monument on Marblehead Rock on the port side. The monument bears from the beacon W.S.W. J W. seven- eighths of a mile. Black Bock beara from Half-way Rock N.W. by W. distant 1| mile. Cat Island Rock and Point Neck bear East and West of each other, distant about one mile. Vessels being up in Boston Bay may, by bringinj^ tho Boston Light to bear S.S.W., run N.N.E. for Marbleheaa Rock ; tney are distant from each otner about 12 miles. Half-way Rock and Boston Light bear from eaoh other S.W. and N.E., distant 15 miles. Note. — The Whale's Back is covered at high water, and may be scon at quarter- ebb. Gale's Rocks are seen only at low spring-tides. The south breakers off Baker's Island are always covered. The Brimbles are covered at high water, and are seen at half-tide. Black Rock \& always out of water, but low. Cat Island Rock, Half- way Rock, Marble-head Rock, Gray's Rock, and Pope's Head, are large, and high above water. Half-way Rock is very bold all round it. Eagle Island is bold only on the soutii ."^nd east ; from the N.E. part of it, quite to Hardy's Rocks, is very shoal water, and no passage for ships. BOSTON. — From Seal Island Lighthouse to the entrance of Boston Harbour, the direction and distance are W. | S. 220 miles, but it should bo remembered that the dangerous rock on Cashews Ledge is just to the northward of this course. The lighthouses of Cape Anne, and those on the Capo Cod peninsula, described in the list, are the most prominent points in approaching Boston. From about a league off Cape Cod, the course to tho granito lighthouse on the outer Minots Ledge is N.W. by W. J W., and the distance 28 milcn, and from thence to Boston Lighthouse N.W. ^ W. 5 miles. The lighthouse, which is 82 feet high, stands on a small island at the north side of the entrance of tho channel. Those making the Light, and imable to obtain a pilot, may bring it to bear W.N.W., and run boldly for it, until within a cable's length, then steer W. by S. until in fathoms, whiere there is safe anchorage. When you make the light with a fair wind, bring it to beor W. by N. or W.N.W., then steer for it until you are within two cables' length distance. Come no nearer to it, but run in until it bears N. by E. With adverse weather, and you cannot get a pilot from the lighthouse, after bring- ing it to bear N. by E. as above, you may run W. by S. two miles, until the light on the N.E. end of Long Island bears N.W. by N. Then steer l^.W. about one mile, Nd. 2 m, \l i BOSTON. or until the outer liKhthottM k hid by Oeorgo'a Island, where fan may anchor in safety, in Nanttuket Ritad, and in from 5 to 7 fathoms. If the wind be contrary, you may stand to the southward till you bring the outer light to bear W.N.W., and to the northward till it bears W.8.W., until you coma 3 miles of it ; then you must not stand to the northward any ftirthcr than tooring the light to bear W. by N., nor to the southward than till it bears W.N.W, { you may safely anchor in the bay, if the wind be off the shore. From off Cape Anne to Boston Lighthouse on Great Brewster Island, your oourwi* S.W., and the distance nearly 8 leagues. When you proceed firom Cape Cod to Boston Bay, with a flood-tide, you should steer about one point to the northward of the course already described, because the flood sets into Barnstable Bay. This precaution is the more necessary when the wind is northerly. Similar care is requisite in steer* ing noin Boston Bay to Cape Cod. Until you advance to within two leagues of Boston Lighthouse, you shoalen your water from 33 to 19 fathoms. The soimdings are irregular. On the Cape Anne shore the bottom is rocky ; but towards Cape Cod it is of fine sand. On the days of the Ml and change of the moon, it is high water off Boston Light- house at ten o'clock. It flows off the town till a quarter of an hour after eleven. The spring-tides rise 16 feet perpendicularly ; neap-tides, 12 feet. To Sail in during the night, oe turn within the Lighthouse Anchor- age. — Coming from sea in the night, hnng the lighthouse to bear West, and steer for it, observing to incline vour course southerly as you approach, in order to give » berth of two cables' lenjjth *o the Lighthouse Island. When you are abreast of the tight, shape your eturse West, until It bears from N.N.E. to N.K Here, if not ac- quainted witii the harbour, you may anchor tUl daylight. With the wind between the S.W. and N.W. quarters, a ship may, hi great safety, turn up within the light- house anchorage, taking care not to stand farther southward than to bring the Ughi^ to bear W.S.W., nor further northward than N.N.W. Boston Harbour. — Off the entrance of the harbour Is A small shoal, called tho Cod Bank, which lies E. by S. nearlv three miles from the lighthouse, and in the fliirwuy of the harbour, with Point Alderton and the n<»th sides of the two islands within it nearly in a line, W. \ 8., and the S.W. ends east side of George v Island. From the S.E. side of Oeorge'a Island a rocky bank extends to the distance of more than a quarter of a mile, and has on its extremity a black buoy. The entrance of the Narrows Hes between this buoy and the Beacon Point. On NieVa Mate Island, at the other end of the Narrows, upon the western side. Is a beacon, or monument ; and apon the northern part Long Island, nearly a mile to the westwanl of Nick's Mate Island, is a liffhthouae. On coming inward, direct from the Eostt for Boston Harbour, the proper parallel, if it can be kept, is 42° 20' N. The Cod Bank, already described, Ues in 42° 19' 40'. If a diip should happen to fall to the southward of the harbour, care must be taken tq avoid the Cohauet Hooka, which lie at some distance from the land, five miles to the south-eastward of Point Alderton. The outer one, called Minofa ledge, has the Uffhthouse on it as above described. From this Ughthouae the course to Boston lurbour is N.W., distance two leagues. In running thus, you will pass the white buoy on Harding's Books, and m^ thence haul up to the westward, passing between the Lighthouse Island and the red buoy on Alderton Shoal. From the middle of the Lighthouse Channel steer W. by N. one mile, to the beacon on the Spit, to which you may approach within one quarter of a cable's length, leaving it on the starl>oard hand, while the Centurion Rock and black buoy on the dioal grouiul of George's Island are left on the port. Having thus entered the Narrows, the Course up to Gallop Island Point is N. W . by N. three quarters of a mUe ; and thence through, by Nick's Mate, N.N.W. half a mile. The beacon on Nick's Mate may be left on the port hand, at the distance of a cable's length. From Nick's Mate, the course for Castle Island, through the main channel is W« by N. three miles. In running thus you will first leave a white spar huoy on the Lower Middle Ground upon tne starooard hand, which buoy is a mile below Castle Island. You will next see a ushite buog upon the Castle Kocks, which lies in 2 fiithomsy on the port. The American Coast Pilot also says. The Lower Mill Ground, which lies on the north side of the channel, a little above Spectacle Island, and which is in part dry at low water, has on its eastern part a red buoy, and on the western point a black buoy, in two fial^ms} to be left on the port hand. When abreast of the castle, steer N.N.W. one quarter of a mile, to clear the Upper Middle Ground, which has a black buoy on it, in 2 fathoms, to be left on the port hand. Should this buoy happen to be taken up, run N.N."W until the two northern- most steeples fn Boston are a handspike's length open ; a course then N.W. by W. 2 mOes, wul bring you up to the town. Bboad SoU90 is the northern entrance of Boston Harbour, but is not a propM- ohAand for large vessels. Without its entrance are the Graves, a cluster of rocks appeariitt wldto, and which lie in latitude 42° 22' 30" : these may be left on the port hand, at the distance of two cables' length. Bring them to bear S.E. and run on S.W. by W. This caurse, for ionx miles, leads up to the lighthouse on the north point of LoQg Island^ dosciibed above. INDEX. #i Admiral's Stage, 23 A^gerniore Rock, 144 Airey Capo, 94 Alchom Point, 156 Alcides Rock, 114 Aldcrton Shoal, 226 Alright Island, 81 Alright Reef, 83 Amelia Harbour, 43 Amet Sound, 145 Amherst Island, 81 Ammonite Point, 101 Amour Point, 73. 77 Anchor Point, 42, 72 Anderson's Rock, 218 Audieme Island, 51 Anguille Cape, 66 Anne Cape, 220 Annis Squam, 219 Antelope Harbour, 76 Anticosti Island, 84 Anse k I'Eau, 41 Antigonish, 149 Appeeletat Bay, 99 Apple Isle, 115 Aquafort, 46 Argos Cape, 171 Arichat Harbour, 170 Arignole Cape, 114 Aspee Bay, 163 Atlantic Telegraph Cable, 23 Atlantic Cove, 81 Augustine Port, 92 Avalon, 50 Avery's Rock, 221 Aylmer Sound, 93 Bacaliett, or Bacalao Is- land, 18 Island, 33 Bacon Bone Rock, 27 Bad Bay, 75 Badger Rock, 219 Ba^aduce Point, 211 Baic do Laval, 110 de Paris, 35 des Pins, 36 Bakers Island, 210 Bakers Island, and Light- house, 223 Bakers Point, 47 Bald Head, 206 Ballard Cape, 45 Banks of Newfoundland, 13 Bantam Corel 22 Bantam Rock, 193 Barge Bay, 76 Bamaby Island, 113 Barrack Rooks, 33 Barrier Reefs, 89 Point, 76 Barrington Bay, 193 Barren Island, 49 Barret Ledges, 117 Barrow Harbour, 28 Basque Harbour, 82 Island, 114 Bass Rock, 172 Basseterre Point, 58 Battle Islands, 75 Banc du Loup, 118 Bande de I'Arier Bay, 57 Bang's Island, 215 BaurdCape,44, 73 Bay de I'Eau, 56 Bayfield Isles, 121 Bayley's Cove, 27 BayofBulls, 45, 50 Despair, 68 Islands, 68 Lamelin, 53 Laun, 53 Rocks, 93 Bay Robert, 20 Verde,818 Bear Bay, 85 Cape, 157 Cove, 5,7 Head, 85, 152 Bear Island, 215 Beaubois Harbour, 51 Beaumont Reef, 122 Beaujeu Bank, 120 Beaver Island Light, 176 HarlM)ur, 176 Beaver Harbour, 207 Beckford Island, 32 Bedeque Harbour, 154 Belle Chasse Islets, 122 Isle Strait, 73 Bell Island, 18 Belle Harbour, 57 Belle iRle, 60 IslM, 74 lale Harbour, 40 Isle, South, 89 l»\e Spit, 184 Bell Bock, 192 Belles Amours Harbr., 88 Point, 88 Berry's Ground, 33 Berry Head, 174 Borsiamite's Point, 110 Betohowun Harbour, 100 Beverly, 222 Bichc's Arm, 38 Bickerton Port, 176 Bio Harbour, 114 Birch Channel, 102 Bird Islands, 25 Islets, 84 Bishop's Rocks, 36 Block Bay, 76 - — Breaker, 169 Head, 19, 44 Head Bay, 27 Black Joke Cove, 74 Lodge, 174 Reef, 94 Prince Shoal, 196 Rock, 60, 76 Rock Point, 199 Blanc Sablon Bay, 87 Blonde Rock, 196 Bluff Head, 92 Boar Island, 61 Boar Island Ledge, 217 Boat's Head, 73 Boat Harbour, 73 Bonavista, 26 Bay, 27 Bonaventure Island, 139 Bonne Bay, 69, 69 - ' Esperance Isle, 89 Harb.,89 Boon Island Light, 216 V .th Bav, 214 •i Jton, 227 Atle Islet, 92 iiondesir Islet, 131 fioulet Islet, 90 Bowen Rooks, 99 Bower's Ledge, 22 Bonjr Point, 67 INDEX. 220 Bradore Bay, 88 Brandishes, 20 Brandys, 18, 62 Brasil Rocks, 191 Rock, 193 Bread and Cheese Point, 60 Break-heart Point, 21 Breaking Ledge, 89 Br6hat Shoal, 42 Br^hats, or Braha, 42 Brenton Rook, 81 Brent Cove, 35 Brent's Island, 42 Bicquette Isle, 114 Breton Island, 81 Brewer's Hole, 56 Brewster Island, and Light, 226 BriePs Island, 178 Brigus Bay, 21 Bristol Bay, 187 Briton Harbour, 57 Broad Cove, N. and S., 28 Broad Sound, 227 Cove, 63 Brockelsby Head, 155 Broom Head, 29 Point, 60 Brown Rocks, 20 Brown's Head, 211 Brown's Pond, 47 Broyle Cape, 45 Brulg Haroour, 145 Brunet Island, 55 Bryant Cove, 20 Bryer's Island, 107 Buctouche Harbour, 43 Budget Rock, 103 Bulrs Arm, 23 Bull Island, 22 Island Tickle, 23 Rock, 181 Rocks, 48 Bur^eo Isles, 61 Bunn Bay, 52 — — Island Lighthouse, 52 Burnt Cape, 44 Ledge, 123 Burnt Island, 118 Burnt Island Light, 213 Burnt Islands, 63 Bustard Point, 110 Buttei-fly Island, 31 Byron uland, 81 , or Cross Island, 83 Cacona, 118 Camille Mount, 113 Camp Islands, 75 Canada Harbour, 30 Canada, or Canary Bay, 38 Canoe Isle, 121 Canon Point, 64 Canseau Point, 156 Canso Cape, 172 Cap de la Baie, 123 Cape Ann, 220 Cape Broyle Harbour, 45 Bonavista, 26 Brent, 35 Cape Elizabeth Lights, 214 Larian, 25 Capelin Bay, 46 Cape Onion, 44 Rouge, 30 Spear, and Light, 16 Si. Francis, 17 Capillaire Mountains, 42 Capstan Cape, 200 Carboniere, 10 Cardigan Bay, 158 Carey Point, 165 Caribou Harbour, 146 Island, 80 Point, 107 Carleton Moimt, 141 Point, 85 Carrol Cove, 76 Cascapediac, 141 Casco Bay, 216 Cashe's Ledge, 216, 220 Castino, 211 Castle HUl, 48 Island, 76 Castor and Pollux, 106 Castor's River, 71 Cascumpeque Harbour,160 CatArm, Great and Little, 37 Catalina Bay, 24 Cat Cove, 30 . Island, 52 Rock, 189 Cedar Island, 218 Centurion Rock, 227 Cerberus Rock, 151 Chain Rock, 16 Cove, 46 Chaleur Bay, 141 Point, 60 Champ Paga, 30 Chance Cove, Big and Little, 22 Harbour, 34 Chandler's Reach, 27 Chapeau Rouge Cape, 48 Chapel Island, 57 Chappie Arm, 22 Charge Rock, 30 Charles Island, 100 Charlottotown, 166 Chateau Bay, Bay, 76 Chatte Cape, 108 Chebucto Head, 183 Chedabucto Bay, 170 Cheney Isle, 203 Chetioan Island, 162 Chien, or l)og Island, 64 Chi^ecto Bay, 106 Choix, Port au, 70 Ciboux Island, 164 Cinq Isles Bay, 67 Clam Cove, 46 Clatise Harbour, 50 Clearwater Point, 101 Cleopatra Shoal, 32, 106 Cliff Cape, 144 Clode Sbund, 28 Cloudberry Point, 07 Clown Cove, 10 Coacoacho Bay, 06 Cocag^e Harbour, 143 Cock Cove, 113 Coddles Harbour, 174 Cod Cape, 221 Cod Roy Island, 66 Coffin Island, 81, 83 Coffin's Island, 190 Colinet Bay, 48 Collier Bay, 21 Collins Shoal, 100 Colombia, 54 Cape, 110 Columbine Shoals, 83 ColumbcofRotte, 62 Colville River, 160 Come-by-Chance Harbour, 50 Comtts, Harpooner, &c., Wrecksof, 5, 6 Conception Bay, 18 Confusion Bay, 36 Connaigre Bay and Har- bour, 58 Connecting Point, 27 Connoire oscy, 62 Cony Arm H!ead, 37 Copper Island, 31 Corbeau Cape, 110 Corbin Harbour, 52 Head, 50 Bay, 57 Cormorant Cape, 104 Point, 86 Cormorandier's Rocks, 41 Cosh, 20 Conche Harbour, 39 Country Harbour, 174 . m iS*" i _ i;.^ssm>*^immiii,:iiiii:i:i^'r:^ 230 INDEX. Covo Island, 04 Cow Head, 69 Hocks, 46 Crabtree Point, 812 Cranbeny Island, 172 Cronbernr lalea, 210 Crane Ishnd, 120, 134 Crapaod Road, lAA CromaiUere Harbour, 42 One Harbour, 40 Croix Cape, 41 Croker's Coto, 19 Cross Island, 188 Crow Island, 46, 51, 118 Crow's Nest, 16 Cuckold's Head, 17 Caller's Head, 27 Cumberland Harbour, 01 Basin, 200 Cnpid Cove, 21 Curlew Point, 07 Current Island, 71 Currents, 4, 6 Cutteau Bay, 62 Cntwell Harbour, 84 Dalt Islakd 93 JDamna Harbour. 29 Daniel Port, 140 Dark Cove, 203 Dauphine Point, 124 Dantzic Point, 66 Deadman Islet, 82 Dead Islands, 63 Deane, or Pope Harbour, 177 Dean's Rock, 33 Deer Harbour, 74 Deer Island Light, 213 Degrat Harbour, 43 Defute Harbour, 206 DemoiteUe, The,82 De Plate, 63 Devil's Cove, 37 Devil Island, 183 Devil's Limb, 196 Diable Bay, 77 Diamond Cape, 126 Dice's Island, 211 Dildo Harbour, 22 Directions — Hali£E« Ha- bour, 184 Diver Islet, 01 Dodding Head, 62 Rock, 63 Dogs Cape, 116 Dog Island, 71 Double Ledge, 72 Dover Bay, 173 Dogrlc Iitaads, 04 — — Hoef, 83 Dragon Day, 69 Duck Island, 82, 218 Isle, 188 Duck IsUnds, 210 Dumplings, 212 DureU'e Ledge, or Bnap Rock, 32 Dyers Bay, 209 Eagle Cape, 86 Harbour, 92 Eagle Island Light, 213 East Arm, 69 Bull, 173 Cape, 86 Point, 169 Kock, 172 Ebenicook Harbour, 214 Ebert Port, 191 Eclipse Island, 61 Eddy Cove, 160 - Egg Island, 106 Rocks, 71 Egmont Bay, 164 Cape, 163 Eider Islands, 90 Elbow Rook, 196 Ellis Bay, 86 Covo, 84 ' Point, 47 Emery Island, 90 • Bocks, 97 Englee Island, 38 English Bay, 109 Harbour, 24 Enragei Point, 64 Enter Islet, 91 Entry Uand, 81 Epeis de Br^hat, 42 Epine Cadoret, 40 Esquimaux Bay, 90 Islands, 90 Wee, 111 River, 90 Etang Harbour, 206 FAcnBux Bat, 69 Father Point, 113 Fcrmowes, 46 Fenyland Head, 63 Fin Rocks, 93 Fippenies Bank, 220 Fisherman's Bank, 167 Fish Harbour, 192 Fishing Roek, 40 Fishing Bocks, 216 Fbhot Harbour and Is- land, 41 Fitzroy Roek, 156 Five Lcogucs Point, 80 Flambor()Hi,'h Hmd, 18 Flat Ixlund, 139 Islands, 61 Point, 165 Rocks, 88 Flcur de Lis Harbour, 30 Flint Island, 160 Flower Ledge, 72 Pot Columns, 102 Rock and Point, 26 Fogo Head, 32 Fogo Island and Capo, 33 Fogs, 2, 3 Fond Arm, 40 Fools Island, 31 Fords Island, 51 Fork Point, 73 Forteau Bay, 77 Cove, 77 Point, 77 Fort Point, 190 Fort Pownail, 211 Rocks, 90 Fortune Bay, 68 Harbour, 34 Head, 65 Fourche Bay, 168 Harbour, 38 Point, 197 Fox Cape, 42 Harbour, 74, 144 Island, 49, 50 Harbour, 60 Fox Island Passage, 211 Fox Islands, 212 Frumbois Shoal, 168 Frauderesse Shoal, 39 — Point, 39 Franklin's Isl?s, 213 Freels Cape, <:7 Frenchman's Cove, 37 Elbow, 198 French Mistaken Point, 46 Point, 42 Rock, 174 Friday's Bay, 34 Fright Island, 101 Fromy Island, 41 Front River, 106 Fryingpan Bodkf 64 Fundy, Bay of; 202 Funk Islaad, 31 Oababos Bay, 168 Cove, 168 Cape, 168 Oalantry Hnd, 54 Gales Ledge, 283 Galloping Andrews, 52 INDEX. 231 Oaltan's Harbour, 58 Golly Boy Harbour, 03 Oannot Dry Ledge, 196 . Rock, 196 Shoal, 173 Oospg Capo, 106 Bay, 137 Gaul Shag Hook, 63 Gaze Point, 116 GeniUe Point, 40 George Bay, 149 Cape, 149 TownHarbour,lfi8 Georges Hiver, 213 Gibraltar Hock, 46 Glace Bay, 166 Gloccster, or Cape Ann Harbour, 221 Goats Island, 37 Goddard Isknd, 89 Hock, 89 Gouldsboro', 209 Godfatlier Cove, 37 Ooelette Island, 46 Gonde Mountain, 89 Goosben-y Isles, 30 Goose Bay, 27 ^ Ca{)e, 41 Harbour, 42 Island, 130 Shoal, 131 Oorlob Point, 21 Got Cove, 24 Gouffre Arm, 38 des Canaries, 39 Governor Island, 156 Grand Point, 87 Hustico Harbour, 161 Grandys Cove, 61 Grange Rock, 96 Graves Rocks, 227 Great Barrysway Point,61 Bras D'or, 164 Basque Island, 106 Boule, 106 — — Brunet, 56 Burin Harbour, 62 Chance Harbour, 27 Dantzic Cove, 55 FoK River, 108 Gallows Harbour Isle, 51 Gallows Harbour, 51 •— - Harbour Deep, 38 Harbour, 62 Jcrvis Island, 58 Lauo, 63 Meoattina Isle, 92 ParadiiieHarbour^60 Great Placontia, 48 Quirpon Uarb., 43 lianuta Island, 60 Sacred Inland, 44 Sandy Harbour, 50 South Harbour, 60 — - St. Lawrcncc, 63 Valen Island, 60 Green Bay, 36 Cove, 17 Point, 61 Island, 26, 40, 46, 61, 72, 97, 101 Green Island Lighthoue, 25 Greenish Bay, 76 Greenly Island, 87 Grcenspond Tickle, 31 Gregorys Rock, 52 Grcnvifle Harbour, 161 Ledge, 72 Grey Rocks, 193 Griffin Cove, 108 Griguct Harbour, 43 Grime Rock, 172 Grindstone Island, 81, 83, 200 Groais, or Groix Isle, 39 Groais Island, 40 Grosse Isle, 121 Graham LeAae, 167 Granchain Islands, 43 Grand Bank, 13 Cape, 66 Bay, 64 Bruit, 62 ■ Entry Harbour, 83 Manan, 196 Metis, 112 Passage, 198 Pierre, 66 Grandes Ilettes, 41 Oies Isles, 41 Grande Isle, 118 Grandmires Rocks, 60 Oros Mome, 35 Grosse Patch, 121 Island, 81 Grouts Point, 40 Gulch Cove, 87 Gulf Stream, 4, 5 Gull Island, 31, 45, 67 ■ , Cape Bona- Adsta, 85 — Ledge, 88 Rock, 44, 88, 174, 197 Gunboat Reef; 217 Gut of Annapolis, 191 Ouyoboro^ Horboor, 171 Haditanth Bay, 162 Ha Ha Bay, 44, 92 Halifax, 1K2 Harbour, 182 Lightfc 182 Halls Bay, 34 Hampton Harbour, 218 Happy Adventure, Great and Little, 28 Harbour Buffet, 49 Femmo, 66 — ^ Grace, 19, 20 Island, 49, 60, 102 la Conte, 63 Main, 21 Mille, 66 Point, 62 Rock, 33 • Round, 35 Hardy Harbour, 36 Hardings Rocks, 226 Hare Bay, 33, 69 Harbour, 93 Island and Bay, 46 Hare's Ears Point, 69 Harradens RrKsk, 220 Harpswell Sound, 216 Haste Rock, 224 Haut-et-Bas Cape, 42 Haute-et-Plate Islands, 43 Haute Isle, 199 HauliuR Point, 37 Haute Terrc Island, 43 Hawbolt Rock, 176 Hawkes Hai'bour, 70 Head Harbour, J 88, 206 Heart's Content, 22 Heath Point, 86 Henry Cape, 86 Hen Point, 116 Hermitage Bay, 68 Cove, 68 Herringneck, Morton's Harbour, 34 Herring Shoal, 177 Herring Gut, 211 Hertford Basin, 188 Islands, 161 High Cliff, 85 Cape, 86 Lands of Dunn, 64 Hillicrs, or Boutiton Har- bour, 89 Hillsborough Bay, 166 Hobson's Nose, 187 Holdemess Isle, 180 Holland Cove> 160 232 INDEX. '■ II HoUin's Rivor, 175 Holyrood, 21 Pond, 47 Hood Port, 162 Hooping, or Sans Fond Harbour, 38 HorscchopH, 24 Horso Race Rock, 194 Rock, 177 Island, 215 Horton Blufl", 11)9 Hospital Rock, 120 House Idland, 90, 215 Howe Port, 173 Hows Harbour, 42 Hubberts Cove, 188 Hudsons Reef, 22 Hump Sands, 210 Hune, Cape la, 59 Huntiy Rock, 156 Hydra Rock, 171 ICB8, 2, 7, 8 Ignace, St., 121 Ilot Point, 113 Indian Bay, 166, 175 Harbour, 60, 63 Point, 100 Inganish Bay, 163 Ingornachoix Bay, 70 Inman Rock, 155 Inspector Rock, 33 Ipswich, 219 Ireland Rock, 33 Irish, or Black Isle, 40 Iron Head, 57 Iron Island, 52 Island Harbour, 92 Isle au Bois, 46 au Bordeaux, 50 au Boiirs, 101 au Condres, 119 Isles aux Morte, 63 Isleborough, 211 Isle Haute Bay, 212 Islesof Shoals, 217 Ives Knoll, 183 Jacko Ridge, 196 Jack Shoal, 149 Jackson Arm, 37 Jacques Cartier Island, 44 Point, 44 Road, 44 Jebogue Cape, 197 Jedore Harbour, 198 Jegogan Harbour, 175 Jeremie Island, 110 Jig Rock, 192 Joe Butt's Point, 53 Jones Point, 88 JoHe Port, 191 JolLimorc's Islands, 188 John Bar, 145 Clay's Hill, 45 John-the-Bay, 61 Point, 61 Judas Cape, 61 . Jupiter River, 84 Kamourasca IsleF^, 118 Kegashka Bay, 97 Kennebec River, 213 Kcnnebunk, 216 Keppel Island, 70 Kings Cove, 27 Harbour, 61 Kitty Vitty, 17 La Boule Point, 112 Labrador Current, 5 Lackington Rock, 29 La Oribannc, 123 Lake Island, 95 Lally Cove Head, 67 Lamelin Islands, 52 Ledges, 63 Shag Rock, 53 La Moine Bay, 63 Langley Island, 64 La Poile Bay, 63 - Prairie Bay, 126 L'Argent Bay, 56 Large Island, 102 Lark Cove, 74 Islet, 111 Island, 74 Point, 111 ; Reef, 116 La Scie Harbour, 35 Latour Point, 193 Laun Bay, 53 Lawler Island, 183 Lcs Bergeronnes Isles, 131 Eboulemens, 122 Ledge Cape, 194 Ledges Island, 88 Le Have Cape, 190 Rock, 190 - Four Harbour, 41 Lepreau Point, 203 Lennox Passage, 169 Libby Isles, 208 Lichfield Rock, 184 Lighthouse Bank, 183 Liscomb Harbour, 175 Little Basque IsUmds, 106 Boule, 106 Brunets, 56 Catalina, 25 Little Colinet Island, 48 Colombia, 64 Dantzic Covo, 65 Denier, 28 Harbour Deep, 37 Harbour, 60 Ireland, 62 — — Laun, 63 Mecattina Island,93 Metis Bay, 112 Miquelon Island, 64 Mortier Bay, 61 Pancake, 17 Paradise Harbour, 50 Quirpon, 43 Sacred Island, 44 Sandy Harbour, 50 Seldom - come - by Harbour, 33 South Harbour, 49 St. Lawrence, 52 Mark Island, 215 River Harbour, 209 Liverpool Cape, 190 Lobster Bay, 91, 106 Beach, 140 Harbour, 36 Long Cove, 188 Harbour, 49 Harry Rock, 19 Islands, 28 Island, 34, 49, 51, 58, 197 Islands, 210 Harbour, 58 Ledge, 67 Point, 67, 108 Londoner's Island, 217 Lord and Lady Island, 57 Long Spit, 83 Loo Cove, 31 Loon Rocks, 97 Louisa Cove, 137 Harbour, 74 Louse Harbour, 173 Louisburg Harbour, 168 Loup Bay, 77 Lynn, 222 Mace's Bay, 203 Mac Isaac Rock, 149 Machias Bay, 208 Machias, 209 Seal Islands, 204 Mackenzie Shoal, 147 Mackinnon Cape, 93 Macnab Island, 183 Madame Isle, 121 — -lAland, 170 /olinet Inland, 48 'olombia, 04 )antzic Coto, 55 )enier, 28 larbour Deep, 37 larbour, 50 relond, 62 aan, 53 ^ecattina l8land,93 dctisBay, 112 kliquelon Island, 54 tfortier Bay, 51 ancake, 17 'aradise Harbour, ^uirpon, 43 Sacred Island, 44 }andy Harbour, 50 Seldom - come - by )our, 33 South Harbour, 49 St. Lawrence, 52 Mark Island, 215 River Harbour, 209 ool Cape, 190 r Bay, 91, 106 - Beach, 140 - Harbour, 36 :ove, 188 larbour, 49 larry Hock, 19 slands, 28 [sland,34,49,dl,58, Madeline Shod, 43 Mad Moll Reef, 197 Magdalen Islands, 81 River, 108 Magnetic Rocka, 60 Ma) Safe Rook, 93 Saintfl, The, Saintesprit Island, 169 Salaberry, Bay do, 93, 94 Salom, 222 Salisbury, or Roby Rock, 16 Salmon Bay, 89 Cove, 19 '-■ Islet, 89 - Capo, 116 Port, 116 Salt Lake Bay, 86 Salute Island, 43 Salvage Rook, 19 Salvages, The, 217 Sambro' Harbour, 187 Sambro' Island Light, 180 Light Island, 183 Ledges, 186 Sand Top Cape, 85 Sand Shoal, 196 Sandwich Cove, 75 Sandwich Head, 75 Sandy Bay, 72 Bay Pier, 221 Beach Point, 138 Cove, 28, 198 Harbours, 50, 91 Point, 192 Saguenay River, 111 Saunder's Port, 70 Savage Cove, 72 Savage Harbour, 161 Sawbill River, 104 Scatari Island, 167 Schooner Cove, 77 Schooner Island, 45 Sea Cow Island, 101 Seal Islands, 72 Rocks, 55, 138, 205 Point, 92 Harbour, 212 Sea Trout Point, 156 Segwine Isle Light, 213 Seldom-come-by Harbour, 33 Sei-pent Reef, 108 Serpilliere Island, 41 Seven Islands Bay, 105 Shag, the, 175 Harbour, 187 Island, 67 Islet, 91 Rock, 69, 34, 91 Shallop Creek, 86 Shallop Creek, 84, 86 River, 104 Rock, 56 Shallow Boy, 70 Shalloway Island, 52 Shediac Harbour, 143 Sheep Cove, 20 Sheepsoot River, 213 Sheet Harbour, 176 Shelbume Harbour, 191 Sherwick Point, 21,. 24 Sherbrook Tower, 183 ShettlePort, 116 Shickshoe Mountain, 108 Ship Cove, 52, 56 Harbour, 49, 198 Island, 29 Shoal Bay, 33, 45, 178 ShoalH, Isles of, 217 m Shoe Cove, 18 .<.. Shut-in Island, 179 — SilleCove,21 -^ Silver-hair Island, 31 ' ^- Single Rocks, 93 • « Sisters, The, 186 — Islands, 40 — Rocks, 36 Skuttock HUls, 208, 209 Smoky Ridge, 29 Smutty-noso Island, 218 Smutty-nose Point, 21 Snap Rock, or Durell's Ledge, 32 Sop Island and Arm, 37 South Arm, 69 Breaker, 96 Point, 86 Rock, 40, 120, 133 Southmaker'a Ledge, 94 South Traverse, 119 South-west Bull, 174 Soldier's Ledge, 196 Spaniard Bay, 20 Spanish Room Harbour, 51 Spear Cape Light, 45 Specatica Island, 91 > - - Spiller's Point, 26 ' Spit Head, 155 ^'s Split Point, 18 Split Rock, 202 Springs Island, 41 Spry, or Taylor's Harbour, 177 Spray Reef, 93 Spout, 45 -| Staff Islet, 93 Stag Harbour, 33 Stanhope Cape, 161 Star Island, 218 Steam-ship Routes, 11 Steering Island, 69 Stillman's Rock, 217 Stinking Islands, 30 Stone Pillar, 120, 13^ Stony Point, 88 Storm Cape, 43 Straitsmouth Island, 221 St. Anne's Harbour, 163 — Anne River, 108 — Anne's Point, 196 — Anthony, 42 — Anthony Cape, 42 — Barbe Bay, 72 — Barbe Isle, Little, 36 — Barbe, or Horse Is- lands, 35 — Barbe Point, 72 — Charles Cape, 76 lAMIM '*:fe>M-if*is£^P5;:iiiii8^;?*(»ji#^^ : I i;^ ^ 236 St. Charles Hartoiir, 16 — Charles Hill, 76 — Charles Point, 104 -- aair Bay, 87 — Denis Point, 118 — Genevieve Bay, 71 — Genevieve Head, 71 — Genevieve Island, 97 — Genevieve Mount, 99 — George's Bay, 66 — George Cape, 67 — Giles Point, 109 — Gregory Cape, 67 — Jaques Harbour, 67 — John's Bay, 71 — John's Cape, 33 — John's Harbour, 16, 195, 200 — John's Head, 67 — John's 57, 71 -^ — John's Mount, 103 — John's, Newfoundland, 13 — Julien Harbour, 40 — Lawrence, 62 — Lawrence Cape, 162 — Lewis Rock, 74 — Lewis Sound, 74 . — Lunaire Bay, 43 *' — Margaret's Bay, 71 — Margaret River, 106 — Margaret Bay, 106 — Mark Islands, 94 — Mary's Bay, 47 — Mary's Cape, 48 — Mary Cape, 197 — Mary's CliflFs, 86 — Maiy's Harbour, 47 — Mary's Kays, or Rocks, 48 — Mary Reefe, 94 — Mary's River, 176 — Mien Bay, 42 — Modest Isle, 76 — Nicholas Point, 109 — Paul's Island, 81 — Paul's Bay, 123 — Patrick's Hole, 124 — Peter's Bay, 75, 169 — Peter's Harbour, 161 — Peter, or St. Pierre's Island, 54 — Peter Islands, 75 — Pierre Harbour, 54 — Shot's Bay, 47 — Shot's Bay, wrecks in, 5 — Vallier Point, 136 Sugar-loaves, 212 Sunk Ledge, 76 H: INDEX. Swalo Tickle, 28 Swallow's Tail, 203 Swerry Head, 26 Swerry's Rocks, 26 Sword Point, 69 Sydney Harbour, 166 Table Head, 76, 86 Tail Rocks, 93 Tangier Harbour, 178 Telegraph Cable, 23 Temple Bay, 75 Temple Pass, 76 Tunant B ly, l>i7 Tenant Harbour, 212 Ten Pound Island, and Light, 222 Thatcher's Island, and Lights, 220 ...... Thorn Shoal, 178 '"■'■■■ Three Fathoms Harbour, 178 Three Islands, 204 * Three Mountains Har- bour, 42 Three Rocks, 21 Thrumcap Shoal, 158 Thnjmcap Islet, 183 Tickle Bay and Harbour, 22 Tides— Sable Island, 181 Tides — S. John's, New- foundland, 17 Tilbury Rocks, 169 Tilton Harbour, 33 Tobacco Isle, 175 Tom Cods Rock, 32 Tooth Head, 62 Torbay, 17, 174 Torbay Ledge's, 174 Tortoise Head, 63 Toulinguet, or Twillingate Island, 34 Townsend Fort, 16 Townsend Harbour, 214 Traverse Cape, 155 Treble Hill Island, 92 Treble Islet, 97 Trepassees, or Deadman's Bay, 32 Trepassey, 46 Trinity Bay, 21, 60, 107 Trinity Cove, 81 Trinity Harbour, 24 Trinity Ledge, 197 Triton Harbour, 34 Tryon Shoals, 166 Turner Cape, 161 Tusket Isles, 196 Tweed Island, 67 Union, or Grsndes Vaohes Cove, 37 Vaches Point, 111 Variation of the Com- "paSS, 1 ^i;v4(t. Varket Island, 29 ^3^ Vent Cape, 40 .hi.iii Venus CiMk, 160 Verde Point, 48 Verdon's Rocks, 41 Verte Bay, 195 Vestal Rock, 16 Vice-Admiral's Cove, 24 Virgin Rocks, 15, 48 Vulture Rock, 193 Wadham Islands, 32 Wallace Harbour, 146 Walch Rock, 93 Walrus Island, 101 Wapitagun Harbour, 94 Wash4)aU Rock, 17, 145 Washington Mount, 216 Washtawooka Bay, 99 Watagheistic Island, 94 Watch, The, 89 Waugh Shoal, 146 Webber Shoal, 174 fJi • !•: Wedge Isle, 175 : ^rj 1 Wedge Point, 29 ; f •>; West Bay, 68, 76 West Cliff, 85 Western Head, 34 West Tickle, 33 Reef, 154 Spit, 154 Rocks, 105 Road, 68 Whale Channel, 90 — Cove, 203 Gut, 76 Island, 76, 89 Patch, 20 Rock, 60 Shoal, 43 Whale's Back, 217 Whale's Back Rock, 224 Whelp Rock, 89 White Bay, 36 Bear Bay, 60 Cape Harbour, 43 Cliff, 86 Head Island, 173 Head Isle, 203 Hills, The, 216 Horse, 62 Horse Reef, 82 Horse Isle, 206 Island, 82, 117 JS'i't , ' .A -.rt ON, or GrandesVa^hes ove, 37 .he-iJi 197 >H HES Point, lll^^^:; ation of the Com- 188, 1 cet Island, 29 H}. t Cape, 40 d-Mii us Cmek, 150 i'M/.T de Point, 48 don's Rocks, 41 te Bay, 195 tal Rock, 16 Admiral's Cove, 24 |[in Rocks, 15, 48 ture Rock, 193 DHAM Islands, 32 Uace Harbour, 146 Ich Rock, 93 Irus Island, 101 pitagun Harbour, 94 sh*aU Rock, 17, 145 shington Mount, 216 shtawooka Bay, 99 tagheistic Island, 94 tch, The, 89 ,ugh Shoal, 145 bber Shoal, 174 dge Isle, 175 (dge Point, 29 istBay, 68, 76 ■•'>■>< sstCliflf, 85 istem Head, 34 !st Tickle, 33 - Reef, 154 - Spit, 134 - Rocks, 105 « " - Road, 68 lale Channel, 90 - — Cove, 203 Gut, 76 Island, 75, 89 Patch, 20 Rock, 60 Shoal, 43 lale's Back, 217 Lale's Back Rock, 224 lelp Rock, 89 lite Bay, 36 Bear Bay, 60 Cape Harbour, 43 Cliff, 86 Head Island, 173 Head Isle, 203 Hills, The, 216 Horse, 62 Horse Reef, 82 - Horse Isle, 206 - Island, 82, 117 White IsUnds, 43, 176 ■ Island Lighthouse, 217 Sands, 157 :a ■ i Whitehaven, 173 Whitehead Light, 210 Whittle Bay, 45 Cape, 95 Rocks, 96 Wigwam Point, 219 Wild Cove, 37 Wild-fowl Reef, 110 ■*?P INDEX. Williams Port, 199 Willis Cottel, 29 Wine Cove, 176 Winds, in General, 1 WindmUl HiU, 32 Wolf Bay, 61, 96 Wolfe Island, 81, 83 Wolf Island, 96 Woodlsland, 36, 87,92 Wood Island Light, 216 Wood Islands, 44, 167, 204 237 Wood Pillar, 120 Wreck Cove, 162 Wreck Bay, 76, 85 Wye Rock, 122 Yankee Jack, 177 York Harbour, 68 York Point, 75 Young Harry Rock, 26 Young's Narrow, 212 J # .,*Bi-M ii t . '•. «'?: ,''0 ,7(i:i 'f^ Vf j 0x5 /Kjw'T - • « f 'V V;- • ^1 • Ui>iit,'llfll \ *II.;?m!L in ■^w>- *i < tm \i mm t'H'>i- nr^mm /!:. 1.-GENERAL CHARTS. £ «. 4 4 wation id with ... 10 ... 12 6 >r», and wtralia, ... 8 ... 10 6 ed with ... 4 u ... TDS. ral Bul- ti with London , of the Shoals, k. With Reach, imsgate ibove.. 4 bowing MMtg at COASTS OF THE BRITISH ISLANDS. « £ a. d. 36. The ENOUBH CHANNEL, with the Briitol and Fart of the St George's Channels. An entirely New Chart, compriBing the Coasts between Lowestoff and the Kiver Shannon, Dunkirk, and Brest ; with enlarged Flans of the Downs, the Coast of France, be- tween Calais and Boulogne, Ushant, Newhaven, Beachy Head, and Pevensey, Shorcham, Pottland, Brest, and Cherbourg. By A. O. FiNDLAT, F.R.O.S. With Observations on the Tides, by Admiral ' Bullock, R.N., with Directions 12 THE SAME CHART TO SCILLY, &c., without the Book of Directions 8 86. The ENGLISH CHANNEL, with Plans of Harbours, &c., by J. PuBDT. On a reduced scale. With the Book of Directions .... 10 The same, without the Book of Directions 8 THE SAME CHART TO SCILLY, &o., but without the Directions and Bank of Channel Soundings 6 37. The THREE CHANNELS— The ENGLISH, BRISTOL, and ST. GEORGE'S CHANNELS; showing the Coasts of England and Wales from Hull round to Liverpool, and of Ireland from Dublin to Galway. With Directions 12 The same, without the Book of Directions 10 38. The STBAIT of DOVER, from Beachy Head to Margate, and from Dieppe to Ostend, with Plans and Harbours 6 39. The HARBOURS and ISLANDS of the ENGLISH CHANNEL, &c. Being a Collection of Twenty-eight particular Charts, mostly on a large scale, and arranged on three sheets, uniformly with the general Chart before descried, No. 35 14 Q^ Each Sheet may be had separately, atfollowa :— 40. EASTERN HARBOURS OF THE ENGLISH CHANNEL, contain- ing, 1. Dungeness to Rye Harbour, with the Shoals adjacent ; 2. The Shoals, &c., off Beachy Head ; 3. The Isle of Wight and its Envi- rons; 4. Spithead, &c., on a very large scale; 5. The Needles Passage, on a similar large scale ; 6. The Isle, Roads, and Race of Portland, with West Bay ; 7. Environs of Calais ; 8. Havre de Grace and Mouth of the Seine ; 9. Harbour of Cherbourg ; 10. Port of St. Male 5 41. CENTRAL HARBOURS and CHANNEL ISLANDS, containing, , ^ ^ 1. The Islands of Guernsey, Jersey, Aldemey, &c. ; 2. Bridport ' ■ Harbour; 3. The Coast from Lyme Regis to Beer Head ; 4. Torbay f-f =,-,- and Dartmouth; 6. Plymouth Sound, Hamoaze, &c. ; 6. Fowey Harbour; 7. St. Anstel's or Polkerris Bay ; 8. Falmouth Harbour. .050 42. WESTERN HARBOURS and ISLES of the ENGLISH CHAN- ^ NEL, &c., containing, 1. Falmouth and St. Ives to the Land's End and Scilly Islands, including Mount's Bay ; 2. The Scilly Islands ; 3. Harbour of, and Coast near Padstow ; 4. Milford Haven ; 5. Har- 3 hour of Waterfbrd; 6. Harbour of Youghal; 7. Cork Harbour; 8. Harbour of Kinsale; 9. Crook Haven; 10. Bear Haven, in - ^ Bantry Bay 0-5 43. Th$ Southern Coaatn of England, frnin the Owers Light to Plymouth Sound, on a large scale. By the late Mr. Wilid Plans of tho Sound and Daniuh Grnuiuls, Win^ Sound, and otner principal Harbours; numerous Viuw8, &c. Witli a Sailing Directory 12 1 98. The SOUND and DANISH GROUNDS, on a lar^^e scale; from the late Survey, with a Plan of Kluinuur. Ono lurgc sheet 6 [99. THE BALTIC, WITH THE GULFS OF BOTHNIA AND FIN- LAND, in one very lary;e Chart ; with Plans of Hiirliours, Apprar- ances of Land, &c., on eight sheets ; with a Book of Sailing Direc- tions, in two parts. North and South 1 1 [lOO. The BALTIC SEA, on two large sheets, with numerous Plans of Htirboui-s, Views of Land, &c. With a Book of Sailing Directions. .080 |101. The GULP of FINLAND, uniform with the preceding Chart of the Baltic, including many particular Plans, complete to the present time i with a Book of Directions o 8 from Stadtland V.-FRANCE, SPAIN, PORTUGAL, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN. 102. The BAY of BISCAY, chiefly from Surveys made respectively by order of the GoverninentH of France and Spain, with foui-tcen par- ticular Charts of its Harbours, &c., by Mr. J. Outhett. IFith a new Sailing Directory for all the Harbours 8 j,J03. The Coasts of SPAIN, PORTUGAL, and. BARBARY, from St. Sebastian to Cape J3Ianco, North, by John Purdy ; with. enlarged- Plans of the principal Harbours, Viewa of Headlands, aiid a new Sailing Directory 8 MEDITERRANEAN SEA. - l04. The MEDITERRANEAN SEA. — A new General Chart of tho Mediterranean Sea and a portion of the Euxine or Black Sea, in- cluding the Bay of Biscay, Coasts of Spain, Portugal, &o. Three large sheets, with a Book of Directions , 14 ab. ' - C '" « 104 -The C,«>M ot Fr<;«"i 106. Sheet II. °^.*^f,Sne tie^4dna<«c, or ' Ta^HeU /pT.«^" 1» ^ay of . &o^;G"lW»4- PrUaepavately tib. H ft, ( I. V'of Band 5 Vlana Hiicio, ll°'o 6 l^as^ 1 CoaHt ■Canea 5 1; with tt 4 NEAN I a very 4 10 10 nipclago, X Koaus, , Port of 6 or Black onstanti- PURDY. 6 Danube, irtofthe Ht of the jt's Isle J rna{ 10. . lload of ■gas; 15. 8. Bay of 188C, or of tiiH); 23. tlouzi, or p Cimme- on, with 6 ( 11 ) VI.-WEST COAST OF AFRICA AND ATLANTIC ISLANDS. & «. 115. The TWO SOUTHERN SHEETS of the ATLANTIC, f^om the parallel of the Chesapeake to the Straits of Gibraltar, Coast of (Juinoa, &c., including the West Indies and Mexican Sea, being partof No. 3 8 Or each sheet may be had separately 4 lie. The EASTERN SHEET of the REDUCED ATLANTIC, comprising the BritiHh Isles, France, Spain, Portugal and Africa, to the Equator and the meridian of 42" West, being part of No. 7 4 117. APEICA.— r/w Coast of Africa, from the Strait of Gibraltar to Cape Jblanco t including the Madeiras and Canary Islands ; with a par- ticular Chart of Mogodor Bay 6 118. The COAST of AFRICA, from Cape Blanco to Cape Verde 4 119. The COAST of AFRICA, from Cape Verde to Cape St. Anne ; with particular Plans of the Roads of Bissao, and the Isles de Los 6 120. The COAST of AFRICA, from Cape St. Anne to Cape Formosa ; including chiefly the Windward and Gold Coasts ; with particular Plans of Sierra Leon, Bassa Cove, Lagos and its Channels, Entrance of Benin River, &c., &c 10 123. The COAST of AFRICA, from Cape Formosa to Cape Negro ; with the a(\iacicnt Islands, and particular Plans of Bonny River, Entrance of Ola Cttlabor, Bimbia, Cameroons River, Anna de Chaves Bay, on St. Thomas's iNland, Yumba Bay, View of Ambriz Road, Loand.a St. Paul, Benguela, &c 6 124. The RIVER CONGO, on the Coast of Africa ; from its Entrance to the Bay of Yumba. From a Survey by George Maxwell. New Edition, 1856 7 126. The WESTERN COAST of AFRICA, from the Bight of Biafra to the Capo of Good Hope; with enlarged Plans of part of the Bi^-ht of Biafra and Fernando Po, the Bonny and New Calabar Rivers, Corisco Bay, Rio del Rev and Old Calabar Rivers, the Entrance of the River Congo, St. Paul de Loando, Benguela Bay, Lobito Bay, Elephant Bay, Walvisch Bay, Angra Pequena, Saldanha Bay ; from the Surveys of Captains W. Owen, A. Vidal, W. Allen, H. Matson, R.N., and others. By A. 0. FiNDLAY 7 128. The AZORES, or WESTERN ISLANDS, from the Surveys of Captain A. Vidal, R.N., with a particular Chart of St. Michaets, on an enlarged scale. With Views, and a Book of Directions 5 129. The AZORES, MADEIRAS, and CANARY ISLANDS, with part of the Coasts of Portugal and Africa, from the Borlings to Cape Bojador, constructed by John Purdy. With Plans of Hai'bours, Views, &c., and a Book of Directions 8 ISO. The CANARY ISLANDS, with MADEIRA, Porto Santn, &c.; from the Surveys of Captain Vidal, &c. ; with enlarged Plans of the ' Island of Madeira, Porto Santo, Great Salvage, the Road of Funchal, and Roadstead of Santa Cruz (TeneriflFe) ; with Views, &c., from the Surveys of Captain A. Vidal, &c. With a Book of Directions 6 ab. d. 6 •♦^ wruiwp i ^ 12 LAURIE'S ABRIDGED CATALOGUE. £ K. r»«» wn p-«wt ». £ i. d. id of han [ilAM .... 5 ding )UCO, rs of .... 5 tiam- rSt. .... 5 »e of ,&c. .... 16 )n or arge .... 5 .... 3 .. . 3 'oint .... 6 ... 6 and ... 5 96 3 0.. 5 tA'3 Sir the to rJie *es- ... 14 ery ... 4 AUSTRALIA AND PACIFIC OCEAN. £ «. 230. A SURVEY of the RIVER TiORIS, from the Island of Lankcet to Canton ; with copious Directiuus, &c. By Capt. Joseph Uuddart, F.R.8. 1826 4 240. The PHILIPPIirE ISLANDS, Palawan, &o., from the latest Sur- veys ; with a particular Plan of the liay of Manilla. By A. Arrow- SMITH. New Edition, improved from tlio Spanish Charts of CoELLO, MoRATA, &c. By A. G. Findlay, F.II.G.S 6 243. The MOLUCCAS and Banda Ska, showing the Eastern Passages to China. (Improved from the Dutch Chart.) By Lieut. U. Moor, R.N. Two sheets 7 244. BooroBay. Surveyed by Lieutenant Moor. 1801 4 246. Dhelli Harbour in Timor, by the same. 1801 3 246. Islands and Harbour of Banda, on a large scale, from the Surveys of Lieut. G. W. CUMMING, R.N. ; with Directions on the Plate 6 247. BOORO, GILLOLO, CERAM, and NEW GUINEA, with the PASSAGES EASTWARD of CELEBES, exhibiting all the dif- ferent Channels from the meridian of 125^° E. With a Plan of Amboyna. By A. Arrowsmith 6 248. NEW GUINEA, &c.— The Islands and Passages in the vicinity of Papua, or New Guinea, between the Sea of Banda and the eastern extremity of the Solomon lulands, with part of the Arafoura Sea . . 10 17 d. 6 XII.-AUSTBALIA AND PACIFIC OCEAN. 250. A New Chart of the SOUTfi-EASTEBN COASTS of AU- STBALIA, between Moreton Bay and Investigator Group; with enlarged Plans of Port Stephens, Port Jackson, and Sydney, Broken Bav, Botany Bay, Port Phillip, Entrance of Port Phillip, Entrance of >V'ebtern Port, Batcman Bay, and Spencer and St. Vincent's Gulfs. Cn two sheets of double elephant paper. By A. G. Findlay 10 6 251. AUSTRALIA, showing the most recent Discoveries 2 252. TASMANIA, or Van Diemen's land, from recent Surveys 2 253. NEW ZEALAND, with Plans of Chatham Island, Port Nicholson, . and the tov/ns of Wellington and Nelson, and Port Otago 2 264. PLAN of CHATHAM ISLAND, Pitt's Island, ComwaUis Island, &o., to the eastward of New Zealand. 4to 1 266. The WESTERN PART of the PACIFIC OCEAN, comprised be- tweeu the latitudes of 48' South and 17° North, and from 141° to 181» East Longitude, including the Islands of NEW ZEALAND, Fee- jces, Carolines, Solomon's Archipelago, New Hebrides, &e., and from the S.W. Capool lustvalia to the Trl.'ju; cf Tinian 5 with Plans of Storm Bay, Pci t. .lackson, Baj of Isl;!:. . Lord Auckland's Group, Purt Nicholson, -^ the Chart 8 g-iC V •■ . NG DIRECTORY for the W. and B-W- COASTS of i' .'.iliri "ud FORTUOAL, from Cape Ortegal to Cudiz, and thence astward of Malaga. By John Purdy. The Sixth jbt ■ ... , materially improved and corrected, by Alex. G. Findlay, F.R.a.8...... 2 WiththeChart 8 284. SAILING DIRECTIONS for the STBAIT of GIBRALTAB and the MEDITERRANEAN SEA; including the Adriatic Sea, the Sea of Marmora, the Euzine, or Black Sea, the Archipelago of the Levant, and the Coast of AfHca. By John Purdy. New Edition, with many emendations, in one thick volume of 614 pages, by Alex. G. FiNDLAT, F.R.G.S. In boards 10 285. SAILING DIRECTIONS for the EUXINE, or BLACK SEA; including the Dardanelles, the Sea of Marmora, and the Bosphorus, to accompany the Chart, composed by Alex. G. Findlay, F.R.G.S. 2 6 286. THE NEW SAILING DIRECTORY for the THAMES and MEDWAY, with the Navigation between 0/fordness and Folk- stone, and that of the several Harbours. Ninth Edition, revised by A. G. Findlay, F.R.G.S 2 287. THE NEW SAILING DIRECTORY for the Eastern Coast of ENGLAND, from 0RF0RDNE8S to FLAMBOKOUGH HEAD ; including Jjowestoff and Yarmoutlt Roads, Lynn and Bpston Deeps, the River Humber, &c. Ninth Edition 2 The same continued to the River Tyne o 2 6 4 I niMa 4c NAUTICAL BOOKS. Sic. 21 £ 1. ih 288. DTRKOTIONS for the Eastern Coasts of ENGLANB and SCOT- LAND, from FLAMIK)lU)UtiH HKAU to this OUKNKY IS- LANDS, and thence to CAPE WUATH. By Alex. G. Findlay, F.R.a.S 2 « 289. SAILING DIRECTIONS for the Bouth-Eastem Coasts of ENO LAND, from Beftchy Head to t'lamborough Head ; and the Coast < France and Belgium, between Boulogne and Ostend. By Alkx. O. Findlay, F.tt.G.S 6 290. THE NEW SAILING DIRECTORY for the NORTH SEA, ^^ ith all ita Harbours; Directions for every Coast, with the Buoy.ige, Beaconage, Lighthouses, &c 4 291. HOLLAND, GERMANY. fto.-DIRECTIONS for the Coasts of Holland, Germany, and Denmark, from the TEXEL, to the HEVER, including the Rivers Ems, Elbe, and Weser 1 292. THE DIRECTORY for the CATTEGAT, the Sound, and the Belts. With Descriptions of all the Lights, &o 2 293. THE DIRECTORY for the BALTIC, or East Sea j comprising a General Description of that Sea, its Coasts, Harbours, and Islands ..020 294. THE DIRECTORY for the GULF of FINLAND ; being a con- tinuation of that for the Baltic Sea 2 295. SAILING DIRECTIONS for the WEST COAST of SCOTLAND and the HEBRIDES or LEWIS ISLANDS, from Ayr and Glasgow to Cape Wrath and the North Coast of Ireland. By Alex. G. Findlay, F.R.G.S 1 6 296. LIGHTHOUSES of the WORLD.— A List and Description of the LIGHTHOUSES of the WORLD, giving their Position, Appear- ances, and the Character of their Lights. By A. G. Findlay, F.R.G.S. Handsomely bound in cloth. 1862. Second Edition 3 6 ||^ Supplements, containing the Additions and Chani^GS in the Lighthouses, will be issued free on 1st June, 1862, 1863, & 1864. 297. NORIE'S COMPLETE EPITOME of PRACTICAL NAVIGA- TION, containing all the necessary Instructions for keeping a Ship's Reckoning at Sea, &c. Seventeenth Edition, considerably augmented and improved, and adapted to the Nautical Almanac of 1862 16 298. NORIE'S COMPLETE SET of NAUTICAL TABLES, containing all that are requisite, with the Nautical Almanac, in keeping a Ship's Reckoning, and in ascertaining the Latitude and Longitude by Ce- lestial Observations ; being adapted to the New Nautical Almanac. Thirteenth Edition 12 299. The Same, half-bound 14 300. An EPITOME of NAVIGATION.— Containing the rudiments of Navigation, and a full explanation of the Astronomical detiuitions ; Latitude by meridian and double altitudes ; with remark.-s on the Barometer, &c. New Edition {Just out). By Mrs. Janet Taylor 16 ab. ■J^Iuii-'k^Jni^'b: ;^As; '■':m&^^..^:iimK mKmmfr r-:f^.^, ■flMlMP tiM^^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) «' 1.0 I.I tea lis 12.5 ■so ■■■ HIH 2.0 us lAO im i-25 III 1.4 III 1.6 4 6" ► Photographic Sdences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 %r * • < a simple and very efficient System. On a sheet 330. THE UNION FLAG. Quarto, coloured 33L THE ROYAL STANDARD. Quarto, coloured 332. THE ROYAL ARMS, since the accession of Queen Victoria. Quarto, coloured 334. The Mariner's Compass. A small Plate, coloured 6 7 6 8 1 6 1 1 1 6 ,i^" 'fffrti'iiiMliiiriJ**-^-'"*^"' ,j|^^'-;^2^g»«i*h^8SKi^g^^«;:^l^»^ / ( 1 I, « ^K; INDEX. •ii*"*- 125 Africa, Western Coast of 11 167 Angniilla, &c., Islands 14 176 Antigua Island 14 112 Archi]>elago 10 3 Atlantic Ocean, North 1 11 „ „ South, or Ethiopic 2 3 „ „ General Chart of.. 2 7 M „ or Western Ocean 2 21 Atlantic Oceans, North and South 3 2G5 Ditto, Directories 1ft 251 Austnilia 17, 21 128 Azores, or Western Islands 11 129 „ Madeiras, and Canary Is- lands, &c 11 99BaIticSea 9 831 Banca, Strait of 16 216 Bandii Islands 16 183 Barbadoes 14 139 Belle Isle, Strait of 12 221 Bengal, North part of Bay of .... 16 132 Bermudas, or Somer's Islands .... 12 102 Biscay, Bay of 9 113 Black Sea, or Euxine 10 247 Booro, Qillolo, Geram,- and New Guinea 17 198 BrasU 15,16 53 Bristol Channel 6 60 Bristol to Cork 6 263 California and Oregon 18 ISO Canary Islands, Madeira, &c 11 131 Cape Verde Islands 12 162 Caribbee and West India Islands . . 13 97 Cattegat, &c 9 237 China, Coast of 16 193 Colombia, North-East Coast ...... 18 217 Colombo Harbour, Ceylon 16 124 Congo River 11 186 Curasao Island 14 178 Dominica 14 38 Dover, The Strait of 5 73 England, South- Eastern Coast of . . 7 74 ,, andScotland,Eiist(^oastof 7 43 „ South Coasts of 6 35 English Chtumel . 5 37 English, Bristol, and St. George's Channels 6 11 Ethiopic, or South Atlantic Ocean 2 1 13 Euxine, or Black Sea 10 101 Finland, Gulf ot 9 89 France and Belgium, from Boulogne tothuTexel 8 232 Caspar Straits 16 108 Gibraltar, Strait of 10 185 Grenada Island 14 177 Guadaloupe 14 50 Guernsey, Jersey, &c 6 61 Guernsey, with Sark, Hena,Jethou ** 194 Guyana, Coast of ko j wo. PAOI. 70 Harwich, Harbour and Environs of 7 00 Holland, Germany and Denmark . . 8 80 Holy Island 8 191 Honduras Bay 16 22 Indian and Pacific Oceans 3 169 Jamaica 14 229 Javan Sea, with Java, &c. 16 140 Labrador 12 238 Macao 16 110 Mubon, Port of Minorca, large scale 10 180 Martinico, or Martinique 14 215 Mauritius, or Isle of France 16 104 Mediterranean Sea 9 32 Modway and Thames 4 188 Mexico, Gulf of, or Mexican Sea . . 16 243 Moluccas, and Banda Sea 17 168 New York 13 248 New Guinea, &c 17 253 NewZealand 17 133 Newfoundland 12 10 Northern Ocean 2 91 Norway, Coasts of 8 23 Pacific Ocean, North 3, 18 24 „ „ South 3 266 „ „ Reduced genl. CSiart 18 266 „ „ Directory for 18 240 Philippine Islands 17 218 Port de Galle, Ceylon 16 110 Port Mahon, Minorca 10 173 Ruatan Island 14 64 Scotland, West Coast of, and He- brides 7 98 Sound and Danish Grounds 9 11 South Atlantic, or Ethiopic Ocean 2 167 St. Bartholomew, St. Martin, &c., Islands 14 175 St. ChiJstopher, or St, Kitt's, and ■8 Islands 14 174 S< ix Island 14 61 Si.. V urge's Channel, and All Round Ireland 6, 7 142 St. Lawrence, Gulf of 12 143 „ „ River of 12 179 St. Lucia Island 14 181 St. Vinceut Island 14 262 Tasmania, or Van Diemen's Land 17 34 Thames and Modway 4 37 Three Channels, English, Bristol, and St. George's 5 182 Tobago Island 14 29 Track Chart of the World 4 187 IVinidad Island 15 131 Verde, Cape Islands 12 168 Virgin Islands 14 160 West India Islands 18 47 Wight, Isle of *61 Windward and Gulf Passages .... 13 1 World, Charts of 6 IcJ larbour and Environs of 7 rermany and Denmark. . 8 d 8 Bay 1« . Pacific Oceans 3 14 with Java, &c 16 12 16 rt of Minorca, large scale 10 or Martinique 14 or Isle of France 16 lean Sea 9 ad Tbamea 4 iilf of, or Mexican Sea . . 16 ivnd Banda Sea 17 13 9a, &c 17 nd 17 and 12 3cean 2 oasts of 8 tan. North 3, 18 South 3 Reduced genl. Chart 18 Directory for 18 Islands 17 tile, Ceylon 16 m, Minorca 10 and 14 West Coast of, and He- 7 Danish Grounds 9 intic, or Ethiopic Ocean 2 >lomew, St. Martin, &c., 14 ipher, or St. Kitt's, and ilauda 14 [sltind 14 8 Channel, and All Bound 6,7 ice, Gulf of 12 River of 12 [sland 14 t Island 14 or Van Diemen's Land 17 id Medway 4 annels, English, Briatol, [reorge's 5 land 14. rt of the World 4 Island 15 pe Islands 12 Einds 14 a Islands 13 eof 6 L and Gulf Passages .... 13 Lartsof ( \t :,*M0^::ittmmi^^^^f^i^^i^^^sMmW^^'